TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 19, 2026.
Registration Statement No. 333-293217​
​
​
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)​
​
British Columbia
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)​
​ ​
3812
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
​ ​
83-0954794
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
​
187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110
Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887
(888) 617-7226
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
William Frain
187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110
Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887
(888) 617-7226
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
​
Copies to:
​
​
Stephen Older
Barlow Mann
Carly Ginley
McGuireWoods LLP
1251 6th Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, New York 10020
(212) 548-2100
​ ​
Desmond Balakrishnan
McMillan LLP
Royal Centre
1055 W Georgia St #1500
Vancouver, BC V6E 4N7, Canada
(604) 689-9111
​ ​
Steven Skolnick
Tracy Buffer
Lowenstein Sandler LLP
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
(646) 414-6947
​
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Emerging growth company ☒
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
​
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
​
​

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 19, 2026
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
      Common Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_libertydef-4clr.jpg]
LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.
​
This is the initial public offering in the United States of        common shares, no par value (each, a “Common Share” and collectively, “Common Shares”), of Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd., a British Columbia corporation (the “Company”), in a firm commitment underwritten offering. It is estimated that the initial public offering price will be between US$      and US$      per Common Share.
Our Common Shares are currently listed on the TSX Venture Exchange (the “TSXV”) under the symbol “SCAN,” quoted on the OTCQB® Venture Market (the “OTCQB”) under the symbol of “LDDFF” and listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (the “FSE”) under the symbol of “E30.” We have applied to list the Common Shares being offered hereby on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “DETX.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. It is a condition precedent to the underwriter’s obligation to purchase the Common Shares being offered in this offering that Nasdaq approve the listing of our Common Shares. Accordingly, if Nasdaq does not approve the listing of our Common Shares, we will not proceed with this offering.
In connection with our application to list our Common Shares on Nasdaq, we intend to effect a one for        (1-for-  ) reverse share split of our Common Shares (the “Reverse Split”) prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Accordingly, at the effective time of the Reverse Split, each         of our outstanding Common Shares will be converted into and thereafter represent one issued and outstanding Common Share. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the Reverse Split. All fractional shares created by the Reverse Split will be rounded to the nearest whole number of Common Shares, with any fractional interest entitling holders thereof to receive one whole Common Share. Unless otherwise noted, the historical share and per share information in this prospectus does not reflect the Reverse Split.
On February 17, 2026, the closing price of our Common Shares was C$0.185 on the TSXV, US$0.1402 on the OTCQB and €0.099 on the FSE.
We have assumed an initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth above. The actual initial public offering price per Common Share will not be determined by any particular formula but will rather be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriter at the time of pricing. Therefore, the assumed initial public offering price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the actual initial public offering price.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer” as defined under United States federal securities laws and may elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” beginning on page 8 and “Foreign Private Issuer Status” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus for more information.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of losing your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying our securities.
Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
​ ​ ​
Per Common
Share
​ ​
Total
​
Initial public offering price
​ ​ ​ US$        ​ ​ ​ ​ US$        ​ ​
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
​ ​ ​ US$ ​ ​ ​ ​ US$ ​ ​
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
​ ​ ​ US$ ​ ​ ​ ​ US$ ​ ​ ​
​
​
(1)
See “Underwriting” on page 117 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
​
We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriter, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to an additional        Common Shares, representing 15% of the Common Shares sold in this offering, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts payable by us, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
The underwriter expects to deliver the Common Shares to the investors through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company on or about       , 2026.
Benchmark, a StoneX Company
The date of this prospectus is       , 2026.

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 76 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 105 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 114 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 115 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 117 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 126 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 132 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 139 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-1 ​ ​
 
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form F-1 that we filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You should read this prospectus carefully. This prospectus contains important information you should consider when making your investment decision.
Neither we nor the underwriter has authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than the information contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on our behalf or to which we may have referred you. We and the underwriter take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriter have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. Neither we nor the underwriter is making an offer to sell the Common Shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the Common Shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the Common Shares in any circumstances under which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.
For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriter has done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for those purposes is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of Common Shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
We further note that the representations, warranties and covenants made by us in any agreement that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part were made solely for the benefit of the parties to such agreement, including, in some cases, for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties to such agreements, and should not be deemed to be a representation, warranty or covenant to you. Moreover, such representations, warranties or covenants may have been accurate only as of the date when made. Accordingly, such representations, warranties and covenants should not be relied on as accurately representing the current state of our affairs.
Except as otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities
We are incorporated under the laws of British Columbia. Some of our directors and officers, and the experts named in this prospectus, reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and a portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. We have appointed an agent for service of process in the United States, but it may be difficult for shareholders who reside in the United States to effect service within the United States upon those directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States. It may also be difficult for shareholders who reside in the United States to realize in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon our civil liability and the civil liability of our directors, officers and experts under the United States federal securities laws. Furthermore, because some of our directors and officers reside outside the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets and a portion of our assets are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us or any of our directors and officers may not be collectible within the United States. There can be no assurance that United States investors will be able to enforce against us, our directors and officers or certain experts named herein who are residents of Canada or other countries outside the United States, any judgments in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the federal securities laws.
Market, Industry and Other Data
This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business, and the markets for our products. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections,
 
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties, and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from our own internal estimates and research as well as from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry and general publications, government data, and similar sources.
In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”
Trademarks
We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus also contains additional trademarks, trade names and service marks belonging to other companies. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™ or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we or the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.
Presentation of Financial Information
Unless otherwise indicated, the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). None of the audited consolidated financial statements in this prospectus were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our functional currency is the Canadian dollar, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate. However, our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars.
Exchange Rates
In this prospectus, all dollar amounts referenced, unless otherwise indicated, are expressed in U.S. dollars and are referred to as “US$.” Canadian dollars are referred to as “C$.” The following table sets out, for the periods indicated, the high, low, and period end indicative rates of exchange for US$1.00 expressed in Canadian dollars as published by the Bank of Canada.
​ ​ ​
Nine months ended
September 30, 2025 (C$)
​ ​
Year ended
December 31, 2024 (C$)
​ ​
Year ended
December 31, 2023 (C$)
​
As of end of period
​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3921 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.4389 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3226 ​ ​
Low for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3575 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3316 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3128 ​ ​
High for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3941 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.4416 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3875 ​ ​
Average rate for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3773 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3698 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.3497 ​ ​
On February 17, 2026, the daily average exchange rate for Canadian dollars in terms of the U.S. dollar, as quoted by the Bank of Canada, was US$1.00 = C$1.3656.
 
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained in this prospectus constitute forward-looking information or forward-looking statements under applicable securities laws. These statements relate to future events or to our future performance, business prospects or opportunities. All statements other than statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements. Any statements that express or involve discussions with respect to predictions, expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance (often, but not always, using words or phrases such as “seek,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “will,” “project,” “predict,” “forecast,” “potential,” “targeting,” “intend,” “could,” “might,” “should,” “believe” and similar expressions) are not statements of historical fact and may be “forward-looking statements.”
Examples of forward-looking information in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements in respect of: the acceptance by our customers and the marketplace of new technologies and solutions; our ability to attract new customers; our ability to attract and retain personnel; our competitive position and our expectations regarding competition; our ability to comply with our debt service obligations and related covenants; anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate; development, production, commercialization and sales of our HEXWAVE™ product; maintenance, development and commercialization of existing third party partner relationships; regulatory changes; and our ability to achieve the various development and commercial milestones within our estimated timeframe or at all.
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned that any such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results or developments may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties relating to, among others: limited operating history; history of losses; negative cash flow for the foreseeable future; interruptions to or failures of our infrastructure; uncertainties and assumptions in our revenue forecasts; changes in technology and evolving standards of the security industries; defects or disruptions in our proposed products and services; risks related to loss or infringement of our intellectual property or our infringement of intellectual property belonging to third parties; our dependence on key personnel and the risk of conflicts of interest; competition in our industry; market price volatility of the Common Shares; global economic, political and financial market conditions; failure to manage our growth successfully; our ability to pay dividends; third‑party credit risks; currency exchange rate fluctuations; risks related to future dilution and liquidity of the Common Shares; reliance on third parties; reliance on a limited number of products, reliance on development of a prototype; failure to raise additional capital; reliance on permits, certifications and licenses; and failure to meet timelines.
We believe that the expectations reflected in any forward-looking statements are reasonable, but no assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct and such forward-looking statements included in this prospectus should not be unduly relied upon. These statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and we do not intend, and do not assume any obligation, to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
 
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read and carefully consider the following summary together with the entire prospectus, including the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our securities.
Company Overview
We are an emerging leader in artificial intelligence (“AI”)-based contactless security technology for detecting concealed metallic and non-metallic weapons and threats. Our mission is protecting communities and preserving peace of mind through superior security detection solutions, while simultaneously increasing ease of travel and convenience for security at major checkpoints. In furtherance of this mission, we offer two separate security screening solutions: our HEXWAVE™ system and our High-Definition Advanced Imaging Technology Upgrade Kit (“HD-AIT Upgrade Kit”).
HEXWAVE™
Our flagship HEXWAVE™ system uses millimeter wave (“MMW”), advanced three-dimensional (“3D”) imaging, and AI to detect concealed metallic and non-metallic weapons, including traditional metallic guns and knives as well as more novel threats such as liquid, plastic, and powder explosives, 3D printed guns, and other prohibited items — without having to remove common items like cell phones or keys. The system allows for rapid, automated screening using a high throughput, contactless, walkthrough portal, alleviating many of the shortcomings of legacy metal detector-based screening processes. We believe HEXWAVE™ can empower gathering spaces to address the chronic epidemic of mass shootings and terrorist attacks, as well as emerging risks such as 3D printed weapons, in a cost-effective manner while improving the visitor experience. We believe the most promising market opportunities for HEXWAVE™ are certain verticals in the urban security market and in aviation employee screening.
HEXWAVE™’s contactless, 3D-imaging and AI-enabled screening technology represents a new generation of technology for our target urban security and aviation employee screening markets which, according to our estimates, is currently a US$10 billion market opportunity. These markets are based primarily on legacy metal detectors and inefficient processes. This legacy approach presents numerous operational problems and hidden costs, including frequent false alarms caused by the inability to distinguish between dangerous weapons and harmless items. Persistent false alarms often require visitors to undergo a cumbersome resolution process, including emptying of pockets and pat downs that are error-prone, labor and cost-intensive, intrusive, and unpleasant. This also creates long wait times, dangerous crowding, and numerous opportunities for weapons to slip through undetected. The net result is less effective security, unhappy visitors, and stressful working conditions for employees, many of whom may be hire-for-the-day contractors. As a result, venues and facilities in the urban security market generally have faced a choice between operating largely unprotected against random acts of violence (i.e., without security screening) or using systems that significantly impede the flow of customers into and within business facilities.
Unlike traditional walk-through metal detectors, HEXWAVE™ uses advanced sensors, 3D image reconstruction and AI software to reliably detect dangerous weapons while ignoring harmless items like keys, wallets, cell phones and jackets. This means that visitors can walk through HEXWAVE™ without stopping, without removing items from their pockets. HEXWAVE™ significantly reduces the number of false alarms, allowing security staff to focus their attention on high probability threats and increase customer throughput.
We believe that the increasing frequency and severity of violent incidents in public venues is prompting both businesses and governments to adopt more proactive and scalable security screening solutions. This shift is creating a growing, market-driven need for effective, efficient and non-invasive detection technologies that can be broadly deployed across both public and private settings. As a result, we believe that we are well-positioned to become a market leader in the rapidly growing market for next-generation urban security screening technologies.
 
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
HEXWAVE™ is currently in early commercial deployment. For the nine months ended September  30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, we have generated approximately US$0.91 million and US$1.01 million, respectively, in revenue from sales of HEXWAVE™ to early-adopter customers mainly in North America. These include deliveries to customers in the stadium, transportation, and government facility sectors. HEXWAVE™ is not yet in full-scale mass production, and we continue to focus on optimizing unit economics, reducing production costs, and enhancing system performance through ongoing engineering and supply chain improvements.
Our marketing and sales activities to date have included participation in major security and public safety trade shows, targeted pilot programs at customer venues, and direct sales outreach to key sectors. We are actively expanding our commercial team and building channel partnerships to support broader market rollout in 2026.
For a description of the HEXWAVE™ system, including the AI technology it incorporates, see “Business —  Our Products — HEXWAVE™.”
HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
Our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is being developed pursuant to contracts awarded by the U.S. Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) to create a solution to aging high-definition advanced imaging technology (“HD-AIT”) systems currently in use in airports throughout North America. The TSA has announced plans to upgrade over 1,000 body scanners installed at U.S. airports over the next five years, which we believe creates a near-term market opportunity representing approximately US$100 million of potential revenue. In addition, we believe there is global demand for similar upgrades to installed base systems internationally.
As of the date of this prospectus, the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit remains in the product development and TSA certification phase and has not yet been commercialized. In August 2025, we delivered our first unit to the TSA for formal evaluation. Initial commercial sales are anticipated in 2026, subject to successful completion of the TSA’s certification process.
For a description of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit, see “Business — Our Products — HD-AIT Upgrade Kit.”
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
As a company with less than US$1.235 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements compared to those that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
•
reduced executive compensation disclosure;
​
•
exemptions from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation; and
​
•
an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.
​
We have elected to take advantage of these reduced reporting and other requirements. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.235 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our Common Shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.
 
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Foreign Private Issuer Status
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act. As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:
•
we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;
​
•
for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which may be less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;
​
•
we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;
​
•
we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;
​
•
we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and
​
•
we are not required to comply with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.
​
Corporate Information
We are a corporation domiciled in Canada and were incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) on June 8, 2012. On July 27, 2020, we continued our jurisdiction of incorporation from Ontario to British Columbia and are now governed by the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “BCBCA”). Our headquarters and corporate office is located at 187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110, Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887. Our registered office is located at Suite 1500, 1055 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6E 4N7. Our internet site is www.libertydefense.com; our telephone number is 1.888.617.7226. Information contained on, or available through, our internet site does not constitute part of, and is not deemed incorporated by reference into, this prospectus, and investors should not consider any such information as part of this prospectus.
 
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risk Factors
Our business is subject to a number of risks which you should be aware before making an investment decision. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our securities. These risks include but are not limited to the following:
Risks Relating to Our Business
•
We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history.
​
•
We have a history of losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
​
•
We currently have negative operating cash flows, a working capital deficit, and a history of losses, and these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
​
•
We may not be able to achieve milestones on the expected timeframe or at all, which may impair our ability to execute our business plan.
​
•
Our independent registered public accountants have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate such material weaknesses, identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to continue to design, implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately.
​
•
We may not maintain adequate internal controls over financial processes and reporting.
​
•
A significant portion of our business depends on sales to government agencies, which is subject to a number of challenges and risks.
​
•
Our ability to generate future revenue and profits largely relies on increased production and cost reduction of HEXWAVE.
​
•
The HD-AIT Upgrade Kit may not achieve TSA certification within our expected timeline, or at all, which could delay commercialization and expected revenue.
​
•
Our reliance on a limited number of products may subject us to greater risk with regard to changes in customer preference.
​
•
Rapid technological change could result in obsolescence or short product life cycles of our products.
​
•
If the weapons detection technology market fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, our business would be negatively affected.
​
•
Failure to achieve forecasted revenue may affect our operating results.
​
•
If our products fail or are perceived to fail to detect threats such as a firearm or other potential weapon or explosive device, or if our products contain undetected errors or defects, these failures or errors could result in injury or loss of life, which could harm our brand and reputation and have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
​
•
We rely on certain license agreements for key technology incorporated into our products, which contain termination and other provisions that could materially and adversely affect our business.
​
•
We rely upon a limited number of third parties for manufacturing, shipping, transportation, logistics, marketing and sales of our products.
​
Risks Relating to Market Conditions
•
Our business is impacted by worldwide economic conditions.
​
•
Deterioration of economic conditions or weakening in credit or capital markets may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
​
•
We cannot predict the consequences of current or future geopolitical events, but they may adversely affect the markets in which we operate and our results of operations.
​
​
 
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
Tariffs and related retaliatory tariffs may impact trade between the United States and foreign countries and could increase our manufacturing costs, adversely affect our margins and delivery timelines and impact our ability to compete in applicable markets.
​
•
Any disruption at our places of business due to natural and manmade disasters could delay revenues and increase our expenses.
​
•
The effects of an epidemic, pandemic or similar outbreak have negatively impacted and could in the future negatively impact our business and financial results.
​
Risks Relating to Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Compliance
•
Our operating results may be harmed if we are not in compliance with various local, provincial and federal tax laws.
​
•
Our business and operations expose us to numerous legal and regulatory requirements, and any violation of these requirements could harm our business.
​
​
•
Investigations, audits, claims, disputes, enforcement actions, litigation, arbitration, or other legal proceedings could require us to pay potentially large damage awards or penalties and could be costly to defend, which would adversely affect our cash balances and profitability, and could damage our reputation.
​
•
Protecting and defending against intellectual property claims may have a material adverse effect on our business.
​
Risks Relating to Our Financial Condition
•
We face substantial capital requirements and may fail to raise additional capital.
​
•
The issuance of debt could impair our ability to obtain additional financing.
​
​
•
We are dependent on the Parabilis Credit Facilities, which are short-term, contain restrictive covenants, and include lender remedies that could materially harm us if triggered.
​
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities
•
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution if you purchase Common Shares in this offering.
​
•
There is no liquid public market for our Common Shares in the United States and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our share price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.
​
•
The liquidity of our Common Shares may be decreased as a result of the Reverse Split.
​
•
Management will have broad discretion as to the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not use the proceeds effectively.
​
•
We have no operating experience as a publicly traded company in the United States.
​
•
We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a United States public company.
​
•
Our inability to comply with Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements could result in our Common Shares being delisted, which could affect the market price and liquidity of our securities and reduce our ability to raise capital.
​
​
•
Our Common Shares have in the past and may in the future experience extreme share price volatility unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our Common Shares.
​
•
We will need to raise additional financing in the future which may dilute our share capital.
​
​
 
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
THE OFFERING
Issuer
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Common Shares offered by us
      Common Shares
Assumed initial public offering price 
US$      per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriter, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to an additional      Common Shares, representing 15% of the Common Shares sold in this offering, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts payable by us, solely to cover over-allotments, if any (the “Over-Allotment Option”).
Common Shares to be outstanding after this offering(1)
      Common Shares (or      Common Shares if the underwriter exercises the Over-Allotment Option in full)
Listing
Our Common Shares are listed on the TSXV under the symbol “SCAN,” quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol of “LDDFF” and listed on the FSE under the symbol of “E30.” We have applied to list our Common Shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “DETX.”
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately US$      million (or US$      million if the underwriter exercises the Over-Allotment Option in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including commercialization of our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit, business development activities associated with the sale of HEXWAVE™ and recurring engineering and cost reduction efforts for next generation HEXWAVE™. We have not allocated specific amounts of net proceeds for any of these purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
Lock-up
We and our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the closing of this offering without the prior written consent of the underwriter. See “Underwriting” for additional information.
Risk factors
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our securities.
​
​
(1)
The number of our Common Shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on        Common Shares issued and outstanding as of            , 2026, and excludes, as of that date, the following:
​
•
      Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of C$     per share, under our Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended;
​
​
 
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
      Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, with a weighted average exercise price of C$     per share; and
​
•
      Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding restricted share units (“RSUs”).
​
Except as otherwise noted, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:
•
no exercise of the Over-Allotment Option;
​
•
no purchase of Common Shares in this offering by our directors, officers or existing shareholders; and
​
•
no exercise of our outstanding options or warrants.
​
Approval of the listing of our Common Shares on Nasdaq will require us to take certain actions in order to comply with the initial listing requirements under Nasdaq Listing Rules 5505(a) and 5505(b)(1), including the Reverse Split, in order to meet the minimum bid price of US$4.00 per share.
 
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial information. You should read the summary historical consolidated financial information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial information as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 from our amended and restated unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and are presented in U.S. dollars. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period.
​ ​ ​
Years ended December 31,
(Audited)
​
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss:
​ ​
2024
US$
​ ​
2023
US$
​
Revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,013,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 120,000 ​ ​
Contract revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,425,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,372,557 ​ ​
Total revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,438,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,492,557 ​ ​
Cost of revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,033,498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,546,040 ​ ​
Contract cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,081,971 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,163,211 ​ ​
Total cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,115,469 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,709,251 ​ ​
Gross loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,676,923) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,216,694) ​ ​
Engineering, Research and Development and General and Administrative Expenses
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,756,941 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,890,649 ​ ​
Other expenses (income)
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,411,299 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 261,700 ​ ​
Net loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (8,845,163) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,369,043) ​ ​
Other comprehensive loss
​ ​ ​ ​ 192,175 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,598 ​ ​
Total loss and comprehensive loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (8,652,988) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,337,445) ​ ​
Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding – basic and diluted
​ ​ ​ ​ 17,160,752 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,816,531 ​ ​
Basic and diluted loss per share
​ ​ ​ ​ (0.52) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.73) ​ ​
​ ​ ​
Nine Months Ended
September 30, (Unaudited)
​
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss:
​ ​
2025
US$
​ ​
2024
US$
​
Revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 909,407 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,447,532 ​ ​
Contract revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 854,849 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,250,000 ​ ​
Total revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,764,256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,697,532 ​ ​
Cost of revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,112,884 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,408,789 ​ ​
Contract cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,493,636 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,796,912 ​ ​
Total cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 3,606,520 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,205,701 ​ ​
Gross loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,842,264) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,508,169) ​ ​
Development and General and Administrative Expenses
​ ​ ​ ​ 8,160,104 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,343,864 ​ ​
Other expenses
​ ​ ​ ​ 507,838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 577,694 ​ ​
 
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​
Nine Months Ended
September 30, (Unaudited)
​
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss:
​ ​
2025
US$
​ ​
2024
US$
​
Net loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (10,510,206) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,429,727) ​ ​
Other comprehensive loss
​ ​ ​ ​ 112,660 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,547 ​ ​
Total comprehensive loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (10,397,546) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,316,180) ​ ​
Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding – basic and diluted
​ ​ ​ ​ 55,564,003 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,037,061 ​ ​
Basic and diluted loss per share
​ ​ ​ ​ (0.19) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.40) ​ ​
​
​ ​ ​
Years Ended
December 31,
(Audited)
​
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
​ ​
2024
US$
​ ​
2023
US$
​
Cash used in operating activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (6,469,264) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,537,021) ​ ​
Cash used in investing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (121,217) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (221,095) ​ ​
Cash provided by financing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,781,755 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,069,546 ​ ​
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
​ ​ ​ ​ (39,008) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,060 ​ ​
​ ​ ​
Nine months
Ended September 30,
(Unaudited)
​
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
​ ​
2025
US$
​ ​
2024
US$
​
Cash used in operating activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (8,379,896) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,072,818) ​ ​
Cash used in investing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (176,498) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (125,206) ​ ​
Cash provided by financing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,931,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,474,239 ​ ​
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
​ ​ ​ ​ 112,660 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,338 ​ ​
​ ​ ​
As of September 30, 2025
(Unaudited)
​
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position:
​ ​
Actual
US$
​ ​
As adjusted(1)
US$
​
Cash
​ ​ ​ ​ 640,907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total assets
​ ​ ​
​
6,754,164
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total liabilities
​ ​ ​
​
8,584,552
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Deficit
​ ​ ​ ​ (56,835,418) ​ ​ ​
       
​
Total shareholders’ deficiency
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,830,388) ​ ​ ​
      
​
​
(1)
The as adjusted column gives effect to the issuance and sale by us in this offering of        Common Shares at the assumed initial public offering price of US$     per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each US$     increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$     per Common Share would increase (decrease) our as adjusted cash, total assets and total shareholders’ deficiency by approximately US$     million, assuming the number of Common Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of        Common Shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted cash, total assets and total shareholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately US$       million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of US$       per Common Share remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This as adjusted information is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
​
​
 
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Forward Looking Statements.”
Risks Relating to Our Business
We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history.
We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history. We have generated limited revenue from contract awards and sales of our products. As such, we are subject to many risks, including under-capitalization, cash shortages, and limitations with respect to personnel, financial and other resources and the lack of revenue. There is no assurance that we will be successful in achieving a return on shareholders’ investment and the likelihood of success must be considered in light of our early stage of operations. Our prospects must be considered speculative in light of the risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of operations, particularly in the highly competitive and rapidly evolving markets in which we operate. To attempt to address these risks, we must, among other things, successfully implement our business plan, marketing, and commercialization strategies, respond to competitive developments, and attract, retain, and motivate qualified personnel. A substantial risk is involved in investing in us because, as a smaller commercial enterprise that has fewer resources than an established company, our management may be more likely to make mistakes and may be more vulnerable operationally and financially to any mistakes that may be made, as well as to external factors beyond our control.
We have a history of losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
We have a history of losses. We are not certain whether or when we will obtain a high enough volume of sales of our products to sustain or increase our growth or achieve or maintain profitability in the future and may continue to incur significant losses in the future. There is no guarantee that we will ever become profitable. Our ability to become profitable will depend largely on the timely productization of our products, coupled with securing timely, cost-effective outsourced manufacturing arrangements and marketing our products. There can be no assurance that any such events will occur or that we will ever become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability, we cannot predict the level of such profitability. If we sustain losses over an extended period of time, we may be unable to continue our business.
We currently have negative operating cash flows, a working capital deficit, and a history of losses, and these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
We have incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception, and we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future as we seek to scale production of HEXWAVE™ and advance the development and commercialization of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we maintained a cash balance of approximately US$0.64 million and approximately US$1.2 million, respectively, and experienced a working capital deficiency of approximately US$4.5 million and approximately US$2.7 million, respectively. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and as a result the audit report covering the December 31, 2024 consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that our significant losses and negative operating cash flows raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue operations depends on our ability to raise additional capital and generate sufficient revenue in future periods. There is no assurance that additional financing will be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to raise the capital required to fund our operations or achieve positive cash flows, we may need to delay product development, reduce our operating plans, scale back commercialization activities, or take other actions that could materially and adversely
 
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, in early 2023, we instituted a company-wide furlough as a result of financial restraints.
We may not be able to achieve milestones on the expected timeframe or at all, which may impair our ability to execute our business plan.
The execution of our business plan poses many challenges and is based on a number of assumptions. There can be no assurance that milestones will be achieved by us within the expected timeframe or at all, which may impair our ability to execute our business plan. If we experience significant cost overruns, or if our business plan is more costly than we anticipate, certain activities may be delayed or eliminated, resulting in changes or delays to our current plans. Also, we may be compelled to secure additional funding (which may or may not be available or available at conditions unfavorable to us) to execute our business plan. We cannot predict with certainty our future revenues or results from our operations. If the assumptions on which our revenues or expenditures forecasts are based change, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.
Our independent registered public accountants have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate such material weaknesses, identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to continue to design, implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. A “material weakness” is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected by the company’s internal controls on a timely basis.
Our independent registered public accountants have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in connection with the audit of our fiscal year 2024 consolidated financial statements. The material weaknesses primarily relate to (i) not preparing a formal assessment with references to relevant IFRS for impairment of inventory to net realizable values, rights of returns, allocation of deferred contract revenue costs and warranty provisions, (ii) not performing a timely and detailed review of standard costs implemented in the accounting system including overhead allocation to support the accuracy and completeness of standard costs, (iii) not having an effective process in place to ensure that account reconciliations and reviews were performed, and (iv) only requiring single approval for check disbursements.
We have taken steps to remediate these material weaknesses and the underlying causes of such material weaknesses, including (i) establishing quarterly reviews following IFRS guidance on net realizable value calculations, deferred contract revenue costs, warranty provisions and a formal assessment of impaired inventory, (ii) following detailed procedures to review standard costing in a timely manner, (iii) improving our process to review and reconcile all asset and liability accounts with supporting reconciliation working papers, and (iv) implementing a two-signature requirement for all checks written.
While we are working to remediate our material weaknesses as quickly and efficiently as possible, we cannot at this time provide an estimate of the costs we expect to incur or the expected timeline in connection with implementing our remediation plan. These remediation measures may be time-consuming and costly, and might place significant demands on our financial and operational resources. If we are unable to successfully remediate our material weaknesses, identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to continue to design, implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our financial statements could contain material misstatements, which could result in a failure to meet our future reporting obligations, reduce the market’s confidence in our consolidated financial statements, materially adversely affect the trading price of the Common Shares and restrict our future access to the capital markets.
 
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We may not maintain adequate internal controls over financial processes and reporting.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to help prevent fraud. Although we will undertake a number of procedures and will implement a number of safeguards, in each case, in order to help ensure the reliability of our financial reports, including those imposed on us under
Canadian and U.S. securities law, we cannot be certain that such measures will ensure that we will maintain adequate control over financial processes and reporting. For example, we amended and restated our interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 in accordance with section 4.4 of the National Instrument 51-102 Continuous Disclosure Obligations to incorporate certain changes following the identification of certain errors. Failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our results of operations or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
A significant portion of our business depends on sales to government agencies, which is subject to a number of challenges and risks.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from contracts with government agencies, and we believe that the success and growth of our business will continue to depend on our successful procurement of government contracts. Sales to government agencies are subject to a number of challenges and risks. Selling to government agencies can be highly competitive, expensive, and time-consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will generate a sale. Government demand and payment for our solutions may also be impacted by changes in fiscal or contracting policies, changes in government programs or applicable requirements, the adoption of new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations, public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our solutions. Accordingly, increasing sales of our products to government entities may be more challenging than selling to commercial organizations, especially given extensive certification, compliance, clearance, and security requirements. In addition, we have experienced delays in TSA contract revenue projects, as well as in additional contract line items that the TSA had planned to exercise in 2025 and 2026. Further delays could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.
For example, in 2023, the TSA issued a mandate called “TSA-NA-23-02,” which required airports to begin conducting random physical screenings of aviation workers entering certain terminal access points, starting in late September 2023. This presented us with an opportunity to provide advanced security screening solutions in the U.S. aviation worker screening market. However, a group of municipalities and airports challenged the 2023 TSA mandate (City of Billings, et al. v. Transportation Security Administration et al.), arguing that the U.S. federal government lacked authority to command state and local governments to enforce federal regulations, that the TSA was required to provide public notice of the new rule and allow for public comment under the Administrative Procedure Act (the “APA”), and that the rule unlawfully compelled local officials to implement a federal scheme. In August 2025, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit found that the TSA failed to comply with the notice and comment requirements in accordance with the APA. The court stayed issuance of its order until the TSA either completes an appropriate rulemaking process or decides to forgo the rule. As of the date of this prospectus, it is uncertain whether the TSA will decide to follow proper rulemaking procedures or will determine that the requirements are not necessary. If the court determines that the TSA has not taken acceptable steps to remediate the rulemaking or if the TSA’s mandate is abandoned, or if other similar events or activities impact our successful procurement of government contracts, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.
Our ability to generate future revenue and profits largely relies on increased production and cost reduction of HEXWAVE™.
Our ability to generate future revenue or achieve or sustain profitable operations is largely dependent on our ability to increase production and reduce costs of HEXWAVE™. Successfully mass producing HEXWAVE™ in a cost-efficient manner may take several years and significant financial resources, and we may not achieve this objective. If we experience difficulties in the production process, such as capacity constraints, quality control problems or other disruptions, we may not be able to mass produce HEXWAVE™
 
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
at acceptable costs, which would adversely affect our ability to effectively compete in the market. A failure by us to achieve a low-cost structure through economies of scale or improvements in manufacturing processes would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
The HD-AIT Upgrade Kit may not achieve TSA certification within our expected timeline, or at all, which could delay commercialization and expected revenue.
We expect to gain a second stream of revenue through commercialization of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit. Commercialization of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit depends on obtaining certification from the TSA. Although we delivered a unit to the TSA for evaluation in August 2025, the evaluation, testing, and certification processes are complex, iterative, and inherently uncertain. Certification may take longer than we anticipate, may require design or software modifications, or may not be granted at all. Initial commercial sales are anticipated in 2026, subject to successful completion of the TSA’s certification process. Any delay or failure to obtain TSA certification could materially delay or prevent commercialization of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit, limit our ability to compete for airport security opportunities, and adversely affect our projected revenue and growth strategy.
The addressable markets for our HEXWAVE™ system and HD-AIT Upgrade Kit may be materially smaller than we currently estimate, and regulatory, technical, adoption and procurement uncertainties could adversely affect our revenue potential and ability to achieve profitability.
Our market opportunity estimates for our HEXWAVE™ system and our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit are based on assumptions from industry knowledge, public sources and internal analyses, including expected regulatory requirements, the number and type of systems customers may procure, adoption rates in largely unregulated venues, interoperability with legacy infrastructure and anticipated performance. These assumptions may prove inaccurate or change. Regulatory mandates may be delayed, modified or invalidated, customers may adopt alternative technologies or purchase fewer systems than we expect, certifications may take longer or require additional capabilities, funding and procurement cycles may be constrained, and performance, integration or throughput requirements may differ from our expectations. If the actual addressable markets for our solutions are smaller than we anticipate or our assumptions prove incorrect, our revenues could be materially limited and we may be unable to achieve or maintain profitability, which could cause the value of our securities to decline significantly.
Our reliance on a limited number of products may subject us to greater risk with regard to changes in customer preference.
We are currently substantially dependent on HEXWAVE™ as our primary product. In addition, we anticipate that sales of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit will commence in 2026, subject to successful completion of the TSA’s certification process, which will supplement the revenue of HEXWAVE™ for 2026 and beyond. As a result of our reliance on a limited number of products, factors such as changes in customer preferences may have a disproportionately greater impact on us than if we derived significant revenue from multiple lines of products. There can be no assurance that our products will attain or maintain long-term customer appeal. If customer interest in our technology in general declines, or if there is increased competition in the market for active millimeter wave imaging technology, we may experience a significant loss of sales, cancellation of orders from customers, loss of customers, excess inventories, inventory markdowns and deterioration of our brand image, and lower revenues and gross and operating margins as a result of price reductions and may be forced to liquidate excess inventories at a discount, any or all of which would have a material adverse impact on our operating results and growth prospects.
The sales potential of HEXWAVE™ is still at an early commercial stage and we have yet to commence commercial sales of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit. The ongoing and future demand for our products and solutions, in existing and target industries, is yet to be fully established and is uncertain. There is a risk that we may not be able to obtain and maintain market share or that there is insufficient demand for our products for revenue to be sustainable. Our future performance will be dependent on our ability to design, develop, manufacture, assemble, test, market and support our current products, as well as to continue developing new products and enhancing our current products, in a timely and cost effect manner on behalf of our customers.
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Rapid technological change could result in obsolescence or short product life cycles of our products.
Our business is subject to rapid technological changes and evolving industry standards, which could result in product obsolescence or short product life cycles. Failure to keep up with such changes may adversely affect our business. Accordingly, our success is dependent upon our ability to anticipate technological changes in the industries we serve and to successfully identify, obtain, develop and market new products that satisfy evolving industry requirements. Our business depends on the success of HEXWAVE™, which is our primary product. There can be no assurance that we will successfully develop new products or enhance and improve our existing products or that any new products and enhanced and improved existing products will achieve market acceptance. Further, there can be no assurance that competitors will not market products that have perceived advantages over our products, or which render the products currently sold by us obsolete or less marketable. We are subject to the risks of companies operating in the active threat detection business. The market in which we compete is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, frequent new service and product announcements, introductions and enhancements and changing customer demands. As a result, an investment in our shares is highly speculative and only suitable for investors who recognize the high risks involved and can afford a total loss of investment.
If the weapons detection technology market fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, our business would be negatively affected.
We believe our future success will depend in large part on the growth, if any, in the market for weapons detection technology utilizing artificial intelligence. This market is new and rapidly evolving, and as such, it is difficult to predict important market trends, including our potential growth, if any. If this market fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, our business would be negatively affected. While we believe our products address customer needs, the acceptance of our products may be delayed or not materialize. Our revenues and possible profits will depend upon, among other things, our ability to successfully market our products to customers. To date, we have focused on markets that we believe are most likely to adopt our technology. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful in these markets or will be able to expand beyond these markets in the long term.
To date, enterprise and corporate security budgets have allocated a majority of dollars to conventional security solutions, such as walk-through metal detectors. Organizations that use these security products may be satisfied with them or slow to adapt to technical advances and, as a result, these organizations may not adopt their solutions in addition to, or in lieu of, security products they currently use. Further, sophisticated attackers are skilled at adapting to new technologies and developing new methods of breaching organizations’ security systems, and changes in the nature of security threats could result in a shift in budgets away from products such as ours. In addition, while recent high visibility attacks at publicly and privately-owned venues have increased market awareness of mass shootings, terrorist or other attacks, if such attacks were to decline, or enterprises or governments perceived that the general level of attacks has declined, our ability to attract new customers and expand our sales to existing customers could be materially and adversely affected. If products such as ours are not viewed by organizations as necessary, or if customers do not recognize the benefit of our products as a critical element of an effective security strategy, our revenue may not grow as quickly as expected, or may decline, and the trading price of our shares could suffer. In addition, it is difficult to predict customer adoption and retention rates, customer demand for our products, the size and growth rate of the market for AI-based contactless security screening, the entry of competitive products or the success of existing competitive products. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our products and those of our competitors. If these products do not achieve widespread adoption or there is a reduction in demand for products in our market caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, competing technologies or products, decreases in corporate spending, weakening economic conditions or otherwise, it could result in reduced customer orders, early terminations, reduced customer retention rates or decreased revenue, any of which would adversely affect our business operations and financial results. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter in this new and evolving market.
If we are unable to attract a sufficient number of new customers, we may be unable to generate revenue growth at the desired rates. The security solutions market is competitive and many of our competitors have
 
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
substantial financial, personnel and other resources that they utilize to develop solutions and attract customers. As a result, it may be difficult for us to add new customers to our customer base. Competition in the marketplace may also lead us to win fewer new customers or result in us providing discounts and other commercial incentives. Additional factors that impact our ability to acquire new customers include the perceived need for AI-based contactless security solutions, the size of our prospective customers’ security budgets, the utility and efficacy of our existing and new products, whether proven or perceived, and general economic conditions. These factors may have a meaningful negative impact on future revenues and operating results.
Failure to achieve forecasted revenue may affect our operating results.
To commence commercialization of our technology, we may be required to make significant investments in operations. If our product trials are unsuccessful or our business does not develop as quickly as anticipated, or if there is a lack of demand for our products, we may be unable to offset these costs, and our operating results may be adversely affected as a result of high operating expenses, reduced margins, underutilization of capacity and asset impairment charges. Moreover, we must rely largely on our own market research to forecast sales as detailed forecasts are not generally obtainable from other sources at this early stage of the industry.
If our products fail or are perceived to fail to detect threats such as a firearm or other potential weapon or explosive device, or if our products contain undetected errors or defects, these failures or errors could result in injury or loss of life, which could harm our brand and reputation and have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
If our products fail or are perceived to fail to detect and prevent attacks or if our products fail to identify and respond to new and increasingly complex and unpredictable methods of attacks, our business and reputation may suffer. There is no guarantee that our products will detect and prevent all attacks, especially in light of the rapidly changing security landscape to which we must respond, as well as unique factors that may be present in our customers’ operating environments. Additionally, our products may falsely detect items that do not actually represent threats. These false positives may impair the perceived reliability of our products and may therefore adversely impact market acceptance of our products, and could result in negative publicity, loss of customers and sales and increased costs to remedy any problem.
Our products, which are complex, may also contain undetected errors or defects when first introduced or as new versions are released. These errors or defects may be found from time to time in the future in new or enhanced products after commercial release. Defects may result in increased vulnerability to attacks, cause our products to fail to detect security threats, or temporarily interrupt our products’ ability to screen visitors in a customer’s location. Any errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems with our products may damage our customers’ business and could harm our reputation. If our products fail to detect security threats for any reason, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted, our customers may delay or withhold payment to us or elect not to renew or cause other significant customer relations problems to arise. We may also be subject to liability claims for damages related to errors or defects in our products. For example, if our products fail to detect weapons or explosive devices that are subsequently used by terrorists to cause casualties at a high profile, public venue, our reputation could be significantly harmed. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our products may harm our business and operating results. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in our expenditure of funds in litigation, divert management’s time and other resources, and harm our business and reputation.
If our customers are unable to implement our products successfully, or if we fail to effectively assist our customers in installing our products and provide effective ongoing support and training, customer perceptions of our products may be impaired, or our reputation and brand may suffer.
Our products are to be deployed in a wide variety of indoor and outdoor environments, including large venues with multiple entry points. If customers are unable to implement our products successfully, customer perceptions of our products may be impaired or our reputation and brand may suffer. Any failure by our customers to appropriately implement our products or any failure of our products to effectively integrate and
 
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
operate within our customers’ operating environments could result in customer dissatisfaction, impact the perceived reliability of our products, result in negative press coverage, negatively affect our reputation and harm our financial results.
Successful deployment and operation of our products depends on the knowledge and skill of the customer security personnel charged with setting up, configuring, monitoring, and troubleshooting the equipment in their own environment. Many of our customers experience relatively high turnover in their security personnel, creating opportunities for knowledge and skill gaps that can result, and have resulted, in configuration or operational errors that allow prohibited threats into customer facilities. In these situations, customers can perceive, and have perceived, that our products have failed to perform as designed until and unless they have been able to demonstrate otherwise. There can be no assurance that we will successfully isolate and identify failures due to customer error in the future, and this could result in customer dissatisfaction, impact the perceived reliability of our products, result in negative press coverage, negatively affect our reputation and harm our financial results. The failure of our customers to correctly use our products, or our failure to effectively assist customers in installing our products and provide effective ongoing support and training, may result in an increase in the vulnerability of our customers’ facilities and visitors to security threats.
We may need to expand our customer success and support organizations. It can take significant time and resources to recruit, hire and train qualified technical support and service employees. We may not be able to keep up with demand, particularly if the sales of our products exceed our internal forecasts. To the extent that we are unsuccessful in hiring, training and retaining adequate support resources, our ability to provide adequate and timely support to our customers may be negatively impacted, and our customers’ satisfaction with our products may be adversely affected. Additionally, in unusual circumstances, if we were to need to rely on our sales engineers to provide post-sales support while we are growing our service organization, our sales productivity may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, our failure to provide satisfactory maintenance and technical support services could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We rely on certain license agreements for key technology incorporated into our products, which contain termination and other provisions that could materially and adversely affect our business.
Our products system incorporates technology licensed under license agreements with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT” and such agreement, the “MIT License Agreement”) and Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle” and such agreement, the “Battelle License Agreement”). The agreements require us to meet certain development and commercial milestones and to comply with other ongoing obligations. MIT and Battelle have the right to terminate the applicable license agreement if we fail to meet those requirements or otherwise breach the terms of the license. For example, under the MIT License Agreement, MIT may terminate if any of our sublicensees challenges the licensed patent rights. If either license agreement is terminated, we could lose access to core technology that underpins our products system. This would likely result in significant delays in commercialization, increase our development costs, and harm our competitive position. We may also be unable to find a suitable replacement technology or enter into a new license agreement on commercially reasonable terms. Any such termination could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our licenses under the Battelle License Agreement are non-exclusive and Battelle is reserved significant rights, including the right to practice the licensed patents for research, development, teaching and educational purposes, to non-exclusively license the patents to nonprofit institutions for research, teaching and educational purposes, to grant exclusive licenses in fields and territories not licensed to us and to publish scientific and technical articles related to the patents. These retained rights could enable others to access or develop technology relevant to our products, reduce our competitive advantages or limit the scope of our exclusivity.
We are also subject to certain indemnification obligations under these licenses. These obligations could expose us to substantial defense costs and liabilities, including in connection with third-party claims. Further, our license agreements with MIT and Battelle do not include warranties from the applicable licensor regarding the validity, enforceability or non-infringement of the licensed patent rights or other assurances. If the licensed patent rights are found to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise insufficient to protect our
 
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
products, we would have limited or no recourse against the applicable licensor and may need to redesign our products, seek alternative technologies or incur additional costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We may enter into license agreements from time to time in addition to the MIT License Agreement and the Battelle License Agreement, in which case similar or additional obligations, limitations and risks as those described above could apply.
Our products and services may be affected from time to time by design and manufacturing defects that could adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.
Our contactless security screening systems are complex and may contain undetected defects or errors when first introduced or as enhancements are released that, despite testing, are not discovered until after a product has been used. This could result in delayed market acceptance of those products or claims from customers or others, which may result in litigation, increased end user warranty, support and repair or replacement costs, damage to our reputation and business, or significant costs and diversion of support and engineering personnel to correct the defect or error.
Further, our software is not designed to deliver, and TSA certification does not require, 100% detection of any and all concealed weapons or explosive devices. For this reason, or if our products malfunction, it is possible that weapons or explosive material could pass undetected through our screening systems, which could lead to product liability claims. There are also many other factors beyond our control that could lead to liability claims, such as the reliability and competence of the customer’s operators and the training of the operators. Such liability claims are likely to exceed any product liability insurance that we may have obtained.
The sale and support of our products entails the risk of product liability claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, regardless of its merit, could result in material expense, diversion of management time and attention, damage to our business and reputation and brand, and cause us to fail to retain existing customers or to fail to attract new customers.
If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and enhance our existing products or develop new products that meet those needs on a timely basis, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.
Our customers face evolving security risks, which require them to adapt to increasingly complex infrastructures that incorporate a variety of security solutions. We face significant challenges in ensuring that our products effectively identify and respond to these security risks without disrupting the performance of our customers’ infrastructures. As a result, we must continually modify and improve our products in response to changes in our customers’ infrastructures.
We cannot guarantee that we will be able to anticipate future market needs and opportunities or be able to develop product enhancements or new products to meet such needs or opportunities in a timely manner, if at all. Even if we are able to anticipate, develop and commercially introduce enhancements and new products, there can be no assurance that enhancements or new products will achieve widespread market acceptance.
New products, as well as enhancements to our existing products, could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:
•
delays in releasing new products, or product enhancements;
​
•
failure to accurately predict market demand and to supply products that meet this demand in a timely fashion;
​
•
inability to protect against new types of attacks or techniques used by terrorists or other sources of threats;
​
•
defects in our products, errors or failures of our products;
​
•
negative publicity or perceptions about the performance or effectiveness of our products;
​
 
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors;
​
•
installation, configuration or usage errors by our customers; and
​
•
easing or changing of regulatory requirements related to security.
​
If we fail to anticipate market requirements or fail to develop and introduce product enhancements or new products to meet those needs in a timely manner, it could cause us to lose existing customers and prevent the gain of new customers, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
While we continue to invest significant resources in research and development to ensure that our products continue to address the security risks that our customers face, the introduction of products embodying new technologies could also render our existing products or services obsolete or less attractive to customers. If we spend significant time and effort on research and development and are unable to generate an adequate return on our investment, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
We may experience delays in product sales due to limitations in our internal marketing, sales and distribution capabilities.
In order to successfully commercialize our products, we must continue to develop our internal marketing, sales and distribution team. The continued development of our marketing, sales and distribution infrastructure will require substantial resources, which may divert the attention of our management and key personnel and defer our product development and commercialization efforts.
Additionally, in marketing, selling and distributing our products, we would likely compete with companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing, sales and distribution operations. Despite our marketing, sales and distribution efforts, we may be unable to compete successfully against these companies.
In the event we fail to develop substantial internal marketing, sales and distribution channels, we will experience delays in product sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We rely on distributors as a channel to market and sell our products. Termination of a substantial number of our distributor relationships or an increase in a distributor's sales of our competitors’ products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We depend on the services of a global distribution network based on certain exclusive and non-exclusive distributor relationships. Our distributors resell our products to our customers, for whom they are also responsible for installation, maintenance, and repair services, among others. While the use of distributors expands the reach and customer base for our products, the maintenance and administration of distributor relationships is costly and time-consuming. In addition, many of the agreements with our distributors are terminable by such distributors without cause. The loss of a substantial number of our distributors for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In certain international jurisdictions, distributors are conferred certain legal rights that could limit our ability to modify or terminate distribution relationships.
Many of the distributors with whom we transact business also offer competitors’ products and services to our customers. An increase in the distributors’ sales of our competitors’ products to our customers, or a decrease in the number of our products the distributor makes available for purchase, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We rely upon a limited number of third parties for manufacturing, shipping, transportation, logistics, marketing and sales of our products.
If the third parties on whom we rely do not properly, successfully or timely carry out their obligations, we may not be able to develop, obtain regulatory approval for, or commercialize our products, which in turn
 
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
may adversely affect our financial performance. Our dependence on a limited number of third parties for services leaves we vulnerable due to our need to secure these parties’ services on favorable terms. Loss of, or an adverse effect on, any of our relationships or failure of any of the third parties to perform as expected could have a material and adverse effect on our business, sales, results of operations, financial condition, and reputation.
Our success depends on management and key personnel.
Our success will be dependent upon the ability, expertise, judgment, discretion and good faith of our senior management. While employment agreements are customarily used as the primary method of retaining the services of key employees, these agreements cannot assure the continued services of such employees. Any loss of the services of such individuals could have a material adverse effect on business, operating results or financial condition. Our success further depends on the continued ability to identify, attract, retain, and motivate highly qualified management, clinical, and scientific personnel and to develop and maintain important relationships with leading academic institutions, companies, and thought leaders. Competition for highly skilled executives and other employees is high in this industry, especially from larger and better capitalized defense and security companies. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. Failure to attract and retain qualified executive officers and other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, and could impair our ability to perform our contractual obligations efficiently and timely meet our customers’ needs and win new business, which could adversely affect our future results. Even if we are able to identify and recruit a sufficient number of new hires, these new hires will require significant training before they achieve full productivity and they may not become productive as quickly as we would like, or at all.
Growth may cause pressure on our management and resources.
We expect to experience substantial growth in our business, which comes with growth-related risks including capacity constraints and pressure on our internal systems and controls. The anticipated growth may place significant demands on our management and operational and financial resources. We may not be able to provide the scale of operation necessary to meet the demands associated with our growth. As we grow, we will need to implement new systems and software to help run our operations. As our operations grow in size, scope and complexity, we will need to continue to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer an increasing number of customers enhanced services, solutions and features. We may choose to commit significant financial, operational and technical resources in advance of an expected increase in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable service levels for existing and new customers, which could adversely affect our reputation and business. Our inability to deal with this growth may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may acquire or invest in other companies or technologies in the future, which could divert management’s attention, fail to meet our expectations, result in additional dilution to our shareholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations, or otherwise harm our operating results.
Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our markets and grow our business in response to changing technologies, customer needs and competitive pressures. We may seek to grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses, solutions or technologies. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, negotiate or finance future acquisitions successfully, or to integrate such acquisitions with our current business. In addition, we may not be able to successfully assimilate and integrate the business, technologies, solutions, personnel or operations of any company we acquire. The process of integrating an acquired business, technology, service or product into our company may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and may absorb significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business. Acquisitions may also involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which we have little or no prior experience. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown liabilities. For one or more of those transactions, we may, among other things:
 
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
issue additional equity securities that would dilute the holders of the Common Shares;
​
•
use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
​
•
incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;
​
•
incur large charges or expenses or assume substantial liabilities;
​
•
incur unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;
​
•
amortize expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets;
​
•
suffer inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition or investment costs;
​
•
suffer inability to maintain relationships with customers and partners of the acquired business;
​
•
experience a significant loss of management personnel during the transition period after a significant acquisition;
​
•
experience delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty related to any acquisition;
​
•
encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired companies or integrating diverse software codes, accounting systems, personnel, operations or business cultures;
​
•
encounter difficulties managing product development and commercialization following a technology acquisition or licensing; and
​
•
become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges.
​
Acquisitions also increase the risk of unforeseen legal liability, including potential shareholder suits or potential violations of applicable law or industry rules and regulations, arising from prior or ongoing acts or omissions by the acquired businesses that are not discovered by due diligence during the acquisition process or new regulatory restrictions at the federal, state, or local levels. Generally, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business, and financial condition may suffer. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt. Any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition.
We currently have no understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material acquisition and no material acquisition is currently being pursued.
Diverting resources from product development to efforts associated with brand development of our company may adversely affect our financial condition.
We believe that continuing to strengthen our brand is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our company, particularly in light of the competitive nature of our company’s market. Promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing efforts and our ability to provide high quality services. In order to promote our brand, we will need to increase our marketing budget and otherwise increase our financial commitment to creating and maintaining brand loyalty among users. There can be no assurance that brand promotion activities will yield increased revenues or that any such revenues would offset the expenses incurred by us in building our brand. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand or incur substantial expenses in an attempt to promote and maintain our brand or if our existing or future strategic relationships fail to promote our brand or increase brand awareness, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.
We are dependent on our suppliers for the maintenance and growth of our business.
We incorporate technology and components from third parties into our products. Our ability to compete and grow will be dependent on having access, at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner, to equipment, parts and components. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in maintaining our required supply of equipment, parts and components.
In particular, we rely on a single-source supplier, Analog Devices Inc. (“ADI”), for certain component parts used in HEXWAVE™. These components account for approximately 22% of our cost of goods sold
 
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
for HEXWAVE™ and are considered safety-critical. We do not maintain a long-term purchase contract with ADI and currently procure these components through standard purchase orders. As a result, any delay, allocation, quality issue, shortage, or termination by ADI could require design modifications, re-testing, recertification, or alternative sourcing, any of which could materially disrupt our manufacturing process, delay production schedules, increase our costs, and adversely affect our and ability to fulfill orders in a timely manner.
We have initiated efforts to evaluate potential design changes intended to reduce our dependency on ADI; however, these efforts are in early stages and due to the technical complexity of the components, a redesign and recertification of our hardware and software systems would be required, and we do not expect any alternate supply path to be commercially implemented before late 2026.
If we are unable to obtain necessary technology and components from third parties, including certain sole suppliers, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology or components, which may require significant time, cost, and effort and may be of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit or delay our ability to offer new or competitive products and increase our costs of production. If alternative technology or components cannot be obtained or developed, we may not be able to offer certain functionality as part of our products, subscriptions, and services. As a result, our margins, market share and results of operations could be significantly harmed.
In addition, we cannot be certain that our suppliers and licensors are not infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties or that our suppliers and licensors have sufficient rights to the technology in all jurisdictions in which we may sell our products. We may not be able to rely on indemnification obligations of third parties if some of our agreements with our suppliers and licensors may be terminated for convenience by them. If we are unable to obtain or maintain rights to any of this technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against our suppliers and licensors or against us, or if we are unable to continue to obtain such technology or enter into new agreements on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to develop and sell products, subscriptions, and services containing such technology could be severely limited, and our business could be harmed. Disputes with suppliers and licensors over uses or terms could result in the payment of additional royalties or penalties by us, cancellation or non-renewal of the underlying license or litigation. In the event that we cannot renew and/or expand existing licenses, we may be required to discontinue or limit our use of the operations, products, or offerings that include or incorporate the licensed intellectual property. Any such discontinuation or limitation could have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operation.
Our directors, officers or members of management may have conflicts of interest.
There are potential conflicts of interest to which some of our directors, officers and/or insiders may be subject in connection with our operations. Some of the individuals who will be appointed as our directors or officers are also directors and/or officers of other reporting and non-reporting issuers. In addition, certain of our directors and officers have, in the past, entered into working capital loans with us, of which an aggregate of US$0 and US$74,657 was outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. As of the date of this prospectus, and to the knowledge of our directors and officers, there are no additional existing conflicts of interest between us and any of our directors or officers.
Our insurance policies may be inadequate to fully protect us from material judgments and expenses.
Our business is subject to a number of risks, hazards and liabilities, which could result in damage to assets, personal injury or death, delays in operations, monetary losses and possible legal liability.
Although we maintain insurance to protect against certain risks in such amounts as we consider reasonable, our insurance will not cover all the potential risks associated with our operations and is inadequate to protect us from all material judgments and expenses related to potential future claims and other risks such as cybersecurity risks and natural hazards, including earthquakes, fires, and extreme weather conditions, some of which can be worsened by climate change and pandemics. A successful product liability claim could result in substantial cost to us. If insurance coverage is unavailable or insufficient to cover any such claims, our financial resources, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected. We may also be unable to maintain insurance to cover these risks at economically feasible premiums.
 
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Insurance coverage may not continue to be available or may not be adequate to cover any resulting liability. Even if we are fully insured as it relates to a claim, the claim could nevertheless diminish our brand and divert management’s attention and resources, which could have a negative impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Unavailability of adequate director and officer insurance could make it difficult for us to retain and attract qualified directors and could also impact our liquidity.
Although we have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D&O insurance”) we believe to be adequate to cover risk exposure for us and our directors and officers, who we indemnify to the full extent permitted by law, there is no guaranty that such coverage will be adequate in the event of litigation.
Our coverage needs for D&O insurance may change or increase in the future for various reasons including changes in our market capitalization, changes in trading volume or changes in the listing rules of exchanges or marketplaces on which our securities may trade from time to time. Further, we intend to seek new D&O insurance before listing on Nasdaq. There can be no assurance that we will be able to do so at reasonable rates or at all, or in amounts adequate to cover expenses and liability should litigation occur. Without adequate D&O insurance, the costs of litigation, including amounts we would pay to indemnify our officers and directors should they be subject to legal action based on their service to us, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Further, if we are unable to obtain adequate D&O insurance in the future for any reason, we may have difficultly retaining and attracting talented and skilled directors and officers, which could adversely affect our business.
Our internal computer systems are vulnerable to damage and failure.
Despite the implementation of security measures and backup storage, our internal computer systems are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war, and telecommunication and electrical failure. Any system failure, accident or security breach that causes interruption in our operations could result in a material disruption of our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we may incur liability as a result. In addition, our technology program may be adversely affected and the further development of our technology may be delayed. We may also incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these disruptions or security breaches.
If the general level of security threats declines or is perceived by our current or potential customers to have declined, our business could be harmed.
Our business is substantially dependent on enterprises and governments recognizing that mass shootings, terrorist attacks and similar security threats are not necessarily effectively prevented by conventional security products such as walk-through metal detectors. High visibility attacks on prominent enterprises and governments have increased market awareness of the problem of security threats and help to provide an impetus for enterprises and governments to devote resources to protect against security threats, such as testing our products, purchasing them and broadly deploying them within their organizations. If security threats were to decline, or enterprises or governments perceived that the general level of security threats has declined, our ability to attract new customers and expand sales of our products to existing customers could be materially and adversely affected. A reduction in the security threat landscape could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Breaches of security may adversely affect the reputation of our brand.
Our system stores, processes and transmits certain confidential information of our customers. Any compromise of our security or the security of our third-party service providers could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to risk of loss, costly litigation and liability that would substantially harm our business and operating results. We may not adequately assess the internal and external risks posed to the security of our systems and information and may not implement adequate preventative safeguards or take adequate reactionary measures in the event of a security incident. In addition, many jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals and often state authorities of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach often lead to
 
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
widespread negative publicity, which may cause our prospective customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether successful or not, would harm our reputation and brand, and may result in the loss of customers.
We will be reliant on information technology systems and may be subject to damaging cyber-attacks.
Although we have not experienced any material cybersecurity incidents to date, our systems and those of our third-party providers may be vulnerable to evolving cybersecurity threats, which could materially disrupt our operations, compromise data, or result in significant financial or reputational harm.
We use third parties for certain hardware, software, telecommunications and other information technology (“IT”) services in connection with our operations. Our operations depend, in part, on how well we and our suppliers protect networks, equipment, IT systems and software against damage from a number of threats, including, but not limited to, cable cuts, damage to physical plants, natural disasters, intentional damage and destruction, fire, power loss, hacking, computer viruses, vandalism and theft. While we generally perform cybersecurity diligence on our key service providers, we do not control our service providers and our ability to monitor their cybersecurity is limited, so we cannot ensure the cybersecurity measures they take will be sufficient to protect any information we share with them. Due to applicable laws and regulations or contractual obligations, we may be held accountable for cybersecurity breaches or other information security incidents attributed to our service providers as they relate to the information we share with them.
Our operations also depend on the timely maintenance, upgrade and replacement of networks, equipment, IT systems and software, as well as pre-emptive expenses to mitigate the risks of failures. Any of these and other events could result in information system failures, delays and/or increase in capital expenses. The failure of information systems or a component of information systems could, depending on the nature of any such failure, adversely impact our reputation and results of operations. To date, we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches, but there can be no assurance that we will not incur such losses in the future. Our risk and exposure to these matters cannot be fully mitigated because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats. Techniques used by others to gain unauthorized access to personal, confidential, proprietary, or sensitive information or disrupt systems and networks for economic or strategic gain are constantly evolving, increasingly sophisticated, increasingly difficult to detect and successfully defend against and may see their frequency increased, and effectiveness enhanced, by the use of AI. Further, cybersecurity risks maybe heightened as a result of ongoing global conflicts such as the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the related sanctions imposed by the United States and other countries, or the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East and their regional effects. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of controls, processes and practices designed to protect systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access is a priority. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance protective measures or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities.
The occurrence of any unauthorized access to, attacks on cybersecurity breaches of other information security threats to us or our service providers’, suppliers’ or subcontractors’ information technology infrastructure, systems or networks or data, or our failure to make adequate or timely disclosure to the public, regulators, or law enforcement agencies following any such event, could disrupt our infrastructure, systems, or networks or those of our customers, impair our ability to provide services to our customers and may jeopardize the security of data collected, stored, transmitted or otherwise processed through our information technology infrastructure, systems and networks. As a result, we could be exposed to claims, fines, penalties, loss of revenues, product development delays, compromise, corruption, or loss of confidential, proprietary, or sensitive information (including personal information or technical business information), contract terminations and damages, remediation costs and other costs and expenses, regulatory investigations or sanctions, indemnity obligations, and other potential liabilities. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our reputation, ability to win work on sensitive contracts or loss of current and future contracts (including sensitive U.S. government contracts), business operations and financial results. We have insurance coverage against some cyber-risks and attacks; however, our insurer may deny coverage as to any future claim, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to offset the impact of a material loss event, and such insurance may increase in cost or cease to be available on commercial terms in the future.
 
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We maintain information in digital form as necessary to conduct our business, including confidential and proprietary information and personal information regarding our employees.
Data maintained in digital form is subject to the risk of intrusion, tampering, and theft. We develop and maintain systems to prevent this from occurring, but it is costly and requires ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become more sophisticated. Moreover, despite our efforts, the possibility of intrusion, tampering, and theft cannot be eliminated entirely, and risks associated with each of these acts remain. In addition, we provide confidential information, digital content and personal information to third parties when it is necessary to pursue business objectives. While we obtain assurances that these third parties will protect this information and, where appropriate, monitor the protection employed by these third parties, there is a risk that data systems of these third parties may be compromised. We, and the service providers, suppliers and subcontractors on which we rely, are also subject to systems failures, including network, software or hardware failures, whether caused by us, third-party service providers, cybersecurity threats, malicious insiders, natural disasters, power shortages, terrorist attacks, pandemics or other events, which could cause loss of data and interruptions or delays in our business, cause us to incur remediation costs or subject us to claims and damage our reputation. If our data systems or data systems of these third parties are compromised, our ability to conduct our business may be impaired, we may lose profitable opportunities, or the value of those opportunities may be diminished, and we may lose revenue as a result of unlicensed use of our intellectual property. A breach of our network security or other theft or misuse of confidential and proprietary information, digital content or personal employee information could subject our to business, regulatory, litigation, and reputation risk, which could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the failure or disruption of our communications, or those of our service providers, suppliers or subcontractors, could cause us to interrupt or suspend our operations or otherwise adversely affect our business. Our property and business interruption insurance may be inadequate to compensate us for all losses resulting from any system or operational failure or disruption.
We utilize AI, which could expose us to liability or adversely affect our business, especially if we are unable to compete effectively with others in adopting AI.
We utilize AI, including generative artificial intelligence, machine learning, and similar tools and technologies that collect, aggregate, analyze, or generate data or other materials or content, in connection with our business. There are significant risks involved in using AI and no assurance can be provided that our use of AI will enhance our products or services, produce the intended results, or keep pace with our competitors. For example, AI systems may be flawed, insufficient, of poor quality, rely upon incorrect or inaccurate data, reflect unwanted forms of bias, or contain other errors or inadequacies, any of which may not be easily detectable; AI has been known to produce false or “hallucinatory” inferences or outputs; our use of AI can present ethical issues and may subject us to new or heightened legal, regulatory, ethical, or other challenges; and inappropriate or controversial data practices by developers and end-users, or other factors adversely affecting public opinion of AI, could impair the acceptance of AI solutions, including those incorporated in our products and services. If the AI tools that we use are deficient, inaccurate, or controversial, we could incur operational inefficiencies, competitive harm, legal liability, brand or reputational harm, or other adverse impacts on our business and financial results. If we do not have sufficient rights to use the data or other material or content on which the AI tools we use rely (or if the AI tool itself was developed without sufficient rights to materials on which the AI tool was trained), we also may incur liability through the violation of applicable laws and regulations, third-party intellectual property, data privacy, or other rights, or contracts to which we are a party. Further, because intellectual property issues surrounding copyrighted content used to develop and train AI systems, including issues of whether the output of AI systems violates intellectual property rights in such copyrighted content, are the subject of active litigation in courts in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, the outcomes of such cases could limit our ability to continue using certain AI systems and tools, or otherwise expose us to liability relating to intellectual property infringement or other intellectual property violations.
In addition, AI regulation is rapidly evolving worldwide as legislators and regulators increasingly focus on these powerful emerging technologies. The technologies underlying AI and its uses are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including intellectual property, data privacy and security, consumer protection, competition, and equal opportunity laws, and are expected to be subject to increased regulation and new
 
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
laws or new applications of existing laws and regulations. AI is the subject of ongoing review by various U.S. governmental and regulatory agencies, and various U.S. states and other foreign jurisdictions are applying, or are considering applying, their own regulations and frameworks, including those addressing platform moderation, data privacy, and security laws and regulations to AI. We may not be able to anticipate how to respond to these rapidly evolving regulations and frameworks, and may need to expend resources to adjust our operations or offerings in certain jurisdictions if the regulations or frameworks are inconsistent across jurisdictions. Furthermore, because AI technology itself is highly complex and rapidly developing, it is not possible to predict all of the legal, operational, or technological risks that may arise relating to the use of AI.
Low barriers to entry and high competition in the industry could impact our ability to obtain contracts and, therefore, affect our future revenues and growth prospects.
There is high potential that we will face intense competition from other companies, some of which can be expected to have longer operating histories and more financial resources, manufacturing, regulatory and marketing experience than us, along with established customer relationships. Increased competition by larger and better financed competitors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Larger competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may reduce the price of products that compete with theirs or may bundle them with other products and services. Competitive pressures created by any one of our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. New technologies and the expansion of existing technologies may increase the competitive pressures on us by enabling our competitors to offer a lower-cost product. To remain competitive, we must consistently provide superior service, technology, and performance to our customers on a cost-effective basis while understanding customer priorities and maintaining customer relationships. Our competitors may be able to provide their customers with different or greater capabilities or technologies or better contract terms than we can provide, including technical qualifications, past contract experience, geographic presence, price and the availability of qualified professional personnel, or be willing to accept more risk or lower profitability in competing for contracts. In addition, we believe that some of our competitors have products undergoing TSA certification. Our failure to compete successfully could result in lost sales and could hamper our financial results. Our management is aware of several companies in the security industry that are developing competing technologies that can detect weapons, such as guns, via imaging, metal detection and millimeter wave technology. See “Business — Competition” for additional information about our competitors.
We face risks associated with our international business.
A component of our strategy is to expand internationally. Expansion into international markets will require management’s attention and resources. We have limited experience in localizing our service, and we believe that many of our competitors are also undertaking expansion into foreign markets. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in expanding into international markets or generating revenues from foreign operations. In addition, there are certain risks inherent in doing business on an international basis.
These risks may include:
•
legal uncertainty regarding liability, tariffs and other trade barriers and related trade tensions;
​
•
laws and policies affecting trade, investment and taxes, including laws and policies relating to the repatriation of funds and withholding taxes, and changes in these laws;
​
•
failure to comply with U.S. government and foreign laws and regulations applicable to international business, including, without limitation, those related to employment, data privacy and security, taxes, technology transfer, information security, environment, data transfer, import and export controls (including the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the U.S. Department of State and the anti-boycott provisions of the Export Administration Regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security), sanctions, and other administrative, legislative or regulatory actions that could materially interfere with our ability to offer our products or services in certain countries or have an adverse impact on our business with the U.S. government, and expose us to risks and costs of noncompliance with such laws and regulations, in addition to administrative, civil or criminal penalties;
​
 
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
​
•
longer payment cycles, different accounting practices, problems in collecting accounts receivable;
​
•
changes in local regulatory requirements, including restrictions on content and differing cultural tastes and attitudes;
​
•
international jurisdictions where laws are less protective of intellectual property and varying attitudes towards the piracy of intellectual property;
​
•
financial instability and increased market concentration of buyers in foreign markets;
​
•
the instability of foreign economies and governments;
​
•
fluctuating foreign exchange rates;
​
•
seasonal reductions in business activity;
​
•
the spread of communicable diseases in such jurisdictions, which may impact business in such jurisdictions;
​
•
the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, which has resulted in the imposition by the U.S. and other nations of restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and certain banks, companies and individuals;
​
•
the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East and their regional effects; and
​
•
war and acts of terrorism.
​
We are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 (the “U.K. Bribery Act”) and other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations in jurisdictions where we do business. These laws and regulations generally prohibit improper payments or offers of improper payments to government officials, political parties, or commercial partners to obtain or retain business or secure an improper business advantage. We have operations, and deal with and make sales to governmental or quasi-governmental entities in non-U.S. countries, including those known to experience corruption, and further expansion of our non-U.S. sales efforts may involve additional regions. Our activities in these countries pose a heightened risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees or third-party business partners, representatives, and agents that could violate various laws, including the FCPA. The FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act and other applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws may also hold us liable for acts of corruption and bribery committed by our third-party business partners, representatives and agents even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. We cannot assure you that our employees or other third parties working on our behalf have not engaged or will not engage in conduct in violation of our policies or applicable law for which we might ultimately be held responsible.
We are also required to comply with applicable export controls and economic and trade sanctions laws and regulations, such as those administered and enforced by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, and the U.S. Department of Commerce. Our global operations expose us to the risk of violating or being accused of violating these laws.
Violations of any of these laws or regulations, including the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act, may result in whistleblower complaints, negative media coverage, investigations, imposition of significant legal fees, loss of export privileges, as well as severe criminal or civil sanctions, including suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting. We may also be subject to other liabilities and adverse effects on our reputation, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Although our international operations have historically generated a small proportion of our revenues, we are seeking to grow our international business. Our exposure for violating these laws will increase as our non-U.S. presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions. Although we have adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote compliance with such laws, there can be no assurance that such policies or procedures will be effective at all times or protect us against liability under these or other laws for actions taken by our employees and other third parties who are acting on our behalf
 
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
with respect to our business. If we are not in compliance with anti-corruption laws and other laws governing the conduct of business with government entities and/or officials (including local laws) or export controls and economic and trade sanction laws and regulations, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties and other remedial measures, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. In addition, investigations of any actual or alleged violations of such laws or policies related to us could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.
Any of the above could adversely affect the success of our international operations. To the extent that we expand our international operations and have additional portions of our international revenues denominated in foreign currencies, we could become subject to increased risks relating to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. There can be no assurance that one or more of the factors discussed above will not have a material adverse effect on our future international operations and, consequently, on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Relating to Market Conditions
Our business is impacted by worldwide economic conditions.
Our anticipated performance will be subject to worldwide economic conditions, such as unemployment levels, interest rates or inflation rates, each of which influence, among other things, consumer trends and the levels of government and private sector security spending.
We expect a number of factors to cause our operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.
Our revenues and operating results could vary significantly from quarter to quarter because of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to other risk factors discussed in this section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly results include:
•
the impact of worldwide economic conditions and their impact on levels of security and defense spending;
​
•
certain fixed costs inherent in our business, which limit our ability to adjust for period-to-period changes in demand;
​
•
system interruptions that impair access to our customers, key vendors or communication with our technology and any related impact on our reputation;
​
•
our ability to forecast revenues accurately and appropriately plan our expenses; and
​
•
the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, to the extent that we source material or labor from outside of United States, sell our products outside of United States or operate outside of United States.
​
In addition, our operating results may not meet the expectations of investors or public market analysts who follow us.
Managing our growth will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources, and the failure to do so appropriately may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Deterioration of economic conditions or weakening in credit or capital markets may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Volatile, negative, or uncertain economic conditions, an increase in the likelihood of a recession, or concerns about these or other similar risks may negatively impact our customers’ ability and willingness to fund their projects. For example, declines in state and local tax revenues, as well as other economic declines, may result in lower government spending, which could impact the amount of future revenue we receive from governmental entities. Our customers reducing, postponing, or canceling spending on projects in respect
 
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of which we provide services may reduce demand for our products quickly and with little warning, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Moreover, instability in the credit or capital markets in the U.S., including as a result of failures of financial institutions and any related market-wide reduction in liquidity, or concerns or rumors about events of these kinds or similar risks, could affect the availability of credit or our credit ratings, making it relatively difficult or expensive to obtain additional capital at competitive rates, on commercially reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts, or at all, thus making it more difficult or expensive for us to access funds or refinance our existing indebtedness, or obtain financing for acquisitions. Such instability could also cause counterparties, including vendors, suppliers, and subcontractors, to be unable to perform their obligations or to breach their obligations to us under our contracts with them.
We cannot predict the consequences of current or future geopolitical events, but they may adversely affect the markets in which we operate and our results of operations.
Ongoing instability and current conflicts in global markets, including in Eastern Europe, the Middle East, and Asia, and the potential for other conflicts and future terrorist activities and other recent geopolitical events throughout the world, including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East and their regional effects, and increased tensions in Asia, have created and may continue to create economic and political uncertainties and impacts that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, and profitability. These types of matters cause uncertainty in financial markets and may significantly increase the political, economic and social instability in the geographic areas in which we operate.
In addition, in connection with the current status of international relations with Russia, particularly in light of the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, the U.S. government has imposed enhanced export controls on certain products and sanctions on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia. The governments of other jurisdictions in which we operate may also implement sanctions or other restrictive measures. These potential sanctions and export controls, as well as any responses from Russia, could adversely affect us and/or our supply chain, business partners, or customers.
Tariffs and related retaliatory tariffs may impact trade between the United States and foreign countries and could increase our manufacturing costs, adversely affect our margins and delivery timelines and impact our ability to compete in applicable markets.
The current U.S. administration has recently made statements and taken actions that has led to significant changes to U.S. and international trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs and export control and sanctions restrictions affecting certain products manufactured abroad. These tariffs have resulted in, and may continue to trigger, retaliatory actions by affected countries, including the imposition of tariffs on the United States by other countries, which has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other countries with respect to trade policies, treaties and tariffs. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may significantly reduce global trade and, in particular, trade between the impacted nations and the United States.
We expect to be impacted by increases in tariffs, in particular for components used in HEXWAVE™ and the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit originating from foreign jurisdictions, including China. We anticipate further general economic disruption and uncertainty surrounding trade stability during the near term, which may increase our component costs. Although we evaluate alternative sourcing strategies, we may not be able to fully mitigate the impact of tariff-related cost increases or pass those increased costs through to customers due to competitive pressures or fixed-price contracts. Any increase in tariffs, imposition of new trade restrictions, or interruption in global supply chains could adversely affect our cost structure, reduce margins, delay product deliveries, or negatively impact our ability to scale production. In addition, retaliatory tariffs on United States goods that apply to our products could affect our competitiveness in applicable markets.
Currency fluctuations may have a material effect on us.
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar, other currencies and the Canadian dollar may have a material effect on our results of operations. To date, we have not engaged in currency
 
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
hedging activities. To the extent that we may seek to implement hedging techniques in the future with respect to our foreign currency transactions, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such hedging activities.
Any disruption at our places of business due to natural and manmade disasters could delay revenues and increase our expenses.
Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, volcanoes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, human errors, break-ins and similar events. For example, a significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition, and our insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Our servers may also be vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure of confidential data. We may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in certain circumstances and our business interruption insurance (as and if carried by us) may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. As we expect to rely heavily on our servers, computer and communications systems and the internet to conduct our business and provide a high-quality customer experience, such disruptions could negatively impact our ability to run our business, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results.
Further, our business may not be insurable or the insurance may not be purchased due to high cost. Should such liabilities arise, they could reduce or eliminate any future profitability and result in increasing costs and a decline in the value of our company.
The effects of an epidemic, pandemic or similar outbreak have negatively impacted and could in the future negatively impact our business and financial results.
Any epidemics, pandemics or similar outbreaks could create economic uncertainty and disruptions to the global economy that could adversely affect our business and financial results, or could significantly curtail the movement of people, goods and services worldwide. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic disrupted our supply chain and limited our ability to conduct research and product development, manufacturing, and other important business activities, which forced us to pay for expedited processing and shipping, resulted in cost markups and adversely affected our business and financial results. Furthermore, if any future epidemics, pandemics or similar outbreaks occur, customer events where our products are used, including concerts, festival and sporting events, may be canceled, postponed or moved to virtual-only experiences. In addition, traffic at transportation hubs where our products are used, such as airports, railways, cruise lines and bus stations, may become more limited. This would have a negative impact on our operations. Additionally, any epidemics, pandemics, or similar outbreaks may cause extreme volatility in financial and other capital markets. This volatility may adversely impact the fair value of our securities which may hamper our ability to raise additional capital to maintain operations.
Risks Relating to Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Compliance
Our operating results may be harmed if we are not in compliance with various local, provincial and federal tax laws.
Our business will be subject to various local, provincial and federal tax payment and collection requirements. Amounts that we are expected to be required to pay or collect may change as our business develops and expands. As a result, we will need to continually ensure proper taxes are paid or collected and remitted to the appropriate tax agencies. If we do not collect the appropriate taxes from our customers, we may need to pay more than what we have collected. In addition, we may be audited by various agencies to ensure compliance with tax collection requirements. Such audits could result in additional sales or other tax collection obligations, which we may not be able to recover from our customers. Such obligations could have a material adverse impact on our future operating results.
Our business and operations expose us to numerous legal and regulatory requirements, and any violation of these requirements could harm our business.
We are subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws and directives and regulations in the U.S. and abroad that involve matters central to our business, including data privacy and security, employment
 
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and labor relations, immigration, taxation, anti-corruption, anti-bribery, import-export controls, trade restrictions, internal and disclosure control obligations, securities regulation and anti-competition. Compliance with legal requirements is costly, time-consuming and requires significant resources. Violations of one or more of these legal requirements in the conduct of our business could result in significant fines and other damages, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business and damage to our reputation. Violations of these regulations or contractual obligations related to regulatory compliance in connection with the performance of customer contracts could also result in liability for significant monetary damages, fines and criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, and other reputational damage, restrictions on our ability to compete for certain work and allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations.
Investigations, audits, claims, disputes, enforcement actions, litigation, arbitration, or other legal proceedings could require us to pay potentially large damage awards or penalties and could be costly to defend, which would adversely affect our cash balances and profitability, and could damage our reputation.
We may be subject to litigation, claims, investigations, audits, enforcement actions, arbitrations, or other legal proceedings that could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. We may be subject to consumer class action lawsuits. Adverse judgments or settlements in some or all of these legal disputes may result in significant monetary damages, penalties, or injunctive relief against us. Any claims or litigation could be costly to defend, and even if we are successful or fully indemnified or insured, they could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or obtain adequate insurance in the future, and responding to any action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources. Litigation and other claims are subject to inherent uncertainties and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Litigation disputes could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses, occupy a significant amount of management’s time and attention, and negatively affect our business operations and financial position.
Environmental matters, including unforeseen costs associated with compliance and remediation efforts and government and third-party claims, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our operations are subject to and affected by various federal, state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations, as they may be expanded, changed, or enforced differently over time. Compliance with these existing and evolving environmental laws and regulations requires and is expected to continue to require significant operating and capital costs. We may be subject to substantial administrative, civil, or criminal fines, penalties, or other sanctions (including suspension and debarment) for violations. If we are found to be in violation of the Federal Clean Air Act or the Clean Water Act, the facility or facilities involved in the violation could be placed by the Environmental Protection Agency on a list of facilities that generally cannot be used in performing on U.S. government contracts until the violation is corrected.
Stricter or different remediation standards or enforcement of existing laws and regulations; new requirements, including regulation of new substances; discovery of previously unknown contamination or new contaminants; imposition of fines, penalties, or damages (including natural resource damages); a determination that certain remediation or other costs are unallowable; rulings on allocation or insurance coverage; and/or the insolvency, inability or unwillingness of other parties to pay their share, could require us to incur material additional costs in excess of those anticipated.
We may become a party to legal proceedings and disputes involving government and private parties (including individual and class actions) relating to alleged impacts from pollutants released into the environment, including bodily injury and property damage. These matters could result in material compensatory or other damages, remediation costs, penalties, non-monetary relief, and adverse allowability or insurance coverage determinations. The impact of these factors is difficult to predict, but one or more of them could harm our reputation and business and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flow.
Protecting and defending against intellectual property claims may have a material adverse effect on our business.
As our business depends substantially on our intellectual property, we could be adversely affected if we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We regard our marks, rights, and trade secrets
 
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and other intellectual property rights as critical to the success of our business. To protect our investments and our rights in these various intellectual properties, we may rely on a combination of patents, trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements with our employees, clients, strategic partners, acquisition targets and others to protect proprietary rights. These afford only limited protection. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our technology’s features, software and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by us to protect proprietary rights will be adequate or that third parties will not infringe or misappropriate our copyrights, trademarks and similar proprietary rights, or that we will be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce rights. Moreover, policing our proprietary rights is difficult and may not always be effective. In particular, we may need to enforce our rights under the laws of countries that do not protect proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of Canada. In addition, although we believe that our proprietary rights do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, there can be no assurance that other parties will not assert infringement claims against us. Such claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.
Litigation or proceedings before governmental authorities and administrative bodies in the United States, Canada and abroad may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our patent rights, trade secrets, trademarks and domain names and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could substantially harm our operating results. Additionally, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation, could delay further sales or the implementation of our products and offerings, impair the functionality of our products and offerings, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our products and offerings, or injure our reputation.
We will rely on trade secrets to protect technology where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. Trade secrets are difficult to protect. While commercially reasonable efforts to protect trade secrets will be used, strategic partners, employees, consultants, contractors or scientific and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose information to competitors. If we are not able to defend patents or trade secrets, then we will not be able to exclude competitors from developing or marketing competing products, and we may not generate enough revenue from product sales to justify the development cost of products or achieve or maintain profitability.
Our exposure to risks associated with the use of intellectual property may increase as a result of acquisitions, as we have a lower level of visibility into the development process with respect to acquired technology or the care taken to safeguard against infringement risks.
Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights, whether or not correct, could result in significant costs and harm to our business and operating results.
Third parties may make infringement and similar or related claims after we have acquired technology that had not been asserted prior to such acquisition. We are not currently aware of any litigation or other proceedings or claims by third parties that our technologies or methods infringe upon their intellectual property. While it is our practice to undertake pre-filing searches and analyses of developing technologies, we cannot guarantee that we have identified every patent or patent application that may be relevant to the research, development, or commercialization of our products. Moreover, we cannot assure that third parties will not assert valid, erroneous or frivolous patent infringement claims. If we do infringe a third party’s rights and are unable to provide a sufficient workaround, we may need to negotiate with holders of those rights to obtain a license to those rights or otherwise settle any infringement claim as a party that makes a claim of infringement against us may obtain an injunction preventing us from shipping products containing the allegedly infringing technology. As the number of products and competitors in the market increase and overlaps occur, claims of infringement, misappropriation, and other violations of intellectual property rights may increase. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of intellectual property
 
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
rights by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim and could distract management from the business. Future assertions of patent rights by third parties, and any resulting litigation, may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenues and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. There can be no assurance that we will not be found to infringe or otherwise violate any third-party intellectual property rights or to have done so in the past.
An adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to:
•
pay substantial damages, including treble damages, if we are found to have willfully infringed a third party’s patents or copyrights;
​
•
make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;
​
•
cease selling, making, licensing, or using products that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others;
​
•
expend additional development resources to attempt to redesign our products or otherwise develop non-infringing technology, which may not be successful;
​
•
enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights;
​
•
take legal action or initiate administrative proceedings to challenge the validity and scope of the third-party rights or to defend against any allegations of infringement; and
​
•
indemnify other third parties.
​
In addition, royalty or licensing agreements, if required or desirable, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may require significant royalty payments and other expenditures. Some licenses may also be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to it. Any of the foregoing events could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of management and harm our business and operating results. Moreover, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our shares. We expect that the occurrence of infringement claims is likely to grow as the market for our products and solutions grows. Accordingly, our exposure to damages resulting from infringement claims could increase and this could further exhaust our financial and management resources.
We may become party to litigation that adversely affects our business.
We may become party to litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business which could adversely affect our business. Should any litigation in which we become involved be determined against us, such a decision could adversely affect our ability to continue operating and the market price for the Common Shares. Even if we are involved in litigation and win, litigation can redirect significant company resources.
Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing upon the patents and proprietary rights of other parties and enforcing our own patents and proprietary rights against others. Our research and development programs will be in highly competitive fields in which numerous third parties have issued patents and pending patent applications with claims closely related to the subject matter of our programs. We are not currently aware of any litigation or other proceedings or claims by third parties that our technologies or methods infringe on their intellectual property.
While it is our practice to undertake pre-filing searches and analyses of developing technologies, we cannot guarantee that we have identified every patent or patent application that may be relevant to the research, development, or commercialization of our products. Moreover, we cannot assure that third parties will not assert valid, erroneous, or frivolous patent infringement claims.
 
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Claims against us relating to any acquisition, licensing or business combination may necessitate seeking claims against the seller for which the seller may not indemnify us or that may exceed the seller’s or licensor’s indemnification obligations.
There may be liabilities assumed in any technology acquisition or licensing or business combination that we did not discover or that we underestimated in the course of performing our due diligence. Although a seller or licensor generally will have indemnification obligations to us under a licensing, acquisition or merger agreement, these obligations usually will be subject to financial limitations, such as general deductibles and maximum recovery amounts, as well as time limitations. There is no assurance that our right to indemnification from any seller or licensors will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the amount of any undiscovered or underestimated liabilities that we may incur. Any such liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, liquidity, and prospects.
Confidentiality arrangements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.
We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our technology, business operations, and business plans. In order to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors, advisors, suppliers and customers. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or has had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. Additionally, although our employees and contractors are subject to confidentiality obligations and use restrictions, this protection may be inadequate to deter or prevent them from infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating our confidential information, technology, or other intellectual property or proprietary rights, and can be difficult to enforce. Further, despite these efforts, these arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our technologies that we consider proprietary. In addition, if others independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods, and know-how, we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary information will be effective.
Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets and intellectual property and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, effective trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our products are available or where we have employees or independent contractors as some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and employment laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.
We rely on permits, certifications and licenses to operate our business and produce our products.
Our operations and our products require licenses, certifications and permits from various governmental and regulatory authorities. There can be no assurance that such licenses and permits will be granted, maintained or renewed. Any failure to obtain, maintain or renew any of the licenses and permits required could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
Like many other electronic devices, systems such as HEXWAVE™ are subject to environmental standards, FCC compatibility regulations, and electrical safety requirements. Millimeter wavelength scanners used in airports, for example, which generate images of the human subjects raise privacy concerns and regulatory issues associated with the capture of personal data.
 
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The deployment of HEXWAVE™ to sports and other public venues may require certifications by authorities who are working to apply new performance standards across the urban security marketplace. These certifications may be required by customers as part of their qualifying standards for procurement. This includes, but is not limited to, the National Center for Spectator Sports Safety and Security and the Qualified Anti-Terrorism Technology under the Department of Homeland Security Safety Act. Other standards that are also required is the Underwriters Laboratory Certification. The development activities are accounting for these certifications within the deployment timelines.
Our business is subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding data privacy and security, which could subject us to investigations, claims, or monetary penalties against us, require us to change our business practices, or otherwise adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
We are subject to various laws and regulations in the U.S. and globally relating to data privacy and security. These laws and regulations are complex, constantly evolving, and may be subject to significant change in the future. In addition, the application, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations are often uncertain, particularly in new and rapidly evolving areas of technology, and may differ in material respects among jurisdictions, interpreted and applied inconsistently among jurisdictions or in a manner that is inconsistent with our current policies and practices, all of which can make compliance challenging and costly, and expose us to relate risks and liabilities.
In the United States, numerous federal, state, and local data privacy and security laws and regulations govern the collection, sharing, use, retention, disclosure, security, storage, transfer, and other processing of personal information. As a contractor supporting defense and national security customers, we are also subject to additional, specific regulatory compliance requirements relating to data privacy and security. Under the U.S Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement and other federal regulations, we are required to implement the security and privacy controls in the National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publications on certain of our networks and information technology systems. To the extent that we do not comply with applicable security and control requirements, and there is unauthorized access or disclosure of sensitive information (including personal information), this could potentially result in a contract termination or loss of intellectual property, which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results and lead to reputational harm. We will also be subject to numerous emerging and currently unspecified cybersecurity requirements under the Federal Acquisition Regulation and through federal regulation, to include the U.S Department of Defense Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification program, which, once implemented, will require successful assessment by a third party against specified cyber controls. Should we or our supply chain fail to implement these new requirements, this may adversely affect our ability to receive awards or execute on relevant government programs. We are in the process of evaluating our readiness against these new requirements and while we have confidence we will meet or exceed requirements, to the extent we do not, we will be unable to bid on such contract awards, which could adversely impact our revenue and profitability.
The overarching complexity of data privacy and security laws and regulations around the world poses a compliance challenge that could manifest in costs, damages, or liability in other forms as a result of failure to implement proper programmatic controls, failure to adhere to those controls, or the breach of applicable data privacy and security requirements by us, our employees, our business partners (including our service providers, suppliers or subcontractors) or our customers. We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning data privacy and security, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards, or amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws, regulations or standards, may have on our business. Any failure or perceived failure by us, our service providers, suppliers, subcontractors, or other business partners to comply with applicable laws, regulations, our public privacy policies and other public statements about data privacy and security and other obligations in these areas could result in regulatory or government actions lawsuits against us (including civil claims, such as representative actions and other class action-type litigation), legal liability, monetary penalties, fines, sanctions, damages and other costs, orders to cease or change our processing of data, changes to our business practices, diversion of internal resources, and harm to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also incur substantial expenses in implementing and maintaining compliance with such laws, regulations, and other obligations.
 
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risks Relating to Our Financial Condition
We face substantial capital requirements and may fail to raise additional capital.
We may require additional capital in the future to support ongoing operations, undertake capital expenditures or commence acquisitions or other business combination transactions. Due to the early stage of the industry in which we operate, we expect to face additional competition from new entrants. To become and remain competitive, we require research and development, marketing, sales and client support. We may not have sufficient resources to maintain research and development, marketing, sales and client support efforts on a competitive basis which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our shareholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and the per-share value of the Common Shares could decline. Moreover, any new equity securities that we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of the holders of Common Shares. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios. If we need additional capital and cannot raise or otherwise obtain it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:
•
develop or introduce service enhancements to customers;
​
•
continue to expand our development, sales and marketing and general and administrative functions;
​
•
acquire complementary technologies or businesses;
​
•
expand our operations;
​
•
hire, train and retain employees; or
​
•
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.
​
The issuance of debt could impair our ability to obtain additional financing.
From time to time, we may enter into transactions to acquire assets or the shares of other companies. These transactions may be financed partially or wholly with debt, which may increase our debt levels above industry standards. Our constating documents do not limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur. The level of our indebtedness from time to time could impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future on a timely basis, or at all, take advantage of business opportunities that may arise. Our ability to service our debt obligations will depend on our future operations, which are subject to prevailing industry conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
We are dependent on the Parabilis Credit Facilities, which are short-term, contain restrictive covenants, and include lender remedies that could materially harm us if triggered.
On August 19, 2024, we entered into a loan and security agreement with PFF, LLC (“Parabilis”) providing for a US$1,800,000 secured term loan (the “Parabilis Term Loan”) and a secured revolving credit facility with up to US$2,500,000 of capacity (the “Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility,” and together with the Parabilis Term Loan, the “Parabilis Credit Facilities”). On August 14, 2025, we amended the Parabilis Term Loan by updating the repayment schedule and providing for additional advances between August 2025 and October 2025 in an aggregate amount of US$0.65 million, which evidenced by a replacement promissory note reflecting a principal balance of approximately US$2.45 million. The promissory includes a confession-of-judgment provision under Virginia law. On September 1, 2025, we amended the Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility by extending the maturity date to May 31, 2026 with automatic one-year renewals, unless Parabilis provides 90-days’ notice, and agreeing to pay a 0.083% monthly commitment fee. The Parabilis Credit Facilities are secured and guaranteed and include affirmative and negative covenants, customary events of default, and lender remedies.
If we fail to comply with any covenants, if any events of default occur for which no waiver or amendment is obtained, if Parabilis elects not to renew the Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility or if we are unable to timely refinance the debt obligations subject to such covenants or take other mitigating actions, the holders of
 
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our indebtedness could, among other things, declare outstanding amounts immediately due and payable and, subject to the terms of relevant financing agreements, repossess or foreclose on collateral. In addition, the confession-of-judgment clause could allow Parabilis to obtain an immediate judgment against us in Virginia without advance notice or hearing, and to accelerate remedies against our assets. Any acceleration or actions to repossess or foreclose on collateral could also result in a downgrade of any credit ratings then applicable to us, which could result in additional events of default or limit our ability to obtain additional financing. Any acceleration or enforcement action could materially and adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Because we have no history of dividends and do not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, would be your sole source of gain.
To date, we have not paid any dividends on our outstanding Common Shares. At this time, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the future in favor of utilizing cash to support the development of our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors (our “Board”) and will depend on a number of factors, including future operating results, capital requirements, financial condition and the terms of any credit facility or other financing arrangements we may obtain or enter into, future prospects and other factors our Board may deem relevant at the time such payment is considered. As a result, shareholders will have to rely on capital appreciation, if any, to earn a return on their investment in the Common Shares in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
We may need to divest assets if there is insufficient capital.
If sufficient capital is not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, eliminate or divest one or more of our assets or products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, or results of operations.
We are subject to liquidity risk due to the slowdown of the global economy.
The ongoing economic slowdown and downturn of global capital markets has generally made the raising of capital by equity or debt financing more difficult. Access to financing has been negatively impacted by the ongoing global economic risks. As such, we are subject to liquidity risks in meeting our development and future operating cost requirements in instances where cash positions are unable to be maintained, or appropriate financing is unavailable. These factors may impact our ability to raise equity or obtain loans and other credit facilities in the future and on terms favorable to us. If uncertain market conditions persist, our ability to raise capital could be jeopardized, which could have an adverse impact on our operations and the trading price of the Common Shares on Nasdaq.
Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Securities
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution if you purchase Common Shares in this offering.
You will incur immediate and substantial dilution if you purchase Common Shares in this offering. After giving effect to the assumed sale by us of        Common Shares at an assumed initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus (excluding the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option to purchase additional Common Shares and after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), investors in this offering can expect an immediate dilution of US$      per Common Share. In addition, you may experience further dilution upon subsequent issuances of our securities, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants or if the underwriter exercises the Over-Allotment Option. See “— We will need to raise additional financing in the future which may dilute our share capital.”
There is no liquid public market for our Common Shares in the United States and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our share price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.
The Common Shares are listed on the TSXV, quoted on the OTCQB and listed on the FSE. Following our planned listing of our Common Shares sold in this offering on Nasdaq, our Common Shares will no
 
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
longer be quoted on the OTCQB. Prior to this offering, there has not been a liquid public market for our Common Shares in the United States. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of the Common Shares that you buy. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on Nasdaq or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the Common Shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriter and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our Common Shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering. In addition to the risks described above, the market price of our Common Shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including actual or anticipated variations in our operating results; the failure of financial analysts to cover our Common Shares after this offering or changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our Common Shares or the shares of our competitors; announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions; technological innovations by us or our competitors; future sales of our Common Shares; and investor perceptions of us and the market in which we operate.
The liquidity of our Common Shares may be decreased as a result of the Reverse Split.
The liquidity of our Common Shares may be affected adversely by the Reverse Split given the reduced number of shares that will be outstanding, especially if the market price of our Common Shares does not increase as a result of the Reverse Split. In addition, the Reverse Split may increase the number of shareholders who own odd lots (less than 100 shares) of our Common Shares, creating the potential for such shareholders to experience an increase in the cost of selling their shares and greater difficulty effecting such sales.
Although we believe that a higher market price of our Common Shares may help generate greater or broader investor interest, there can be no assurance that our increased share price following the Reverse Split will actually attract new investors, including institutional investors. In addition, there can be no assurance that the market price of our Common Shares will satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. As a result, the trading liquidity of our Common Shares may not necessarily improve.
U.S. Holders of our Common Shares may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company.
The rules governing “passive foreign investment companies” ​(“PFICs”) can have adverse effects on U.S. Holders (as defined below in “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the value of our assets (generally, using a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (including cash), we would be characterized as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The determination of whether we are a PFIC, which must be made annually after the close of each taxable year, depends on the particular facts and circumstances and may also be affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. Our status as a PFIC will depend on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets (including goodwill and other intangible assets), which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend any cash that is raised in this offering or in any other subsequent financing transaction.
If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for certain preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations. A U.S. Holder may in certain circumstances mitigate adverse tax consequences of the PFIC rules by filing an election to treat the PFIC as a qualified electing fund, or QEF, or, if shares of the PFIC are “marketable stock,” which such term includes the Common Shares, for purposes of the PFIC rules, by making a mark-to-market election with respect to the shares of the PFIC. U.S. Holders should be aware that, for each tax year, if any, that we are a PFIC, we can provide no assurances that we will satisfy the record keeping requirements of a PFIC, or that we will make available to U.S. Holders the information such U.S. Holders require to make a QEF election with respect to us, and as a result, a QEF election may not be available to U.S. Holders. For more information, see the discussion below under “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”)
 
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Rules.” You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the potential consequences to you if we were or were to become a PFIC, including the availability, and advisability, of, and procedure for making, QEF elections, and mark-to-market elections.
Management will have broad discretion as to the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not use the proceeds effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from any offering by us and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of these net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that the proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for our company.
We have no operating experience as a publicly traded company in the United States.
We have no operating experience as a publicly traded company in the United States. Although the individuals who now constitute our management team have experience managing a publicly traded company, there is no assurance that the past experience of our management team will be sufficient to operate our company as a publicly traded company in the United States, including timely compliance with the disclosure requirements of the SEC. Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to develop and implement internal control systems and procedures in order to satisfy the periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations and comply with the Nasdaq listing standards. These requirements will place significant strain on our management team, infrastructure and other resources. In addition, our management team may not be able to successfully or efficiently manage our company as a United States public reporting company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations.
As a foreign private issuer, it may be difficult for U.S. investors to enforce civil liabilities against us or our directors, officers and experts.
We are incorporated under the laws of British Columbia, Canada. Some of our directors and officers, and the experts named in this prospectus, reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and a portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for investors in the United States to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against us or them judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada of civil liabilities under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Consequently, investors may be unable to enforce judgments against us or those persons in Canadian courts, which may limit the remedies available to our shareholders.
We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a United States public company.
As a United States public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company or as a Canadian public company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404, which involve annual assessments of a company’s internal controls over financial reporting. We plan to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting
 
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function. Furthermore, we expect the premium for director & officer insurance will increase significantly due to a more litigious environment in the United States. At this time, we cannot reasonably predict or estimate the amount of additional costs that we may incur as a result of becoming a United States public company or the timing of such costs.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with the minimum bid price requirement of Nasdaq.
The Reverse Split is intended, among other reasons, to allow us to achieve the requisite increase in the market price of our Common Shares to be in compliance with Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement of US$4.00 per share for initial listing. Although we expect our share price will meet such minimum bid price requirement prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, there is no guarantee that we will be able to meet Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement for initial listing or remain above Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement of US$1.00 for continued listing. If a company’s share price falls below $1.00 for 30 consecutive business days, Nasdaq will issue a deficiency notice and provide a compliance period of 180 days to regain compliance. It is not uncommon for the market price of a company’s shares to decline in the period following a reverse share split. If the market price of our Common Shares declines, the percentage decline may be greater than would have occurred in the absence of the Reverse Split. In addition, if other factors unrelated to the number of shares of our Common Shares outstanding, such as unfavorable financial or operational results, adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares, that may jeopardize our ability to meet or maintain the minimum bid price requirement with Nasdaq’s continued listing standards. If we fail to maintain such compliance, our Common Shares may be subject to delisting, which could materially reduce the liquidity of our shares and impair our access to capital markets.
Our inability to comply with Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements could result in our Common Shares being delisted, which could affect the market price and liquidity of our securities and reduce our ability to raise capital.
We have applied to list our Common Shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “DETX.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. However, if such listing is approved, upon completion of this offering, we will be required to meet certain qualitative and financial tests to maintain the listing of our Common Shares on Nasdaq. If we do not maintain compliance with Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements within specified periods and subject to permitted extensions, our Common Shares may be recommended for delisting (subject to any appeal we would file). No assurance can be provided that we will comply with these continued listing requirements. Nasdaq has broad discretionary authority over the continued listing of securities, which it could exercise with respect to the listing of our Common Shares. If our Common Shares were delisted, it could be more difficult to buy or sell our Common Shares and to obtain accurate quotations, and the price of our securities could suffer a material decline. Delisting would also impair our ability to raise capital. The delisting of our Common Shares from any other exchange on which they are listed could similarly reduce liquidity, adversely affect the market price of our securities, limit the availability of market quotations and impair our ability to raise capital.
An investment in our securities involves significant risks.
Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also impair our business and operations and cause the trading price of our securities to decline. If any of the following or other risks occur, our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline and security holders could lose all or part of their investment. There is no assurance that risk management steps taken will avoid future loss due to the occurrence of the risks described below or other unforeseen risks.
Our Common Shares have in the past and may in the future experience extreme share price volatility unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our Common Shares.
Recently, there have been instances of extreme share price run-ups followed by rapid price declines and strong share price volatility with a number of recent initial public offerings, especially among companies
 
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
with relatively smaller public floats. As a relatively small-capitalization company with relatively small public float, we have experienced and may continue to experience greater share price volatility, extreme price run-ups, lower trading volume and less liquidity than large-capitalization companies. Our Common Shares are currently listed on the TSXV and the FSE, and the trading price and volume of our Common Shares on those markets have exhibited volatility in the past, including periods of rapid appreciation and decline, wide bid-ask spreads and low trading volumes. Our Common Shares could continue to be subject to similar instances of volatility following our anticipated listing on Nasdaq in connection with this offering. Such volatility, including any stock-run up, may be unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our Common Shares.
In addition, if the trading volumes of our Common Shares are low, persons buying or selling in relatively small quantities may easily influence prices of our Common Shares. This low volume of trades could also cause the price of our Common Shares to fluctuate greatly, with large percentage changes in price occurring in any trading day session. Holders of our Common Shares may also not be able to readily liquidate their investment or may be forced to sell at depressed prices due to low volume trading. If high spreads between the bid and ask prices of our Common Shares exist at the time of a purchase, the stock would have to appreciate substantially on a relative percentage basis for an investor to recoup their investment. Broad market fluctuations and general economic and political conditions may also adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares.
As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in our Common Shares. A volatile market price of our Common Shares also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional Common Shares or other securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.
We cannot assure you that the market price of our Common Shares will not continue to fluctuate or decline, and past trading volatility on the TSXV and FSE should not be considered indicative of future performance on any market, including Nasdaq.
Our Common Shares will be traded on different markets and this may result in price variations.
Our Common Shares are listed on the TSXV and the FSE and quoted on the OTCQB and are also anticipated to be listed on Nasdaq following this offering. Trading in our Common Shares on these markets will be made in different currencies and at different times (due to differences in trading days and public holidays). The trading prices of our Common Shares on these markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our Common Shares on one of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading price of our Common Shares on the other market. In addition, market conditions in either market may affect the price of our Common Shares on the other. Investors could seek to sell or buy our Common Shares to take advantage of any price differences between the markets through a practice referred to as arbitrage. Any arbitrage activity could create unexpected volatility in the trading price of our Common Shares.
We are selling a substantial number of Common Shares in this offering, which could cause the price of our Common Shares to decline.
In this offering, we will sell up to        Common Shares (assuming no exercise by the underwriter of the Over-Allotment option). The existence of the potential additional Common Shares in the public market, or the perception that such additional shares may be in the market, could adversely affect the price of our Common Shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of those Common Shares or the availability of those Common Shares for sale will have on the market price of our Common Shares.
We will need to raise additional financing in the future which may dilute our share capital.
Our Notice of Articles permit the issuance of an unlimited number of our Common Shares. Future issuance of our Common Shares will result in dilution to the existing shareholders. Additionally, future sales of our Common Shares into the public market may lower the market price for our Common Shares, which may result in losses to our shareholders. Sales of substantial amounts of our Common Shares into the
 
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
public market, or even the perception by the market that such sales may occur, may lower the market price of our Common Shares.
If we are unable to satisfy the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley or our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective, the reliability of our financial statements may be questioned.
We will become subject to the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley if the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC. Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley (“Section 404”) requires companies subject to the reporting requirements of United States securities laws to complete a comprehensive evaluation of their internal controls over financial reporting. To comply with this statute, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures, and our management will be required to assess and issue a report concerning our internal controls over financial reporting in our future annual reports on Form 20-F following this offering, beginning with our second such annual report. Pursuant to the JOBS Act, we will be classified as an “emerging growth company.” Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are exempt from certain reporting requirements, including the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley. Under this exemption, our independent auditor will not be required to attest to and report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting during a five-year transition period, except in the event this is accelerated if we lose our status as an “emerging growth company.” We will need to prepare for compliance with Section 404 by strengthening, assessing and testing our system of internal controls to provide the basis for our report. However, the continuous process of strengthening our internal controls and complying with Section 404 is complicated and time-consuming. Furthermore, we believe that our business will grow both domestically and internationally, organically and through acquisitions, in which case our internal controls will become more complex and will require significantly more resources and attention to ensure our internal controls remain effective overall. During the course of our testing, management may identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, which may not be remedied in a timely manner to meet the deadline imposed by Sarbanes-Oxley. If management cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies material weaknesses in our internal controls, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and the market price of our securities may suffer.
We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
We will be an “emerging growth company” as defined in section 3(a) of the Exchange Act (as amended by the JOBS Act), and will continue to qualify as an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.235 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Common Shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million.
For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely upon exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we rely upon certain of these exemptions. If some investors find the securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the price of our securities may be more volatile. On the other hand, if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we would be required to divert additional management time and attention from development and other business activities and incur increased legal and financial costs to comply with the additional associated reporting requirements, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies.
Because we are a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:
•
we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;
​
•
for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which may be less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;
​
•
we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;
​
•
we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;
​
•
we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and
​
•
we are not required to comply with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.
​
We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our financial results on a quarterly basis through press releases distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of Nasdaq. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you if you were investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices that differ significantly from Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which may afford less protection to shareholders.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted and intend to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of those required under the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. These home country corporate governance practices may differ in significant respects and could provide less protection to shareholders than they would have under the Nasdaq rules applicable to domestic issuers.
Specifically, we do not intend to adhere to the following Nasdaq corporate governance requirements and will instead follow the corporate and securities laws, rules, and regulations of the Province of British Columbia, Canada:
•
Regularly Scheduled Independent Director Meetings: We are not required to hold regularly scheduled meetings exclusively attended by independent directors. However, we are subject to certain corporate governance disclosure requirements under Canadian securities laws and must disclose whether the independent directors hold executive sessions and, if such executive sessions are held, how many of these meetings have been held since the beginning of our most recently completed financial year. If we do not hold executive sessions, we must describe what our Board does to facilitate open and candid discussion among our independent directors.
​
•
Proxy Delivery Requirements: As a “foreign private issuer”, we are exempt from the proxy rules set forth in Sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c) and 14(f) of the Exchange Act. We will solicit proxies in accordance with applicable rules and regulations in Canada.
​
•
Shareholder Approval for Certain Transactions: We do not require shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities, including, but not limited to, the acquisition of another company’s stock or asset and certain private placements.
​
 
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
•
Quorum Requirement for Shareholders Meetings: Under Canadian law and pursuant to our Articles, a quorum shall be present at a shareholders meeting if two or more holders of Common Shares representing at least 5% of the total number of voting rights attaching to the said Common Shares entitled to be voted at the meeting are present or represented by proxy.
​
•
Distribution of Annual and Interim Reports: We intend to comply with Nasdaq Listing Rules 5250(d)(1) and 5250(d)(4)(A), but we may not do so or on a consistent basis. We are required to file annual and interim financial statements with the SEC and on SEDAR+, a secure web-based system maintained on behalf of the Canadian Securities Administrators and accessible at www.sedarplus.ca, and to send annually a request form to the registered holders and beneficial owners of our Common Shares that can be used to request a paper copy of our audited annual financial statements and related management discussion and analysis, and a copy of our unaudited interim financial statements and related management discussion and analysis, in each case free of charge.
​
As a result, shareholders will not have the same rights and protections as they would if we complied with Nasdaq’s corporate governance requirements for U.S. domestic issuers.
We may lose foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.
While we currently qualify as a foreign private issuer, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on June 30, 2026. We may in the future lose foreign private issuer status if a majority of the Common Shares are directly or indirectly owned of record by residents of the United States and if we fail to meet the additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status, such as if: (i) a majority of the directors or executive officers are United States citizens or residents; (ii) a majority of assets are located in the United States; or (iii) the business is administered principally in the United States. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under United States securities laws as a United States domestic issuer will be significantly more than the costs incurred as an SEC foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we would be required to file periodic and current reports and registration statements on United States domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are generally more detailed and extensive than the forms available to foreign private issuers. In addition, we may lose the ability to rely upon exemptions from corporate governance requirements that are available to foreign private issuers.
 
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have not paid dividends to our shareholders to date. We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay cash dividends on the Common Shares in the foreseeable future. Our current policy is to retain cash flows to finance development and to otherwise reinvest in our business. The declaration and payment of dividends on the Common Shares is at the discretion of our Board. Our dividend policy will be reviewed from time to time by our Board in the context of earnings, financial conditions and other relevant factors.
 
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
MARKET FOR OUR COMMON SHARES
Our Common Shares are listed on the TSXV under the symbol “SCAN,” quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol of “LDDFF” and listed on the FSE under the symbol of “E30.” We have applied to list the Common Shares being offered on Nasdaq under the symbol “DETX.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. It is a condition precedent to the underwriter’s obligation to purchase the Common Shares being offered in this offering that Nasdaq approve the listing of our Common Shares. Accordingly, if Nasdaq does not approve the listing of our Common Shares, we will not proceed with this offering.
We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. As of February 16, 2026, there were 89,293,651 Common Shares issued and outstanding, and there were approximately 87 record holders of our Common Shares. The transfer agent and registrar of the Common Shares is Computershare Investor Services Inc., located in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. For additional details regarding our Common Shares see “Description of Share Capital.”
Normal Course Issuer Bid
On June 2, 2025, we announced that the TSXV had conditionally approved our notice of intention to conduct a normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”). The NCIB permits us to repurchase for cancellation up to 5,142,844 of our outstanding Common Shares, representing approximately 9.9% of the public float as of May 30, 2025.
The NCIB commenced on June 5, 2025, and will remain open until June 4, 2026, unless earlier completed or terminated. Purchases may be made in open market transactions through the facilities of the TSXV, subject to a maximum of 2% of our issued and outstanding Common Shares in any 30-day period. All shares repurchased under the NCIB will be canceled.
We initiated the NCIB because we believe that, from time to time, the market price of our Common Shares does not fully reflect the underlying value of our business. Accordingly, we view opportunistic share repurchases as a prudent use of corporate funds. We have engaged Research Capital Corporation to act as our broker for the NCIB.
We are not obligated to repurchase any shares under the NCIB and may suspend or terminate the program at any time. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not repurchased any Common Shares under the NCIB. We do not intend to conduct any repurchases during the pendency of this offering.
 
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2025:
•
on an actual basis, as determined in accordance with IFRS; and
​
•
on an adjusted basis to reflect the net proceeds from the assumed sale of         Common Shares in this offering (excluding the Over-Allotment Option) at the assumed initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
​
This table should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Use of Proceeds” sections, as well as our audited and unaudited financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
​ ​ ​
As of September 30, 2025
​
​ ​ ​
Actual
​ ​
As adjusted(1)
​
​ ​ ​
(unaudited)
​ ​
(unaudited)
​
Cash
​ ​ ​ US$    640,907 ​ ​ ​ ​ US$         ​ ​
Debt:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Parabilis term loan
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,642,526 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Factoring liability
​ ​ ​ ​ 797,975 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Lease liabilities – current portion
​ ​ ​ ​ 236,709 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Lease liabilities – non-current portion
​ ​ ​ ​ 345,534 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total Debt
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,022,744 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Shareholders’ deficiency: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Share capital
​ ​ ​ ​ 48,894,901 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Equity reserves
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,026,365 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
​ ​ ​ ​ 83,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Deficit
​ ​ ​ ​ (56,835,418) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total shareholders’ deficiency
​ ​ ​ US$ (1,830,388) ​ ​ ​ ​ US$         ​ ​
Total capitalization
​ ​ US$  2,192,356 ​ ​ ​ US$         ​ ​
​
(1)
Each US$      increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$     per Common Share would increase (decrease) our as adjusted cash, total shareholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately US$        million, assuming the number of Common Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of Common Shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted cash, total shareholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately US$     million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This as adjusted information is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
​
The above discussion is based on 71,984,222 Common Shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025, and excludes, as of that date, the following:
•
5,207,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of C$0.79 per share, under our Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended;
​
•
29,461,363 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, with a weighted average exercise price of C$0.87 per share; and
​
•
382,225 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding RSUs.
​
 
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately US$      million (or US$      million if the underwriter exercises the Over-Allotment Option in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including for commercialization of our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit, business development activities associated with the sale of HEXWAVE™ and recurring engineering and cost reduction efforts for next generation HEXWAVE™. We have not allocated specific amounts of net proceeds for any of these purposes.
The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the timing and success of our manufacturing and production cycle time, the status of our marketing and business development efforts, and the amount of cash generated by our operations. Our management will have broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds from this offering.
Each US$      increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us by approximately US$      million (or US$      million if the underwriter exercises the Over-Allotment Option in full), assuming the number of Common Shares we sell, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of           Common Shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by US$      million (or US$     million if the underwriter exercises the Over-Allotment Option in full), assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
DILUTION
If you invest in our Common Shares in this offering, the book value of the Common Shares you purchase will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Common Share in this offering and the adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share after giving effect to this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per Common Share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per Common Share. As of September 30, 2025, our net tangible book value (deficit) was US$(0.06) per Common Share. Our net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of Common Shares outstanding as of September 30, 2025.
After giving effect to the assumed sale of          Common Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$      per Common Share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025 would have been US$      per Common Share. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of US$      per Common Share to existing shareholders and immediate dilution of US$      per Common Share to new investors.
The following table illustrates this dilution per Common Share:
​
Assumed initial public offering price per Common Share
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ US$       ​ ​
​
Net tangible book value (deficit) per Common Share as of September 30,
2025
​ ​ ​ US$ (0.06) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Increase in as adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share attributable to
new investors
​ ​
US$    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
As adjusted net tangible book value per Common Share after this offering
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ US$       ​ ​
​
Dilution per Common Share to new investors participating in this offering
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ US$       ​ ​
If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to US$      per Common Share, representing an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value to existing shareholders of US$      per Common Share and an immediate dilution of US$      per Common Share to new investors participating in this offering.
A US$1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price per Common Share would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by US$      per Common Share, and would increase dilution to new investors by US$      per Common Share. An increase of           in the number of Common Shares we are offering would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by US$      per share, and would decrease dilution to new investors by US$      per Common Share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same.
A US$1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per Common Share would decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by US$      per Common Share, and would decrease dilution to new investors by US$      per Common Share. A decrease of           in the number of Common Shares we are offering would decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by US$      per share, and would increase dilution to new investors by US$      per Common Share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same.
The following table summarizes, on the as adjusted basis described above as of September 30, 2025, the differences between the existing shareholders and the new investors in this offering with respect to the number of Common Shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share that our existing shareholders and the new purchasers in this offering paid. The calculation is based on an assumed initial public offering price of US$         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the following table shows, new investors purchasing Common Shares in this offering will pay a price per Common Share substantially higher than the weighted average price per Common Share paid by our existing shareholders.
 
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​
Shares Issued
​ ​
Total Consideration
​ ​
Average
Price Per
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​
Number
​ ​
Percent
​ ​
Amount (US$)
​ ​
Percent
​ ​
Share (US$)
​ ​ ​
Existing shareholders
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​      % ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​      % ​ ​ ​ ​ $       ​ ​ ​ ​
New investors
​ ​ ​ ​        ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​        ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ $       ​ ​ ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ $       ​ ​ ​ ​
Assuming the exercise of all of our outstanding options and warrants and settlement of all RSUs, the percentage of Common Shares held by existing shareholders will increase to      , or      %, of the total number of Common Shares outstanding after this offering, and the number of Common Shares held by new investors in this offering will decrease to      , or      %, of the total number of Common Shares outstanding after this offering.
The above discussion is based on 71,984,222 Common Shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025, and excludes, as of that date, the following:
•
5,207,500 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of C$0.79 per share, under our Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended;
​
•
29,461,363 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, with a weighted average exercise price of C$0.87 per share; and
​
•
382,225 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding RSUs.
​
 
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
BUSINESS
Company Overview
We are an emerging leader in AI-based contactless security technology for detecting concealed metallic and non-metallic weapons and threats. Our mission is protecting communities and preserving peace of mind through superior security detection solutions, while simultaneously increasing ease of travel and convenience for security at major checkpoints. In furtherance of this mission, we offer two separate security screening solutions: our HEXWAVE™ system and our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit.
HEXWAVE™
Our flagship HEXWAVE™ system uses MMW, advanced 3D imaging, and AI to detect concealed metallic and non-metallic weapons, including traditional metallic guns and knives as well as more novel threats such as liquid, plastic, and powder explosives, 3D printed guns, and other prohibited items — without having to remove common items like cell phones or keys. The system allows for rapid, automated screening using a high throughput, contactless, walkthrough portal, alleviating many of the shortcomings of legacy metal detector-based screening processes. We believe HEXWAVE™ can empower gathering spaces to address the chronic epidemic of mass shootings and terrorist attacks, as well as emerging risks such as 3D printed weapons, in a cost-effective manner while improving the visitor experience. We believe the most promising market opportunities for HEXWAVE™ are certain verticals in the urban security market and in aviation employee screening.
HEXWAVE™’s contactless, 3D-imaging and AI-enabled screening technology represents a new generation of technology for our target urban security and aviation employee screening markets which, according to our estimates, is currently a US$10 billion market opportunity. These markets are based primarily on legacy metal detectors and inefficient processes. This legacy approach presents numerous operational problems and hidden costs, including frequent false alarms caused by the inability to distinguish between dangerous weapons and harmless items. Persistent false alarms often require visitors to undergo a cumbersome resolution process, including emptying of pockets and pat downs that are error-prone, labor and cost-intensive, intrusive, and unpleasant. This also creates long wait times, dangerous crowding, and numerous opportunities for weapons to slip through undetected. The net result is less effective security, unhappy visitors, and stressful working conditions for employees, many of whom may be hire-for-the-day contractors. As a result, venues and facilities in the urban security market generally have faced a choice between operating largely unprotected against random acts of violence (i.e., without security screening) or using systems that significantly impede the flow of customers into and within business facilities.
Unlike traditional walk-through metal detectors, HEXWAVE™ uses advanced sensors, 3D image reconstruction and AI software to reliably detect dangerous weapons while ignoring harmless items like keys, wallets, cell phones and jackets. This means that visitors can walk through HEXWAVE™ without stopping, without removing items from their pockets. HEXWAVE™ significantly reduces the number of false alarms, allowing security staff to focus their attention on high probability threats and increase customer throughput.
We believe that the increasing frequency and severity of violent incidents in public venues is prompting both businesses and governments to adopt more proactive and scalable security screening solutions. This shift is creating a growing, market-driven need for effective, efficient and non-invasive detection technologies that can be broadly deployed across both public and private settings. As a result, we believe that we are well-positioned to become a market leader in the rapidly growing market for next-generation urban security screening technologies.
HEXWAVE™ is currently in early commercial deployment. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, we have generated approximately US$0.91 million and US$1.01 million, respectively, in revenue from sales of HEXWAVE™ to early-adopter customers mainly in North America. These include deliveries to customers in the stadium, transportation, and government facility sectors. HEXWAVE™ is not yet in full-scale mass production, and we continue to focus on optimizing unit economics, reducing production costs, and enhancing system performance through ongoing engineering and supply chain improvements.
 
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our marketing and sales activities to date have included participation in major security and public safety trade shows, targeted pilot programs at customer venues, and direct sales outreach to key sectors. We are actively expanding our commercial team and building channel partnerships to support broader market rollout in 2026.
For a description of the HEXWAVE™ system, including the AI technology it incorporates, see “— Our Products — HEXWAVE™.”
HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
Our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is being developed pursuant to contracts awarded by the TSA to create a solution to aging HD-AIT systems currently in use in airports throughout North America. The TSA has announced plans to upgrade over 1,000 body scanners installed at U.S. airports over the next five years, which we believe creates a near-term market opportunity representing approximately US$100 million of potential revenue. In addition, we believe there is global demand for similar upgrades to installed base systems internationally.
As of the date of this prospectus, the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit remains in the product development and TSA certification phase and has not yet been commercialized. In August 2025, we delivered our first unit to the TSA for formal evaluation. Initial commercial sales are anticipated in 2026, subject to successful completion of the TSA’s certification process.
For a description of the HD- AIT Upgrade Kit, see “— Our Products — HD-AIT Upgrade Kit.”
Industry Background
Urban Security Market and Aviation Worker Screening (HEXWAVE™ Product)
Legacy Security Screening Systems
We believe that legacy security screening systems generally have been designed based on a limited number of use cases — for example, airports, courthouses and prisons — using antiquated technology and based on the assumption that weapons will be made of or contain metal. The specialized facilities in which security screening has predominantly been deployed often are required by law to meet specific screening regulations using products built to meet technical standards designed for these environments. Many of these standards and regulations have not been updated to account for rapid changes in technology.
The legacy security screening systems developed in this environment have not rapidly advanced to meet an evolving threat landscape that includes, for example, 3D printed guns and knives produced from plastics and non-metal composites, as well as non-metallic explosives. In addition, because the regulated facilities in which legacy security screening systems have been deployed, such as airports and prisons, usually have a local monopoly on the services they provide, they often have not been incentivized to prioritize visitor experience. As a result, we believe that legacy security screening systems are not well-suited to the current threat landscape or to environments where visitor experience is highly valued, such as schools, places of worship, shopping malls or sports and entertainment venues (where security screening often is not deployed). They also generally cannot be adapted for applications other than violence prevention, such as the detection of drugs, liquids, money, stolen goods or other non-metallic contraband.
Security screening at most venues and facilities has historically been designed around metal detectors that require visitors to enter in single-file lines after submitting their pocket contents to manual inspection. This process is usually supported by multiple security guards who perform manual inspections, hand wand scans, and hands-on body “pat downs” to resolve the large numbers of alarms, frequently false positives, generated by the metal detectors. This complex process has numerous shortcomings:
•
Unadaptable and Limited to Metallic Threats.   Legacy metal detectors are not able to detect the growing array non-metallic threats, including 3D printed guns and knives produced from plastics and non-metal composites, as well as liquid, powder and plastic explosives/IEDs. These threats are becoming increasingly prevalent in today’s environment. More generally, legacy metal detectors cannot be adapted or customized to detect new types of physical threats or other contraband.
​
 
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
False Alarm Fatigue.   Legacy metal detectors are not able to differentiate between weapons and harmless metallic items like cellular phones, keys, wallets and steel-toed boots. These items generate large numbers of false alarms. This problem can only be partially mitigated by emptying pockets and separately screening bags. High numbers of false alarms make it difficult for even experienced, well-trained security guards to stay vigilant with every visitor.
​
•
Ambiguous Alarms.   When alarms occur, security guards may be confused about which visitor triggered the alarm. Even if guards correctly identify the visitor, they have no indication of where the potential threat is located on the visitor’s person. This ambiguity extends the duration, error potential, and risk level associated with manual searches to locate the threat.
​
•
Frequent Human Error.   Legacy screening technology requires careful people flow orchestration and manual processes to avoid and/or resolve false alarms. There are many opportunities for even well-trained, highly motivated guards to become fatigued, or distracted, allowing weapons to slip through. Additionally, guards may be affected by unconscious bias that causes them to manually search some visitors more thoroughly than others, allowing weapons to enter undetected.
​
•
Frustrating Delays.   Taking time to form single-file lines, wait their turn to enter, empty pockets, and resolve frequent false alarms creates frustrating delays for visitors at the precise moment when they should be feeling the exhilaration of arrival.
​
•
Invasive Contact.   Waiting in large crowds, placing one’s personal items in communal bowls and having bags and bodies touched by strangers has never been something visitors want or expect during their arrival experience.
​
•
High Labor Costs.   The intensively manual processes of legacy screening technology require large numbers of security staff. The only way to reduce wait times during peak arrival periods is to deploy equipment and guards up to the limit of what the physical space can accommodate, generating substantial variable labor expenses.
​
•
Transient Security Staff.   Many venues have a core set of security professionals and managers on staff. For those venues which are event-based, they may hire security staff for each event. Recruiting and hiring security staff for each event can result in a wide variance in the skills and experience of staff conducting the screening.
​
In addition to the broader urban security market, the limitations of legacy security screening solutions combined with a lack of comprehensive regulations or legal requirements have led to inadequate screening of aviation workers (for example, airport vendor employees and maintenance technicians). Although aviation workers have broad access to security restricted areas, they generally are not subjected to the same level of screening as airline passengers. We estimate that approximately one million U.S. airline and cargo screening employees have unescorted access to security restricted areas, in addition to significant numbers of other aviation vendor employees such as workers at restaurants and convenience and gift shops. This creates significant “insider threat” — i.e., risk that aviation workers may bring contraband, especially non-metallic contraband such as explosives or drugs, into security restricted areas. Such contraband could be used by aviation workers to carry out an attack or passed to an airline passenger within the restricted area. However, in light of the number of workers who need to be screened and the limitations of legacy security screening systems, as well as modern HD-AIT screening systems (i.e., low throughput), regularly screening these workers with such systems could cause a significant burden. We believe that airports need modern equipment to address insider threats in an affordable and effective manner.
The historical emphasis on technical detection performance using outdated standards tested in isolation has drawn attention away from performance of the screening process as a whole system. As noted above, legacy screening technologies effectively detect metal, but they also generate numerous false alarms for harmless items. To bring down the false alarm rate, security teams proactively divert metal items away from the metal detectors into manual checking processes that are vulnerable to human error and may be defeated by a determined attacker. The result is a slow, frustrating process that introduces numerous potential points of failure. The root causes are outdated technical standards, antiquated technology, and the inability of humans to fully compensate for these deficiencies.
 
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Recent Market Entrants
In addition to legacy metal detector-based security screening systems, a number of companies have brought to market new security screening solutions that address a number of the shortcomings associated with legacy systems. Certain of these new solutions include systems that utilize AI in order to reduce false alarms and increase throughput. For a discussion of certain of these competitors and their security screening systems, see “— Competition.”
HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
Since 2010, the TSA has deployed more than 1,000 full-body HD-AIT security screening scanners in U.S. airports. These systems require airline passengers to step briefly into a transparent, upright cylinder, where two vertical antenna masts rapidly rotate around the passengers. The system utilizes a transceiver to scan over a two-dimensional aperture and mathematically reconstruct the data into a 3D image of the person being screened. A computer processor then uses ATD algorithms to evaluate the resulting image and identify suspected threats for manual evaluation by TSA staff. The U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s (“DHS”) Science and Technology Directorate (“DHS S&T”) has announced a “Screening at Speed” program in order to develop the next generation of passenger screening to upgrade or replace the existing HD-AIT security screening scanners. DHS S&T has stated that it believes the benefits of these upgrades will include better threat detection, reduced false alarms, fewer pat-downs and decreased secondary screening. In addition, the higher-resolution data obtained from upgraded systems may allow passengers to keep on their light outerwear without having to remove these items of clothing. The S&T Screening at Speed program partnered with the Department of Energy Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (“PNNL”) to develop MMW, HD-AIT technology to implement desired upgrades, resulting in the development of a new stand-alone screening portal that may be used to replace existing checkpoint systems and an HD-AIT retrofit kit that can be used to quickly update existing passenger screening systems with the improved technology. We obtained a license from PNNL to commercialize this technology, the only such license granted to date. For more information on this license, see “— Our Products — Our Licenses — Battelle Memorial Institute / PNNL — Intellectual Property used in HD-AIT Upgrade Kit” below. We are currently in development of a HD-AIT Upgrade Kit that has been funded by the TSA for approximately US$6 million and was the only company to receive an award for the S&T Screening at Speed Program. The capability is based on Open Architecture Platform integrating TSA identified “best in class” partners for optimal performance targeted to meet the new classified detection standards issued by DHS.
Our Market Opportunity
HEXWAVE™
Urban Security Market
We believe that the current macro trends in firearms ownership, mass shootings and the proliferation of emerging risks such as 3D printed weapons suggest that the need for effective security screening processes is significant and will continue to grow for the foreseeable future.
The aggregate markets associated with the explosives and weapon detection market, according to our estimates, currently total US$10 billion. The complexity of the urban security threat environment has dramatically changed over the last decade, requiring a more proactive approach to preventing violent attacks against communities. Since the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the U.S., the air transportation community has effectively deployed a combination of detection technologies that are being consistently upgraded in an attempt produce products capable of detecting an array of rapidly evolving threats. Resulting detection solutions have focused largely on protecting access to aircraft systems in the form of gated or “point” solutions. In the commercial aviation context, the public is forced to tolerate the delays associated with such inspections due to the extreme risks that explosives or weapons can have on an aircraft and its passengers.
In contrast, venues and facilities in the urban security market generally have faced a choice between operating largely unprotected against random acts of violence (i.e., without security screening) or using systems that significantly impede the flow of customers into and within business facilities. However, we
 
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
believe that the frequency and magnitude of violent attacks in urban security market venues is forcing both businesses and governments to rethink how to implement more proactive measures. According to the Gun Violence Archive, there were more than 500 mass shootings in the U.S. in 2024, up from 271 in 2014. In June 2024, the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation (“FBI”) released its report “2023 Active Shooter Incidents in the United States.” In its report, the FBI designated 48 shootings as active shooter incidents. Although incidents decreased by 4% from 2022 (50 incidents), the number of active shooter incidents increased 60% since 2019 (30 incidents). The 48 active shooter incidents in 2023 occurred in 26 states and represent five categories, including open space, commerce, education, health care, and residence. The FBI designated 229 active shooter incidents from 2019 to 2023. This represents an 89% increase in active shooter incidents (121) from the previous five-year period (2014-2018). The 229 active shooter incidents from 2019 to 2023 occurred in 44 states and the District of Columbia and represent seven location categories including commerce, open space, education, government, residence, health care, and house of worship. We believe the market for countermeasures is growing as a result of these trends, creating a market-driven need for security detection that can be broadly deployed across nearly all public and private facilities. The base requirements for such systems are that they be both highly accurate and nonintrusive to our daily lives.
The current alternatives in the U.S. security screening market are typically restricted to:
•
Solutions principally focusing on metal threats, therefore non-metal threats can potentially go undetected;
​
•
Airport solutions which are not well suited to be used across other verticals because they do not enable the requisite throughput;
​
•
Solutions that offer limited outdoor application and therefore hinder the capability of providing a layered defense for proactive threat detection;
​
•
Solutions requiring large, dedicated areas or space versus integration into existing infrastructure; and/or
​
•
Solutions with limited capability for integration into existing security systems command and control.
​
We believe that our current primary market opportunity is for threat detection screening in the following four vertical urban security markets (listed in order of priority):
1.
Correctional Facilities/Prisons — Screening for non-metallics including weapons, drugs, money, cigarettes, contraband;
​
2.
Areas necessitating secured perimeters and secured buildings, such as corporate campuses, national laboratories or government buildings;
​
3.
Public venues, such as stadiums (focused on employee and VIP screening), malls and outdoor events/​festivals; and
​
4.
Transportation hubs, such as airports (curb to passenger gate), rail, cruise lines and bus stations.
​
Most venues and facilities in our target segments do not fall under regulations or mandates that require the adoption of security screening systems that conform to specific standards. We estimate that, of the US$10 billion market described above, such unregulated facilities represent over 60% of the total worldwide market opportunity for security screening technology and represent a large opportunity for rapid adoption of our innovative weapon screening products.
Aviation Worker Screening Market
In addition to the broader urban security market described above, we have a tailored opportunity to provide advanced security screening solutions in the U.S. aviation worker screening market. As noted above, in U.S. airports, insider threat poses a real risk, with the potential for employees to exploit secure access and insider knowledge to smuggle contraband and weapons into secured locations. In 2023, the TSA issued a mandate called “TSA-NA-23-02,” which required airports to begin conducting random physical screenings of aviation workers entering certain terminal access points, starting in late September 2023. The mandate also required airports to issue an Aviation Workers Screening Assessment by June 2024 and an
 
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Explosive Detection Screening Equipment (“EDSE”) Plan due to be submitted to airports’ Federal Security Director for approval in October 2024. Under the TSA’s mandate, airports’ EDSEs must be capable of detecting the presence of explosives carried on the person, in outer coats and jackets and prevent the introduction of unauthorized weapons, explosives, and incendiaries into a secured area. The deadline for airports to implement their EDSE plan is April 2026. Under the mandate, airports themselves — rather than the TSA — are required to implement the requisite aviation worker screening protocols. However, a group of municipalities and airports challenged the 2023 TSA mandate (City of Billings, et al. v. Transportation Security Administration et al.), arguing that the U.S. federal government lacked authority to command state and local governments to enforce federal regulations, that the TSA was required to provide public notice of the new rule and allow for public comment under the APA, and that the rule unlawfully compelled local officials to implement a federal scheme. In August 2025, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit found that the TSA failed to comply with the notice and comment requirements in accordance with the APA. The court stayed issuance of its order until the TSA either completes an appropriate rulemaking process or decides to forgo the rule. As of the date of this prospectus, it is uncertain whether the TSA will decide to follow proper rulemaking procedures or will determine that the requirements are not necessary.
If the TSA’s mandate is upheld, based on certain assumptions regarding the number of airports covered by the TSA’s mandate, average operating time and average number of screening systems per airport, we estimate that airports will require over 500 new screening systems in order to comply with the TSA’s mandate. We believe that we would be positioned to capture a significant portion of this market, representing an opportunity for approximately US$50 million in revenue.
HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
As described above under “— Industry Background — HD-AIT Upgrade Kit,” the TSA is expected to upgrade over 1,000 existing HD-AIT security screening scanners over the next five years. As a result of our license from PNNL to commercialize the technology that PNNL developed in partnership with DHS, S&T, and our track record of receiving grants and collaborating successfully with the TSA, we believe that our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is very well positioned to fill most or all of this demand, representing an opportunity for approximately US$100 million in revenue over the life of the upgrades.
In addition to legacy AIT security screening scanners that will be upgraded in the U.S., airports in other countries also have legacy AIT security screening scanners deployed. We believe that our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is compatible and can be used with all of these systems, and we expect for there to be pressure to upgrade these systems. The applicable certification standards for HD-AIT security screening systems in the U.S. and Europe are classified but will require expanded threat detection capability, by size and region, lower false alarm rates, and certain minimum processing time and throughput requirements. Based on early testing, we believe that our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit will meet these standards and enable significantly higher throughput per system by lowering false alarm and passenger touch rates.
Outside of the aviation context, there are legacy AIT security screening scanners deployed at locations such as nuclear power plants, high-profile soft targets (for example, the 9/11 Ground Zero Museum) and government buildings (such as the U.S. Capitol, courthouses and other facilities). Although at present there is no regulatory mandate to update the security screening scanners at such facilities, we believe that there will be strong market demand from these facilities for our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit once approved and deployed at US airports.
Our Growth Strategy
The key elements of our growth strategy within our target market include the following:
•
Develop Initial Customer Successes in Specific Target Metropolitan Areas
​
Decision-makers at our prospective customers are often professionally connected to decision-makers at other prospective customers in different vertical industries within a specific target metropolitan area. We have established a successful pattern of targeting and winning first adopter customers in specific vertical industries and then leveraging that success to solicit referrals at other venues and facilities across the metropolitan area in other vertical industries. We have developed a playbook
 
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
for executing this pattern through orchestration of our direct sales resources and channel partners in a manner that we believe will continue to scale as we develop the available market.
•
Expand and Activate Our Distribution Channels
​
We have a global distribution network based on certain exclusive and non-exclusive distributor relationships with Rapiscan Systems, Inc. (“Rapiscan”), Viken Detection Corp. (“Viken”), K2 Security Screening Group (“K2”), and Isotec Security Inc. (“Isotec”), among others, and we continue to seek additional distributors for our products. These distributors are actively seeking sales opportunities in approximately 20 U.S. states and more than five countries around the world. We also previously engaged The Chertoff Group to provide strategic advisory services in connection with our efforts to pursue growth opportunities in the U.S. government (including the TSA) and adjacent market. We intend to continue to develop our distribution network by adding further geographic coverage and sales capacity. We plan to continue to cultivate field level collaboration between our direct sales team and our distributors to develop the ability of the distributors to find, develop, close, and service customers independently.
•
Concentrate Marketing and Sales Effort in Specific Target Accounts in Specific Vertical Industries
​
Through our experience to date we have developed a proprietary list of target vertical industries, developed a list of target accounts within those industries, and identified target decision-makers in our target accounts. We believe that our target account list represents the best immediate growth opportunities for our business. Over time, we plan to adjust our target account list to reflect current market conditions and the capabilities of our products. We plan to continue to execute advertising, content marketing, lead generation, trade shows, in-house demonstrations and sales development activities to our target account list to create qualified sales opportunities.
•
Promote Awareness by Gathering and Leveraging Our Customer Community
​
We believe that we can successfully seek referrals from existing customers and partners to other prospective qualified customers, sell additional capacity to existing customers and sell new add-on software enhancements and services to existing customers. We are continuing to develop and expand our customer success function within the global revenue organization to focus on helping customers successfully deploy our products and cultivate referrals, expansion, and upsell opportunities. Our buyers are naturally collaborative on security best practices due to their vested interest in collective deterrence and the likelihood that any security event will have a negative collective impact at the metropolitan, regional or industry level.
Our Competitive Strengths
We are an innovator in the security screening industry with a mission of protecting communities and preserving peace of mind through superior security detection solutions. We believe our collective expertise coupled with the following competitive strengths will allow us to establish a leadership position in next-generation security screening and expand our market opportunity:
•
Superior Detection Effectiveness of Metallic and Non-Metallic Threats Based on Artificial Intelligence Software
​
We believe that real-world screening operations based on our products detect more actual weapon threats with fewer false alarms than similar screening operations based on old walk-through metal detectors. HEXWAVE™’s Automated Threat Detection using AI and deep learning interprets the high volume of data and 3D radar images produced by the antenna array and receiver to determine whether there is a threat item concealed on a person. Our AI and deep learning algorithm have been developed by our team of industry experts, who have previously and successfully brought to market industry-leading AI algorithms and products used in the aviation security screening market. we have acquired over 2.5 million individual image frames, captured from over 12,000 scans of live mock passengers using the HEXWAVE™ system, to create the existing data set enabling the training of large AI models and enhancing detection performance. This data set continues to grow as our products are deployed in more venues and facilities. As a result, HEXWAVE™ is able to accurately identify both metallic and non-metallic concealed weapons or threat objects on a person.
 
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
This detection capability is critical in an environment of constantly evolving threats, which include liquid, powder, and plastic explosives, 3D printed guns, ceramic knives and ghost guns, among other threats, clearing the path to meet and exceed robust detection and screening performance requirements across multiple markets. The ability to detect both metallic and non-metallic threats is extremely limited in the urban security market today.
•
Mobility and Flexibility Enabling a Layered Security Screening Approach.
​
HEXWAVE™’s mobility and flexibility allow customers to rapidly deploy in multiple locations indoors and outdoors as needed for their security screening requirements and as a layered security screening approach. HEXWAVE™’s stand-alone 3D image capture and antenna array architecture enables a standard portal configuration to an arrayed kiosk arrangement for scanning pedestrians as they move through a pre-screening area. The mobile and indoors/outdoors features of HEXWAVE™ are central to its operational agility to be deployed across a security detection space. These capabilities provide the means for a “layered defense” across the full spectrum of urban security environments with a modular configuration that can be deployed across the full market space.
•
Reliable Precision
​
Our technology uses 3D radar imaging combined with artificial intelligence to identify both metallic and non-metallic threats, including explosives, liquids, and even 3D-printed weapons. We continually train and update algorithms through rigorous data collection in the factory and at customer locations to improve the detection capability for new and existing threats. This dramatically reduces the number of false alarms and allows visitors to walk through the system at normal pace, without emptying their pockets. The result is a visitor experience that is more similar to walking through a shoplifting prevention system at a department store than an airport security checkpoint.
•
Increased Throughput
​
Visitors pass through the HEXWAVE™ system at normal walking pace, in a continuous “S-curve” configuration. This configuration, combined with low false alarm rates, makes screening with our products up to twice as fast as old screening processes. In addition to improved visitor experience, faster throughput helps reduce the size of crowds in entry areas, which can be an attractive soft target for threat actors.
•
Automated and Targeted
​
As visitors pass through the HEXWAVE™ system, our technology provides security officers with an immediate and visible go/no-go decision for automatic threat detection. If a potential threat is detected, HEXWAVE™ alerts security officers to the specific location of the potential threat by means of a highlighted digital human avatar, so security guards know exactly where to look to resolve the alarm. This reduces the potential for human error and accelerates the resolution process.
•
Significant Cost Savings
​
Because our technology generates so few false alarms and scans visitors more quickly than legacy metal detector systems, far fewer security guards and equipment is required, allowing venues to reduce overall operational costs and making security screening financially feasible at more venues and events.
•
Continuous Improvement
​
Unlike analog alternatives, our products use artificial intelligence software to classify threats based on a large and growing digital data set that makes it possible to improve detection accuracy over time, adapt to new threats and customize detection capability for specific items.
•
Key Strategic Global Partners
​
We have signed global strategic partnership agreements with Rapiscan and Viken. Each of these strategic partners has a globally recognized brand, a large global distribution network, global systems integration and support capabilities, and global customer networks full of potential prospects for
 
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our contactless security screening solutions. We believe that these strategic partners will provide us with significant leverage and global reach that will allow us to rapidly scale our business and guide customers to success.
•
Visionary and Experienced Management Team
​
Our management team brings significant security industry relationships and expertise working with the development of security related technologies, specifically MMW applications which encompass HEXWAVE™ and HD-AIT Upgrade Kit. This includes industry experts on 3D imaging capability and algorithm development for the automatic detection of threats vs. non-threats, as well as experience leading the development of ground-breaking sensing products for the military, medical, industrial, and commercial markets, including body scanners that can be seen deployed across most United States and European Union airport checkpoints.
•
Self-Reinforcing Adoption Cycle
​
We believe that as we acquire more customers and deploy more of our products, we gather more digital data that helps us improve the detection accuracy and performance of our systems. As the accuracy of our systems increases, we believe more prospective customers will be attracted to our products and more engaged prospects will choose to purchase our products. We anticipate that this cycle will continue to operate in the future, creating ongoing competitive advantages for us and for our distributor partners.
Our Products
We provide security solutions for concealed threat detection in high volume foot traffic areas. We currently offer two next generation security technologies:
•
Our flagship HEXWAVE™ product is a walk-through security portal designed to provide discrete, modular and scalable protection to provide layered, stand-off detection capability, providing a means to proactively counter evolving threats in aviation employee and urban security environments. The integrated active 3D imaging sensor using proven MMW technology and Automatic Threat Detection using AI is designed to detect both metallic and non-metallic firearms, knives, explosives and other threats and contraband.
​
•
Our High-Definition Advanced Imaging Technology TSA Upgrade Kit is being developed pursuant to contracts awarded by the TSA to create a solution to aging HD-AIT systems currently in use in airports throughout North America and also can be implemented to upgrade HD-AIT systems around the globe. Both our flagship HEXWAVE™ product and our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit depend on critical patented technology and processes that we have licensed from third parties. See “— Our Licenses” below for more information.
​
[MISSING IMAGE: img_hexwave-4clr.jpg]
 
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
HEXWAVE™
HEXWAVE™
Our flagship product is HEXWAVE™, a walk-through security portal designed to provide discrete, modular and scalable protection to provide layered, stand-off detection capability, providing a means to proactively counter evolving threats in aviation employee and urban security environments. The integrated active 3D imaging sensor using proven MMW technology and Automatic Threat Detection using AI is designed to detect both metallic and non-metallic firearms, knives, explosives and other threats. In addition, HEXWAVE™’s AI algorithms can be customized and trained for specific items of interest like drugs, alcohol, stolen merchandise or other contraband and immediately sent to the customer. HEXWAVE™ supports a maximum screening throughput of 700 people per hour. HEXWAVE™ became commercially available in October 2023.
HEXWAVE™ sends low power signal to capture reflected data used to create real time 3D images which can detect weapons through clothing. Images are never stored or presented to an operator. If a threat is detected, the location of the threat is identified on a mannequin like image (see below) for improved alarm resolution. The active microwave imaging technology uses deep learning algorithms to identify metal and non-metal threats. The technology can be used in both indoor and outdoor applications in a modular form that enables it to be easily scalable to a stand-off, layered mode for virtually any facility that has defined entrances and controlled perimeters. Further, the architecture of the technology makes it suitable for deployment across ultra-wide band frequencies, enabling it to be adaptable to international regulatory environments. Because HEXWAVE™ emits radio frequency energy, FCC certification is required to market and sell HEXWAVE in the U.S. We received FCC certification for HEXWAVE™ in the U.S. and Canada in February and April 2024, respectively.
[MISSING IMAGE: img_secpersonal-4clr.jpg]
Security Personnel Interface Showing Threat Detected
A high-level overview of how HEXWAVE™ functions is described below in the figure below.
 
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: fc_highlevel-4clr.jpg]
HEXWAVE™ consists of four principal subsystems that work together to create its threat detection platform:
•
First, the Antenna Array and Transceiver emits a form of safe low energy into a detection space and captures the reflection of that energy;
​
•
Secondly, the 3D Radar Image Generation converts the captured data into 3D image of the target area in real time;
​
•
The third subsystem is the Automated Threat Detection using AI and deep learning that interprets the high volume of data and 3D radar images determine whether there is a threat item within the detection space; and
​
•
The fourth subsystem is Smart IoT Functionality, which communicates the decision produced in the third subsystem to existing security screening infrastructure and personnel.
​
The AI and deep learning systems used in HEXWAVE™’s third subsystem are our proprietary are closed-source algorithm models, which are built on leading industry standard open-source libraries (i.e., transformers) used by AI product industry leaders. Our AI algorithms were customized to enable ultra-fast execution of ATD in “real time.” Our AI algorithms were developed by our team of industry experts, who have previously and successfully brought to market industry-leading AI algorithms used in the aviation security screening market. The AI algorithms have been trained on a data set comprising over 2.5 million individual image frames, captured from over 12,000 scans of live mock passengers using the HEXWAVE™ system. These mock passengers are chosen to produce a carefully selected distribution of body types and genders that represent the cross-section and variety of body types that are seen in actual screening environments. In these trials, each mock passenger conceals one of a large variety of simulated metallic and non-metallic threats (e.g. guns, knives, explosives, flares, etc.) over various parts of their bodies as required by a particular threat detection application (e.g., airports, court houses, etc.). Each millimeter wave scan generated by the passenger as he or she walks through the system (captured at 20 times per second) is marked over the location of the threat and input into the training model. After the model is trained with at least 10,000 scans, it is subjected to a threat detection validation process, in which a smaller test set is generated, typically with 300 to 600 unmarked image scans from a distribution of mock passengers with various threats concealed in different places on the body. Models used in the test set are not included in the training set in order to provide a more accurate prediction of performance in actual screening environments. These test scans are fed into the algorithm to provide threat detection prediction on locations of the body, and humans score the AI predicted detection and location as compared to the actual threat type and location, if any, for each test scan. The overall detection performance and false alarms are recorded. Our data set continues to grow as our products are deployed in more venues and facilities, and as we continue to conduct additional trials. The AI and deep learning systems analyze MMW images generated for people walking through the HEXWAVE™ system at a rate of
 
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
20 times per second, similar to how a high-speed camera would track a walking person. This enables people to be screened at normal walking speeds. The AI algorithm predicts the presence and location of the threat by placing a rectangle representing the size and location of the detected threat over the location on the image where the algorithm determined the threat is concealed. This is an on-going process with trials occurring on a monthly basis and software updates issued on a quarterly basis (or sooner as may be required by customer installations).
The radar energy emitted by the Antenna Array and Transceiver is safe for use on humans. Further, HEXWAVE™ does not gather or use any personally identifiable information, as only the AI programming utilizes the images and 3D data.
[MISSING IMAGE: img_hidait-4clr.jpg]
HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
(Liberty upgrade integrates into existing TSA AIT screening devices)
HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
Our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is being developed pursuant to contracts awarded by the TSA to create a solution to aging HD-AIT systems currently in use in airports throughout North America and also can be implemented to upgrade HD-AIT systems around the globe. The HD-AIT Upgrade Kit uses MMW, high-definition imaging and will incorporate AI to produce greater detection capabilities (including detection of new and emerging threats) and lower false alarm rates for a better passenger experience. The AI used in connection with the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit will be supplied by up to three TSA-approved vendors (not including our company) chosen by TSA as part of its Open Architecture program. These vendors do not produce any HD-AIT hardware systems. All AI vendor algorithms will be trained by threat example scans produced by legacy HD-AIT systems incorporating our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit prior to receipt of TSA certification.
The HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is designed to enhance the capabilities of existing TSA AIT screening devices using open architecture, allowing the use of third-party hardware and software components. According to the TSA, open architecture is a technology-design approach for software and hardware that uses widely accepted standards to ensure interoperability across tools and platforms regardless of the technology designer, manufacturer, or supplier. Out HD-AIT Upgrade kit meets new detection standards issued by the DHS. In January 2025, we received formal waiver authorization approval from the FCC. In June 2025, we submitted the system to provide the test data for the full authorization enabling us to market and deliver the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit in compliance with FCC rules and regulations applicable to the marketing of radio frequency devices. In August 2025, we delivered our first unit to the TSA for formal evaluation. Initial commercial sales are anticipated in 2026, subject to successful completion of the TSA’s certification process.
 
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The contracts awarded by the TSA include defined technical milestones, evaluation phases, and government acceptance criteria, and may require us to provide software, hardware, integration support, or technical data on specified timelines. The TSA may modify, delay, or terminate these contracts at its discretion, including for convenience, and payment is typically subject to successful completion of milestones or delivery of contract deliverables. Failure to achieve required performance standards, meet milestone schedules, or provide requested technical information could result in reduced payments, delays in TSA evaluation or certification, or termination of the contract. TSA funding and continued engagement do not guarantee certification or procurement, and TSA certification is not assured. Any delay, modification, or termination of our TSA contracts could adversely affect our development timelines, commercialization plans, and expected revenue for the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit.
Revenue Model
We sell our HEXWAVE™ products under a purchase agreement (product sale where title transfers to the customer) by which the customer agrees to pay a one-time upfront fee for the equipment, and we expect to sell our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit products primarily under this type of arrangement. In addition, purchasers of our HEXWAVE™ scanners may purchase a subscription for software operating system and standard AI algorithm updates. The subscription service is typically offered for a period of five years and may be paid in advance or on an annual basis. In addition, we offer an annual maintenance and support service plan to repair any faulty or damaged parts on the HEXWAVE™ following a one-year warranty on the product. To date, substantially all purchasers of HEXWAVE™ scanners also have purchased this maintenance and AI subscription. In addition, in partnership with Amsource Capital, we are now offering flexible leasing options for HEXWAVE™ of up to seven years with monthly payment options.
Our Licenses
Massachusetts Institute of Technology — Intellectual Property used in HEXWAVE™
We have entered into agreements with MIT and MIT’s Lincoln Laboratory (“MIT LL”), including the MIT License Agreement, a related Technology Transfer Agreement (the “Technology Transfer Agreement”), and a related Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (“CRADA”), pursuant to which we have obtained an exclusive license for patents, design assets and MIT LL technical expertise related to active 3D imaging technology that are the core technology behind our HEXWAVE™ product. The obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement and the CRADA have now been completed. We may consider extending the CRADA (and therefore changing its scope) if we determine that additional MIT LL technical expertise related to active 3D imaging technology is required.
Pursuant to the MIT License Agreement, we were granted the exclusive rights to MIT’s patent in “multistatic sparse array topology for FFT-based field imaging” ​(MIT Case No. l 8409L) (the “MIT Patent”), which is utilized in the video rate millimeter wave image reconstruction process allowing for detection with continuous motion. Subject to our compliance with its terms and the satisfaction of certain conditions, the MIT License Agreement will remain in effect until the expiration of all licensed patents in December 2035. Pursuant to the MIT License, we have made the following license maintenance payments to MIT (in addition to patent filing costs an annual maintenance fee): US$20,000 in 2019; US$50,000 in 2020; US$60,000 in 2021; US$100,000 in 2022; US$nil in 2023; US$40,000 in 2024; and US$200,000 in 2025. Beginning in 2026 and each year thereafter, we will be required to pay MIT an annual maintenance fee of US$350,000. In addition, we are required to pay MIT a royalty of 5.7% of all “net sales” of HEXWAVE™ products and services (including sales of scanners, maintenance and AI subscriptions and implementation services). Annual maintenance fees are applied to royalty payments due from us to MIT in the respective calendar year. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, we accrued US$34,042 and US$105,993, respectively, of royalty payments to MIT. The royalties paid will offset the minimum maintenance fee due each year.
The MIT License Agreement also requires us to achieve certain milestones. As of the date of this prospectus, we had achieved all milestones that we are required to achieve, except that we must achieve annual “net sales” of HEXWAVE™ products and services as follows: US$5,000,000 in 2025; US$10,000,000 in 2026; US$15,000,000 in 2027; US$20,000,000 in 2028; and US$25,000,000 in 2029 and every calendar year thereafter.
 
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition, under the MIT License Agreement, in the event of an asset sale or a change of control (as defined in the MIT License Agreement), we would be required to pay to MIT 5% of the first US$5,000,000 of consideration in connection with such a transaction, plus 3.5% of the consideration received above US$5,000,000 up to US$25,000,000, plus 2.5% of any consideration in excess of US$25,000,000.
In the event MIT determines that we (or any of our affiliates) have not fulfilled our obligations under the MIT License Agreement, it will provide us written notice of such determination, upon which we and MIT will confer to attempt in good faith to resolve the issue. If, within 60 days of our receipt of such notice from MIT, we have not either fulfilled the relevant obligation or agreed with MIT upon a mutually acceptable schedule of revised obligations, MIT has the right to terminate the MIT License Agreement. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not in default of any obligations under the MIT License Agreement.
If the MIT License Agreement were to be terminated, we could lose access to proprietary technologies that are foundational to our HEXWAVE™ system, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to manufacture, commercialize, and improve the system. Such a termination could also impair our competitive position, harm our reputation, and require us to pursue costly alternatives, including the redevelopment of affected technology or entering into alternative license arrangements on less favorable terms. As a result, the termination of the MIT License Agreement could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Battelle Memorial Institute / PNNL — Intellectual Property used in HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
In 2021, we entered into the Battelle License Agreement with Battelle (which operates the PNNL), to license the millimeter wave-based, HD-AIT body scanner technology that is the core technology behind our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit product. Subject to our compliance with its terms and the satisfaction of certain conditions, the Battelle License Agreement provides us with non-exclusive license for the life of the patents. The patents licensed to us pursuant to the Battelle License Agreement have expirations dates ranging from 2042-2043. As consideration for the Battelle License Agreement, we paid Battelle US$60,000 in initial licensing fees in 2021, in addition to US$50,000 for past patenting expenses. We also are required to reimburse Battelle for certain ongoing patenting expenses.
Under the Battelle License Agreement, we are required to pay Battelle a royalty of 5% of “net sales” of HD-AIT Upgrade Kit products and services and 25% of any sublicensing revenues (if sublicensing is permitted). As of the date of this prospectus, we have not entered into, and have no plans to enter into, any arrangements that would result in sublicensing revenues. No royalties are payable to Battelle for the use of any patents subject to the Battelle License Agreement on behalf of the U.S. government for which the U.S. government has a royalty-free right to use such patent. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, we did not record any additional accruals beyond the minimum royalty payable. Under the Battelle License Agreement, we are required to make annual minimum royalty payments, even if we do not have any sales of licensed products or services. For the years 2021 through 2024, we paid a combined minimum royalty payments of US$400,000. In 2024 and each year thereafter, we are required to pay a minimum annual royalty of US$200,000. These royalties have been accrued for 2025. If the actual royalties we pay to Battelle in a given year meet exceed US$200,000, then the minimum annual royalty requirement is satisfied; however, if such actual royalty payments in a given year are less than US$200,000, we are required to pay to Battelle an amount equal to US$200,000 minus the actual royalties paid.
The Battelle License Agreement also requires us to achieve certain milestones. We are currently in discussions with Batelle to update the timeline for milestone deadlines. As of the date of this prospectus, we have met all milestones required to date. We are in active discussions and planning for future development activities.
If we breach any of our remaining obligations under the Battelle License Agreement and do not remedy such breach in full within 60 days after receiving notice thereof from Battelle, then Battelle is entitled to terminate the Battelle License Agreement.
Our Customers
We began selling our HEXWAVE™ units in 2023. Since that time, our principal categories of customers have included regional airports, courthouses and correctional facilities, universities and research laboratories.
 
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In recent months, we have also secured contracts with two international U.S. airports. As discussed under “— Our Market Opportunity” above, we believe that the HEXWAVE™ system will appeal to a wide array of customers and expect that our customer base will diversify as we continue to advance our marketing and sales efforts.
In August 2025, we delivered our first unit to the TSA for formal evaluation. Initial commercial sales are anticipated in 2026, subject to successful completion of the TSA’s certification process. After the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is delivered in the U.S., we believe that, over time, we can successfully market this product to airports in the European Union and Asia, as well as non-aviation customers such as government building and high-profile soft targets that employ legacy HD-AIT security screening systems in the U.S. and abroad.
Research and Development
We believe that the urban security screening market is poised for rapid technological advancements across software, cloud services, and sensors. We invest significant resources into ongoing research and development programs because we believe our ability to grow our market position depends, in part, on breakthrough technologies that offer a unique value proposition for our customers and differentiation versus our competitors. Our research and development team, which is responsible for both the development of new products and improvements to our existing product portfolio, consists of talented and dedicated engineers, technicians, scientists, and other professionals. Our primary areas of focus in research and development include, but are not limited to:
1.
Continued improvement of the detection algorithm performance including assessing the ability to detect new threats;
​
2.
Integration of complementary technologies to broaden the performance capabilities for certain market verticals (e.g. biometrics, access control, and metal detection);
​
3.
New MMW architecture designed to achieve radical cost reduction and penetrate budget-constrained markets; and
​
4.
Development and integration of a shoe screener capability into existing body scanners at U.S. airports.
​
Sales and Marketing
We sell our security products and solutions through our own two-person direct sales force. We have also strategically partnered with industry leading companies to sell our HEXWAVE and HD-AIT Upgrade Kits on a global basis. These strategic partners include Rapiscan, Viken, K2 and Isotec, among others. Our international distribution network is run exclusively by Rapiscan. Our distributors resell our products to our customers, for whom they are also responsible for performing installation, systems integration, and local support and maintenance services, with backup technical support services provided by our internal support team. Many resellers have an existing customer base that offer third-party physical security products including x-ray machines, cameras, access control systems, and video monitoring systems in their respective territories and regions, which provides an opportunity to cross-sell our contactless security screening products. To augment the reach of our distribution network, we also intend to grow our direct sales efforts focused primarily on serving major vertical markets and expanding our footprint.
We also sell to local, state and federal government agencies and the sales cycle is similar to selling to commercial entities. In most cases, the potential customer identifies the need for screening technology of individuals, requests a presentation and virtual or on-site demonstration of the technology, and then a formal request for proposal. Depending on the agency, this process can take anywhere from three to nine months until an award is made.
Our sales and marketing team strategies are focused on helping to accelerate sales growth by (i) driving market awareness, (ii) developing comprehensive sales and marketing content, tools, and campaigns for each stage of the sales process and (iii) scaling those campaigns via our global distribution network. Our security screening products, and our customers’ successes are identified and exposed through key government contracts and relationships at the TSA and airports that were early adopters of the technology. We also
 
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
utilize public relations and communications efforts that span mainstream, business, and trade press across the security sector generally, social media and in key verticals such as government facilities (federal, state and local), airports and aviation worker screening, correctional institutions, and national laboratories. Our internal marketing team develops content in multiple formats and delivery methods to facilitate marketing campaigns and sales enablement.
Manufacturing and Suppliers
We currently source all components of HEXWAVE™ and our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit directly from third-party suppliers and assemble them at our facility in Wilmington, Massachusetts. To meet anticipated demand for our product lines, we are exploring options to use one or more domestic contract manufacturing partners to assemble sub-modules and assemblies, in which case final integration and testing of our products would continue to occur at our corporate headquarters.
We rely on several key third-party suppliers for critical components of our systems. Notably, we are dependent on ADI as the sole-source supplier of certain component parts used in our HEXWAVE™ product. These components are essential to the functionality of HEXWAVE™ and collectively represent approximately 22% of the total cost of goods sold per unit. We procure these components from ADI through standard purchase orders and do not have a long-term supply agreement in place. As a result, any delay, allocation, quality issue, shortage of raw materials, or termination by ADI could require design modifications, re-testing, recertification, or alternative sourcing, any of which could materially disrupt our manufacturing process, delay production schedules, increase our costs, and adversely affect our and ability to fulfill orders in a timely manner.
We have initiated efforts to evaluate potential design changes intended to reduce our dependency on ADI; however, these efforts are in early stages and due to the technical complexity of the components, a redesign and recertification of our hardware and software systems would be required, and we do not expect any alternate supply path to be commercially implemented before late 2026.
We maintain safety stock of critical components where feasible and closely monitor inventory levels to mitigate risk. However, disruptions in the supply chain could still materially affect production schedules and customer deliveries.
Intellectual Property
Our ability to drive innovation in the security screening market depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the United States and abroad, through a combination of patent (through our MIT License Agreement and Battelle License Agreement), trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure and invention assignment agreements with our consultants and employees and through non-disclosure agreements with our vendors and business partners. Certain critical aspects of the 3D imaging and high-definition imaging technology that is incorporated into our HEXWAVE™ and HD-AIT Upgrade Kit products are protected through the patents we have licensed via the MIT License Agreement and the Battelle License Agreement. Although our licenses under the Battelle License Agreement currently are non-exclusive, we believe that, in light of the current competitive landscape, the technological advancements we have made in our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit product over the past four years and our extensive collaboration with the TSA provide us with significant protection if these patents were to be licensed to a potential competitor. In addition, intellectual property comprising and underlying our advanced threat detection AI algorithms is unpatented. As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that we have adequate protection for this intellectual property through a combination of non-disclosure agreements, customization of our AI algorithms to our application and trade secret protection.
As of December 31, 2025, we have in-licensed three patents through the MIT License Agreement and the Battelle License Agreement. In addition, as of December 31, 2025, we have three issued United States trademarks.
 
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Employees
The following table sets forth the number of employees we had at the end of each fiscal year indicated below:
Year
​ ​
Full Time
​ ​
Part Time
​ ​
Total
​
Fiscal year 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 24 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​
Fiscal year 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 18 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18 ​ ​
Fiscal year 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​
We believe that our employees are critical to our success. As of February 16, 2026, we had 21 full-time employees based primarily in our corporate office located in Wilmington, Massachusetts. We also engage numerous consultants and contractors to supplement our permanent workforce. A majority of our employees are engaged in research and development and go-to-market related functions. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. We view our employees as an important competitive advantage, and our management team has an in-depth knowledge of our target vertical markets and of the security industry in general.
Seasonality
The U.S. government’s fiscal year ends on September 30 of each year. While not certain, it is not uncommon for U.S. government agencies to award extra tasks or complete other contract actions in the timeframe leading up to the end of its fiscal year in order to avoid the loss of unexpended fiscal year funds, which may favorably impact our third fiscal quarter. Other than working with commercial customers on their fiscal budget timing, we do not see any seasonality in the security and detection business.
Property, Plants and Equipment
We do not own any real estate property.
In March 2021, we relocated our head office to Boston, MA, and entered into a lease agreement for its corporate office at 187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110, Wilmington, MA 01887. The lease covers 5,814 square feet and extends until March 2028. In February 2023, we amended the lease to include an additional 4,106 rentable square feet on the second floor, extending the term for this space through March 2028.
Additionally, in February 2023, we entered into a lease agreement for a 1,042-square-foot office located at 4725 Peachtree Corners Circle, Suite 375, Peachtree Corners, GA 30092, originally expiring January 2026. In March 2025, the landlord advised that the property will be redeveloped and terminated the lease effective September 30, 2025, with rent waived from April through September.
Government Regulations
Our products and technologies are subject to various U.S. federal, state foreign laws, regulations, certifications, and standards, including those applicable to aviation security screening, public safety, electromagnetic emissions, data protection, the deployment of millimeter-wave and artificial intelligence-based technologies, health and safety, anti-corruption and export controls. We believe that we are in material compliance with all such laws, regulations, and permitting requirements.
Regulatory requirements applicable to security screening systems may change over time or vary across jurisdictions, and compliance may require additional testing, certification, or product modifications. In particular, HEXWAVE™ deployments may be subject to local permitting, privacy assessments, or other approvals depending on jurisdiction. Also, our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is subject to evaluation and certification by the TSA before it may be deployed in TSA-regulated airport security operations. The TSA maintains detailed technical and Security Threat Detection performance standards that screening technologies must meet to be approved for procurement and operational use. The certification process includes secret-level laboratory evaluation of threat detection performance, on-site testing in airport environments, and formal review of system performance, reliability, and safety. There is no guarantee that our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit will be approved, and delays or failure to obtain TSA certification could adversely affect our ability to
 
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
commercialize this product in the U.S. aviation security market. In addition, even after initial approval, future modifications to the system may require additional review or recertification. Because regulatory frameworks in our markets continue to evolve, we may be required to update, modify, or enhance our systems to maintain compliance.
Export and Trade Matters
We are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, including the FCPA, as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. We are also subject to various trade restrictions, including trade and economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. For example, in accordance with trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of Treasury and the U.S. Department of Commerce, we are prohibited from engaging in transactions involving certain persons and certain designated countries or territories, including Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea and the Crimea, Donetsk and Luhansk Regions of Ukraine. In recent years, the United States government has a renewed focus on export matters. For example, there are increasing controls on our current and future products may be subject to these heightened regulations, which could increase our compliance costs. Although our current marketing strategy focuses primarily on federal and state government and urban security markets within the U.S., we have sold HEXWAVE™ systems in certain foreign countries, consisting of the Netherlands, Chile, Columbia, Canada and Malaysia, and we believe there is a significant market opportunity for our products in other foreign markets. To the extent we expand our sales efforts in markets outside the U.S., our compliance with applicable anti-corruption, sanctions and export control laws will become increasingly important.
Competition
HEXWAVE™
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, competition from a number of companies, including other vendors of security screening systems. A variety of security screening technologies compete with our proprietary technologies, including, but not limited to:
•
Handheld or walk-through metal detectors, which are currently used in airports and also are the primary screening solution in the non-aviation checkpoint market.
​
•
Passive screening systems based on passive infrared or terahertz technology, which demonstrate modest fidelity but good stand-off range (i.e., the distance at which the screening solution can be effectively placed from screened subjects). These systems have accuracy limitations and environmental limitations (such as temperature) which limit outdoor and indoor applications.
​
•
Active screening systems based on microwave resonance, MMW or microwave 3D imaging technology. Systems based on microwave resonance demonstrate limited range, can be used indoors only and are highly susceptible to environmental factors. MMW systems are widely used and recognized in the marketplace and generally demonstrate very good fidelity and utilize AI capabilities but are subject to low range and commercialization for outdoor applications is challenging. Systems based on microwave 3D imaging generally demonstrate moderate fidelity, utilize AI capabilities, have long range, are housed in modular, movable architecture and can be utilized in indoor and outdoor applications.
​
In addition to legacy handheld and walk-through metal detectors, there are a number of companies and products in the next-generation security screening space in the North American urban security market, which include, among others, Evolv Technologies Holdings, Inc. (product: Evolv Express), Xtract One Technologies, Inc. (product: SmartGateway), Thruvision Group plc (product: LPC71 Series), and Leidos (product: ProVision), Rohde & Schwartz (product: QPS 201 and QPS Walk). These companies, individually and between them, address a number of the key performance indicators for next-generation security screening systems and are constantly developing and improving their respective technologies. However, we believe that the HEXWAVE™ system’s features provide the most versatile detection solution on the market.
 
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
HD-AIT Upgrade Kit
We compete with Leidos Wideband System, a solution being developed by Leidos, which developed and manufactured the original ProVision® and ProVision® 2 systems, which are the existing MMW HD-AIT scanners in place at most U.S. airports. We believe that both our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit and the Leidos Wideband System ultimately will be able to meet TSA’s enhanced detection standards, as well as enhanced standard expected to become effective in the European Union, which are the primary drivers of market demand to upgrade existing HD-AIT security scanning systems.
Although Leidos manufactured the existing HD-AIT security screening systems and has certain advantages as a larger company (including potentially better ability to support the national infrastructure of upgraded HD-AIT security screening systems), we believe that the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit will have a number of competitive advantages as compared to the Leidos Wideband System, including:
​
•
The HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is based on technology licensed from PNNL, which is DHS S&T’s partner for its Screening at Speed program, and TSA has spent in excess of US$6 million with PNNL to develop the underlying technology. As a result of our Battelle License, TSA has awarded us over US$2.8 million in contract support specifically to develop the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit.
​
•
The HD-AIT Upgrade Kit scans over a wider range of frequencies (10 to 40 GHz) as compared to the Leidos Wideband System (20 to 40 GHz), which translates to improved passenger MMW image details that we believe will translate to improved threat detection with lower false alarm and passenger touch rates than the Leidos Wideband System for the same algorithms used. In addition, we believe scanning over a wider range of frequencies will allow passengers to wear a wider range and more layers of clothing as compared to the Leidos Broadband System, without compromising threat detection capability. We expect this to result in significantly less divestiture of clothing and faster throughput compared to the Leidos Wideband System.
​
•
We have collaborated directly with TSA, pursuant to contracts awarded by TSA, to develop a standard process to host the software of all five TSA Open Architecture compliant vendors on our cloud-based system. As described in the TSA’s Open Architecture Roadmap (July 2023), implementing an Open Architecture approach to the aviation screening environment is a key priority for TSA. Based on our collaboration with TSA, on August 11, 2025, we demonstrated that the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit fully functions with all TSA’s selected Open Architecture third-party vendor software, however it is unknown what level of support the Leidos Wideband System will have for the Open Architecture.
​
Legal Proceedings
We are from time to time subject to various claims, lawsuits, and other legal and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently engaged in any litigation or criminal proceedings.
Corporate History and Information
We were incorporated on June 8, 2012 pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) under the name “Gulfstream Acquisition 1 Corp.” We were listed on the TSXV as a “capital pool company” under the TSXV’s Policy 2.4 — Capital Pool Companies on June 14, 2013.
Liberty Defense Holdings, Inc. (“LPC”) was incorporated on April 30, 2018 pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) as “Trovec Holdings Inc.” On October 4, 2018, LPC changed its name from Trovec Holdings Inc. to “Liberty Defense Holdings, Inc.”
On April 4, 2019, in connection with the Qualifying Transaction (as defined below), LPC amalgamated with 2675553 Ontario Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, to form the LDH GS Amalco Corp. (“LDH GS Amalco”). Also on April 4, 2019, we completed the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the LDH GS Amalco by way of a reverse take-over (the “Qualifying Transaction”) under the rules of the TSXV and concurrently changed its name to “Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.” At that time, the LDH GS Amalco became our wholly-owned subsidiary.
 
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
On July 27, 2020, we continued our jurisdiction of incorporation from Ontario to British Columbia and are now governed by the BCBCA.
On March 17, 2021, we completed a business combination transaction with DrawDown Detection Inc. (“DrawDown”) by way of a three- cornered amalgamation, pursuant to which: (i) we effected a consolidation of its outstanding Common Shares on the basis of one (1) post-consolidation Common Share for each six and two tenth (6.2) pre-consolidation Common Shares; and (ii) the security holders of DrawDown became security holders of the Company and DrawDown amalgamated with 1246043 B.C. Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, and became our wholly owned subsidiary (the “RTO Transaction”).
Intercorporate Relationships
As of the date of this prospectus, we have two wholly-owned direct subsidiaries, LDH GS Amalco and DrawDown, and two wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries, Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, and DrawDown Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Our corporate structure is set out below.
[MISSING IMAGE: fc_structure-4c.jpg]
​
(1)
Formerly Gulfstream Acquisition 1 Corp.
​
(2)
Formed by the amalgamation of LPC and 2675553 Ontario Limited upon completion of the Qualifying Transaction.
​
(3)
Formed by the amalgamation of DrawDown Detection Inc. and 1246043 B.C. Ltd. upon completion of the RTO Transaction.
​
 
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
Overview
We are an emerging leader in AI-based contactless security technology for detecting concealed metallic and non-metallic weapons and threats. Our mission is protecting communities and preserving peace of mind through superior security detection solutions, while simultaneously increasing ease of travel and convenience for security at major checkpoints. In furtherance of this mission, we offer two separate security screening solutions: our HEXWAVE™ system and our HD-AIT Upgrade Kit.
Since our inception, we have generated limited revenue from contract awards from the TSA, PNNL and sales of HEXWAVE™ units, while we simultaneously have incurred substantial operating expenses. Accordingly, we have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations, and we expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses in the foreseeable future as we advance the commercialization of HEXWAVE™ and HD-AIT.
Key Factors Affecting Our Operating Results
We believe that our performance and future success depend on many factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges.
Backlog Orders
As of September 30, 2025, we had a HEXWAVE™ order backlog of approximately $1.45 million comprised of signed purchase orders not subject to cancellation.
Production of the remaining units to fulfill the backlog is ongoing. We expect to complete fulfillment of the remaining backlog, including additional orders currently in production, during the first half of 2026. As demand continues to grow, additional purchase orders may increase the overall backlog in the near term.
Other Revenue Visibility and Timing Considerations
As of the date of this prospectus, we have completed the sale and delivery of thirty-three (33) HEXWAVE™ units. Although HEXWAVE™ is a new product with no historical sales data or comparable benchmarks, discussions with prospective customers support optimism in the growth potential for HEXWAVE™ sales in future periods. However, limited funding may impact our ability to follow up with clients, invest in marketing and promote the HEXWAVE™ product effectively, potentially delaying its visibility and adoption by potential customers.
We have experienced delays in TSA contract revenue projects, as well as in additional contract line items that the TSA had planned to exercise in 2025 and 2026, and may experience similar delays in the future. As a result of these delays, guaranteed revenue of $357,759 originally planned for early 2025 will fall into the first quarter of 2026, as the TSA HD-AIT Phase II B was awarded September 29, 2025.
General Economic and Market Conditions
We continue to operate in a challenging global economic environment, characterized by constrained capital markets and slower customer procurement cycles. These conditions, which began in 2024, have persisted through 2025 and continue to affect the timing of purchase orders for HEXWAVE™ units.
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We expect that our results of operations, including our revenue and cost of revenue, may fluctuate or continue to fluctuate based on, among other things, the impact of rising inflation and interest rates on business spending; supply chain issues and the impacts on our manufacturing capabilities; public health emergencies; geopolitical conflicts and war, including the conflicts in Europe and the Middle East; tariffs and recessionary trends. We remain committed to overcoming these challenges and have taken proactive measures to mitigate these challenges and position ourselves for growth. These measures include increasing product awareness through targeted marketing and investor relations activities; focusing on advancing customer pilots and demonstrations to strengthen the sales pipeline; and maintaining operational readiness to scale production as purchase commitments are secured.
Management also recognizes that current capital market conditions directly affect our liquidity and working capital position. As at September 30, 2025, we had a working capital deficiency of $4.5 million and contractual obligations of $8.6 million. Continued access to external financing will therefore be critical to support operations and growth initiatives until we are able to generate sustainable revenues from commercial sales.
Adoption of our Security Screening Products
We believe the world will continue to focus on the safety and security of people in the places where they gather. Many of these locations, such as schools, places of worship, shopping malls or sports and entertainment venues, are moving toward a more frictionless security screening experience. We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of this opportunity due to our proprietary technologies and distribution capabilities. Our products are designed to empower venues and facilities to realize the full benefits of contactless security screening, including a rapid visitor throughput and minimal security staff to screened visitor physical contact. The degree to which potential and current customers recognize these benefits and invest in our products will affect our financial results.
Sales Mix, Pricing, Product Cost and Margins
We began selling our HEXWAVE™ units in 2023. Since that time, our principal categories of customers have included regional airports, courthouses and correctional facilities, universities and research laboratories. In recent months, we have also secured contracts with two international U.S. airports. We sell our HEXWAVE™ products under a purchase agreement (product sale where title transfers to the customer) by which the customer agrees to pay a one-time upfront fee for the equipment. In addition, purchasers of our HEXWAVE™ scanners may purchase a subscription for our software operating system and standard AI algorithm updates. The subscription service is typically offered for a period of five years and may be paid in advance or on an annual basis. In addition, we offer an annual maintenance and support service plan to repair any faulty or damaged parts on the HEXWAVE™ following a one-year warranty on the product. To date, substantially all purchasers of HEXWAVE™ scanners also have purchased this maintenance and AI subscription. In addition, in partnership with Amsource Capital, we are now offering flexible leasing options for HEXWAVE™ of up to seven years with monthly payment options.
In August 2025, we delivered our first HD-AIT Upgrade Kit unit to the TSA for formal evaluation. Initial commercial sales are anticipated in 2026, subject to successful completion of the TSA’s certification process. After the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit is delivered in the U.S., we believe that, over time, we can successfully market this product to airports in the European Union and Asia, as well as non-aviation customers such as government building and high-profile soft targets that employ legacy HD-AIT security screening systems in the U.S. and abroad.
Going forward, we expect our products to be adopted in a variety of vertical industry markets and geographic regions, primarily within the United States. Pricing may vary by region or vertical market due to market-specific dynamics. As a result, our financial performance depends, in part, on the mix of sales, bookings, and business in different markets during a given period. In addition, we are subject to price competition, and our ability to compete in key markets will depend on the success of our investments in new technologies and cost improvements as well as our ability to efficiently and reliably introduce cost-effective contactless security screening products to our customers.
 
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Continued Investment and Innovation
Our performance is significantly dependent on the investment we make in our research and development efforts and on our ability to be at the forefront of the security screening industry. It is essential that we continually identify and respond to rapidly evolving customer requirements, develop, and introduce innovative new products, enhance existing products and generate customer demand for our products. We believe that investment in our security screening products will contribute to long-term revenue growth, but it may adversely affect our near-term profitability.
Segments
We operate through three distinct segments: Corporate, HEXWAVE™ and Contract. Our operating segments are based on the reports which are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in making strategic resource allocation decisions. We consider our CODM to be our CEO, who evaluates the operations of each reportable segment. The CODM reviews the net income (loss) of each of these segments in allocating resources and evaluating operating performance.
The Corporate reporting segment covers our non-allocated, general overhead expenses, such as legal, compliance, accounting, head-office staff, and other such items. This reporting segment is reviewed for cost control and budgetary considerations. The HEXWAVE™ segments covers revenues associated with the sale of our HEXWAVE™ product and related subscription services. The Contract segment covers revenues associated with contract awards with PNNL and TSA.
Our Contract segment and HEXWAVE™ segment contributed 48.0% and 52.0% of our revenue, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to 46.3% and 53.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024.
Our Contract segment and HEXWAVE™ segment contributed 58.4% and 41.6% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 92.0% and 8.0% for the year ended December 31, 2023.
As at September 30, 2025, December 31, 2024 and 2023, all non-current assets are in the United States.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, revenues from four customers represented approximately 91% of HEXWAVE™ revenues. Of these customers, one accounted for approximately $390,000, or 43%, of HEXWAVE™ revenues; a second accounted for approximately $238,000, or 26%; a third accounted for approximately $109,959, or 12%; and a fourth accounted for approximately $108,500, or 12%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, revenues from two customers represented approximately 84% of HEXWAVE™ revenues. Of these customers, one accounted for approximately $1,080,000, or 75%, of HEXWAVE™ revenues; and a second accounted for approximately $142,032, or 10%.
All such customers were located in the United States for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, all such customers were located in the United States, except for the customer generating $142,032 of revenue, which was located in Canada. No other individual customer accounted for 8% or more of total revenues during either of the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, revenues from five customers represented approximately 94% of HEXWAVE™ revenues. Of these customers, one accounted for approximately $470,736, or 46%, of HEXWAVE™ revenues; a second accounted for approximately $142,032, or 14%; a third accounted for approximately $130,000, or 13%; a fourth accounted for approximately $119,900, or 12%; and a fifth accounted for approximately $100,500, or 10%. For the year ended December 31, 2023, revenues from one customer accounted for $120,000, or 100%, of HEXWAVE™ revenues.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, all such customers were located in the United States, except for the customer generating $142,032 of revenue, which was located in Canada, the customer generating $50,378 of revenue, which was located in Netherlands and the customer generating $119,900 of revenue, which was located in Chile. For the year ended December 31, 2023, all such customers were located in the United States.
 
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, all revenue from Contract segment was earned from one customer in the United States.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, all revenue from Contract segment was earned from one customer in the United States.
Components of Our Results of Operations
Revenue
We derive our revenue primarily from HEXWAVE™ sales and subscription services and contract revenue from the TSA and PNNL. We expect to gain a second stream of HEXWAVE™ revenue through commercialization of the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit, subject to TSA certification. In August 2025, we delivered our first unit to the TSA for formal evaluation. Assuming TSA certification is obtained in early 2026, we expect initial commercial sales to commence during 2026.
HEXWAVE™ Revenue
Revenue in our HEXWAVE™ segment consists primarily of sales of our HEXWAVE™ product and related subscription services. At the point of sale, customers agree to pay a one-time upfront fee for the equipment. Revenue arising from the sale of HEXWAVE™ units is recognized as we fulfill our performance obligations upon delivery and successful commissioning of the product to the customer. Purchasers of our HEXWAVE™ scanners may purchase a subscription for software operating system and standard AI algorithm updates. The subscription service is typically offered for a period of five years and may be paid in advance or on an annual basis. Revenue from upfront sales of HEXWAVE™ units is initially recorded as deferred revenue until the obligation of shipment and delivery is fulfilled. Subsequently, upon meeting this obligation, the deferred revenue is recognized as earned revenue, net of provisions for estimated sales return.
Contract Revenue
Contract revenue consists primarily of contract revenue from the TSA and PNNL. Historically, we have received grant revenue from the TSA, but the composition of revenue is expected to change with a decrease or cessation in grant revenue and an increase in revenue from sales of HEXWAVE™ and our other products as we continue our commercialization efforts. We typically transfer control of goods and services, and satisfy performance obligations, over time. Therefore, we recognize revenue over time as these performance obligations are satisfied.
Cost of Revenue
HEXWAVE™ Cost of Revenue
HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue consists primarily of manufacturing expenses, including raw materials, components, and assembly, as well as labor costs for production and quality control. Additionally, it includes amortization of licensed technologies and intellectual property related to the technology, software integration, and depreciation of property and equipment. Shipping and logistics expenses, such as freight, air transportation, customs, and tariffs, also contribute to the cost. Lastly, warranty and customer support costs, including installation, training, maintenance and service obligations, are factored into the overall cost of revenue.
HEXWAVE™ cost of subscription services revenue consists primarily of technology infrastructure expenses, including cloud hosting, software maintenance, and data processing. It also includes customer support and service costs, such as technical assistance, system monitoring, and remote updates. Additionally, labor costs, cybersecurity measures, and ongoing software development contribute to the overall expenses. Lastly, depreciation and amortization of software and hardware used in the service delivery, along with administrative and compliance costs, are also key components. Under revenue arrangements for our HEXWAVE™ segment, we incur cost in advance of recognizing revenue. These are recorded as costs and carried forward until the related revenues are recognized, at which time it is expensed.
 
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Contract Cost of Revenue
Contract cost of revenue consists primarily of direct labor expenses, including wages and benefits for employees involved in contract fulfillment, as well as costs for materials, equipment, and specialized components required for project execution. It also encompasses any payments to subcontractors and third-party service providers, along with expenses for technology, software, and system integrations. Additionally, project management overheads, such as administrative support, facility costs, and compliance expenses, contribute to the overall cost. Lastly, amortization and depreciation of property and equipment and intellectual property are used in contract delivery. Under contract revenue arrangements, we incur costs in advance of recognizing revenue. These costs are recorded as contract costs and carried forward until the related revenues are recognized, at which time it is expensed.
Engineering and Research and Development Expenses
Engineering and research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred in connection with our research and engineering activities and include:
•
product development and technology costs;
​
•
personnel expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expenses;
​
•
consulting fees;
​
•
facility costs, including, rent and administration, depreciation, amortization and maintenance expense; and
​
•
travel expenses
​
We anticipate that our engineering and research and development expenses will increase in the future to support continued engineering and research and development activities, including our ongoing and planned research and development related to HEXWAVE™ production development, software development and advancing other technologies, such as HD-AIT.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses such as salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation, for our personnel in executive and other administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include legal fees relating to patent and corporate matters and professional fees paid for accounting, auditing, consulting and tax services, as well as other costs such as consulting fees, insurance costs, investor and public relations, and travel expenses.
We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support continued engineering and research and development activities, including our ongoing and planned research and development related to HEXWAVE™ production development, software development and advancing other technologies, such as HD-AIT. We also anticipate we will incur increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance, director and officer insurance, and investor and public relations expenses associated with operating as a public company in the U.S.
Other Expense (income)
Other expense (income) consists of interest expense, accretion expense and foreign exchange loss (gain) and other income consisting of small amounts of engineering material sold to a third party.
 
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Results of Operations
Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024:
​ ​ ​
Nine Months Ended September 30,
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​ ​
Change
​
​ ​ ​
US$
​ ​
US$
​ ​
US$
​
Revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 909,407 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,447,532 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (538,125) ​ ​
Contract revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 854,849 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,250,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (395,151) ​ ​
Total revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,764,256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,697,532 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (933,276) ​ ​
Cost of revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,112,884 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,408,789 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 295,905 ​ ​
Contract cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,493,636 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,796,912 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 303,276 ​ ​
Total cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 3,606,520 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,205,701 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (599,181) ​ ​
Gross loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,842,264) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,508,169) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (334,095) ​ ​
Operating expenses: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Engineering and Research and Development
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,058,666 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,744,426 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 314,237 ​ ​
General and administrative
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,101,438 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,599,438 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,502,000 ​ ​
Total operating expenses
​ ​ ​ ​ 8,160,104 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,343,864 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,816,240 ​ ​
Loss from operations
​ ​ ​ ​ (10,002,368) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,852,033) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,150,335) ​ ​
Other expense (income)
​ ​ ​ ​ 507,838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 577,694 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (69,856) ​ ​
Net loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (10,510,206) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,429,727) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,080,479) ​ ​
Revenue
HEXWAVE™ Revenue
HEXWAVE™ revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$909,407, compared to US$1,447,532 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of US$538,125 (37.2%). The decrease primarily reflects lower HEXWAVE™ unit deliveries and lower subscription and service revenue recognized during the period, as several customer deployment schedules shifted into later periods. Deliveries of HEXWAVE™ units during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 decreased to 12 units at an average selling price per unit of approximately US$71,792, compared to 20 units at an average selling price per unit of approximately US$72,376 delivered during the comparable period in 2024. The lower volume of deliveries in the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was primarily attributable to timing-related factors, including customer site readiness, installation scheduling, and the deferral of certain customer deployments into subsequent periods, as well as management’s focus on manufacturing optimization and operational efficiency initiatives during the period.
Subsequent to September 30, 2024, and during the three months ended December 31, 2024, we recorded net negative revenue and net negative cost of revenue primarily as a result of the return of six HEXWAVE™ units by a customer. These units had been sold and recognized as revenue earlier in fiscal year 2024, and upon return, we reversed the previously recognized revenue and related cost of revenue in accordance with our accounting policy.
The six HEXWAVETM units were originally sold to Viken, one of our distributors, under a purchase agreement dated January 26, 2024. Control of the units transferred during the third quarter of 2024, at which time revenue was recognized in accordance with IFRS 15. During the fourth quarter of 2024, a customer of Viken experienced a cancellation of a downstream purchase order from its end customer. The cancellation was unrelated to product performance, quality or compliance with specifications. Since we also have a distributor relationship with such customer of Viken, we agreed to accept return of the units as a one-time commercial accommodation. Upon receipt, the units were subsequently resold to another distributor with an existing backlog order.
 
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Under the applicable purchase agreement, the distributor may reject or return goods only if they are damaged, defective, non-conforming to the applicable purchase order (including make/model/SKU) or delivered as a result of our error. The agreement does not provide a general right of return if an end-customer purchase order is cancelled. Prior to this event, we had not accepted discretionary returns outside contractual terms.
As a result of the return, during the three months ended December 31, 2024, we (1) reversed previously recognized revenue of US$609,264, (2) recognized the recovery of inventory at US$647,569 (previously recognized cost of sales) and (3) adjusted related balances, as applicable. This resulted in net negative revenue and net negative cost of revenue for the period. The return was isolated and was not the result of a product defect, systemic performance issue, or regulatory non-compliance.
We account for returns under IFRS 15 (paragraphs B20 – B27). Where customers have a right to return goods, we (1) recognize revenue only for the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled, (2) recognize a refund liability for expected returns and (3) recognize an asset for the right to recover products from customers upon settlement of the refund liability. HEXWAVETM is a relatively new product line, with sales commencing in late 2023. The two units we sold during 2023 were not returned. During 2024, we sold 21 units, of which six units were returned in the fourth quarter of 2024, due to the circumstances described above. Excluding this discrete return event, we have not experienced returns of HEXWAVETM units.
Because HEXWAVETM has limited historical experience, management’s estimate of expected returns is primarily based on:
​
•
contractual terms with distributors, which do not provide a general right of return;
​
​
•
historical return experience (which was nil prior to the fourth quarter of 2024);
​
​
•
the status of downstream purchase orders and deployment milestones known at the reporting date; and
​
​
•
any specific risks communicated by customers prior to period end.
​
At September 30, 2024, the Company had not experienced material returns of HEXWAVETM units, had not been notified of any downstream order cancellations, and had no indication that distributor sales would be reversed. Based on the information available at that date, management assessed expected returns and concluded that it was highly probable that a significant revenue reversal would not occur and that the estimated refund liability was nil.
The previously recorded refund liability was not adequate because the six-unit return recognized in the fourth quarter of 2024 arose from a downstream end-customer purchase order cancellation and was accepted as a one-time commercial accommodation. The distributor did not have a contractual right to return product under these circumstances. At September 30, 2024, we had not been notified of the downstream order cancellation, there was no history of similar discretionary returns, the product had been delivered in conformity with specifications, and no facts or circumstances existed that would have indicated a heightened probability of return. Accordingly, the subsequent return reflected a discrete event arising from circumstances that were not known to the Company and were not reasonably estimable at September 30, 2024.
Following the fourth quarter of 2024 return, management reassessed its methodology for estimating expected returns under IFRS 15, including evaluating distributor transactions that may depend on downstream purchase orders. Management (1) reviewed outstanding distributor sales for similar downstream risk, (2) confirmed the absence of contractual general return rights, (3) assessed current backlog visibility and deployment status and (4) evaluated whether the fourth quarter of 2024 return indicated a broader trend or customary practice. We concluded that the return was an isolated event and did not establish a pattern of discretionary returns or create an implied general right of return. Since that return, we have not experienced additional material returns of HEXWAVETM units.
Management concluded that, at December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2025, it remained highly probable that a significant revenue reversal would not occur, and the recorded refund liability appropriately reflects expected future returns.
 
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Contract Revenue
Contract revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$854,849, compared to US$1,250,000 in the same period of 2024, a decrease of US$395,151 (31.6%). The decrease reflects the completion of major milestones under the TSA contracts during 2024, resulting in lower milestone-based revenue recognized in 2025. This was partially offset by continued activity and remaining deliverables under these contracts, including software support and integration work recognized during the period.
Total Revenue
Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$1,764,256, compared to US$2,697,532 in the prior year, a decrease of US$933,276 (34.6%). The decrease was primarily due to lower HEXWAVE™ unit deliveries and the completion of significant milestones under the TSA contracts in 2024, which resulted in reduced contract and milestone revenue recognized in 2025.
Cost of Revenue
HEXWAVE™ Cost of Revenue
HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$2,112,884, compared to US$2,408,789 for the comparable period in 2024, representing a decrease of US$295,905, or 12.3%. While HEXWAVE™ revenue declined more significantly during the period due to lower unit delivery volumes, cost of revenue did not decrease proportionately, primarily due to the presence of fixed and semi-fixed manufacturing and deployment costs. These costs include labor, facility and equipment costs, certain supplier commitments, and overhead required to maintain production capability and customer support, regardless of shipment volume.
As a result, the reduction in delivery volumes had a less pronounced impact on cost of revenue, reflecting limited short-term operating leverage in our current production scale. Management continues to focus on improving unit economics through manufacturing optimization, supplier cost reductions, and scale efficiencies, which are expected to improve gross margins as delivery volumes increase.
Contract Cost of Revenue
Contract cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$1,493,636, compared to US$1,796,912 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of US$303,276 (16.9%). The decrease was driven by fewer milestone-based costs and lower engineering and contract activity under the TSA agreements, following the completion of major milestones in 2024.
Total Cost of Revenue
Total cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$3,606,520, compared to US$4,205,701 for the same period in the prior year, a decrease of US$599,181 (14.2%). This reflects lower production and delivery activity for both HEXWAVE™ units and contract-related work, consistent with the decline in total revenues year-over-year. The reduction also reflects fewer milestone-based costs incurred on TSA contracts compared to 2024.
Operating Expenses
Engineering and Research and Development Expenses
Engineering and research and development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 were US$2,058,666, compared to US$1,744,426 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of US$314,240, or 15.3%. The increase was primarily due to higher salaries and consulting expenses and increased product development and technology costs to support continued enhancements to HEXWAVE™ and related threat-detection technologies.
The increase in research and development expenses reflects our ongoing focus on advancing our licensed technologies, with a particular emphasis on refining HEXWAVE™ production, software enhancements, and threat detection capabilities, as well as furthering the development of HD-AIT.
 
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
General and Administration Expenses
General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 were US$6,101,438, compared to US$2,599,438 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of US$3,502,000, or 134.7%. The increase was primarily due to higher stock-based compensation, increased legal and professional fees related to financing and regulatory activities, and higher office, administrative, and investor relations expenses as we expanded our commercialization and corporate initiatives.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we incurred:
•
US$1,287,457 in salaries and consulting fees, compared to US$1,375,216 in the prior year, a decrease of US$87,759, reflecting changes in staffing levels and consulting activity.
​
•
US$769,076 in legal and professional fees, compared to US$239,513 in the prior year, an increase of US$529,563, primarily related to financing transactions, regulatory filings, uplisting preparation and corporate initiatives.
​
•
US$1,099,231 in stock-based compensation, compared to US$296,406 in the prior year, an increase of US$802,825, reflecting the impact of new stock options and RSU grants issued in late 2024 and in 2025.
​
•
US$2,945,674 in office, rent, administration, travel, and miscellaneous expenses, compared to US$688,303 in the prior year period, an increase of US$2,257,371, largely due to the amortization of prepaid marketing and consulting arrangements, higher facility and administrative costs, increased investor relations expenditures, and expanded corporate activities.
​
The significant year-over-year increase in general and administrative expenses reflects our heightened financing, commercialization, corporate development, and investor relations activities the nine month period ended September 30, 2025.
Other Expense (Income)
Other expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, were US$507,838, compared to US$577,694 for the same period in 2024, representing a decrease of US$69,856 or 12.1%. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest expense, which declined to US$483,898 from US$566,266 in the prior year period, reflecting reduced borrowings and lower related financing costs.
We also recorded a foreign exchange loss of US$28,611 during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to a loss of US$11,428 in the prior year period, with the increase of US$17,183 reflecting fluctuations in exchange rates and transaction volumes. Our functional currency is the Canadian dollar, and holding financial assets and liabilities in other currencies, primarily the U.S. dollar, continues to result in foreign exchange gains or losses.
In addition, we recorded other income, net of expenses of US$(4,671) for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to nil in the prior year period.
Overall, the year-over-year reduction in other expenses was driven by the decline in interest costs, partially offset by higher foreign exchange losses.
Net Loss
Corporate
Corporate net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, was US$4,338,868, compared to US$1,696,754 for the same period in 2024, an increase of US$2,642,114 or 155.7%. The increase was primarily driven by higher general and administrative expenses, including increased salaries and consulting fees, legal and professional fees associated with financing and regulatory activities, expanded investor relations efforts, and higher stock-based compensation. These increases reflect our continued focus on financing transactions, SEC filing preparation, and uplisting activities during the period. The increase was partially offset by a US$69,856 decrease in other expenses, primarily due to lower interest expense.
 
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
HEXWAVE™
HEXWAVE™ net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, was US$3,021,690, compared to US$1,987,849 for the same period in 2024, representing an increase of US$1,033,841, or 52%. The increase was driven primarily by higher salaries and consulting expenses supporting production and deployment activities, as well as higher general and administrative and legal expenses allocated to the segment. These increases occurred despite a US$295,905 decrease in HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue (from US$2,408,789 to US$2,112,884), reflecting lower production volumes and no unit shipments during the period. The impact of these factors was partially offset by lower stock-based compensation and modestly reduced depreciation and administrative expenses.
Contract
Contract net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$3,149,648, compared to a net loss of US$2,745,124 for the same period in 2024, representing an increase in segment net loss of US$404,524, or 14.7%. The increase was primarily driven by higher operating expenses related to TSA development activities, including increased engineering, administrative, and legal costs allocated to the segment. This occurred despite a US$303,276 decrease in contract cost of revenue (from US$1,796,912 to US$1,493,636), reflecting lower milestone activity as TSA contracts approached completion. The increase in segment net loss reflects slower milestone recognition, reduced contract revenue compared to 2024, and higher project-related expenses incurred during the period.
Total Net Loss
Total net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$10,510,206, compared to US$6,429,727 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of US$4,080,479, or 63.5%. The increase was primarily driven by significantly higher corporate general and administrative expenses — including salaries and consulting, legal and professional fees, stock-based compensation, and investor relations costs — as well as increased operating expenses allocated to the HEXWAVE™ and Contract segments. These increases were incurred while revenue remained constrained due to lower HEXWAVE™ shipments and reduced recognition of TSA contract milestones. These impacts were partially offset by lower interest expense. The higher net loss reflects our continued investments in commercialization, regulatory compliance, and financing activities during the period.
 
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
​ ​ ​
Year Ended December 31,
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​ ​
Change
​
​ ​ ​
US$
​ ​
US$
​ ​
US$
​
Revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,013,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 120,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 893,546 ​ ​
Contract revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,425,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,372,557 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52,443 ​ ​
Total revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,438,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,492,557 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 945,989 ​ ​
Cost of revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,033,498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,546,040 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 487,458 ​ ​
Contract cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,081,971 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,163,211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 918,760 ​ ​
Total cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,115,469 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,709,251 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,406,218 ​ ​
Gross loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,676,923) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,216,694) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (460,229) ​ ​
Operating expenses: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Engineering and Research and Development
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,267,739 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,022,458 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (1,754,719) ​ ​
General and administrative
​ ​ ​ ​ 3,489,202 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,868,191 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (378,989) ​ ​
Total operating expenses
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,756,941 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,890,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,133,708) ​ ​
Loss from operations
​ ​ ​ ​ (7,433,864) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,107,343) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,673,479 ​ ​
Other expense (income)
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,411,299 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 261,700 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,149,599 ​ ​
Net loss
​ ​ ​ ​ (8,845,163) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,369,043) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 523,880 ​ ​
Revenue
HEXWAVE™ Revenue
HEXWAVE™ revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$1,013,546, compared to US$120,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase of US$893,546 was primarily due to the fulfillment of backlogged orders and an increase in new customer deployments. In 2024, we sold 15 HEXWAVE™ units at prices ranging from approximately US$60,000 to US$120,000 per unit, depending on configuration and customer requirements. In 2023, revenue of US$120,000 was generated from the sale of 2 HEXWAVE™ units.
Contract Revenue
Contract revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$1,425,000, compared to US$1,372,557 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase of US$52,443 was primarily due to the completion of HD-AIT milestones and Open Architecture completions.
Total Revenue
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$2,438,546, compared to US$1,492,557 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase of US$945,989 was primarily due to increased contract revenue from the TSA as well as increased sales of HEXWAVE™ units.
Cost of Revenue
HEXWAVE™ Cost of Revenue
HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$2,033,498, compared to US$1,546,040 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in HEXWAVE™ cost of revenue from
 
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
$1,546,040 in 2023 to $2,033,498 in 2024, an increase of $487,458, or 31.5%, was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of units produced and delivered. However, the increase in cost of revenue was not directly proportional to the increase in HEXWAVE™ revenue, which rose by $893,546. This disproportionate change was due to several factors, including limited production scale, higher per-unit component costs during initial low-volume manufacturing, and underutilized fixed overhead related to facility and staffing expenses that did not scale with output during the period. We anticipate unit cost reductions and improved gross margins as volume increases and production matures.
Contract Cost of Revenue
Contract cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$2,081,971, compared to US$1,163,211 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase in contract cost of revenue from $1,163,211 in 2023 to $2,081,971 in 2024, an increase of $918,760, or 78.9%, was largely driven by increased consulting, engineering, and development expenses incurred to complete key technical milestones under our TSA-funded HD-AIT and Open Architecture programs. The related contract revenue only increased by $52,443, due to the timing of revenue recognition, as certain milestones achieved in 2024 will result in revenue recognition in future periods. Additionally, some of the contract work in 2024 required subcontracting and external technical resources, which increased upfront costs relative to recognized revenue. We expect gross margins on contract revenue to improve as we transition from development to deployment stages and milestone billing aligns more closely with incurred expenses.
Total Cost of Revenue
Total cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$4,115,469, compared to US$2,709,251 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase of US$1,406,218 was primarily due to the increase of HEXWAVE™ units produced, as well as the increase in contract milestones completed.
Operating Expenses
Engineering and Research and Development Expenses
Engineering and research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$2,267,739, compared to US$4,022,458 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease of US$1,754,719 was primarily related to the manufacturing and contract costs expenses reclassed to cost of revenue. These expenses were attributed to the ongoing research and development of our licensed technologies, with a focus on advancing various potential technologies under review. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we incurred US$1,655,580 in salaries and consulting fees that relate to HEXWAVE™ enhanced production development, software development and advancing the technologies under review such as HD-AIT. It also includes US$148,675 in product development & technology costs, US$98,008 in stock-based compensation, and US$248,979 in depreciation. During the comparative period, year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred US$370,073 product development and technology costs, US$89,302 in stock-based compensation, and US$2,766,601 in salaries and consulting fees that relate to software development and general R&D activities in connection to activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding of the licensed technologies. The significant variance in salaries and consulting fees primarily stems from reallocating decreasing consulting during the year and moving production salaries and costs to cost of revenue as we commenced production, albeit not at full scale. Shipments of production have continued to ship slowly with the intention to progressively increase production volumes in the near future.
General and Administration Expenses
General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024 were US$3,489,202, compared to US $3,868,191 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease of US$378,989 was primarily due to the following reasons: Total expenses of US$1,809,724 were incurred mainly in connection to consulting fees, salaries and payroll related benefits. The large increase from the previous year is due to consulting fees for the private placement that occurred in December 2024. Other expenses totaling US$1,424,258 were incurred from legal and professional fees and travel promotion and investor relations.
 
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Stock based compensation decreased from US$511,699 for the year ended December 31, 2023, to US$255,220 for the same period during the current year. This decrease year over year was in connection with the cancellation of stock-based compensation for employees and consultants who have left our company and were offset with employees and consultants who have being issued stock options and RSUs during 2024.
Consulting fees, salaries, and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2024, increased from US$1,482,860 in fiscal 2023 to US$1,809,724 in fiscal 2024, reflecting our increase of contractors to fill necessary roles within the organization, as well as a large amount of consulting fees paid in the fourth quarter of 2024 in relation to the private placement. Office, rent, administration, travel, and miscellaneous expenses decreased from US$1,574,621 in fiscal 2023 to US$965,868 in fiscal 2024. The decrease is mainly due to a portion of operating expenses such as rent and utilities having a portion reclassed to cost of sales for production allocation, as well as a reduction in the MIT License fees for 2024.
Other Expense (Income)
Other expense (income) for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$1,411,299, compared to US$261,700 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase of US$1,149,599 was primarily due to the following: We incurred interest expense totaling US$808,989 compared to US$283,247 during the year ended December 31, 2023. The large increase relates to the increase of interest expense from the interest-bearing loans, as well as the factoring loan. A foreign exchange loss of US$12,760 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2024, contrasting with a gain of US$18,469 for the same period in 2023. The increase in foreign exchange loss compared to the previous year can be attributed to lower volatility in foreign exchange rates and reduced transactions affected by foreign exchange, significantly fewer than the prior year. Our functional currency is the Canadian dollar, and holding financial assets and liabilities in other currencies, mainly the U.S. dollar, leads to foreign exchange gains or losses.
Net Loss
Corporate
Corporate net loss for the year ended December 31, 2024, was US$2,865,188, compared to US$2,244,260 for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase of US$620,928, or 27.7%, was primarily driven by: 1) A US$859,358 increase in other expenses (from US$81,424 to US$940,782), mainly related to interest and financing costs, 2) A US$184,906 increase in salaries and consulting (from US$697,946 to US$882,852), and 3) A US$84,173 increase in legal and professional fees (from US$234,393 to US$318,566). These were partially offset by: 1) A US$259,736 decrease in general and administrative expenses (from US$629,496 to US$369,760), and 2) A US$247,773 decrease in stock-based compensation (from US$601,001 to US$353,228).
HEXWAVE™
HEXWAVE™ net loss for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$2,808,452, up from US$1,901,044 for the year ended December 31, 2023 — an increase of US$907,408, or 47.7%. Key contributors to the increase included: 1) A US$487,458 increase in cost of revenue (from US$1,546,040 to US$2,033,498), reflecting higher production volume, 2) A US$800,509 increase in salaries and consulting (from US$284,121 to US$1,084,630), 3) A US$255,657 increase in general and administrative + legal expenses (from US$102,363 to US$358,020), and 4) A US$416,292 swing in other expense, from income of US$323,688 in 2023 to expense of US$92,604 in 2024. These increases were partially offset by: 1) A US$158,962 decrease in combined product development and depreciation (from US$412,208 to US$253,246), and 2) A US$893,546 increase in revenue (from US$120,000 to US$1,013,546), as units sold increased from 2 in 2023 to 15 in 2024.
Contract
Contract net loss for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$3,171,523, compared to a net loss of US$5,223,739 for the year ended December 31, 2023, representing a decrease in net loss of US$2,052,216,
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or 39.3%. The decrease in Contract net loss was primarily driven by lower operating expenses and reduced contract development activity, following the completion of certain major TSA-funded development milestones in 2023.
Specifically, the improvement in net loss reflects: 1) lower engineering and development activity as several development programs transitioned toward completion, 2) reduced use of external consultants and subcontractors compared to 2023, and 3) improved alignment of contract costs with recognized revenue, as fewer high-cost development activities were incurred in 2024. These factors were partially offset by continued cost of revenue associated with ongoing TSA contract obligations and support activities.
Total Net Loss
Total net loss for the year ended December 31, 2024 was US$8,845,163, compared to US$9,369,043 in 2023 a decrease of US$523,880, or 5.6%. This improvement occurred despite higher cost of revenue and operating expenses, due to a US$946,000 increase in total revenue (from US$1.49 million to US$2.44 million). The benefit of higher revenues was partially offset by a US$1,149,599 increase in other expenses (from US$261,700 to US$1,411,299), primarily within the corporate and HEXWAVE™ segments. The net result reflects revenue growth and partially contained expense growth across the business.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources of Liquidity
Since our inception, we have generated limited revenue from contract award revenues from the TSA, PNNL and sales of HEXWAVE™ units, while we simultaneously have incurred substantial operating expenses. Accordingly, we have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations, and we expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses in the foreseeable future as we advance the commercialization of HEXWAVE™ and HD-AIT.
As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we maintained a cash balance of US$640,907 and US$1,153,229, respectively, and experienced a working capital deficiency of US$4,452,151 and US$2,652,516, respectively. Current liabilities amounted to US $8,239,018 as of September 30, 2025, primarily attributed to loans and expenses associated with commencing production, ongoing development of our licensed technologies, and maintaining licenses and our public registry in good standing. Current liabilities amounted to US$6,607,387 as of December 31, 2024, primarily attributed to the Parabilis Credit Facilities, our factoring arrangement with Bengal Capital, Inc., working capital loans with certain of our directors and officers, and expenses associated with commencing production, ongoing development of our licensed technologies, maintaining licenses and our public registry in good standing.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we generated net cash from financing activities of US$7,931,412. Financing inflows consisted primarily of US$6,120,797 from the issuance of units pursuant to private placements, net of share issuance costs; US$2,075,555 from the exercise of warrants; US$650,000 from the Parabilis term loan; and US$350,000 from factoring arrangements. These inflows were partially offset by repayments of factoring of US$840,250, repayments of the Parabilis term loan of US$183,017, repayments of related-party working capital loans of US$74,658, repayments of third-party working capital loans of US$26,250, and repayments of lease liabilities of US$140,765.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2024, we generated net cash from financing activities of US$3,474,239, primarily from US$1,983,567 from the issuance of units pursuant to private placements, net of share issuance costs; US$1,800,000 from the Parabilis term loan; US$1,551,166 from factoring arrangements; US$653,175 from third-party working capital loans; US$82,000 from related-party working capital loans; and US$87,367 from the exercise of warrants. These proceeds were partially offset by repayments of factoring of US$1,567,031, repayments of third-party working capital loans of US$687,570, repayments of related-party working capital loans of US$220,281, repayments of lease liabilities of US$185,081, and repayment of the CEBA loan of US$23,073.
Future Funding Requirements
We incurred a total loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024 of US$10,510,206 and US$8,652,988, respectively, and cash outflows from operating
 
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
activities of US$8,379,896 and US$6,469,264, respectively. In order to fully commercialize HEXWAVE™, we will require additional funds to achieve our development timeline and bring HEXWAVE™ to market. We have certain committed development milestones over the next twelve months and based on our current forecasted operational and development spend, we will require additional funds to meet these milestones. While we have been successful in arranging financing in the past, the success of such initiatives cannot be assured. This material uncertainty casts significant doubt upon our ability to continue as a going concern.
Based upon our current operating plan, we estimate that our future revenues and existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through June 30, 2026. However, we have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us.
The application of the going concern concept is dependent upon our ability to generate future profitable operations and receive continued financial support from our creditors and shareholders. If we cannot generate positive future cashflows, this will delay the production timeline and shipments to backlogged orders, in addition to delaying necessary product cost reductions and improvements caused by the lack of funds to hire, produce, and execute the necessary product updates and revisions. Continued equity and/or debt financing is critical in order to ramp production up in order to become profitable.
Subsequent to September 30, 2025, we received gross proceeds of C$2,614,674 for the issuance of Common Shares pursuant to private placements.
Management plans to continue to pursue equity and/or debt financing to support operations. There can be no assurance that these financing efforts will be successful. Failure to maintain the support of creditors and obtain additional external financing will cause us to curtail operations and our ability to continue as a going concern will be impaired. The outcome of these matters cannot be predicted at this time.
Material Cash Requirements for Known Contractual Obligations
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, we had contractual obligations in the amount of US$8,584,552 and US$8,050,980, respectively. As of September 30, 2025, contractual obligations for less than one year were US$8,239,018, which included accounts payable and accrued liabilities of US$4,391,772, term-loan of US$2,642,526, credit line liabilities of US$797,975, and lease liabilities of US$236,707. As of September 30, 2025, contractual obligations for one to three years consisted of lease liabilities of US$345,534. As of September 30, 2025, there were no contractual obligations due beyond three years.
Other Capital Requirements and Additional Royalty Obligations
We enter into agreements in the normal course of business with various vendors, which are generally cancellable upon notice. Payments due upon cancellation typically consist only of payments for products or services provided or expenses incurred, including non-cancellable obligations of service providers, up to the date of cancellation.
In connection with our patent rights under the MIT License Agreement, we are obligated to pay MIT (in addition to patent filing costs and annual maintenance fees) as follows: (1) US$40,000 for 2024, US$200,000 for 2025, and US$350,000 for 2026 and thereafter; and (2) a royalty of 5.7% of our future net sales. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, we accrued royalty payments of US$34,042 and US$105,993, respectively.
Under the Battelle License Agreement, we are obligated to pay a 5% royalty on net sales and a 25% royalty on all sublicensing revenues if permitted under the contractual guidelines. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, we accrued no royalty payments. We are also required to pay a minimum royalty amount of US$200,000 per year unless the agreement is terminated.
Cash Flows
The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
 
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​
Nine Months Ended September 30,
​ ​
Year Ended December 31,
​
​ ​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
​ ​ ​
US$
​ ​
US$
​ ​
US$
​ ​
US$
​
Cash used in operating activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (8,379,896) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,072,818) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,469,264) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,537,021) ​ ​
Cash used in investing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (176,498) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (125,206) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (121,217) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (221,095) ​ ​
Cash provided by financing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,931,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,474,239 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,781,755 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,069,546 ​ ​
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
​ ​ ​ ​ 112,660 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,338 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (39,008) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,060 ​ ​
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
​ ​ ​ ​ (512,322) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 389,553 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,152,266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (676,510) ​ ​
Operating Activities
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we used net cash of US$8,379,896 in operating activities, compared to US$3,072,818 during the same period in 2024. The increase in cash used in operations primarily reflects a higher net loss in 2025, adjusted for non-cash items. Non-cash charges and credits during the period included stock-based compensation of US$1,135,285 (September 30, 2024 — US$396,091), amortization recorded in cost of revenues of US$381,711 (September 30, 2024 — US$871,023), depreciation of US$197,214 (September 30, 2024 — US$321,665), inventory impairment of US$233,676 (September 30, 2024 — US$143,488), lease liability interest of US$32,697 (September 30, 2024 — US$53,691), accrued interest of US$253,856 (September 30, 2024 — US$57,075), credit line fees of US$304,554 (September 30, 2024 — US$15,900), and a loss on disposal of lease assets of US$18,514 (September 30, 2024 — US$29,233).
Changes in non-cash working capital used US$390,169 of cash during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to cash provided of US$1,179,059 during the same period in 2024. These changes included an increase in receivables and prepaid expenses of US$525,024 (September 30, 2024 — US$217,729), an increase in inventory of US$360,015 (September 30, 2024 — US$964,272 decrease), and a decrease in deferred revenue of US$9,964 (September 30, 2024 — US$1,135,970 increase) partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of US$235,882 (September 30, 2024 — US$703,454 decrease) and a decrease in contract costs of US$268,952 (September 30, 2024 — nil).
The increase in receivables and prepaid expenses of US$525,024 during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 reflects the net increase from US$1,664,376 at December 31, 2024 to US$2,189,400 at September 30, 2025, primarily due to the timing of customer billings and collections near period end, as well as advance payments for operating expenses and service contracts extending beyond the reporting date.
The increase in inventory of US$360,015 reflected in operating cash flows represents the gross working capital movement during the period. The inventory balance increased by US$88,246 from December 31, 2024 to September 30, 2025. The difference is primarily attributable to non-cash inventory impairment of US$233,676, inventory costs capitalized to intangible assets of US$(47,710), and transfers of US$85,803 from inventory to property and equipment, which reduced the ending inventory balance but did not represent operating cash outflows.
The decrease in deferred revenue reflects the recognition of previously deferred customer advances as related performance obligations were satisfied, partially offset by lower advance billings during the period.
In contrast, during the nine months ended September 30, 2024, working capital provided cash primarily due to a decrease in inventory, reflecting the utilization and shipment of previously manufactured units, and an increase in deferred revenue, reflecting advance customer payments received in connection with customer deployments during that period.
Overall, the differences between periods reflect changes in production levels, shipment timing, customer advance payments, vendor payment timing, and the related working capital cycle.
Operating cash flows for both periods continue to reflect operating losses and ongoing expenditures for research and development, personnel, and general corporate activities.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we used cash of US$6,469,264 in operating activities, primarily as a result of a net loss and comprehensive loss of US$8,845,163. This use of cash was partially
 
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
offset by non-cash and other operating adjustments, including impaired inventory of US$233,568, impairment of contract costs of US$115,730, stock-based compensation of US$384,703 (of which US$31,475 was recorded in cost of sales), lease liability interest of US$69,652, accrued interest of US$294,304, depreciation of US$396,315 (including US$147,336 recorded in cost of sales), amortization of US$922,221 recorded in cost of sales, a loss on debt settlement of US$563,996, credit line fees of US$74,449, factoring fees of US$289,684, and foreign exchange loss of US$230,974. In addition, changes in non-cash working capital resulted in a net cash outflow of US$1,228,930, driven by: (1) an increase in accounts receivable, reflecting higher HEXWAVE™ shipments in the fourth quarter of 2024 and timing of milestone invoices under TSA contracts; (2) a decrease in inventories as production and shipments progressed during the year; (3) an increase in prepaid expenses; and (4) an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to raw materials procurement, engineering services, and development subcontractors.
The decrease in inventory reflected in operating cash flows of US$105,692 differs from the total balance sheet decrease of US$386,763, primarily due to non-cash inventory impairment of US$233,568 and transfers of US$47,503 from inventory to property and equipment during the year, which reduced the ending inventory balance but did not impact operating cash flows.
The increase in contract costs reflected in operating cash flows of US$384,682 includes US$268,952 of capitalized costs and a non-cash impairment of US$115,730 recorded during the year.
The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities reflected in operating cash flows of US$456,551 differs from the balance sheet increase of US$293,215 primarily due to the non-cash capitalization of approximately US$200,000 of accrued intangible asset costs that were included in accounts payable at December 31, 2023 and reclassified to intangible assets during 2024, partially offset by foreign exchange effects on non-U.S. dollar denominated payables during the year.
These working capital shifts reflect our scaling of commercial operations, including initial deliveries of HEXWAVE™ and ongoing fulfillment of TSA contracts.
Investing Activities
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we used US$176,498 of cash in investing activities, relating to additions to property and equipment, compared to US$125,206 during the same period in 2024.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we used US$121,217 of cash in investing activities, consisting of US$94,106 for additions to property and equipment and US$27,111 for additions to intangible assets.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred US$221,095 in cash used for investing activities, which pertains to additions to intangible assets from the MIT & PNNL patents and additions to property and equipment regarding NPI 0.5 prototypes.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was US$7,931,412, compared to US$3,474,239 during the same period in 2024. Financing cash inflows in 2025 were primarily attributable to net proceeds of US$6,120,797 from the issuance of Common Shares through private placements (September 30, 2024 — US$1,983,567), proceeds of US$2,075,555 from the exercise of warrants (September 30, 2024 — US$87,367), proceeds of US$650,000 from the Parabilis Term Loan (September 30, 2024 — US$1,800,000), and proceeds of US$350,000 from factoring arrangements (September 30, 2024 — US$1,551,166). These inflows were partially offset by repayments of loans and factoring totaling US$840,250 (2024 — US$1,567,031), including repayments of related party working capital loans of US$74,658 (September 30, 2024 — US$220,281), third-party working capital loans of US$26,250 (September 30, 2024 — US$687,570), and repayments of the Parabilis Term Loan of US$183,017 (2024 — nil), as well as repayments of lease liabilities of US$140,765 (September 30, 2024 — US$185,081).
By comparison, financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 primarily consisted of net proceeds of US$1,983,567 from private placements and US$735,175 from loan financings,
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
partially offset by repayments of US$930,924 in loans and US$185,081 in lease liabilities. Loan financings during the period included short-term working capital loans from both third parties and related parties. In addition, the Company repaid US$23,073 related to the CEBA loan during the period. During the first half of 2024, we completed multiple private placements and investments on January 15, February 12, and June 27, 2024, generating aggregate gross proceeds of US$2,222,978.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash of US$7,781,755 was provided by financing activities, primarily consisting of US$6,989,017 in proceeds from shares issued, US$927,555 in net proceeds from debt, and lease repayments of US$247,412.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash amounting to US$5,069,546 was provided by financing activities, which was associated primarily with the issuance of Common Shares through private placements proceeds of US$3,656,081 proceeds from factoring US$1,265,132 and proceeds from loans US$1,713,716.
Indebtedness
Related Party Loans
We have received working capital loans from certain of our directors and officers. These loans, unsecured and non-interest bearing, lack specified maturity dates. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, an aggregate of $0 and $74,657, respectively, was outstanding under such related party loans.
Parabilis Credit Facilities
On August 22, 2024, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Parabilis providing for the Parabilis Term Loan and the Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility. The Parabilis Credit Facilities are secured by all of our tangible and intangible personal property, wherever located, whether currently owned or acquired in the future.
Term Loan
The Parabilis Term Loan has a term of 104 weeks with an annual interest rate of 17.99% and is scheduled to mature on August 15, 2026. On August 14, 2025, we amended the Parabilis Term Loan by updating the repayment schedule and providing for additional advances between August 2025 and October 2025 in an aggregate amount of US$0.65 million, which is evidenced by a replacement promissory note reflecting a principal balance of approximately US$2.45 million. As of December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2025, US$1,921,687 and US$2,642,526, respectively, was outstanding under the Parabilis Term Loan. The September 30, 2025 balance was classified entirely as current. As of December 31, 2024, US$983,476 was classified as current and US$938,211 was classified as non-current.
Revolving Credit Facility
The Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility originally had a maturity date of August 31, 2025, with the option for extension at Parabilis’ sole discretion. The Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate of 14.99% per annum.
The borrowing base for the Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility is determined based on the following percentages: 90% of eligible billed receivables, 65% of eligible unbilled receivables, and 30% of eligible delivery orders. The aggregate of eligible billed and unbilled receivables, along with eligible delivery orders, establishes our borrowing capacity under the credit line. When invoicing occurs, payments on the invoices are applied directly to the outstanding principal and interest on the credit line.
On September 1, 2025, we amended the Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility by extending the maturity date to May 31, 2026 with automatic one-year renewals, unless Parabilis provides 90-days’ notice, and agreeing to pay a 0.083% monthly commitment fee. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, US$797,975 and US$983,671, respectively, was outstanding under the Parabilis Revolving Credit Facility.
 
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Bengal Capital Factoring Arrangement
On June 22, 2023, we engaged in a factoring arrangement with Bengal Capital, Inc. (the “Factor”). Per the agreement, we submit invoices or purchase orders to the Factor after credit approval, receiving 80% of the gross amount. The Factor assumes ownership of these accounts with full recourse. Furthermore, we are subject to a 4% monthly factoring fee based on the face value of the accounts. No collateral is used per the agreement; however, we are obligated to pay the balance regardless of receiving payment for advanced orders.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we did not receive any funds and incurred factoring fees of $289,684, with repayments of $1,397,031, under the Factor. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we did not receive any funds, incur any factoring fees, or make any repayments under the Factor. As a result, no factoring liability was outstanding as of September 30, 2025.
Potential Impact of Tariffs
The current U.S. administration has recently made statements and taken actions that has led to significant changes to U.S. and international trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs and export control and sanctions restrictions affecting certain products manufactured abroad. These tariffs have resulted in, and may continue to trigger, retaliatory actions by affected countries, including the imposition of tariffs on the United States by other countries, which has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other countries with respect to trade policies, treaties and tariffs. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may significantly reduce global trade and, in particular, trade between the impacted nations and the United States.
We have been and expect to continue to be impacted by increases in tariffs, in particular for components used in HEXWAVE™ and the HD-AIT Upgrade Kit originating from foreign jurisdictions, including China. We anticipate further general economic disruption and uncertainty surrounding trade stability during the near term, which may increase our component costs. Although we evaluate alternative sourcing strategies, we may not be able to fully mitigate the impact of tariff-related cost increases or pass those increased costs through to customers due to competitive pressures or fixed-price contracts. Any increase in tariffs, imposition of new trade restrictions, or interruption in global supply chains could adversely affect our cost structure, reduce margins, delay product deliveries, or negatively impact our ability to scale production. In addition, retaliatory tariffs on United States goods that apply to our products could affect our competitiveness in applicable markets. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Market Conditions — Tariffs and related retaliatory tariffs may impact trade between the United States and foreign countries and could impact our ability to compete in applicable markets”.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have, during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
Full disclosure of our accounting policies and significant accounting estimates and judgments in accordance with IFRS can be found in Note 3 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 included elsewhere in this prospectus, and have remained substantially unchanged and are still applicable to us unless otherwise indicated.
Stock-Based Compensation
We grant RSUs, deferred share units (“DSUs”), and stock options to directors, officers, and consultants pursuant to a stock option plan described in Note 13 of our audited consolidated financial statements. We use the fair value method to account for all share-based awards granted, modified, or settled, and the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to determine the fair value of stock options granted. As such, a share-based payment is recorded based on the estimated fair value of options with a corresponding credit to contributed
 
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
surplus. Any consideration received plus the amounts recognized in the contributed surplus will be transferred to share capital on the exercise of stock options. The amounts remain in contributed surplus for stock options which expire unexercised. Stock options with graded vesting schedules are accounted for as separate grants with different vesting periods and fair values. Changes to the estimated number of share options that will eventually vest are accounted for prospectively. Options issued to non-employees are valued based on the fair value of the services provided unless the fair value of the services provided cannot be measured reliably, in which case, the fair value is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
As at December 31, 2024, our financial instruments comprise cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, loans payable, term loan, lease liabilities and factoring liability. The fair values of our financial instruments approximate their carrying values due to their short-term maturity or market interest rates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The following new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations, which become effective for current periods.
•
Amendments to IAS 1 — Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current. The amendment clarified the guidance on whether a liability should be classified as either current or non-current. The amendments are applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024.
​
•
Amendments to IFRS 16 — Lease liability in a Sale and Leaseback. The amendment clarifies how a seller-lessee subsequently measures sale and leaseback transactions that satisfy the requirements in IFRS 15 to be accounted for as a sale. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024.
​
•
Amendments to IAS 7 — Requiring entities to provide qualitative and quantitative information about their supplier finance arrangements. In connection with the amendments to IAS 7, the IASB also issued amendments to IFRS 7 requiring entities to disclose whether they have accessed, or have access to, supplier finance arrangements that would provide the entity with extended payment terms or the suppliers with early payment terms. These amendments are effective on January 1, 2024.
​
We did not encounter any material effects from the implementation of new standards or amendments in 2024.
The following new standards and amendments were issued but not yet effective.
•
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements — In April 2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18 which replaces IAS 1 — Presentation of Financial Statements. This standard introduces a new structure for financial statements, aiming to improve comparability and transparency. IFRS 18 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027.
​
We are currently assessing the impact that IFRS 18 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks
As of December 31, 2025, our financial instruments comprise cash, accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, loans payable, term loan, lease liabilities and factoring liability. Our financial instruments are exposed to certain financial risks including credit risk, liquidity risk, foreign currency risks, equity price risk and capital risk management. Details of each risk are laid out in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and our amended and restated unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements as of September 30, 2025, and are summarized below:
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our financial obligations as they fall due. We manage liquidity risk through the management of our capital structure. To mitigate this risk, we have a
 
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
planning and budgeting process in place to determine the funds required to support our ongoing operations and capital expenditures. We ensure that sufficient funds are raised from equity offerings or debt financings to meet our operating requirements, after considering existing cash balances, expected exercise of share purchase warrants, and stock options. Our ability to continue as a going concern involves significant judgements and estimates while determining forecasted cashflows and is dependent on our ability to obtain financing. As at September 30, 2025, we had cash of US$640,907 (December 31, 2024 — US$1,153,229) to settle current liabilities of US$8,239,018 (December 31, 2024 — US$6,607,387).
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of an unexpected loss if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, including accounts receivable terms. Our cash is held through large Canadian, international, and foreign national financial institutions. Our receivables primarily consist of GST receivable due from the Canadian government and trade receivables that we continue to collect. These trade receivables are primarily with continuing customers and are not subject to significant credit risk. As at December 31, 2024, our trade receivables totaling US$130,000 are from three customers (December 31, 2023 — US$nil). Our maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of cash and accounts receivables.
Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk arises from changes in market rates of interest that could adversely affect us. We currently have interest-bearing financial instruments in relation to loans and factoring liability Our exposure to interest rate risk is minimal as the interest rates are at a fixed percentage on the loans payable, term loans and factoring liability.
Foreign Currency Risk
We are exposed to currency risk by having balances and transactions in currencies that are different from its functional currency. We operate in foreign jurisdictions, which uses the U.S. dollar. We do not use derivative instruments to reduce upward, and downward risk associated with foreign currency fluctuations.
​
Financial assets denominated in foreign currencies
​ ​ ​ US$ 1,370,259 ​ ​
​
Financial liabilities denominated in foreign currencies
​ ​ ​ ​ (882,206) ​ ​
​
Net exposure
​ ​ ​ US$   488,053 ​ ​
A 10% change in the U.S. dollar exchange rate relative to the Canadian dollar would change our comprehensive loss by US$33,948.
Price Risk
We are exposed to price risk with respect to equity prices. Equity price risk is defined as the potential adverse impact on our earnings due to movements in individual equity prices or general movements in the level of the stock market. We closely monitor individual equity movements, and the stock market to determine the appropriate course of action to be taken by us.
Capital Risk Management
We manage Common Shares and share purchase warrants as capital. Our objectives when managing capital are to safeguard our ability to continue as a going concern in order to pursue the development of our products and to maintain a flexible capital structure which optimizes the costs of capital at an acceptable risk.
We manage our capital structure and make adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, we may attempt to issue new shares, issue debt, acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash on hand.
 
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In order to facilitate the management of our capital requirements, we prepare expenditure budgets that are updated as necessary depending on various factors, including successful capital deployment and general industry conditions.
In order to maximize ongoing development efforts, we do not pay out dividends. Our investment policy is to keep our cash treasury on deposit in an interest-bearing chartered bank account. Cash consists of cash on held with banks.
We expect our current capital resources will be sufficient to carry out our operations and product development plans for the foreseeable future. We are not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.
There has been no change to our approach to capital management during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Emerging Growth Company Accounting Election
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(A) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. However, because we prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, we are not permitted to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, we adopt new or revised IFRS standards as required by all IFRS filers.
 
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers, directors and director nominees as of the date of this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, the business address of our executive officers and directors is our corporate office located at 187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110, Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887.
Name
​ ​
Position
​
Executive Officers: ​ ​ ​ ​
Jason Burinescu ​ ​ Executive Chairman and Director ​
William Frain ​ ​ Chief Executive Officer and Director ​
Bryan Cunningham ​ ​ President ​
Omar Garcia Abrego ​ ​
Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary
​
Independent Directors and Independent Director Nominees: ​ ​ ​ ​
Arjun Grewal ​ ​ Independent Director ​
Linda Jacksta ​ ​ Independent Director ​
​ ​ ​ Independent Director Nominee ​
The following are brief biographies of our executive officers, directors and director nominees.
Jason Burinescu (Executive Chairman and Director)
Jason Burinescu joined the Company in February 2025 and is a Managing Partner of Vision Equity Partner Solutions, an investment and advisory firm (“Vision”), since April 2024. Before Vision, Jason led business development and served as a senior member of the investment team at Fletch Equity, a Los Angeles based private equity firm that has completed more than US$1 billion in total transaction value, from January 2020 to March 2024. His investment experience is further augmented by his experience as a senior operating executive at a number of firms that he helped scale including SaaS cyber security company Vera, which was successfully acquired by Help Systems (private equity backed by TA Associates and Harvest Partners), and media companies Leftfield Pictures, which was acquired by ITV and Renegade 83, which was acquired by Entertainment One, now part of Lions Gate.
William Frain (Chief Executive Officer and Director)
William Frain has served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company since 2021. He has also served as Chief Executive Officer of DrawDown since 2018. Mr. Frain has over 25 years of management experience with international operations, government affairs and customer relations in the security industry. Mr. Frain was the Senior Vice President for L-3 Communications Securities and Detection Systems, Inc. (“L3 SDS”), the world’s leading supplier of security inspection systems. L3 SDS, is a global aerospace and national security company with approximately 38,000 employees worldwide and sales of approximately US$11 billion in 2017. Mr. Frain served as part of the management team for L3 SDS over twenty-five years in a variety of capacities, including General Manager, CFO, product line management and global sales and field service support. In addition, Mr. Frain led global sales, business development and key account management for L3 SDS. In 1993, Mr. Frain joined Vivid Technologies, Inc. (“Vivid”). As CFO, Mr. Frain led Vivid’s initial public offering on NASDAQ in 1996. In 2015, Mr. Frain completed the Wharton Executive Leadership Program, University of Pennsylvania and also received his Bachelor of Science degree from the School of Management, Boston College.
Bryan Cunningham (President)
Bryan Cunningham has served as President of the Company since January 2025. He is a lawyer, senior security expert, former CIA intelligence officer, and technology executive, who has a long career protecting
 
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the US and allied critical assets at home and around the globe against emerging threats. Mr. Cunningham is a long-time senior counsel and adviser to Palantir Technologies PLTR-Q. Since 2010, he has served as Executive Director of Palantir’s outside advisory board on privacy and civil liberties and has been a key officer at several other tech startups. Mr. Cunningham previously served as Deputy Legal Adviser to National Security Advisor Condoleezza Rice, worked with the US 9/11 Commission, and has been a senior advisor to the Chertoff Group. Mr. Cunningham has been involved in the critical aviation security space since shortly after 9/11, drafting significant portions of the Homeland Security Act and providing security and regulatory advice and counsel to the American Association of Airline Executives. He was awarded the National Intelligence Medal of Achievement for helping stand up the first US terrorism threat integration center and has served on numerous security-related government and private task forces.
Omar Garcia Abrego (Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary)
Omar Garcia Abrego has served as Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary of the Company since 2021. Mr. Abrego has also served as Chief Financial Officer of DrawDown since 2018. He is a Canadian Chartered Professional Accountant (CPA, CA) with over 25 years of progressive international accounting experience with public and private companies. Most recently, Mr. Abrego was the CFO of Luca Mining Corp., a TSXV listed company. Additionally, Mr. Abrego has held multiple senior positions in various companies such as Candelaria Mining Corporation., Auryn Resources Inc., Cayden Resources Inc. (which was sold to Agnico Eagle Mining Limited for $205 million in November 2014), Farallon Mining Ltd. (which was also sold to Nyrstar NV for $420 million in January 2011), Graymont Limited and Deloitte LLP. Mr. Abrego holds a Bachelor of Public Accounting degree from Instituto Tecnológico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey and is also a Certified Public Accountant by the Mexican Institute of Public Accountants.
Arjun Grewal (Independent Director)
Arjun Grewal has served as a director of the Company since 2021. Currently, Mr. Grewal serves as Defense Innovation and Military Engagement Lead at IMT Group and Chief Executive Officer at Arctic Training Centre. Prior to then, Mr. Grewal served for three years as the Chief Executive Officer of Ventus Respiratory Technologies. From 2018 to 2022, Mr. Grewal worked for IBM Canada Ltd., serving in several roles over that period, including as the Client Advocacy Program Lead. Focused on collecting, analyzing, and actioning client feedback, Mr. Grewal has expertise in managing and testing client experience improvements. Mr. Grewal is a 19-year veteran of the Canadian Armed Forces. Mr. Grewal served 12 years of his career with the Canadian Special Operations Forces, having deployed on operations globally. Mr. Grewal advises and provides valuable insights to the Company, particularly in military and tactical contexts.
Linda Jacksta (Independent Director)
Linda Jacksta has served as a director of the Company since 2021. She has over 35 years of experience with U.S. Customs & Border Protection (“CBP”), the largest law enforcement agency in the federal government. Her most recent role was serving as the Deputy Executive Assistant Commissioner for Operations Support where she directed CBP intelligence, forensics, incident management, and international affairs functions. Since 2021, Ms. Jacksta has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the J2 Consulting Group LLC and studied at Thomas Edison State University. She also completed the Senior Executive Fellow program at the Harvard Kennedy School of Government in Boston and received the prestigious Presidential Rank Award, Meritorious Executive, for her leadership contributions to the U.S. federal government.
(Independent Director Nominee)
Share Ownership
As of February 16, 2026, our directors and executive officers, as a group, beneficially owned a total of 1,967,929 Common Shares, representing beneficial ownership of 2.20% of the Common Shares.
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The table below sets forth the number of Common Shares beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers as of February 16, 2026. The persons listed below are deemed to be the beneficial owners of Common Shares underlying options, RSUs, and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days from the above date, including “out-of-the money” options, but any such options, RSUs and warrants are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing any other person’s ownership percentage. The percentages shown below are based on 89,293,651 outstanding Common Shares as of February 16, 2026.
Shareholdings of Directors and Executive Officers
Name of Beneficial Owner
​ ​
Common
Shares Held
​ ​
Options
​ ​
RSUs
​ ​
Warrants
​ ​
Number of
Common Shares
Beneficially
Owned
​ ​
Percent of
Outstanding
Common
Shares
​
Jason Burinescu
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 475,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 475,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ * ​ ​
Bryan Cunningham
​ ​ ​ ​ 80,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 137,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 217,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ * ​ ​
William Frain
​ ​ ​ ​ 266,133(1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 320,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 94,975 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57,083 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 738,191 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ * ​ ​
Omar Garcia Abrego
​ ​ ​ ​ 129,738 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 197,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 327,238 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ * ​ ​
Arjun Grewal
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 105,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ * ​ ​
Linda Jacksta
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 105,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ * ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​ 475,871 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,320,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 114,975 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57,083 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,967,929 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.20% ​ ​
​
*
Indicates percentage of less than one percent.
​
(1)
Excludes 500,000 Common Shares held by William Frain’s spouse.
​
See “Executive Compensation — Outstanding Equity Awards” for the details of our directors’ and officers’ stock options and RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2025.
Corporate Governance
We intend to use foreign private issuer exemptions with respect to certain Nasdaq listing requirements. Following our home country governance practices, as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a company listed on Nasdaq, may provide less protection than is accorded to investors under Nasdaq listing requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.
National Instrument 58-101 — Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices, requires all reporting issuers to provide certain annual disclosure of their corporate governance practices with respect to the corporate governance guidelines (the “Guidelines”) adopted in National Policy 58-201 — Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Guidelines are not prescriptive, but have been used, or will be used in connection with the consummation of this offering, by us in adopting our corporate governance practices. Our Board and our management consider good corporate governance to be an integral part of the effective and efficient operation of Canadian corporations. Our approach to corporate governance is set out below.
Board of Directors
Our directors are elected annually and hold office until the next annual general meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are duly elected or appointed.
Director Independence
Our Board has determined that, upon consummation of this offering, three members of our Board will be “independent,” as defined under Nasdaq rules and for purposes of Canadian securities laws. Therefore, a majority of the directors on our Board will be independent. Messrs. Burinescu and Frain are not considered independent by virtue of their respective management positions.
For purposes of Nasdaq rules, an independent director means a person other than an executive officer or employee of the company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of our Board,
 
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director, subject to certain additional limitations. A director is considered to be independent for the purposes of Canadian securities laws if the director has no direct or indirect material relationship to the company. A material relationship is a relationship that could, in the view of the board of directors, be reasonably expected to interfere with the exercise of a director’s independent judgment. Certain individuals, such as our employees and executive officers, are deemed by Canadian securities laws to have material relationships with us.
We will take steps to ensure that adequate structures and processes will be in place following the consummation of this offering to permit our Board to function independently of management, including for purposes of encouraging an objective process for nominating directors and determining executive compensation.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Conduct”) in connection with this offering, which will be applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. The Code of Conduct will set out our fundamental values and standards of behavior that are expected from our directors, officers and employees with respect to all aspects of our business. The objective of the Code of Conduct will be to provide guidelines for maintaining our integrity, reputation and honesty with a goal of honoring others’ trust in us at all times. The Code of Conduct will be a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC. A copy of the Code of Conduct will be posted on our website at www.libertydefense.com.
Insider Trading Policy
Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will adopt an insider trading policy to set forth basic guidelines for trading in our securities and to preserve our confidential information so as to avoid any situation that might have the potential to damage our reputation, or which could constitute a violation of applicable securities law by our officers, directors, or employees. Under this policy, “insiders” ​(i.e., officers, members of our Board and other individuals having access to material non-public information) will be prohibited from trading in Common Shares and other securities on the basis of such material non-public information until after the information has been disclosed to the public. The obligation not to trade on inside information applies not only to our insiders, but also to persons who obtain such information from insiders and use it to their advantage. Thus, liability may be imposed upon us, our insiders and also outsiders who are the source of leaks of material information not yet disclosed to the public and the leaks coincide with purchases or sales of our securities (i) by such insiders or outsiders, (ii) by the us, or (iii) by “tippees” ​(including relatives, friends, investment analysts, etc.).
Conflicts of Interest
There may from time to time be potential conflicts of interest to which some of our directors or officers will be subject in connection with our operations. Some of the individuals appointed as our directors or officers are also directors and/or officers of other reporting and non-reporting issuers. Conflicts, if any, will be subject to the procedures and remedies provided for under the BCBCA.
Our directors are required by law to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and to disclose any interests that they may have in any material contract or material transaction. If a conflict of interest arises at a meeting of our Board, any director in a conflict is required to disclose his or her interest and abstain from voting on such matter. Our directors and officers are aware of the existence of laws governing accountability of directors and officers for corporate opportunity and requiring disclosures by directors of conflicts of interest and are required to comply with such laws in respect of any directors’ and officers’ conflicts of interest or in respect of any breaches of duty by any of our directors or officers.
Audit Committee
Composition
The current members of our Audit Committee are Arjun Grewal (Chair), Willian Frain and Linda Lee Jacksta. Upon consummation of this offering, the members our Audit Committee will be Arjun Grewal
 
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(Chair), Linda Lee Jacksta and           . Our Board has determined that        qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules. In addition, our Board has determined that each member of our Audit Committee is “independent,” as required by Nasdaq rules, Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and Canadian securities laws.
Relevant Education and Experience
The education and related experience of each of the members of the Audit Committee that is relevant to the performance of his or her responsibilities as a member of the Audit Committee is described below:
Arjun Grewal currently serves as Defense Innovation and Military Engagement Lead at IMT Group and Chief Executive Officer at Arctic Training Centre. Prior to then, Mr. Grewal served for three years as the Chief Executive Officer of Ventus Respiratory Technologies. From 2018 to 2022, Mr. Grewal worked for IBM Canada Ltd., serving in several roles over that period, including as the Client Advocacy Program Lead. Focused on collecting, analyzing, and actioning client feedback, Mr. Grewal has expertise in managing and testing client experience improvements. Mr. Grewal is a 19-year veteran of the Canadian Armed Forces and served 12 years of his career with the Canadian Special Operations Forces, having been deployed on operations globally.
Linda Lee Jacksta is a senior border security and intelligence leader with more than 35 years of service to the DHS CBP. As a member of the Senior Executive Service (SES), she developed and implemented a wide range of solutions to address some of the agency’s most complex challenges. She led efforts to address border security threats and operational challenges, established an enterprise data analytics organization leveraging data for critical decision-making, developed extensive Intelligence Community (IC) partnerships, and was instrumental in formation of the agency’s National Use of Force Control Board.
In her most recent role as Deputy Executive Assistant Commissioner, Operations Support, Ms. Jacksta led and directed the intelligence, international affairs, planning and requirements development, data analytics, emergency preparedness, forensic/scientific services, and use of force policy functions in support of mission effectiveness for CBPs 60,000 employees. Currently, Ms. Jacksta is President and CEO of J2 Consulting Group, a Board Member of Defense Holdings, Ltd. and a Principal at Deep Water Point (a GTSC Strategic Partner).
Audit Committee Charter
Our Board intends to adopt a new written charter for the Audit Committee, which will set out the Audit Committee’s responsibilities, including:
•
reviewing the financial statements to be included in our annual report and review with the Board and the auditors the results of the annual audit and reviews any financial statements;
​
•
reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval, where appropriate, financial information contained in any prospectuses, annual information forms, annual reports to shareholders, management proxy circulars, press releases, material change disclosures of a financial nature and similar disclosure documents;
​
•
reviewing with our management and with our auditor and assessing significant accounting principles and disclosure issues and alternative treatments under IFRS all with a view to gaining reasonable assurance that financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, our financial position, cash flows and the results of our operations in accordance with IFRS;
​
•
reviewing and assessing the adequacy and effectiveness of our system of internal control and management information systems, risk management policies and procedures, and financial reporting of any transaction between us, and investigating any alleged fraud;
​
​
•
reviewing and discussing with our management our major financial risk exposures and cybersecurity risk and the steps taken to monitor and control such exposures;
​
•
reviewing, discussing and investigating any alleged fraud involving our management or employees in relation to the internal controls, including our management’s response to any allegations of fraud;
​
 
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
•
reviewing “related party” transactions and the financial reporting of any such transactions;
​
•
recommending an auditor for nomination and the auditors compensation to the Board, overseeing the work of the auditors, establishing communication with the auditors, reviewing the independence of the auditor, the audit plan, the performance of the auditors, and the results of the external audit and the report thereon;
​
​
•
monitoring and periodically reviewing certain of our corporate policies and associated procedures, and hiring policies; and
​
•
providing broad oversight of our financial, risk and control related activities.
​
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
The Audit Committee will pre-approve all non-audit services to be provided to us by our external auditors. The Audit Committee may delegate to one or more of its members the authority to pre-approve non-audit services but preapproval by such member or members so delegated shall be presented to the full Audit Committee at its first scheduled meeting following such pre- approval.
External Audit Service Fees
The following table sets forth the fees paid by us by our external auditors, Davidson & Company LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, for services rendered in the last two fiscal years:
Nature of Services
​ ​
2025 (C$)
​ ​
2024 (C$)
​
Audit Fees(1)
​ ​ ​ ​ 245,308 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 181,019 ​ ​
Audit Related Fees(2)
​ ​ ​ ​ 60,732 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,669 ​ ​
Tax Fees(3)
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
All Other Fees(4)
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​
​
306,040
​ ​ ​ ​
​
198,688
​ ​
​
(1)
“Audit fees” include aggregate fees billed by our external auditor in each of the last two fiscal years for audit fees.
​
(2)
“Audited related fees” include the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for assurance and related services by our external auditor that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit fees” above. The services provided include employee benefit audits, due diligence assistance, accounting consultations on proposed transactions, internal control reviews and audit or attest services not required by legislation or regulation.
​
(3)
“Tax fees” include the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by our external auditor for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. The services provided include tax planning and tax advice includes assistance with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, and requests for rulings or technical advice from tax authorities.
​
(4)
“All other fees” include the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services provided by our external auditor, other than “Audit fees,” “Audit related fees” and “Tax fees” above.
​
Compensation Committee
Composition
The current members of our Compensation Committee are Arjun Grewal (Chair), William Frain and Jason Burinescu. Upon consummation of this offering, the members of our Compensation Committee will be Arjun Grewal (Chair), Linda Jacksta and       . Our Board has determined that each such member satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.
 
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Charter
Our Board intends to adopt a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which will set out the Compensation Committee’s responsibilities, including:
•
reviewing, overseeing and evaluating our compensation policies;
​
​
•
evaluating the performance of the Board;
​
​
•
administering any stock option or purchase plan or any other compensation incentive programs;
​
​
•
reviewing and approving the compensation paid by us, if any, to our consultants;
​
•
reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on an annual basis concerning the level and nature of the compensation payable, if any, to our directors and officers;
​
​
•
reviewing the corporate goals and objectives for senior executive officers and recommending any changes to the Board for consideration; and
​
​
•
reviewing on an annual basis the compensation of our directors and recommending any changes to the Board for consideration.
​
Corporate Governance Committee
Composition
The current members of our Corporate Governance Committee are Arjun Grewal (Chair), William Frain and Jason Burinescu. Upon consummation of this offering, the members of the Corporate Governance Committee will be Arjun Grewal (Chair),          and           . Our Board has determined that each member of the nomination committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules.
Charter
Our Board intends to adopt a written charter for the Corporate Governance Committee, which will set out the Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities, including:
•
making recommendations to the Board with respect to the preferred experience and qualifications of new directors to be elected by shareholders;
​
•
making recommendations to the Board with respect to qualified candidates for nomination for election to the Board at each annual general meeting of shareholders;
​
•
making recommendations to the Board with respect to the appointment of qualified directors to each committee;
​
•
making recommendations to the Board with respect to developing and overseeing an orientation program for new directors and a continuing education program for current directors;
​
•
making recommendations to the Board with respect to Board succession; and
​
•
conducting annual performance assessments of the Board.
​
 
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets out all compensation paid, and in-kind benefits granted, by the Company and its subsidiaries to each executive officer and director for services in all capacities provided to the Company and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2025, including any contingent or deferred compensation accrued for the year, even if payable at a later date.
Executive Officer and Director Compensation for 2025 Fiscal Year(1)
​
Name and position
​ ​
Salary/Fees(2)
​ ​
Bonus(3)
​ ​
Stock
Options(4)
​ ​
Total
Compensation
​
Jason Burinescu
Executive Chairman and Director
​ ​ ​ $ 25,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 32,191 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 129,442 ​ ​
William Frain
Chief Executive Officer and Director
​ ​ ​ $ 278,279 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 50,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 34,337 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 433,258 ​ ​
Omar Garcia Abrego
Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary
​ ​ ​ $ 189,426 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 51,506 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 216,368 ​ ​
Arjun Grewal(3)
Director
​ ​ ​ $ 30,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 12,876 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 53,875 ​ ​
Linda Lee Jacksta(4)
Director
​ ​ ​ $ 30,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 12,876 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 53,875 ​ ​
Daryl Rebeck(5)
Former Executive Chairman
​ ​ ​ $ 27,867 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 27,867 ​ ​
​
(1)
All amounts are in US$ unless otherwise specified.
​
(2)
Amounts disclosed in this column include base salary or compensation paid to our executive officers and monthly fees paid to our directors.
​
(3)
The Bonus column includes a $50,000 bonus awarded to Mr. Frain in 2023, which remains unpaid as at December 31, 2025. All of these amounts have been accrued but not paid.
​
(4)
Represents the grant date value of the stock options granted to our executive officers or directors on July 2, 2025 or September 9, 2025, as applicable, for the number of shares as follows: (i) Mr. Burinescu, 250,000 shares; (ii) Mr. Frain, 200,000 shares; (iii) Mr. Abrego, 300,000 shares; (iv) Mr. Grewal, 75,000 shares; and (v) Ms. Jacksta: 75,000 shares. Each option has an exercise price per share of C$0.24 or C$0.265, as applicable, and an expiration date of July 2, 2027 or September 9, 2030, as applicable. The grant date value of the stock options was determined using the Black-Scholes option model. See “— Outstanding Equity Awards” for additional details of our directors’ and officers’ stock options.
​
(5)
Daryl Rebeck was appointed Executive Chairman of the Company on March 17, 2021, and resigned on February 25, 2025.
​
Pension, Retirement, or Similar Benefits
We and our subsidiaries have not set aside or accrued any amounts to provide pension, retirement, or similar benefits to our executive officers or directors.
Stock Awards
Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan — Summary of Material Terms
Our executive officers and directors, together with all other employees, consultants, and service providers of the Company and its subsidiaries, are eligible to participate in the Company’s Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Incentive Plan”). The Incentive Plan is administered by the Board or a committee of the Board consisting of no fewer than three directors. It was established effective March 27, 2019, and was most recently approved by our shareholders at the Company’s annual general meeting on December 7, 2023. This summary of the Incentive Plan’s material terms is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Incentive Plan, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1.
 
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Awards.   The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, RSUs and DSUs to eligible participants. Awards are subject to the terms and conditions of the Incentive Plan and applicable award agreement. The award agreements may contain such terms as are considered necessary for compliance with any laws or regulations of any country or jurisdiction applicable to a participant or the Company.
Share Subject to the Plan.   The maximum number of Common Shares available for the grant and issuance of awards under the Incentive Plan and all other equity compensation plans sponsored by the Company as of any time shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Common Shares outstanding at such time on a non-diluted basis (the “Plan Limit”). Stock options can be granted from the remaining Common Shares up to the Plan Limit. The maximum number of Common Shares that can be issued to any one participant in a one-year period shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the Common Shares outstanding at such time (or two percent (2%) in the case of a consultant or a service provider who engages in certain investor relations activities on behalf of the Company).
Stock Options.   A stock option entitles a participant to acquire a designated number of Common Shares from the Company for a specified option price during the applicable exercise period. The Board determines the option price, which is generally required to be no less than the market value of the underlying shares at the time of grant, and the expiration date, which cannot be more than ten (10) years after the grant date. Stock options are subject to vesting terms determined by the Board. The option price for a stock option can be paid in cash or, with the Board’s approval, by net exercise or cashless exercise.
Restricted Share Units.   An RSU represents the right to acquire Common Shares from the Company at purchase price (which may be zero) determined by the Board, subject to such restrictions, vesting, and other conditions as the Board may determine at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment or other service, and/or the achievement of preestablished performance goals and objectives. The minimum vesting period for an RSU is one year, and no vesting period for an RSU can end later than December 31 of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the RSU is granted. Unless otherwise specified in an award agreement, one-third of the RSUs granted to a participant shall vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Unless otherwise specified in an award agreement, vested RSUs may be settled in shares, cash, or a combination thereof, at any time after they vest and prior to the expiration date, which shall not be later than five years after the vesting date.
Deferred Share Units.   A DSU represents the right to receive a designated number of Common Shares, their equivalent value in cash, or a combination of cash and shares, at any time during the period beginning on the date the participant ceases to be an eligible participant in the Incentive Plan (the “Termination Date”) and ending on December 15 of the second calendar year following the calendar year that includes the participant’s Termination Date (or such shorter period as may be specified in the award agreement). DSUs are subject to a minimum vesting period of at least one year following the grant date. The Board may award dividend equivalents in respect of DSUs on the same basis as cash dividends declared and paid on the Common Shares underlying such DSUs. Dividend equivalents will be credited to a participant’s account in the form of additional DSUs, subject to the same terms and conditions as the DSUs to which such dividend equivalents are credited.
Effects of Termination.   If a participant’s employment or other service is terminated by the Company for cause (including for, among other things, gross misconduct, theft, fraud, breach of confidentiality, or breach of the Company’s code of conduct), the participant shall immediately forfeit all vested and unvested awards. If a participant retires, any unvested award will continue to vest in accordance with its terms, and any vested awards will remain exercisable for six months thereafter (or until the expiration date, if earlier), subject to the participant’s continuing compliance with applicable post-termination restricted covenants. If a participant breaches any such restrictive covenants following retirement, the participant will be required to pay the Company any amounts realized on exercise of an award after such retirement. If a participant voluntarily terminates employment or other service, all unvested awards shall be forfeited, and any vested awards shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (or until the expiration date, if earlier). If the participant’s employment or other service is terminated by the Company without cause, the participant shall be entitled to accelerated vesting of unvested awards on a pro-rata basis, and vested awards (after giving effect to such acceleration) shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (or until the expiration date, if earlier). If a participant’s employment or other service terminates due to the participant’s death, all unvested awards shall immediately vest and remain exercisable for 180 days thereafter. If a participant is terminated without
 
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
cause or resigns for good reason, in either case, within 12 months after a change in control of the Company (or after the date on which the Company has signed a written agreement to effect any such change in control), the participant’s unvested awards shall vest and may be exercised within 30 days after such termination.
Effects of Change in Control.   In connection with a change in control of the Company, the Board has the right to provide for the conversion or exchange on any outstanding awards into or for options, rights, units or other securities of substantially equivalent (or greater) value in any entity participating in or resulting from such change in control. The Board may also change the performance criteria or accelerate the vesting and/or expiration of outstanding awards to provide that the applicable performance conditions have been fully achieved and the awards are fully vested and conditionally exercisable upon (or prior to) the completion of the change in control. The Board also has the power to modify the terms of the Incentive Plan or any award to assist participants to tender into a take-over bid or other transaction leading to a change in control, including by permitting participants to conditionally exercise their awards.
Other Corporate Transactions.   In the event of a subdivision, consolidation, reclassification, reorganization, or other change in the Common Shares, a consolidation, merger, reorganization, amalgamation, plan of arrangement, spin-off, dividend payment, or recapitalization of the Company with or into another corporation, or distribution to the Company’s shareholders (other than an ordinary course dividend in cash or shares), the number and kind of Common Shares deliverable to a participant upon vesting or exercise of an award, and/or the price payable under the award for such Common Shares, shall be adjusted by the Board to maintain the participant’s economic rights in respect of their awards.
Plan Amendment and Termination.   The Board may amend the Incentive Plan or any award at any time subject to such shareholder approval as may be required by the principal stock exchange on which the shares are listed. Amendments requiring shareholder approval include, but are not limited to, amendments that would: (i) expand the class of eligible participants; (ii) increase the maximum number or percentage of shares issuable under the Incentive Plan in the aggregate or to any participant or class of participants; (iii) change the method for determining exercise prices of options; (iv) extend the term of an award; (v) add a net exercise provision; (vi) reduce the exercise price of any award; or (vii) replace an existing award with a substitute award having a lower exercise price.
Subject to any required regulatory approval, the Board may terminate the Incentive Plan at any time without the consent of the participants, provided such termination shall not materially and adversely affect any awards previously granted under the Incentive Plan.
Outstanding Equity Awards
The following table discloses all equity awards granted to our executive officers and directors that were outstanding as of December 31, 2025.
 
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Executive Officer and Director Outstanding Equity Awards
​
Name and Position
​ ​
Type of
Award(1)
​ ​
Grant
Date
​ ​
Number of
Underlying
Common
Shares
​ ​
Exercise
Price(2)
(C$)
​ ​
Expiration
Date
​
Jason Burinescu(3)
Executive Chairman and Director
​ ​
Stock Options
​ ​
07/02/2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 250,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.24 ​ ​ ​
07/02/2027
​
​
Stock Options
​ ​
12/30/2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 350,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
12/30/2029
​
William Frain(4)
Chief Executive Officer and Director
​ ​
RSU
​ ​
10/16/2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 41,850 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
10/16/2028
​
​
RSU
​ ​
4/26/2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
4/26/2027
​
​
RSU
​ ​
6/10/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 8,125 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
6/10/2026
​
​
RSU
​ ​
4/7/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 25,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
4/7/2026
​
​
Stock Options
​ ​
9/9/2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.265 ​ ​ ​
9/9/2030
​
​
Stock Options
​ ​
12/30/2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 350,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
12/30/2029
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/26/2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.10 ​ ​ ​
4/26/2027
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/7/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 25,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.00 ​ ​ ​
4/7/2026
​
​
Operational
Performance
Shares
​ ​
n/a
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
n/a
​
Omar Garcia Abrego(5)
Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary
​ ​
Stock Options
​ ​
9/9/2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 300,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.265 ​ ​ ​
9/9/2030
​
​
Stock Options
​ ​
12/30/2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 50,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
12/30/2029
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
10/16/2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.90 ​ ​ ​
10/16/2028
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/26/2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.10 ​ ​ ​
4/26/2027
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/7/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.00 ​ ​ ​
4/7/2026
​
Arjun Grewal(6)
Director
​ ​
Stock Options
​ ​
9/9/2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 75,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.265 ​ ​ ​
9/9/2030
​
​
RSU
​ ​
10/16/2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
10/16/2028
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
12/30/2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 75,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
12/30/2029
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/26/2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.10 ​ ​ ​
4/26/2027
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/7/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 12,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.00 ​ ​ ​
4/7/2026
​
Linda Lee Jacksta(7)
Director
​ ​
RSU
​ ​
10/16/2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
10/16/2028
​
​
Stock Options
​ ​
9/9/2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 75,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.265 ​ ​ ​
9/9/2030
​
​
Stock Options
​ ​
12/30/2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 75,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
12/30/2029
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/26/2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.10 ​ ​ ​
4/26/2027
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
7/28/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 12,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.50 ​ ​ ​
7/28/2026
​
Daryl Rebeck(8)
Former Executive Chairman
​ ​
RSU
​ ​
10/16/2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 30,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
10/16/2028
​
​
RSU
​ ​
4/26/2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
4/26/2027
​
​
RSU
​ ​
4/7/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 25,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​
4/7/2026
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
12/30/2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 350,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
12/30/2029
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/26/2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.10 ​ ​ ​
4/26/2027
​
​
Stock Option
​ ​
4/7/2021
​ ​ ​ ​ 25,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.00 ​ ​ ​
4/7/2026
​
Bryan Cunningham
President
​ ​
Stock Options
​ ​
9/9/2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.265 ​ ​ ​
9/9/2030
​
​
Stock Options
​ ​
12/30/2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 125,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
12/30/2029
​
​
(1)
Each stock option represents the right to purchase the specified number of underlying Common Shares for the applicable exercise price during the period beginning on the applicable vesting date and ending on the expiration date. Each RSUs represents the right to elect to receive the specified number of Common Shares upon exercise of the RSU during the period beginning on the grant date and ending on the expiration date.
​
 
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(2)
The exercise prices for each stock option is specified in Canadian dollars.
​
(3)
The stock options granted to Mr. Burinescu on 07/02/2025 vest in four quarterly installments during the period beginning on 7/02/2025 and ending on 07/02/2026. The stock options granted on 12/30/2024 vest in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 12/30/2024 and ending on 12/30/2026.
​
(4)
The RSU granted to Mr. Frain on 10/16/2023 vested in full on 10/16/2024. The RSU granted to Mr. Frain on 4/26/2022 vested in full on 4/26/2024. The RSU granted to Mr. Frain on 6/10/2021 vested in full on 6/10/2022. The RSU granted to Mr. Frain on 4/7/2021 vested in full on 4/7/2024. The stock options granted to Mr. Frain on 09/09/2025 vest in four quarterly installments during the period beginning on 09/09/2025 and ending on 09/09/2026. The stock options granted to Mr. Frain on 12/30/2024 vest in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 12/30/2024 and ending on 12/30/2026. The stock option granted to Mr. Frain on 4/26/2022 vested in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 4/26/2022 and ending on 4/26/2024. The stock option granted to Mr. Frain on 4/7/2021 vested in four semiannual installments during the period beginning on 4/7/2021 and ending on 4/7/2023. On 03/17/21, the Company deposited 200,000 Operational Performance Shares into escrow for the benefit of Mr. Frain. These shares will be released upon the achievement of specific performance milestones. Once the milestones are met, the shares will be distributed.
​
(5)
The stock options granted to Mr. Garcia on 09/09/2025 vest in four quarterly installments during the period beginning on 09/09/2025 and ending on 09/09/2026. The stock options granted to Mr. Garcia on 12/30/2024 vest in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 12/30/2024 and ending on 12/30/2026. The stock option granted to Mr. Garcia on 10/16/2023 vests in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 10/16/2024 and ending on 10/16/2025. The stock option granted to Mr. Garcia on 4/26/2022 vested in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 4/26/2022 and ending on 4/26/2024. The stock option granted to Mr. Garcia on 4/7/2021 vested in four semiannual installments during the period beginning on 4/7/2021 and ending on 4/7/2023.
​
(6)
The stock options granted to Mr. Grewal on 09/09/2025 vest in four quarterly installments during the period beginning on 09/09/2025 and ending on 09/09/2026. The stock options granted to Mr. Grewal on 12/30/2024 vest in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 12/30/2024 and ending on 12/30/2026. The RSU granted to Mr. Grewal on 10/16/2023 vested in full on 10/16/2024. The stock option granted to Mr. Grewal on 4/26/2022 vested in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 4/26/2022 and ending on 4/26/2024. The stock option granted to Mr. Grewal on 4/7/2021 vested in four semiannual installments during the period beginning on 4/7/2021 and ending on 4/7/2023.
​
(7)
The stock options granted to Ms. Jacksta on 09/09/2025 vest in four quarterly installments during the period beginning on 09/09/2025 and ending on 09/09/2026. The stock options granted to Mr. Jacksta on 12/30/2024 vest in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 12/30/2024 and ending on 12/30/2026. The RSU granted to Ms. Jacksta on 10/16/2023 vested in full on 10/16/2024. The stock option granted to Ms. Jacksta on 4/26/2022 vested in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 4/26/2022 and ending on 4/26/2024. The stock option granted to Ms. Jacksta on 7/28/2021 vested in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 7/28/2021 and ending on 7/28/2023.
​
(8)
The stock options granted to Mr. Rebeck on 12/30/2024 vest in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 12/30/2024 and ending on 12/30/2026. The RSU granted to Mr. Rebeck on 10/16/2023 vested in full on 10/16/2024. The RSU granted to Mr. Rebeck on 4/26/2022 vested in full on 4/26/2024. The RSU granted to Mr. Rebeck on 4/7/2021 vested in full on 4/7/2024. The stock option granted to Mr. Rebeck on 4/26/2022 vested in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 4/26/2022 and ending on 4/26/2024. The stock option granted to Mr. Rebeck on 4/7/2021 vested in four semiannual installments during the period beginning on 4/7/2021 and ending on 4/7/2023.
​
(9)
The stock options granted to Mr. Cunningham on 09/09/2025 vest in four quarterly installments during the period beginning on 09/09/2025 and ending on 09/09/2026. The stock options granted to Mr. Cunningham on 12/30/2024 vest in eight quarterly installments during the period beginning on 12/30/2024 and ending on 12/30/2026.
​
Service Contracts with Executive Officers and Directors
The following are summaries of the terms of all service contracts with the Company’s executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of service, as in effect on December 31, 2025. Our
 
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
service contracts with our non-employee directors do not provide for benefits upon termination of service and, as such, are not described below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by the terms of the service agreements, which are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.19, 10.20 and 10.21.
William Frain — CEO and Director
Mr. Frain is party to an employment agreement dated December 7, 2018 (the “Frain Employment Agreement”) with DrawDown Technologies, Inc., a wholly-owned US subsidiary of DrawDown (“DrawDown US”), pursuant to which Mr. Frain serves as the Chief Executive Officer of DrawDown US. Mr. Frain’s term of employment under the Frain Employment Agreement (the “Term”) began on January 7, 2019, for an initial two-year period that is automatically renewed for successive one-year periods thereafter until terminated by either party. Mr. Frain is entitled to: (i) an annual base salary of US$275,000, subject to annual review and discretionary increase by the Board; (ii) an annual bonus for each year during the Term, based upon the achievement of annual performance goals established by the Board and subject to his continued employment through December 31 of such year; (iii) equity awards under DrawDown’s executive equity compensation program; (iv) health insurance coverage, with the employer paying 100% of the cost of individual coverage and 50% of the additional cost for family coverage; (v) other benefits, including, without limitation, retirement savings, dental, disability, employee life, group life, AD&D, travel accident insurance, and fringe benefits, if any, provided by the company and its affiliates, on the same terms and conditions generally applicable to other executives; (vi) 20 vacation days per year; and (vii) business expense reimbursement in accordance with the applicable policy of the company and its affiliates.
Upon his termination of employment for any reason, Mr. Frain is entitled to (i) payment of any earned but unpaid base salary; (ii) reimbursement for any previously incurred but unreimbursed business expenses; and (iii) receipt of any vested or earned amounts or benefits under any benefit plan in which he participates. If Mr. Frain’s employment is terminated by the company without “cause” or by Mr. Frain for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the Frain Employment Agreement), then subject to his execution and non-revocation of a severance agreement and a release of claims, Mr. Frain will also be entitled a lump sum payment equal to the sum of (a) any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of his termination date plus (b) the base salary that, but for such termination of employment, he would have continued receiving until the earlier of (I) the last day of the Term and (II) the first anniversary of his termination date.
Omar Garcia Abrego — Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary
Mr. Garcia is party to an executive employment agreement dated January 1, 2025 (the “Garcia Employment Agreement”) with the Company. Under the terms of the Garcia Employment Agreement, Mr. Garcia is entitled to: (i) a base salary of C$240,000 per annum from January 1, 2025 to May 31, 2025, which increased to C$310,000 per annum effective June 1, 2025; (ii) a target bonus equal to 30% of base salary, plus a one-time bonus of C$30,000 upon successful NASDAQ uplisting, and an additional performance-based bonus of up to C$20,000 for 2025 subject to the achievement of certain goals and objectives during 2025; (iii) participation in the Company’s stock option plan and other equity-based incentive programs, subject to Board and regulatory approval; (iv) five weeks of paid vacation per calendar year; (v) employee health and benefit coverage as per the Company’s standard plans; and (vi) reimbursement for professional development and designation-related membership dues.
If terminated without cause, Mr. Garcia is entitled to: (i) continuation of benefits for 12 months; (ii) acceleration of all unvested equity awards and at least 90 days to exercise such awards; (iii) payment of any accrued but unused vacation; (iv) a severance payment equal to twelve months’ compensation and bonus, subject to execution of a full release. In the event of termination within one year following a Change of Control (and under specific qualifying conditions), Mr. Garcia is entitled to the same termination entitlements as set out above under a “termination without cause.”
Mr. Garcia is also bound by standard non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions and has fiduciary obligations consistent with his role as CFO of a public company.
Prior to his employment agreement, Mr. Gracia was party to a consulting agreement dated January 1, 2022, (the “Consulting Agreement”) with the Company, pursuant to which Mr. Garcia serves as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary. The term of the Consulting Agreement (the
 
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
“Term”) began on January 1, 2022, and continued until its replacement by the Garcia Employment Agreement. During the Term, Mr. Garcia was entitled to (i) a fee of C$11,000 per month for consulting services (plus any taxes payable on such services), subject to not less than annual review and discretionary increase by the Company; (ii) bonuses based on the achievement of performance goals determined by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Company’s Compensation Committee; (iii) stock options granted from time to time at the discretion of the Board; and (iv) business expense reimbursement in accordance with the Company’s guidelines, as in effect from time to time. The Consulting Agreement also imposed obligations on Mr. Garcia to protect the Company’s confidential information, assign intellectual property rights to the Company, and refrain from soliciting the Company’s employees, independent contractors, consultants, suppliers, licensors, licensees, contractors, agents, strategic partners, or other providers of products or services to the Company from terminating or modifying such relationships for a 12-month period following termination of the Consulting Agreement for any reason.
Mr. Garcia was permitted to terminate the Consulting Agreement and resign from his position as CFO and Corporate Secretary for any reason by providing the Company two months’ written notice. The Company was able to waive such notice in whole or in part by paying Mr. Garcia an amount equal to the fees for the balance of such two-month notice period. The Company was permitted to terminate the Consulting Agreement at any time with or without “just cause” ​(as defined in the Consulting Agreement). If the Consulting Agreement had been terminated by Mr. Garcia for any reason or by the Company for just cause, Mr. Garcia would not have been entitled to any severance payments or unearned bonuses (other than any payments in lieu of notice described above).
If the Company had terminated the Consulting Agreement without just cause, Mr. Garcia would have been entitled to the following benefits: (i) accelerated vesting of all outstanding unvested equity awards, which would have remained exercisable for period of not less than 90 days thereafter; and (ii) pay in lieu of notice equal to the sum of (a) three months of fees plus (b) an additional one month of fees for each full year that Mr. Garcia had been engaged by the Company, up to an aggregate maximum of six months of fees.
In lieu of the foregoing, if the Consulting Agreement had been terminated by the Company without just cause or by Mr. Garcia for “good reason” ​(as defined in the Consulting Agreement) within one year following a “change of control” ​(as defined in the Consulting Agreement), Mr. Garcia would have been entitled to a lump sum termination payment equal to two times the amount that he would have received if the Company had terminated the Consulting Agreement outside of such one-year period, up to an aggregate maximum of twelve months of fees.
Daryl Rebeck — Former Executive Chairman
Prior to his resignation on February 24, 2025, Mr. Rebeck was party to an employment agreement dated June 1, 2021 (the “Rebeck Employment Agreement”) with the Company, pursuant to which Mr. Rebeck served as the Company’s Executive Chairman and a Senior Member of the Executive Team. During the term of the Rebeck Employment Agreement, Mr. Rebeck was entitled to: (i) an annual salary of C$240,000; (ii) bonuses equal to one percent (1%) of any equity raised for the Company during financing activities; (iii) a family health coverage plan that covers health, dental and vision; (iv) stock options and RSUs as may be approved by the Board and the regulatory bodies; (v) 20 vacation days per year; and (vi) reimbursement of reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time. On January 1, 2024, Mr. Rebeck was furloughed by the Company, and the Rebeck Employment Agreement was amended to temporarily suspend salary payments but not medical benefits. Mr. Rebeck’s salary payments were reinstated in February 2024.
Either party could terminate the Rebeck Employment Agreement for just cause or due to the other party’s material default of any obligation, representation, or warranty thereunder. Upon termination of the Rebeck Employment Agreement for any reason, Mr. Rebeck was entitled to his monthly salary for the month in which such termination occurred. In addition, if the Company terminated the Rebeck Employment Agreement for any reason other than just cause or Mr. Rebeck’s material default of any obligation, representation, or warranty thereunder, Mr. Rebeck would be entitled to a termination fee equal to six months’ base salary plus six months of benefits.
 
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Oversight and Description of Executive Officer and Director Compensation
The Compensation Committee is charged with reviewing, overseeing and evaluating our compensation policies, and the Corporate Governance Committee is charged with reviewing, overseeing and evaluating our governance and nominating policies. Our compensation policies and programs are designed to be competitive with comparable companies in the defense technology industry and to recognize and reward executive performance consistent with the success of our business. These policies and programs are intended to attract and retain capable and experienced people. Our compensation policy is to ensure that our compensation goals and objectives, as applied to the actual compensation paid to our CEO and other executive officers, are aligned with our overall business objectives and with shareholder interests.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth equity compensation plan information of our issued and outstanding share capital as of December 31, 2025.
Plan Category
​ ​
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, deferred
share units and
restricted share units
(a)
​ ​
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
deferred share units
and restricted
share units
(b)
​ ​
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)
​
Equity compensation plans approved by the securityholders – Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan
​ ​
   
   
Options: 4,987,500
DSUs: nil
RSUs: 693,927
​ ​
   
   
Options: C$0.80
DSUs: N/A
RSUs: N/A
​ ​
   
   
2,853,617 combined
​
Equity compensation plans not approved by the securityholders
​ ​
N/A
​ ​
N/A
​ ​
N/A
​
Total
​ ​
Options: 4,987,500
DSUs: nil
RSUs: 693,927
​ ​
Options: C$0.80
DSUs: N/A
RSUs: N/A
​ ​
2,853,617 combined
​
 
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
Major Shareholders
To the knowledge of our directors and executive officers, as of February 16, 2026, there are no persons or corporations that beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, or exercised control or direction over, Common Shares carrying 5% or more of the voting rights attached to all our outstanding Common Shares.
There have not been any significant changes in the percentage ownership by persons who beneficially own 5% of the outstanding voting rights attached to our Common Shares in the last three (3) years.
Our major shareholders do not have different voting rights from other shareholders. Based on available information, as of February 16, 2026, there were a total of 87 record holders of our Common Shares, holding a total of 89,293,651 Common Shares. In addition, based on available information, as of February 16, 2026, 49 of the record holders were residents of the United States, holding a total of 2,269,592 Common Shares, which represents approximately 2.54% of our total issued and outstanding Common Shares.
We are a publicly owned company, and our Common Shares are owned by Canadian residents, United States residents, and residents of other countries. To our knowledge, we are not directly owned or controlled by another corporation, any foreign government or any other natural or legal person(s), whether severally or jointly. We are not aware of any arrangement, the operation of which may result in a change of control of us.
 
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We have adopted an audit committee charter, which requires the Audit Committee to review all related-party transactions on an ongoing basis and to approve all such transactions in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed in “Executive Compensation,” we describe below each material transaction, or series of related transactions, since January 1, 2023, to which we have been a party, and in which any director, executive officer, major shareholder, or their immediate family members or affiliates had a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this disclosure, a related party includes: (a) enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with, our company; (b) associates; (c) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of our company that gives them significant influence over our company, and close members of any such individual’s family; (d) key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of our company, including directors and senior management of companies and close members of such individuals’ families; and (e) enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence.
Private Placement Participation by a Related Party
We closed a non-brokered private placement on June 8, 2023, whereby a total of 1,021,606 units were purchased at a purchase price of C$2.00 per share, with a total 510,803 share purchase warrants at an exercise price of C$3.00 per share, which expired on June 9, 2025. Daryl Rebeck, Former Executive Chairman, participated in this private placement as to a purchase of 50,000 units for an aggregate purchase price of CAD$100,000. This participation was reviewed and approved in accordance with our related party transaction policy.
Related Party Loans
Since January 1, 2023, we have received an aggregate of approximately US$787,908 in working capital loans from Jay Adelaar, our Senior Vice President of Capital Markets; Nicole Ridgedale, the spouse of Daryl Rebeck, our former Board chair; and Jennifer Frain, the spouse of Bill Frain, our Chief Executive Officer. These loans were unsecured, non-interest bearing and lack specified maturity dates. As of September 30, 2025, there was no outstanding balance on these working capital loans.
These loans were reviewed and approved in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The terms were considered fair and reasonable to us and no more favorable than terms available from third parties.
 
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Our Common Shares are listed on the TSXV under the symbol “SCAN,” quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol of “LDDFF” and listed on the FSE under the symbol of “E30.” Upon completion of this offering, we will have                 Common Shares issued and outstanding (or           Common Shares if the underwriter exercises the Over-Allotment Option in full). All of the Common Shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than by our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining Common Shares will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, these restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time.
In addition, as of September 30, 2025, (i) up to an aggregate of 29,461,363 Common Shares are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding common share purchase warrants, which are exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of C$0.87 per Common Share, (ii) up to an aggregate of 5,207,500 Common Shares are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of C$0.79 per Common Share and (iii) up to an aggregate of 382,225 Common Shares issuable with respect to outstanding RSUs, which are subject to vesting. Any Common Shares underlying warrants, options or RSUs held by our directors and officers will be subject to the lock-up agreement described below under “Lock-Up Agreements.”
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of Common Shares that does not exceed the greater of:
•
1% of the number of Common Shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately Common Shares immediately after this offering; or
​
•
the average weekly trading volume of our Common Shares on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
​
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Common Shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner-of-sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases Common Shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those Common Shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding
 
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up agreements described below and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.
Registration Statements on Form S-8
Following the completion of this offering, we may file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, which would become effective immediately upon filing, to register all of the Common Shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans that may be in effect from time to time. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.
Lock-up Agreements
We and our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the closing of this offering without the prior written consent of the underwriter. See “Underwriting.”
 
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
UNDERWRITING
We will enter into an underwriting agreement with The Benchmark Company, LLC, acting as the underwriter in this offering (“Benchmark” or the “underwriter”). Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase from us the number of Common Shares set forth opposite its name in the following table at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth in the cover page of this prospectus:
Underwriter
​ ​
Number of
Shares
​
The Benchmark Company, LLC
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
TOTAL
​ ​ ​ ​           ​ ​
The underwriter has committed to purchase all of the shares offered by us other than those shares covered by the Over-Allotment Option described below, if it purchases any shares. The obligations of the underwriter may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriter’s obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriter of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriter is offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by its counsel and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement. The underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted the underwriter an option to purchase from us, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, up to an additional        Common Shares, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriter may exercise the Over-Allotment Option, in whole or in part, for our Common Shares, any time during the 30-day period from the date of the closing of this offering. If this option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be $      and the total net proceeds before expenses to us will be $      .
Underwriting Discount, Commissions and Expenses
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriter. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
​ ​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​
Per Share
​ ​
No Exercise
​ ​
Full Exercise
​
Initial public offering price
​ ​ ​ $              ​ ​ ​ ​ $              ​ ​ ​ ​ $              ​ ​
Underwriting discounts and commissions
​ ​ ​ $ ​ ​ ​ ​ $ ​ ​ ​ ​ $ ​ ​
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
​ ​ ​ $ ​ ​ ​ ​ $ ​ ​ ​ ​ $ ​ ​ ​
The underwriter has advised us that it proposes initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $       per share. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
We have agreed to pay all of the reasonable, necessary and accountable out-of-pocket expenses relating to the offering, including Benchmark’s out-of-pocket and accountable expenses up to a maximum aggregate allowance of $175,000 (including, but not limited to, the fees and expenses of its legal counsel up to $150,000).
 
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We have paid a $25,000 expense advance to the underwriter, which shall be applied against actual out-of-pocket-accountable expenses, which will be returned to us to the extent such out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the total underwriting discount, will be approximately $      .
Discretionary Accounts
The underwriter does not intend to confirm sales of the shares offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.
Lock-Up Agreements
Our officers and directors have agreed not to, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Shares (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the transfer or disposition by any person at any time in the future of our Common Shares), enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Common Shares, make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any of Common Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares or any other of our securities or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, subject to customary exceptions, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of closing of this offering.
Unless otherwise agreed by the underwriter, we have agreed that for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the closing of this offering, each of us and our successors will not, subject to certain exceptions, (a) offer, sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock; or (b) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock.
Tail Financing
We have agreed that Benchmark shall be entitled to compensation with respect to future financings consummated solely with respect to investors (a) with whom the Company has had a conference call or a meeting arranged by Benchmark during the term of Benchmark’s engagement with the Company and (b) provided that the future financing is consummated at any time within the nine (9) month period following the earlier to occur of the expiration or termination of the engagement letter between Benchmark and the Company or the closing of this offering; provided however, the Company would not be required to pay Benchmark such fee if Benchmark is terminated for cause by the Company as provided in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(5)(B).
Right of First Refusal
We have granted Benchmark the right to act as lead or joint investment banker, lead or joint book-runner, lead or joint placement agent, and/or investment banker/advisor, for any of our future public equity offerings, including all equity linked financings, during the six (6) month period following the completion of this initial public; provided however, such right shall be terminated if Benchmark is terminated for cause by the Company as provided in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(5)(B).
Determination of Offering Price
The public offering price was negotiated between Benchmark and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our Common Shares, Benchmark considered:
•
the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
​
•
our financial information;
​
 
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;
​
•
the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and
​
•
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies, as well as the recent market price of our Common Shares.
​
Stabilization
In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.
•
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase securities so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.
​
•
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase securities through exercise of the option. If the underwriter sells more securities than could be covered by exercise of the option and, therefore, has a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
​
•
Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.
​
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our securities. As a result, the price of our securities in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Passive Market Making
In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in passive market making transactions in our Common Shares. Passive market making consists of displaying bids limited by the prices of independent market makers and effecting purchases limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the Common Shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Other Relationships
The underwriter and its affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. The underwriter and its respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet sites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter or its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering
 
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
terms online and, depending upon the underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriter may agree with us to allocate a specific number of Common Shares for the sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriter on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.
Offer Restrictions Outside the United States
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Listing
We have applied to list the Common Shares being offered hereby on Nasdaq under the symbol “DETX.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. It is a condition precedent to the underwriter’s obligation to purchase the Common Shares being offered in this offering that Nasdaq approve the listing of our Common Shares. Accordingly, if Nasdaq does not approve the listing of our Common Shares, we will not proceed with this offering. Our Common Shares are currently listed on the TSXV under the symbol “SCAN,” quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol of “LDDFF” and listed on the FSE under the symbol of “E30.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar of the Common Shares is Computershare Investor Services Inc., located at its offices in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.
Selling Restrictions
Canada
The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45 106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31 103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33 105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33 105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33 105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
 
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no Common Shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation (as defined herein), except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
•
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation (as defined herein);
​
•
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or
​
•
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of Common Shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation.
​
In the case of any Common Shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any Common Shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Common Shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Common Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase Common Shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).
United Kingdom
No Common Shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Common Shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the Common Shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:
•
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation (as defined herein);
​
•
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or
​
•
in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)
​
provided that no such offer of the Common Shares shall require any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the Common Shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to
 
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
purchase or subscribe for any Common Shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 and each person who initially acquires any Common Shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriter and us that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
Each person in the UK who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any of our Common Shares under, the offers to the public contemplated in this prospectus, or to whom our Common Shares are otherwise made available, will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged, and agreed to and with us, the underwriter, and its affiliates that it meets the criteria outlined in this section.
This prospectus is only for distribution to and directed at: (i) in the United Kingdom, persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended) (the “Order”) and high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order; (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order; (iii) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; and (iv) persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Persons”). The Common Shares will only be available to, and any invitation, offer, or agreement to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged only with, Relevant Persons. Any person who is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.
Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or the ASIC, in relation to the offering.
This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” ​(within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” ​(within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or
 
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
 
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
LIMITATIONS ON RIGHTS OF NON-CANADIANS
We are incorporated pursuant to the laws of the Province of British Columbia, Canada. There is no law or governmental decree or regulation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital, or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to a non-resident holder of Common Shares, other than withholding tax requirements. Any such remittances to United States residents are generally subject to withholding tax, however no such remittances are likely in the foreseeable future. See “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations” below.
There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the charter or other constituent documents of our company on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote Common Shares. However, the Investment Canada Act has rules regarding certain acquisitions of shares by non-Canadians, along with other requirements under that legislation.
The following discussion summarizes the principal features of the Investment Canada Act for a non-Canadian (as defined under the Investment Canada Act) who proposes to acquire Common Shares in this offering. The discussion is general only; it is not a substitute for independent legal advice from an investor’s own advisor; and it does not anticipate statutory or regulatory amendments.
The Investment Canada Act is a federal statute of broad application regulating the establishment and acquisition of Canadian businesses by non-Canadians, including individuals, governments or agencies thereof, corporations, partnerships, trusts or joint ventures (each an “entity”). Investments by non-Canadians to acquire control over existing Canadian businesses or to establish new ones are either reviewable or notifiable under the Investment Canada Act. If an investment by a non-Canadian to acquire control over an existing Canadian business that is not a Canadian “cultural business” is reviewable under the Investment Canada Act, the Investment Canada Act generally prohibits implementation of the investment unless, after review, the Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry (the “Minister”) is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.
A non-Canadian would acquire control of our company for the purposes of the Investment Canada Act through the acquisition of our Common Shares if the non-Canadian acquired a majority of the voting interests in our company.
Further, the acquisition of less than a majority but one-third or more of the voting interests in our company by a non-Canadian would be presumed to be an acquisition of control of our company unless it could be established that, on the acquisition, our company was not controlled in fact by the acquirer through the ownership of such voting interests.
For a direct acquisition that would result in an acquisition of control of our company, subject to the exception for “WTO investors” that are controlled by persons who are nationals or permanent residents of World Trade Organization (“WTO”) member nations, a proposed investment generally would be reviewable where the value of the acquired assets is C$5 million or more.
For a proposed indirect acquisition by an investor other than a so-called “WTO” investor that would result in an acquisition of control of our company through the acquisition of a non-Canadian parent entity, the investment generally would be reviewable where the value of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly is C$50 million or more.
In the case of a direct acquisition by a “WTO investor” that is not a state-owned enterprise, the threshold is significantly higher. An investment in our Common Shares by a WTO investor that is not a state-owned enterprise would be reviewable only if it was an investment to acquire control of our company and the enterprise value of our assets was equal to or greater than a specified amount, which is published by the Minister after its determination for any particular year. For 2025, this amount is C$1.386 billion (unless the investor is controlled by persons who are nationals or permanent residents of countries that are party to one of a list of certain free trade agreements, in which case the amount is C$2.079 billion for 2025); each year, both thresholds are adjusted by a GDP (Gross Domestic Product) based index.
The higher WTO threshold for direct investments and the exemption for indirect investments do not apply where the relevant Canadian business is carrying on a “cultural business”. The acquisition of a
 
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Canadian business that is a “cultural business” is subject to lower review thresholds under the Investment Canada Act because of the perceived sensitivity of the cultural sector. We do not believe that our company is a Canadian cultural business as the term “cultural business” is defined in the Investment Canada Act.
If the Minister has reasonable grounds to believe that an investment by a non-Canadian “could be injurious to national security”, the Minister may send the non-Canadian a notice indicating that an order for review of the investment may be made. The review of an investment on the grounds of national security may occur whether or not an investment is otherwise subject to review on the basis of net benefit to Canada or otherwise subject to notification under the Investment Canada Act.
Certain transactions, except those to which the national security provisions of the Investment Canada Act may apply, relating to the acquisition of our Common Shares, are exempt from the Investment Canada Act, including:
(a)
the acquisition of our Common Shares by a person in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities;
​
(b)
the acquisition of control of our company in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for a purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Canada Act, if the acquisition is subject to approval under the Bank Act, the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, the Insurance Companies Act or the Trust and Loan Companies Act; and
​
(c)
the acquisition of control of our company by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of our company, through the ownership of voting interests, remains unchanged.
​
 
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
The following description of the material terms of our securities includes a summary of specified provisions of our Notice of Articles (the “Notice of Articles”) and our Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”). This description is qualified by reference to the Notice of Articles and Articles, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Authorized Capital
Our authorized capital consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares, no par value. We are not authorized to issue any preferred shares.
Common Shares
All of our issued Common Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. We do not own any of our Common Shares.
As of February 16, 2026 and September 30, 2025, there were 89,293,651 and 71,984,222 Common Shares, respectively, issued and outstanding.
Warrants
As of February 16, 2026 and September 30, 2025, there were 36,514,876 and 29,461,363 Common Share purchase warrants, respectively, outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of C$0.75 and C$0.87, respectively. As of February 16, 2026, the following Common Share purchase warrants are outstanding:
Number of Warrants
​ ​
Exercise
Price (C$)
​ ​
Expiry Date
​
15,305,422
​ ​ ​ $ 0.35 ​ ​ ​
July 28, 2026
​
1,782,764
​ ​ ​ $ 3.00 ​ ​ ​
October 5, 2026
​
60,723
​ ​ ​ $ 2.00 ​ ​ ​
October 5, 2026
​
2,032,312
​ ​ ​ $ 0.55 ​ ​ ​
December 18, 2026
​
526,566
​ ​ ​ $ 1.51 ​ ​ ​
January 12, 2027
​
15,171
​ ​ ​ $ 2.00 ​ ​ ​
January 12, 2027
​
100,000
​ ​ ​ $ 1.51 ​ ​ ​
February 5, 2027
​
909,091
​ ​ ​ $ 2.00 ​ ​ ​
February 28, 2027
​
212,170
​ ​ ​ $ 1.65 ​ ​ ​
March 20,2027
​
1,515,500
​ ​ ​ $ 2.05 ​ ​ ​
March 20,2027
​
19,051
​ ​ ​ $ 2.00 ​ ​ ​
June 27, 2027
​
465,033
​ ​ ​ $ 1.51 ​ ​ ​
August 13, 2027
​
144,674
​ ​ ​ $ 2.75 ​ ​ ​
October 27, 2027
​
958,335
​ ​ ​ $ 5.00 ​ ​ ​
October 27, 2027
​
7,941,671
​ ​ ​ $ 0.30 ​ ​ ​
December 31, 2027
​
356,162
​ ​ ​ $ 0.30 ​ ​ ​
December 31, 2027
​
3,943,207
​ ​ ​ $ 0.30 ​ ​ ​
January 15, 2028
​
227,024 ​ ​ ​ $ 0.30 ​ ​ ​
January 15, 2028
​
Options
As of February 16, 2026 and September 30, 2025, there were 4,987,500 and 5,207,500 options, respectively, to purchase Common Shares outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of C$0.80 and C$0.79, respectively, which have been issued to our directors, officers, employees, and consultants pursuant
 
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to the terms and conditions of the Incentive Plan, which is described in detail under “Executive Compensation.” As of February 16, 2026, the following options are outstanding:
Number of Options
​ ​
Exercise
Price (C$)
​ ​
Expiry Date
​
83,000
​ ​ ​ $ 5.00 ​ ​ ​
April 7, 2026
​
12,500
​ ​ ​ $ 5.50 ​ ​ ​
July 28, 2026
​
5,000 ​ ​ ​ $ 6.50 ​ ​ ​
July 28, 2026
​
42,500
​ ​ ​ $ 4.60 ​ ​ ​
November 1, 2026
​
10,000
​ ​ ​ $ 3.60 ​ ​ ​
January 14, 2027
​
50,000 ​ ​ ​ $ 0.59 ​ ​ ​
April 15, 2027
​
118,500
​ ​ ​ $ 4.10 ​ ​ ​
April 26, 2027
​
6,000
​ ​ ​ $ 2.20 ​ ​ ​
November 21, 2027
​
5,000
​ ​ ​ $ 1.80 ​ ​ ​
April 26, 2028
​
80,000
​ ​ ​ $ 1.90 ​ ​ ​
October 16, 2028
​
2,325,000
​ ​ ​ $ 0.80 ​ ​ ​
December 30, 2029
​
150,000 ​ ​ ​ $ 0.84 ​ ​ ​
April 30, 2030
​
250,000 ​ ​ ​ $ 0.24 ​ ​ ​
July 2, 2027
​
1,850,000 ​ ​ ​ $ 0.265 ​ ​ ​
September 9, 2030
​
Restricted Share Units
As of February 16, 2026 and September 30, 2025, there were 693,927 and 382,225 outstanding RSUs, respectively. As of February 16, 2026, the following RSUs are outstanding:
Number of RSUs(1)
​ ​
Exercise
Price (C$)
​ ​
Expiry Date
​
25,000
​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
April 7, 2026
​
20,875
​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
June 10, 2026
​
15,000
​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
January 14, 2027
​
10,000
​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
April 24, 2027
​
133,850
​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
October 16, 2028
​
117,500
​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
February 28, 2029
​
50,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
January 1, 2029
​
321,702
​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​
December 12, 2029
​
​
(1)
There are 372,225 restricted share units that are exercisable.
​
A reconciliation of the number of Common Shares outstanding at the beginning and end of the fiscal period ended September 30, 2025 can be found in Note 12 of our amended and restated unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the fiscal period ended September 30, 2025 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Changes in Our Share Capital During the Last Three Fiscal Years
Unless otherwise indicated, each “unit” consisted of one Common Share and either one-half or one whole Common Share purchase warrant. “Special warrants” automatically convert into units on the stated terms.
•
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2023: We issued an aggregate of 2,858,870 Common Shares, consisting of (i) 1,026,106 shares issued in three non-brokered private placement tranches on April 14, 2023, May 9, 2023, and June 8, 2023 (C$2.00 per unit); (ii) 1,782,764 shares issued in a non-brokered
​
 
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
private placement on October 5, 2023 (C$2.00 per unit); and (iii) 50,000 shares issued as a corporate finance fee on October 5, 2023.
•
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2024: We issued an aggregate of 28,788,535 Common Shares, consisting of (i) 1,599,159 shares issued in two tranches of a private placement on January 15, 2024 and February 5, 2024 (C$1.50 per unit;), and 909,091 shares issued to Viken on February 26, 2024 (C$1.50 per unit; each unit including one share and one warrant); (ii) 101,841 shares issued on settlement of RSUs on March 22, 2024, May 23, 2024, September 25, 2024, October 16, 2024, November 19, 2024 and November 29, 2024; (iii) 60,000 shares issued upon warrant exercises on April 29, 2024, May 1, 2024, May 7, 2024 and May 8, 2024; (iv) 1,562,500 shares issued on December 10, 2024 in settlement of indebtedness through the issuance of units; and (v) 25,000,000 shares issued on December 18, 2024 in a non-brokered private placement at C$0.32 per unit.
​
•
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2025: We issued an aggregate of 42,005,597 Common Shares, consisting of (i) 5,414,275 shares issued upon the exercise of warrants on January 13, 2025; (ii) 214,100 shares issued on settlement of RSUs on January 23, 2025, February 18, 2025, February 21, 2025, March 3, 2025, May 20, 2025 and December 8, 2025; (iii) 3,034,500 shares issued in connection with warrant exercises and an overnight marketed public offering, including 3,031,000 shares issued on March 20, 2025 in an offering of units at C$1.65 per unit and 3,500 shares issued upon warrant exercise on April 1, 2025; (iv) 20,000,000 shares issued on July 29, 2025 in a non-brokered private placement at C$0.22 per unit; (v) 5,414,551 shares issued upon the exercise of warrants between October 7, 2025 and November 4, 2025; and (iv) 7,941,671 shares issued on December 31, 2025 in a non-brokered private placement at C$0.22 per unit.
​
Articles and Notice of Articles
Objects and Purposes
Neither the Articles nor the Notice of Articles contain a description of our objects and purposes. There is no restriction contained in either the Articles or Notice of Articles on the business that we may carry on.
Voting on Certain Proposal, Arrangement, Contract or Compensation by Directors
Other than as disclosed below, the Articles do not restrict our directors’ powers to: (a) vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the directors are materially interested; or (b) to vote with regard to compensation payable to themselves or any other members of their body in the absence of an independent quorum.
Article 17 of the Articles deals with a director’s disclosable interest (as defined in the BCBCA) in contracts or transactions into which we have entered or propose to enter. Article 17.2 provides that a director who holds such a disclosable interest is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve such contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution.
Pursuant to the BCBCA, a director holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction if (a) the contract or transaction is material to our company, (b) we have entered, or proposes to enter, into the contract or transaction, and (c) the director has a material interest in the contract or transaction or the director is a director or senior officer of, or has a material interest in, a person who has a material interest in the contract or transaction. Pursuant to the BCBCA, a director does not have a disclosable interest in a number of prescribed situations, including without limitation in respect of a contract or transaction merely because the contract or transaction relates to the remuneration of the director in that person’s capacity as a director of our company.
The directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in our Board, but if we have fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to the Articles as the quorum of directors, the directors may only act for the purpose of appointing directors up to that number, summoning a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of filling any vacancies on our Board or, subject to the BCBCA, for any other purpose. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be set by the directors and, if not so set,
 
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
is deemed to be set at two directors or, if the number of directors is set at one, is deemed to be set at one director, and that director may constitute a meeting.
Borrowing Powers of Directors
Pursuant to Article 8 of the Articles, we, if authorized by the directors, may: (i) borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that we consider appropriate; (ii) issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of ours or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as they consider appropriate; (iii) guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and (iv) mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of our present and future assets and undertaking.
Amendment to the borrowing powers described above requires an amendment to the Articles by special resolution at a meeting of shareholders. Under the Articles, the majority of votes required for the Company to pass a special resolution at a meeting of shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution.
Qualifications of Directors
The Articles do not specify a retirement age for directors.
Directors are not required to be a shareholder of our company.
Section 124 of the BCBCA provides that an individual is not qualified to become or act as a director of a company if that individual is: (1) under the age of 18 years; (2) found by a court, in Canada or elsewhere, to be incapable of managing the individual’s own affairs; (3) an undischarged bankrupt; or (4) convicted in or out of the Province of British Columbia of an offence in connection with the promotion, formation or management of a corporation or unincorporated business, or of an offence involving fraud, unless (a) the court orders otherwise; (b) 5 years have elapsed since the last to occur of (i) the expiration of the period set for suspension of the passing of sentence without a sentence having been passed; (ii) the imposition of a fine; (iii) the conclusion of the term of any imprisonment; and (iv) the conclusion of the term of any probation imposed; or (c) a pardon was granted or issued, or a record suspension ordered, under the Criminal Records Act (Canada) and the pardon or record suspension, as the case may be, has not been revoked or ceased to have effect. A director who ceases to be qualified to act as a director of our company must promptly resign.
Section 120 of the BCBCA provides that a public company must have at least three directors.
Rights, Preference and Restrictions
The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of shareholders, to receive dividends if, as and when declared by our Board (subject to the rights of securities, if any, having priority over the Common Shares) and to receive pro rata the remaining property and assets of our company upon our dissolution or winding-up (subject to the rights of securities, if any, having priority over the Common Shares).
The Common Shares do not carry any pre-emptive, subscription, redemption, conversion rights, sinking fund provisions, liability to further capital calls by us, or provisions discriminating against any existing or prospective holder of Common Shares as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of Common Shares.
The rights of our shareholders may be altered only with the approval of the holders of two thirds or more of the Common Shares voted at a meeting of our shareholders called and held in accordance with the Articles and applicable law.
Shareholder Meetings
The BCBCA provides that: (i) a general meeting of shareholders must be held in the Province of British Columbia, unless otherwise provided in the Articles or as approved by ordinary resolution of
 
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shareholders; (ii) we must hold an annual general meeting of shareholders not later than 15 months after the last preceding annual general meeting and once in every calendar year; (iii) for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive notice of or vote at a meeting of shareholders, the directors may set a date as the record date for that determination, provided that such date shall not precede by more than 2 months (or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the BCBCA, by more than 4 months) or be less than 21 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held; (iv) a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of our shareholders is the quorum established by the Articles (Article 11.3 of the Articles provides that the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two persons who are, or who represent by proxy, shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 5% of Common Shares entitled to vote at the meeting, are present in person; (v) the holders of not less than 5% of the issued shares entitled to vote at a meeting may requisition the directors to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of transacting any business that may be transacted at a general meeting; and (vi) the Court may, on its own motion or on our application, upon the application of a director or the application of a shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting: (a) order that a meeting of shareholders be called, held and conducted in a manner that the Court considers appropriate; and (b) give directions it considers necessary as to the call, holding and conduct of the meeting.
Limitations on Ownership of Securities
Except as provided in the Investment Canada Act, there are no limitations specific to the rights of non-Canadians to hold or vote the Common Shares under the laws of Canada or the Province of British Columbia or in our constating documents.
Change in Control
There are no provisions in our constating documents or under applicable corporate law that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in the control of our company, or that would operate with respect to any proposed merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving us or any of our subsidiaries.
Ownership Threshold
There are no provisions in our constating documents or under applicable corporate law requiring share ownership to be disclosed. Securities legislation in Canada requires that shareholder ownership (as well as ownership of an interest in, or right or obligation associated with, a related financial instrument of a security of our company) must be disclosed once a person beneficially owns or has control or direction over, directly or indirectly, securities of a reporting issuer carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to all the reporting issuer’s outstanding voting securities. This threshold is higher than the 5% threshold under United States securities legislation at which shareholders must report their share ownership.
Changes to Capital
There are no conditions imposed by the Articles governing changes in the capital where such conditions are more significant than is required by the corporate laws of the Province of British Columbia for as long as we are a public company. Otherwise, Section 26.3 of the Articles provides that no share or designated security may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without the consent of the directors and the directors are not required to give any reason for refusing to consent to any such sale, transfer or other disposition.
Exchange Controls
Canada has no system of exchange controls. There are no Canadian governmental laws, decrees, or regulations relating to restrictions on the repatriation of our capital or earnings to non-resident investors. There are no laws in Canada or exchange control restrictions affecting the remittance of dividends or other payments made by us in the ordinary course to non-resident holders of the Common Shares by virtue of their ownership of such Common Shares, except as discussed below under the sections “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” and “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
There are no limitations under the laws of Canada or in our organizing documents on the right of foreigners to hold or vote our securities, except that the Investment Canada Act may require that a “non-Canadian” not acquire “control” of our company without prior review and approval by the Minister of Innovation, Science and Economic Development, where applicable thresholds are exceeded. The acquisition of one-third or more of our voting shares would give rise a rebuttable presumption of an acquisition of control, and the acquisition of more than fifty percent of our voting shares would be deemed to be an acquisition of control. In addition, the Investment Canada Act provides the Canadian government with broad discretionary powers in relation to national security to review and potentially prohibit, condition or require the divestiture of, any investment in our company by a non-Canadian, including non-control level investments. “Non-Canadian” generally means an individual who is neither a Canadian citizen nor a permanent resident of Canada within the meaning of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (Canada) who has been ordinarily resident in Canada for not more than one year after the time at which he or she first became eligible to apply for Canadian citizenship, or a corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture that is ultimately controlled by non-Canadians.
 
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our Common Shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that acquires our Common Shares in this offering. This summary is for general information purposes only and does not purport to be a complete discussion of all potential tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire our Common Shares.
This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the “Code”), the regulations promulgated under the Code (which we refer to as the “U.S. Treasury Regulations”), the income tax treaty between Canada and the United States (which we refer to as the “Treaty”), published rulings of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (which we refer to as the “IRS”), published administrative positions of the IRS, and U.S. court decisions that are applicable, in each case, as in effect and available as of the date hereof. Any of the authorities on which this summary is based could be changed in a material and adverse manner at any time, and any such change could be applied on a retroactive or prospective basis which could affect the U.S. federal income tax considerations described in this summary. No ruling from the IRS has been requested, or will be obtained, regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders as discussed in this summary. This summary is not binding on the IRS, and the IRS is not precluded from taking a position that is different from, and contrary to, the positions taken in this summary. In addition, because the authorities on which this summary is based are subject to various interpretations, the IRS and the U.S. courts could disagree with one or more of the positions taken in this summary.
THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OR LISTING OF ALL POTENTIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS THAT MAY APPLY TO A U.S. HOLDER AS A RESULT OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Common Shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
​
•
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
​
•
an estate the income of which is includable in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
​
•
a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and which has one or more U.S. persons, as described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has validly elected under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
​
If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Common Shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to such partnership and its partners of the ownership and disposition of our Common Shares generally will depend in part on the activities of the partnership and the status of such partners. This summary does not address the tax consequences to any such partner or partnership. Partners of entities or arrangements that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Common Shares.
This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds our Common Shares as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). Unless otherwise provided, this summary does not discuss reporting requirements. In addition, this discussion does not address any tax consequences other than the certain U.S. federal income tax consequences explicitly discussed below, such as U.S. state and local tax consequences, U.S. estate and gift tax consequences, and non-U.S. tax consequences, and does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant in
 
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, the Medicare tax on certain net investment income, and tax consequences to holders that are subject to special provisions under the Code, including, but not limited to, holders that:
•
are tax exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, or other tax deferred accounts;
​
•
are financial institutions, underwriters, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, or regulated investment companies;
​
•
are brokers or dealers in securities or currencies or holders that are traders in securities that elect to apply a mark-to-market accounting method;
​
•
have a “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes other than the U.S. dollar;
​
•
own our Common Shares as part of a straddle, hedging transaction, conversion transaction, constructive sale, or other arrangement involving more than one position;
​
•
acquire our Common Shares in connection with the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for services;
​
•
are partnerships, S-corporations or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or investors in such partnerships, S-corporations and entities);
​
•
are subject to special tax accounting rules or are required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to our Common Shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;
​
•
are controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;
​
•
own, have owned or will own (directly, indirectly, or by attribution) 10% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our outstanding shares;
​
•
hold our Common Shares in connection with trade or business conducted outside of the United States or in connection with a permanent establishment or other fixed place of business outside of the United States; or
​
•
are former U.S. citizens or former long-term residents of the United States.
​
This summary does not address the tax consequences of transactions effected prior or subsequent to, or concurrently with, any purchase of Common Shares pursuant to this prospectus (whether or not any such transactions are undertaken in connection with the purchase of Common Shares pursuant to this prospectus).
Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the application of U.S. federal taxation to its particular circumstances, and the state, local, non-U.S. and other tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our Common Shares.
The foregoing discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Common Shares. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences applicable to their particular situations.
Taxation of Distributions to U.S. Holders
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income, in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as dividends, the amount of any distribution (including a deemed distribution) of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our shares or rights to acquire our shares) paid on our Common Shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions (including deemed distributions) in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce a U.S. Holder’s basis in the Common Shares held by such U.S. Holder (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis,
 
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Common Shares (the treatment of which is described under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Common Shares to U.S. Holders” below). Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, we expect that distributions, if issued, will generally be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends.
Dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. With respect to individuals and other non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends generally will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Common Shares to U.S. Holders” below) applicable to “qualified dividend income,” provided that certain conditions are satisfied, including that (i) our Common Shares on which the dividends are paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or we are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, and (ii) we are not a PFIC (as defined below) (nor treated as such with respect to a U.S. Holder) at the time the dividend was paid or in the previous year. If such requirements are not satisfied, a dividend paid by a non-U.S. corporation to a U.S. Holder will be taxed at ordinary income tax rates. The dividend rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of such rules.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Common Shares to U.S. Holders
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Common Shares. The amount of gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other taxable disposition generally will be equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition, and (ii) such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares so disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares held by such U.S. Holder generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost reduced by any prior distributions treated as a return of capital.
Any capital gain or loss recognized generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such Common Shares exceeds one year. Long-term capital gain realized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder may be taxed at rates of taxation lower than the rates applicable to ordinary income and short-term capital gains, while short-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.
Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder will generally be U.S. source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Consequently, a U.S. Holder may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any non-U.S. tax imposed on the disposition of Common Shares unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against tax due on other income treated as derived from non-U.S. sources. U.S. Holders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of Common Shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under its particular circumstances and the effects of any applicable income tax treaties, any proposed or final Treasury Regulations, and IRS guidance.
Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”) Rules
A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year (ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year), including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business), and gains from the disposition of assets giving rise to passive income. Cash is generally a passive asset for these purposes.
Although PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC generally will apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held its stock while it was a PFIC,
 
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
whether or not it meets the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. Based on current business plans and financial expectations, the Company expects that it should not be a PFIC for its current tax year and expects that it should not be a PFIC for the foreseeable future. No opinion of legal counsel or ruling from the IRS concerning the status of the Company as a PFIC has been obtained or is currently planned to be requested. PFIC classification is fundamentally factual in nature, generally cannot be determined until the close of the tax year in question, and is determined annually. Additionally, the analysis depends, in part, on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. Consequently, there can be no assurance that the Company has never been, is not, and will not become a PFIC for any tax year during which U.S. Holders hold Common Shares.
If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our Common Shares and such U.S. Holder did not make either a timely mark-to-market election or a qualified electing fund (which we refer to as “QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) our Common Shares, as described below, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by such U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of our Common Shares (which may include gain realized by reason of transfers of our Common Shares that would otherwise qualify as nonrecognition transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes), and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to such U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of such U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of our Common Shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares held by such U.S. Holder). Under these special tax rules:
•
such U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares held by such U.S. Holder;
​
•
the amount allocated to such U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which such U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in such U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;
​
•
the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of such U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to such U.S. Holder without regard to such U.S. Holder’s other items of income and loss for such year; and
​
•
an additional amount equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on such U.S. Holder with respect to the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of such U.S. Holder.
​
In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may be able to avoid application of the PFIC tax consequences described above with respect to our Common Shares by making a timely and valid QEF election (if eligible to do so) to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. Holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.
Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of such U.S. Holder’s taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, such U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If such U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of such U.S. Holder in which such U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Common Shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above with respect to the Common Shares held by such U.S. Holder. Instead, in general, such U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Common Shares held by such U.S. Holder at the end of such U.S. Holder’s taxable year over such U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in such Common Shares. These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. Such U.S. Holder also generally will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in such Common Shares over the fair market value of such Common Shares at the end of such U.S.
 
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Holder’s taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Such U.S. Holder’s basis in such Common Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of such Common Shares will be treated as ordinary income.
The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC or on a “qualified exchange or other market,” as defined in the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years, unless our Common Shares ceased to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consented to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election with respect to our Common Shares under their particular circumstances.
If we are or become a PFIC and, at any time, have a non-U.S. subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC, or U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. There can be no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. Additionally, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC, and, therefore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to cause such lower-tier PFIC to provide such required information. A mark-to-market election generally would not be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.
A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (or any successor form), whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is made, and such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations until such required information is furnished to the IRS (potentially including with respect to items that do not relate to a U.S. Holder’s investment in our Common Shares).
Certain additional adverse rules may apply with respect to a U.S. Holder if the Company is a PFIC, regardless of whether the U.S. Holder makes a QEF election. These rules include special rules that apply to the amount of foreign tax credit that a U.S. Holder may claim on a distribution from a PFIC. Subject to these special rules, foreign taxes paid with respect to any distribution in respect of stock in a PFIC are generally eligible for the foreign tax credit. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to the ownership and disposition of Common Shares, and the availability of certain U.S. tax elections under the PFIC rules.
In addition, U.S. Holders of PFICs are required to file an annual report with the IRS containing such information as Treasury Regulations and/or other IRS guidance may require, which filing obligation would generally commence in the first tax year in which the Company is classified as a PFIC and in which such U.S. Holder holds Common Shares. In addition to penalties, a failure to satisfy such reporting requirements may result in an extension of the time period during which the IRS can assess a tax. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules, including the requirement to file an IRS Form 8621 annually.
The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our Common Shares should consult their tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our Common Shares under their particular circumstances. U.S. Holders should be aware that, for each tax year, if any, that the Company is a PFIC, the Company can provide no assurances that it will satisfy the record keeping requirements of a PFIC, or that it will make available to U.S. Holders the information such U.S. Holders require to make a QEF or mark-to-market election with respect to the Company or any subsidiary PFIC.
 
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Additional Tax Considerations
Receipt of Foreign Currency
The amount of any distribution paid to a U.S. Holder in foreign currency or on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Common Shares generally will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such foreign currency based on the exchange rate applicable on the date of receipt (regardless of whether such foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time). If the foreign currency received is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any U.S. Holder who receives payment in foreign currency and engages in a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the foreign currency may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss, and generally will be U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Different rules apply to U.S. Holders who use the accrual method of tax accounting. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own U.S. tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of receiving, owning, and disposing of foreign currency.
Foreign Tax Credit
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed above, a U.S. Holder that pays (whether directly or through withholding) Canadian income tax with respect to dividends paid on the Common Shares generally will be entitled, at the election of such U.S. Holder, to receive either a deduction or a credit for such Canadian income tax paid. Generally, a credit will reduce a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability on a dollar-for-dollar basis, whereas a deduction will reduce a U.S. Holder’s income subject to U.S. federal income tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued (whether directly or through withholding) by a U.S. Holder during a year. The foreign tax credit rules are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances. Accordingly, each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the foreign tax credit rules.
Information Reporting; Backup Withholding Tax
Under U.S. federal income tax laws certain categories of U.S. Holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a foreign corporation. For example, U.S. return disclosure obligations (and related penalties) are imposed on U.S. Holders that hold certain specified foreign financial assets in excess of certain threshold amounts. The definition of specified foreign financial assets includes not only financial accounts maintained in foreign financial institutions, but also, unless held in accounts maintained by a financial institution, any stock or security issued by a non-U.S. person. U. S. Holders may be subject to these reporting requirements unless their Common Shares are held in an account at certain financial institutions. Penalties for failure to file certain of these information returns are substantial. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing information returns, including the requirement to file IRS Form 8938.
Payments made within the U.S., or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, of dividends on, and proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of the Common Shares generally may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding tax, currently at the rate of 24%, if a U.S. Holder (a) fails to furnish its correct U.S. taxpayer identification number (generally on IRS Form W-9), (b) furnishes an incorrect U.S. taxpayer identification number, (c) is notified by the IRS that such U.S. Holder has previously failed to properly report items subject to backup withholding tax, or (d) fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that it has furnished its correct U.S. taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified such U.S. Holder that it is subject to backup withholding tax. However, certain exempt persons, such as U.S. Holders that are corporations, generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules. Any amounts withheld under the U.S. backup withholding tax rules will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or will be refunded, if such U.S. Holder furnishes required information to the IRS in a timely manner.
The discussion of reporting requirements set forth above is not intended to constitute a complete description of all reporting requirements that may apply to a U.S. Holder. A failure to satisfy certain reporting requirements may result in an extension of the time period during which the IRS can assess a tax and, under certain circumstances, such an extension may apply to assessments of amounts unrelated to any
 
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
unsatisfied reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the information reporting and backup withholding rules.
THE ABOVE SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES. U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN LIGHT OF THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
 
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
CERTAIN CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a general summary, as of the date hereof, of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the holding and disposition of Common Shares acquired pursuant to this offering by a holder who, at all relevant times, (a) for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”), (i) is not resident, or deemed to be resident, in Canada, (ii) deals at arm’s length with, and is not affiliated with, the Company, (iii) beneficially owns Common Shares as capital property, (iv) does not use or hold the Common Shares in the course of carrying on, or otherwise in connection with, a business or a part of a business carried on or deemed to be carried on in Canada, and (v) is not a “registered non-resident insurer” or “authorized foreign bank” within the meaning of the Tax Act, or other holder of special status, and (b) for the purposes of the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended (the “Convention”), is a resident of the U.S., has never been a resident of Canada, does not have and has not had, at any time, a permanent establishment or fixed base in Canada, and is a qualifying person or otherwise qualifies for the full benefits of the Convention. Common Shares will generally be considered to be capital property to a holder unless such Common Shares are held in the course of carrying on a business of buying or selling securities or an adventure or concern in the nature of trade. Holders who meet all the criteria in clauses (a) and (b) are referred to herein as a “U.S. Holder” or “U.S. Holders.”
This summary does not deal with special situations, such as the particular circumstances of traders or dealers or holders who have entered or will enter into a “derivative forward agreement” ​(as defined in the Tax Act) in respect of any of the Common Shares. Such holders and other holders who do not meet the criteria in clauses (a) and (b) should consult their own tax advisors.
This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder (the “Regulations”) and counsel’s understanding of the current administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) made publicly available prior to the date hereof. It also takes into account all proposed amendments to the Tax Act and the Regulations publicly released by the Minister of Finance (Canada) (the “Tax Proposals”) prior to the date hereof and assumes that all such Tax Proposals will be enacted as currently proposed. No assurance can be given that the Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form proposed or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law, whether by way of legislative, judicial or administrative action or interpretation, nor does it take into account tax laws of any province or territory of Canada or of any other jurisdiction outside Canada.
This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular U.S. Holder and no representation with respect to the federal income tax consequences is made to any particular U.S. Holder or prospective U.S. Holder. The tax consequences to a U.S. Holder will depend on the holder’s particular circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors for advice with respect to their own particular circumstances.
Currency Conversion
In general, for purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the Common Shares must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the applicable exchange rate quoted by the Bank of Canada for the relevant day or such other rate of exchange that is acceptable to the CRA.
Dividends
Amounts paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited as, on account or in lieu of payment, or in satisfaction of, dividends on the Common Shares to a U.S. Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax. Under the Convention, the rate of Canadian withholding tax on dividends paid or credited by the Company to a U.S. Holder that beneficially owns such dividends is generally 15% unless the beneficial owner is a company that owns at least 10% of the Company’s voting stock at that time, in which case the rate of Canadian withholding tax is reduced to 5%.
Dispositions
Upon the disposition of a Security, a U.S. Holder will realize a capital gain (or capital loss) in the taxation year of the disposition equal to the amount by which the U.S. Holder’s proceeds of disposition, net
 
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of any reasonable costs of disposition, exceed (or are exceeded by) the adjusted cost base to the U.S. Holder of the particular Security immediately before the disposition or deemed disposition.
A U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized by such U.S. Holder on a disposition of Securities, unless such Securities constitute “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the Tax Act) of the U.S. Holder at the time of disposition and the U.S. Holder is not entitled to relief under the Convention.
Provided that the Common Shares are listed on a designated stock exchange for purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Nasdaq) at the time of the disposition, a Common Share will generally not constitute taxable Canadian property of a U.S. Holder at such time unless: (a) at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition or deemed disposition of the Common Share: (i) 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the share capital of the Company were owned by, or belonged to, one or any combination of (x) the U.S. Holder, (y) persons with whom the U.S. Holder did not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) and (z) partnerships in which the U.S. Holder or a person referred to in (y) held a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships; and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Common Share was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of: (A) real or immovable property situated in Canada, (B) Canadian resource property (as defined in the Tax Act), (C) timber resource property (as defined in the Tax Act), and (D) options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in, property described in any of (A) through (C) above, whether or not such property exists; or (b) the Common Share is otherwise deemed under the Tax Act to be taxable Canadian property.
If a Common Share is taxable Canadian property to a U.S. Holder, any capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of such Common Share may not be subject to Canadian federal income tax pursuant to the terms of the Convention. U.S. Holders whose Common Shares may be taxable Canadian property should consult their own tax advisors.
 
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS​​​​
 
LEGAL MATTERS
McGuireWoods LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to our Company regarding U.S. securities law. McMillan LLP, Vancouver, Canada, is acting as counsel to our Company regarding Canadian securities law and has provided an opinion on the validity of the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus. Lowenstein Sandler LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriter.
EXPERTS
Davidson & Company LLP, our current independent accountant, has consented to the inclusion of its report with respect to Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024 in this prospectus, in the form and context in which they are included, and has authorized the contents of that part of the Registration Statement. The audit report covering the December 31, 2024 consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Company’s significant losses and negative operating cash flows raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.
The business address of Davidson & Company LLP is 609 Granville St #1200, Vancouver, BC V7Y 1H4, Canada. Davidson & Company LLP has been our independent accountant for the preceding three years and is registered with both the Canadian Public Accountability Board and the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
EXPENSES OF THIS OFFERING
The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this prospectus (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) will be as set forth in the table below. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and Nasdaq listing fee, all amounts are estimates. All such expenses will be borne by us.
Item
​ ​
Amount
​
SEC registration fee
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
FINRA filing fee
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
Nasdaq listing fee
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
Printing and engraving expenses
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
Legal fees and expenses
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
Accounting fees and expenses
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
Miscellaneous expenses
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​ US $    ​ ​
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely. The SEC maintains an internet site at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its exhibits.
Additional information relating to us may be found on SEDAR, the system for electronic document analysis and retrieval, at www.sedar.com. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act that are
 
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements will be filing reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other information may be inspected without charge at the locations described below. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and will furnish to the SEC, under cover of a current report on Form 6-K, unaudited quarterly financial information.
 
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
​ Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-2 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-3 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-4 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-5 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-6 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-8 ​ ​
​
Amended and Restated Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-48 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-50 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-51 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-52 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-53 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-54 ​ ​
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
[MISSING IMAGE: hdr_dandccomp-bwlr.jpg] 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Liberty Defense Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related notes and schedules (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company incurred a net loss during the year ended December 31, 2024 of $8,845,163 and had cash outflows from operating activities of $6,469,264. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.
/s/ DAVIDSON & COMPANY LLP​
Chartered Professional Accountants​
Vancouver, Canada
June 17, 2025
[MISSING IMAGE: ftr_nexia-4clr.jpg]
 
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Expressed in U.S. dollars)
As at:
​ ​
Note
​ ​
December 31,
2024
​ ​
December 31,
2023
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Current assets: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Cash
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,153,229 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 963 ​ ​
Accounts receivable, prepaids and deposits
​ ​
4
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,664,376 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 257,885 ​ ​
Inventory
​ ​
5
​ ​ ​ ​ 868,314 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,255,077 ​ ​
Contract costs
​ ​
16
​ ​ ​ ​ 268,952 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Lease receivable
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,048 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,954,871 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,520,973 ​ ​
Non-current assets: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Property and equipment
​ ​
6
​ ​ ​ ​ 759,937 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,043,876 ​ ​
Intangible assets
​ ​
7
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,571,693 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,266,803 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,331,630 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,310,679 ​ ​
Total assets
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,286,501 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,831,652 ​ ​
Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Current liabilities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
​ ​
18
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,155,890 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,862,675 ​ ​
Loans payable
​ ​
8 & 18
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 530,062 ​ ​
Parabilis term-loan
​ ​
9
​ ​ ​ ​ 983,476 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Factoring liability
​ ​
10
​ ​ ​ ​ 983,671 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,107,347 ​ ​
Deferred revenue
​ ​
15
​ ​ ​ ​ 180,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 180,000 ​ ​
CEBA loan
​ ​
8
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,445 ​ ​
Lease liabilities
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ 203,443 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 247,412 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,607,387 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,956,941 ​ ​
Non-current liabilities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Non-current lease liabilities
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ 505,382 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 639,173 ​ ​
Non-current Parabilis term loan
​ ​
9
​ ​ ​ ​ 938,211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Total liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,050,980 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,596,114 ​ ​
Shareholders’ deficiency ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Share capital
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 40,717,157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,565,254 ​ ​
Share subscriptions received in advance
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224,915 ​ ​
Equity reserves
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,872,472 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,146,489 ​ ​
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28,896) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (221,071) ​ ​
Deficit
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (46,325,212) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37,480,049) ​ ​
Total shareholders’ deficiency
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,479) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,462) ​ ​
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficiency
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,286,501 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,831,652 ​ ​
Nature of operations and going concern (note 1)
Subsequent events (note 23)
Approved on behalf of the Board of Directors:
​ “William Frain”
Director
​ ​ “Jason Burinescu”
Director
​
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, except number of shares)
​ ​ ​
Note
​ ​
Years ended December 31,
​
​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
​ ​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue
​ ​
15 & 16
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,013,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 120,000 ​ ​
Contract revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,425,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,372,557 ​ ​
Total Revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,438,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,492,557 ​ ​
Cost of revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,033,498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,546,040 ​ ​
Contract cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,081,971 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,163,211 ​ ​
Total cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,115,469 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,709,251 ​ ​
Gross loss
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,676,923) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,216,694) ​ ​
Engineering and Research and Development Expenses: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Product development & technology costs
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 148,675 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 370,073 ​ ​
Salaries and consulting fees
​ ​
18
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,655,580 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,766,601 ​ ​
Stock-based compensation
​ ​
13 & 18
​ ​ ​ ​ 98,008 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89,302 ​ ​
Depreciation
​ ​
6
​ ​ ​ ​ 248,979 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 526,686 ​ ​
Office, rent & administration, travel and miscellaneous
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 116,497 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 269,796 ​ ​
General & Administration Expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Salaries and consulting fees
​ ​
18
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,809,724 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,482,860 ​ ​
Legal and professional fees
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 458,390 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 299,011 ​ ​
Stock-based compensation
​ ​
13 & 18
​ ​ ​ ​ 255,220 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 511,699 ​ ​
Office, rent & administration, travel, and miscellaneous
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 965,868 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,574,621 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,756,941 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,890,649 ​ ​
Operating Loss
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (7,433,864) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (9,107,343) ​ ​
Other expense (income): ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Other expense (income)
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 589,550 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,078) ​ ​
Interest expense
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 808,989 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 283,247 ​ ​
Foreign exchange loss (gain)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,760 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (18,469) ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,411,299 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 261,700 ​ ​
Net loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,845,163) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,369,043) ​ ​
Other comprehensive loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or (loss)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Foreign currency translation adjustment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 192,175 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,598 ​ ​
Total loss and comprehensive loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,652,988) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,337,445) ​ ​
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Basic and diluted
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,160,752 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,816,531 ​ ​
Loss per share: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Basic and diluted loss per common share
​ ​
14
​ ​ ​ ​ (0.52) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.73) ​ ​
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency) (Expressed in U.S. dollars, except number of shares)
​ ​ ​
Note
​ ​
Number of
common
shares
​ ​
Share
capital
​ ​
Equity
reserves
​ ​
Share
subscriptions
received in
advance
​ ​
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
​ ​
Deficit
​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Balance as at December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,683,941 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,936,296 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,518,365 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (252,669) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28,111,006) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,090,986 ​ ​
Private placement, net of share issue cost
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,858,871 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,656,081 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,656,081 ​ ​
Share subscriptions received in advance
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224,915 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224,915 ​ ​
Fair value of compensation warrants
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (48,729) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,729 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Fair value of warrants allocated to share capital on expiry
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 396,285 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (396,285) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Residual value allocated to
warrants
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (374,679) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 374,679 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Stock based compensation
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 601,001 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 601,001 ​ ​
Foreign currency translation adjustment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,598 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,598 ​ ​
Loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,369,043) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,369,043) ​ ​
Balance as at December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,542,812 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,565,254 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,146,489 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224,915 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (221,071) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37,480,049) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,462) ​ ​
Balance as at December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,542,812 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,565,254 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,146,489 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224,915 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (221,071) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37,480,049) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,462) ​ ​
Private placement, net of share issue cost
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 27,064,194 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,478,484 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (224,915) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,253,569 ​ ​
Expired broker warrants allocated to share capital on expiry
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 312,815 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (312,815) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Residual value allocated to
warrants
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (562,251) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 562,251 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Residual value of warrants exercised
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,275 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (15,275) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Fair value of broker warrants
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (393,138) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 393,138 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Warrants exercised for cash
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 60,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87,367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87,367 ​ ​
Shares issued on debt settlement
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,562,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 927,332 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 927,332 ​ ​
Restricted shares units exercised
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 101,841 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 286,019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (286,019) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Stock based compensation
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 384,703 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 384,703 ​ ​
Foreign currency translation adjustment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 192,175 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 192,175 ​ ​
Loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,845,163) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,845,163) ​ ​
Balance as at December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,331,347 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,717,157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,872,472 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28,896) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (46,325,212) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,479) ​ ​
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Expressed in U.S. dollars)
​ ​ ​
Years ended December 31,
​
​ ​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Cash (used in) provided by: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Operating activities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Loss and comprehensive loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ (8,845,163) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,369,043) ​ ​
Items not involving cash:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Lease liability interest
​ ​ ​ ​ 69,652 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 80,049 ​ ​
Accrued interest
​ ​ ​ ​ 294,304 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 222,497 ​ ​
Depreciation
​ ​ ​ ​ 396,315 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 593,169 ​ ​
Amortization recorded in cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 922,221 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 695,465 ​ ​
Loss of settlement of debt
​ ​ ​ ​ 563,996 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
​ ​ ​ ​ 29,233 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Stock based compensation
​ ​ ​ ​ 384,703 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 601,001 ​ ​
Impairment of inventory
​ ​ ​ ​ 233,568 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 344,158 ​ ​
Impairment of contract costs
​ ​ ​ ​ 115,730 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Factoring fees
​ ​ ​ ​ 289,684 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Credit Line Parabilis fees
​ ​ ​ ​ 74,449 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Foreign exchange
​ ​ ​ ​ 230,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Changes in non-cash working capital:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Amounts receivable and prepaids
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,406,491) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56,808 ​ ​
Inventory
​ ​ ​ ​ 105,692 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,200,199) ​ ​
Contract costs
​ ​ ​ ​ (384,682) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ 456,551 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,259,074 ​ ​
Deferred revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 180,000 ​ ​
Cash used in operating activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (6,469,264) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,537,021) ​ ​
Investing activities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Additions to intangible assets
​ ​ ​ ​ (27,111) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (111,232) ​ ​
Additions to property and equipment
​ ​ ​ ​ (94,106) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (109,863) ​ ​
Cash used in investing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ (121,217) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (221,095) ​ ​
Financing activities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Proceeds from issuance of units, net of share issue costs
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,989,017 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,656,081 ​ ​
Proceeds from share subscriptions received in advance
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224,915 ​ ​
Proceeds from Parabilis term loan
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,800,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Proceeds from Parabilis credit line
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,551,166 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Repayments from Parabilis credit line
​ ​ ​ ​ (641,944) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Proceeds from working capital loans – Related Parties
​ ​ ​ ​ 82,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 140,089 ​ ​
Repayments of working capital loans – Related Parties
​ ​ ​ ​ (71,485) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Proceeds from working capital loans
​ ​ ​ ​ 927,555 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,573,627 ​ ​
Repayments of working capital loans
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,274,405) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,213,966) ​ ​
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​
Years ended December 31,
​
​ ​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Proceeds from factoring
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,265,132 ​ ​
Repayments on factoring
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,397,031) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (349,970) ​ ​
Repayment of CEBA loan
​ ​ ​ ​ (30,121) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Proceeds from warrants exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ 87,367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Lease receivable collected
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,048 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,827 ​ ​
Repayment of leases liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ (247,412) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (247,189) ​ ​
Cash provided by financing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ 7,781,755 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,069,546 ​ ​
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
​ ​ ​ ​ (39,008) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,060 ​ ​
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
​ ​ ​ ​ (39,008) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,060 ​ ​
Increase (decrease) in cash
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,152,266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (676,510) ​ ​
Cash, beginning of the year
​ ​ ​ ​ 963 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 677,473 ​ ​
Cash, end of the year
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,153,229 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 963 ​ ​
​
During the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company paid $nil and $nil in income taxes, and paid $783,225 and $93,065 in interest respectively.
​ Supplemental cash flow information ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Fair value of compensation brokers warrants
​ ​ ​ $ 393,138 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 48,729 ​ ​
​
Fair value of shares issued for corporate finance fee
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79,299 ​ ​
​
Residual value allocated to warrants
​ ​ ​ ​ 562,251 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 374,679 ​ ​
​
ROU asset additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 414,562 ​ ​
​
PP&E included in accounts payable
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,526 ​ ​
​
Inventory transfer to PP&E
​ ​ ​ ​ 47,503 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86,566 ​ ​
​
Intangible assets included in accounts payable
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 162,407 ​ ​
​
Fair value on expiry of warrants
​ ​ ​ ​ 312,815 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 396,285 ​ ​
​
Restricted share units exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ 286,019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Fair value of warrants exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ 15,275 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Loans settled with private placement proceeds
​ ​ ​ ​ 264,552 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
1.   Nature of operations and going concern
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. (“Liberty” or the “Company”) is a publicly traded company listed on the TSX Venture Exchange (TSXV: SCAN), the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (Frankfurt: L2D), and the OTCQB (OTCQB: LDDFF). The Company was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) on June 8, 2012. On July 27, 2020, Liberty continued its jurisdiction of incorporation from Ontario to British Columbia and is now governed by the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia).
The Company’s registered and records office is located at 1055 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500, Royal Centre, P.O. Box 11117, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6E 4N7, Canada. Its head office is located at 187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110, Wilmington, Massachusetts, 01887, USA.
The Company is engaged in the development and commercialization of advanced security detection technologies. Liberty’s flagship product, HEXWAVE, utilizes millimeter wave technology and advanced 3D imaging to detect concealed threats. In addition to HEXWAVE, the Company has licensed High-Definition Advanced Imaging Technology (HD-AIT) for body and shoe scanning.
Going concern
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared using IFRS Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company incurred a net loss during the year ended December 31, 2024, of $8,845,163 and had cash outflows from operating activities of $6,469,264. Given the current stage of operations, the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is contingent on its ability to obtain additional financing. While the Company has been successful in arranging financing in the past, the success of such initiatives cannot be assured. These events and conditions indicate that a material uncertainty exists that raises substantial doubt upon the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
These consolidated financial statements do not reflect the adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported expenses and consolidated statement of financial position classifications that would be necessary were the going concern assumption deemed to be inappropriate. These adjustments could be material.
2.   Basis of presentation
(a)   Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issuance by the Board of Directors on June 17, 2025.
(b)   Basis of measurement
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments which are measured at fair value. In addition, these consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting, except for cash flow information.
(c)   Functional and presentation currency
The functional currency of the Company is the Canadian dollar and the functional currencies of its subsidiaries are outlined in Note 2(d), and the presentation currency of these consolidated financial
 
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
2.   Basis of presentation (continued)
(c)   Functional and presentation currency (continued)
statements is the U.S. dollar (“USD”); therefore, references to $ means USD and CAD$ are to Canadian dollars.
(d)   Basis of consolidation
These consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd., and the entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries), as follows:
Subsidiary
​ ​
Place of
Incorporation
​ ​
Functional
Currency
​ ​
Beneficial
Interest
​
Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. (“LDT”)
​ ​
United States
​ ​ ​ ​ USD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
DrawDown Detection, Inc. (“DDD”)
​ ​
Canada
​ ​ ​ ​ CAD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
LDH GS Amalco Corp.
​ ​
Canada
​ ​ ​ ​ CAD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
DrawDown Technologies, Inc. (“DDT”)
​ ​
United States
​ ​ ​ ​ CAD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
LDH GS Amalco Corp. is dormant and has no operations.
Control exists when the Company has power over an investee, exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the Company’s returns. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
(e)   Critical accounting estimates and judgments
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS, requires management to select accounting policies and make estimates and judgments that may have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Estimates are continuously evaluated and are based on management’s experience and expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from these estimates.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
Functional currency
The functional currency for the Company is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. The Company has determined the functional currency of the Company, DDD and DDT as the Canadian dollar (CAD$). The functional currency of LDT is USD. Determination of functional currency may involve certain judgments to determine the primary economic environment, and the Company reconsider the functional currency if there is a change in events and conditions that determined the primary economic environment.
Estimated useful lives and depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets are dependent upon estimates of economic useful lives, which are determined through the exercise of judgment. Should the economic useful life, or depreciation rates differ from the initial estimate, an adjustment would be made in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss on a prospective basis.
 
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
2.   Basis of presentation (continued)
(e)   Critical accounting estimates and judgments (continued)
Impairment of intangible assets and other long-lived assets
Significant estimates and judgments are required in testing intangible assets and other long-lived assets, including right-of-use assets, for impairment. Management uses estimates or exercises judgment in assessing indicators of impairment, defining a CGU, forecasting future cash flows, estimating replacement cost models, and in determining other key assumptions such as discount rates and earnings multipliers used for assessing fair value (less costs of disposal) or value in use.
Stock based compensation
The Company determines the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This option pricing model requires the development of market-based subjective inputs, including the risk-free interest rate, expected price volatility and expected life of the option. Changes in these inputs and the underlying assumption used to develop them can materially affect the fair value estimate.
Treatment of development costs
Costs to develop products are capitalized to the extent that the criteria for recognition as intangible assets in IAS 38 — Intangible Assets are met. Management will use significant judgement to determine if the intangible asset is either in the research, development, or commercialization phase. As the asset moves from the research to development phase, criteria are required to prove that the asset is in the development phase. This includes the intangible asset being technically, and economically feasible, the intangible asset is intended to be complete, has the ability to be sold, show that it will generate future economic benefits, the Company has adequate technical, financial, and other resources to complete the development, and the intangible asset has the ability to measure reliability the expenditure attribute to the intangible asset during its development. Management considers these factors in aggregate and applies significant judgment to determine whether the product is feasible and is in the development phase. Costs associated in the development phase that would be considered additions include labor associated with the design, construction, and testing of the pre-production or pre-use of the prototypes and models, tools, dies involving new technology, construction, and testing of a chosen alternative for new or improved materials, devices, products, processes, systems, or services.
Warranty provisions
Warranty provisions are recognized for the future obligations to provide services for the repairs and maintenance of products sold to customers. The Company assesses its warranty provision based on experience. The actual costs incurred may differ from those amounts estimated.
Right of returns
The Company estimates sales returns based on historical return patterns, current sales performance, and management’s expectations regarding future returns. These estimates require the use of judgment and are updated regularly to reflect the most current trends and information available. Although the Company does not have a return policy in place, it recognizes a refund liability for the expected value of returned goods. Correspondingly, an asset is recognized for the right to recover products from customers upon settling the refund liability. Returned products are subsequently resold to other customers where applicable.
 
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
2.   Basis of presentation (continued)
(e)   Critical accounting estimates and judgments (continued)
Lease
The right of use assets and liabilities are measured at the present value of future lease payments discounted using the rate implicit in the lease or incremental borrowing rate for the Company if the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determined. These assumptions will impact the valuation of right of use assets and liabilities and finance cost.
Income taxes
The provision for income taxes and composition of income tax assets and liabilities requires management’s judgment. The application of income tax legislation also requires judgment to interpret legislation and to apply those findings to the Company’s transactions.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Management judgment and estimates are required in assessing whether deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position. Judgements are made as to whether future taxable profits will be available to recognize deferred tax assets. Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows. These depend on estimates of future production and sales volumes, prices, operating costs, and other capital management transactions. These judgments and estimates are subject to risk and uncertainty and changes in circumstances may alter expectations, which may impact the amount of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognized on the consolidated statements of financial position and the benefit of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognized.
Going concern of operations
These consolidated financial statements do not give effect to adjustments, if any, that would be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. If the going concern assumption was not used, then the adjustments required to report the Company’s assets and liabilities on a liquidation basis could be material to these financial statements.
Contract revenue recognition
Contract revenue is recognized once the Company transfers control of goods and services and satisfies performance obligations. The continuous transfer of control of goods and services to the customer is often supported by the customer’s physical possession or legal title to the work in process, as well as contractual clauses that provide the Company with a present right to payment for work performed to date. As a result, significant assumptions are used to determine when these performance obligations are satisfied. Changes to these assumptions could impact the revenue recognized during the reported period.
Inventory
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost of inventory includes cost of purchase (purchase price, import duties, transport, handling, and other costs directly attributable to the acquisition of inventories), estimated cost of conversion, and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value for inventories is the estimated selling price in
 
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
2.   Basis of presentation (continued)
(e)   Critical accounting estimates and judgments (continued)
the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Provisions are made in profit or loss of the current period on any difference between cost and net realizable values.
Contract costs
Deferred cost of sales is recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Management applies judgment and estimates in determining costs that are incurred in the current reporting period but are to be allocated to future performance obligations.
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information
(a)   Cash
Cash consists of cash on hand and demand deposits.
(b)   Foreign currency transactions
The financial statements of entities with functional currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated into U.S. dollars for presentation purposes as follows:
•
Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position
​
•
Income and expenses and other comprehensive income are translated at exchange rates at the date of the transaction
​
•
All resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive loss.
​
Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of an entity are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate prevailing at each reporting date. Foreign currency translation differences arising on translation into the functional currency of an entity are recognized in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss.
(c)   Inventory
The Company’s inventory consists of raw materials, work-in-process (“WIP”) and finished goods. The costing method the Company uses is weighted average. Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of WIP and finished goods includes the cost of raw materials and cost of conversion. The cost of conversion includes costs directly related to the units of production, such as direct labour, and fixed and variable production overheads, based on normal operating capacity. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses. At each reporting period, management evaluates the provision for obsolete and slow-moving inventory which may be reversed in subsequent periods, should the value subsequently be recovered.
(d)   Property and equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation, and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost comprises the fair value of consideration given to acquire an asset and includes the direct
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(d)   Property and equipment (continued)
charges associated with bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for putting it into use along with the future cost of dismantling and removing the asset. When parts of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property and equipment. Property and equipment with an original cost of $5,000 or less is expensed on acquisition. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:
Asset
​ ​
Life
​
Leasehold improvements ​ ​ The term of the lease ​
Equipment ​ ​ Three to seven years ​
Prototypes ​ ​ One year ​
Prototypes are internally generated assets used as a preliminary model for development of the Company’s product. Incurred costs on these prototypes are initially accounted for as construction in process (“CIP”) and includes directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce and prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Once the prototypes being built are completed and functional, the CIP is transferred to fixed assets and begins depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life.
Depreciation methods and useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate. If any, gains, and losses on disposal of property and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property and equipment and are recognized net within other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss.
(e)   Intangible assets
Intangible assets can be acquired by separate purchases, as part of a business combination, by government grant, by exchange of assets and by self-creation.
Research and development costs
Expenditure in research and development activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding is recognized in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss as an expense when incurred.
Expenditure in development activities where research results are used in planning and designing the production of new or substantially improved products and processes is recognized as an intangible asset if the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, if there is an intention and ability to complete the project and then use or sell it and expect economic benefits from the project, if the Company has sufficient resources to complete development and if it is able to measure reliably the cost during development. The recognized expenditure incurred includes not only the costs caused by its production and indirect costs that can be attributed to it and recognized by the market but also the cost of borrowing in relation to its acquisition.
On initial recognition, an intangible asset is measured at cost. After initial recognition, the Company monitors intangible assets according to the cost model, whereby their cost is decreased by any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.
Amortization
Intangible assets are classified as those with finite useful lives and those with indefinite useful lives. The carrying amount of an intangible asset with a finite useful life is reduced by depreciation and impairments.
 
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(e)   Intangible assets (continued)
Depreciation of intangible fixed assets begins to be calculated when the asset is available for use. The adequacy of the depreciation period and the depreciation method are reviewed at least at each financial year-end. Any adjustments necessary are accounted for as a change in an accounting estimate.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis, beginning the following day in the month when the asset is available for use over the life of the asset. The useful lives of the assets will vary depending on the analysis conducted and comparable assets will be taken into consideration. The current useful lives are as follows:
Asset
​ ​
Life
​
MIT License ​ ​ Fourteen years ​
Battelle License ​ ​ Three years ​
Intellectual Property ​ ​ Seven years ​
Intangible assets with indefinite useful life are tested for impairment at least on the balance sheet date. These assets are not subject to amortization. The useful life is reassessed to determine whether the assets need not be treated as having finite useful life, and the effect is accounted as a change in an accounting estimate.
(f)   Warranty provision
The Company provides product warranties on certain products pursuant to the contract and purchase orders and makes provision for the anticipated cost of these warranties through cost of sales; this provision is reviewed periodically to assess its adequacy in the light of actual warranty costs incurred.
(g)   Refund liabilities
The Company recognizes a refund liability when it receives consideration from a customer and expects to refund some or all of that consideration.
In accordance with IFRS 15, revenue is recognized only for the portion of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to, excluding amounts anticipated to be refunded. A refund liability is measured at the amount of consideration the Company expects to refund to customers.
Simultaneously, the Company recognizes an asset for its right to recover products from customers upon settling the refund liability. This asset is measured at the carrying amount of the inventory expected to be returned, adjusted for any expected costs to recover the goods and potential impairment.
At each reporting period, the Company updates the measurement of the refund liability and the corresponding asset to reflect changes in expectations about the amount of refunds and returns
(h)   Impairment of non-financial assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment at the end of each reporting period or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the
 
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(h)   Impairment of non-financial assets (continued)
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount and the fair value less costs to sell.
The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, other than deferred tax assets if any, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.
For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit” or “CGU”). The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.
If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs.
An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.
Impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss.
(i)   Financial instruments
The Company recognizes financial assets and liabilities on its financial statements when it becomes a party to the contract creating the asset or liability.
Classification
The Company classifies its financial instruments in the following categories: at fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”), at fair value through other comprehensive income (loss) (“FVTOCI”), or at amortized cost.
On initial recognition, all financial assets and liabilities are recorded by the Company at fair value, net of attributable transaction costs, except for financial assets and liabilities classified as FVTPL for which
 
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(i)   Financial instruments (continued)
transaction costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. The classification of the Company’s financial instruments is as follows:
Financial assets/liabilities
​ ​
Classification IFRS 9
​
Cash ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Accounts receivable ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Lease receivable ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
CEBA loan ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Loans payable ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Parabilis term loan ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Factoring liability ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Lease liabilities ​ ​
Amortized cost
​
Amortized cost
Financial assets that meet the following conditions are measured subsequently at amortized cost:
•
the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and
​
•
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
​
The amortized cost of a financial asset is the amount at which the financial asset is measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus the cumulative amortization using effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted for any loss allowance. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method.
Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”)
Financial assets that meet the following conditions are measured at FVTOCI:
•
the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and
​
•
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
​
On initial recognition, the Company may make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate investments in equity instruments that would otherwise be measured at fair value through profit or loss to present subsequent changes in fair value in other comprehensive income. Designation at FVTOCI is not permitted if the equity investment is held for trading or if it is contingent consideration recognized by an acquirer in a business combination. Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in OCI. The cumulative gain or loss is not reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the equity instrument, instead, it is transferred to retained earnings.
 
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(i)   Financial instruments (continued)
The Company does not have any financial assets classified as FVTOCI.
Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)
By default, all other financial assets are measured subsequently at FVTPL.
The Company, at initial recognition, may also irrevocably designate a financial asset as measured at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains and losses on them on different bases.
Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) (continued)
Financial assets measured at FVTPL are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with any fair value gains or losses recognized in profit or loss to the extent they are not part of a designated hedging relationship.
Financial liabilities and equity
Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. The repurchase of the Company’s own equity instruments is recognized and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments. Financial liabilities that are not contingent consideration of an acquirer in a business combination, held for trading or designated as at FVTPL, are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
Financial instruments designated as hedging instruments
The Company does not currently apply, nor has it historically applied, hedge accounting to financial instruments.
Impairment
The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on its financial assets. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting period to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instruments.
(j)   Income taxes
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a
 
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(j)   Income taxes (continued)
transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.
A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.
(k)   Share capital
Common shares are classified as equity. Transactions costs directly attributable to the issue of common shares and share options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.
(l)   Share-based payments
The Company grants restricted share units, deferred share units, and stock options to directors, officers, and consultants pursuant to a stock option plan described in Note 13. The Company uses the fair value method to account for all share-based awards granted, modified, or settled, and the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to determine the fair value of stock options granted. As such, a share-based payment is recorded based on the estimated fair value of options with a corresponding credit to equity reserves. Any consideration received plus the amounts recognized in the equity reserves will be transferred to share capital on the exercise of stock options. The amounts remain in equity reserves for stock options which expire unexercised. Stock options with graded vesting schedules are accounted for as separate grants with different vesting periods and fair values. Changes to the estimated number of share options that will eventually vest are accounted for prospectively. Options issued to non-employees are valued based on the fair value of the services provided unless the fair value of the services provided cannot be measured reliably, in which case, the fair value is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted.
(m)   Warrants issued in equity financial transactions
The Company uses the residual value method with respect to the measurement of shares and warrants issued as private placement units. The residual value method first allocates value to the more easily measurable component based on fair value and then the residual value, if any, to the less easily measurable component. The fair value of the common shares issued in the private placements was determined to be the more easily measurable component and were valued at their fair value, as determined by the quoted bid price on the issuance date. The balance, if any, was allocated to the attached warrants. Any fair value attributed to the warrants on exercise is recorded as equity. If warrants issued to brokers or finders are subsequently cancelled or expire without being exercised, then the historical fair value of the equity reserve is transferred from reserve to share capital. If the warrants are exercised the related reserves are reclassified from reserves to share capital.
 
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(n)   Earnings (loss) per share
The Company presents basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) data for its common shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period adjusted for own shares held. Diluted EPS per share is calculated by dividing the earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding assuming that the proceeds to be received on the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants are used to repurchase common shares at the average market price during the period.
In the Company’s case, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share, as the effect of outstanding share options and warrants on loss per share would be anti-dilutive.
(o)   Leases
At inception of a contract, the Company assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Company assesses whether it has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from and to direct the use of the identified asset.
At commencement or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Company allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of its relative stand-alone prices.
The Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset, or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.
The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Company by the end of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Company will exercise a purchase option. In that case, the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate by obtaining interest rates from various external financing sources and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease and type of asset leased.
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:
•
fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;
​
•
variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;
​
 
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(o)   Leases (continued)
•
amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and
​
•
the exercise price under a purchase option that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an optional renewal period if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Company is reasonably certain not to terminate early.
​
The lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Company’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Company changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension, or termination option, or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment. When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset or is recorded in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
Leases for which the Company is a lessor, are classified as finance or operating leases. Whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases.
When the Company is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The sublease is classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease. Rental income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognized as receivables at the amount of the Company’s net investment in the leases. Finance lease income is allocated to reporting periods so as to reflect a constant periodic rate of return on the Company’s net investment outstanding in respect of the leases.
Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets:
The Company has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases, including office equipment. The Company recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
(p)   Revenue recognition
Contract Revenue:
When determining the proper revenue recognition methods for contracts, the Company will evaluate each contract to determine if it meets the recognition criteria. A contract will be identified if both parties to the contract have approved the contract and are committed to perform their respective obligations, each party’s rights and payment terms can be identified regarding the goods or services to be transferred, and collectability of consideration is probable.
Performance obligations are determined throughout each contract. The Company’s contracts are based on a specific set of tasks that are identified and agreed upon, as well as the transaction price is determined and agreed upon between both parties. Each contract accounts for the timing of these tasks at different points,
 
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(p)   Revenue recognition (continued)
either on completion of a task or on a monthly/quarterly basis. The total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in an amount based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. The satisfaction of the performance obligations is typically measured with either the input method or the output method.
The Company typically transfers control of goods and services, and satisfies performance obligations, over time. Therefore, the Company recognizes revenue over time as these performance obligations are satisfied. This continuous transfer of control to the customer is often supported by the customer’s physical possession or legal title to the work in process, as well as contractual clauses that provide the Company with a present right to payment for work performed to date. These costs include labor, materials, other direct and allocations of indirect costs.
The transaction price is determined by considering the terms of the contract. Typically, the contracts the Company enters into are contracts that already have a fixed price set to them. These contracts still go through a significant amount of consideration and estimates to provide the transaction price. When determining the transaction price, or work to be completed in the transaction price, estimates of labor, material, travel, other direct costs, and indirect costs are considered. Costs that the Company will recognize as expense are general and administrative costs (besides the costs explicitly chargeable to the contract), costs of wasted materials labor and other resources, costs related to satisfied performance obligations, and all costs for which an entity cannot distinguish whether the costs relate to unsatisfied performance obligations or to satisfied performance obligations.
HEXWAVE units:
Revenue arising from the sale of HEXWAVE units is recognized as the Company fulfills its performance obligations upon delivery and successful commissioning of the product to the customer. Additionally, the Company generates revenue through other streams related to HEXWAVE technology, including subscription sales, installation, and training services. Revenue from upfront sales of HEXWAVE units is initially recorded as deferred revenue until the obligation of shipment and delivery is fulfilled. Subsequently, upon meeting this obligation, the deferred revenue is recognized as earned revenue, net of provisions for estimated sales return.
(q)   Contract costs
Under contract revenue arrangements, the Company incurs costs in advance of recognizing revenue. These costs are recorded as contract costs and carried forward until the related revenues are recognized, at which time it is expensed. Deferred cost of sales is recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value.
(r)   Factoring arrangements
The Company engages in factoring arrangements as a means of managing its accounts receivable and optimizing its working capital. Under these arrangements, the Company sells certain accounts receivable to a third-party financial institution (the ‘Factor’). Upon entering into a factoring arrangement, the Company recognizes a financial asset for the rights to receive cash flows from the factored receivables if and only if derecognition conditions are met. In cases where derecognition criteria are not met, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset in its entirety and recognizes a corresponding financial liability for the consideration received.
 
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information (continued)
(r)   Factoring arrangements (continued)
The Company evaluates whether derecognition criteria are met, considering the nature of the contractual rights and obligations. If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset, the financial asset is not derecognized. Consequently, the associated liability is measured at fair value reflecting the rights and obligations retained by the Company.
The Company continues to recognize the financial asset and associated liability at each reporting period. Any income on the transferred asset and any expense incurred on the financial liability, including associated financing fees or discounts, are recognized in subsequent periods over the term of the factoring arrangement.
(s)   Changes in accounting standards
The following new standards and amendments became effective for the current periods.
•
Amendments to IAS 1 — Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current. The amendment clarified the guidance on whether a liability should be classified as either current or non-current. The amendments are applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024.
​
•
Amendments to IFRS 16 — Lease liability in a Sale and Leaseback. The amendment clarifies how a seller-lessee subsequently measures sale and leaseback transactions that satisfy the requirements in IFRS 15 to be accounted for as a sale. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024.
​
•
Amendments to IAS 7 — Requiring entities to provide qualitative and quantitative information about their supplier finance arrangements. In connection with the amendments to IAS 7, the IASB also issued amendments to IFRS 7 requiring entities to disclose whether they have accessed, or have access to, supplier finance arrangements that would provide the entity with extended payment terms or the suppliers with early payment terms. These amendments are effective on January 1, 2024.
​
The Company did not encounter any material effects from the implementation of these new standards or amendments in 2024.
The following new standards and amendments were issued but not yet effective.
•
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements — In April 2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18 which replaces IAS 1 — Presentation of Financial Statements. This standard introduces a new structure for financial statements, aiming to improve comparability and transparency. IFRS 18 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027.
​
The Company is currently assessing the impact that, IFRS 18, will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
4.   Accounts Receivable, Prepaids and Deposits
​ ​ ​
December 31,
2024
​ ​
December 31,
2023
​
Accounts receivable
​ ​ ​ $ 255,148 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 25,494 ​ ​
Prepaids and deposits
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,409,228 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 232,391 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,664,376 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 257,885 ​ ​
5.   Inventory
​ ​ ​
December 31,
2024
​ ​
December 31,
2023
​
Raw materials
​ ​ ​ $ 211,553 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 734,824 ​ ​
Work-in-progress
​ ​ ​ ​ 128,761 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 467,940 ​ ​
Finished goods
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52,313 ​ ​
Right of return on finished goods
​ ​ ​ ​ 528,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ $ 868,314 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,255,077 ​ ​
The Company reclassified finished goods inventory of $nil (December 31, 2023, $86,556) to property and equipment related to a HEXWAVE prototype unit. The Company reclassified work in process assemblies of $48,185 (December 31, 2023, $nil) to property and equipment related to the engineering prototype HEXWAVE unit. The engineering prototype HEXWAVE unit was disassembled and upgraded to be used for testing and development of enhanced algorithms.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company recognized an impairment expense of $233,568 (December 31, 2023 — $344,158). The Company recorded right of returns totaling $528,000 (2023 — $nil).
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company expensed $1,799,930 of inventory to cost of revenue (December 31, 2023, $258,055).
 
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
6.   Property and Equipment
​ ​ ​
Equipment
​ ​
Right of Use
Asset
​ ​
Prototype
​ ​
Construction in
Process
​ ​
Total
​
Cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ 222,954 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 772,312 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 584,859 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 88,715 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,668,840 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 414,562 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86,556 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 134,389 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 635,507 ​ ​
Transfers
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 171,899 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (171,899) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
At December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 222,954 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,186,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 843,314 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 51,205 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,304,347 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 25,241 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,185 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 68,183 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141,609 ​ ​
Disposals
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (116,933) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (116,933) ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 248,195 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,186,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 774,566 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 119,388 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,329,023 ​ ​
Accumulated Depreciation ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ 71,717 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 234,982 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 360,662 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 667,361 ​ ​
Depreciation for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ 59,059 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 192,581 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 341,529 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 593,169 ​ ​
At December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 130,776 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 427,563 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 702,191 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,260,530 ​ ​
Depreciation for disposal
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (87,700) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (87,700) ​ ​
Depreciation for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ 58,788 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 189,499 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 148,028 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 396,315 ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 189,564 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 617,062 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 762,519 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,569,145 ​ ​
Foreign exchange movement ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​
Net Book Value ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 92,178 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 759,370 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 141,123 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 51,205 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,043,876 ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 58,631 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 569,871 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 12,047 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 119,388 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 759,937 ​ ​
On February 1, 2023, the Company entered into two new office lease agreements, each with a term of thirty-six months. The first lease resulted in the recognition of an initial right-of-use asset totaling $58,386, using an implicit interest rate of 9.68%, and the second lease resulted in the recognition of an initial right-of-use asset totaling $356,176, using an implicit interest rate of 9.81%.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, equipment depreciation recorded to cost of revenue was $147,336 (December 31, 2023 — $66,483). During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company disposed of assets with a carrying value of $29,233 (December 31, 2023 — $nil) for $nil proceeds (December 31, 2023 — $nil).
7.   Intangible Assets
The continuity of the Company’s intangible assets is as follows:
​ ​ ​
MIT
license
​ ​
Battelle
license
​ ​
Intellectual
property
​ ​
Total
​
Balance, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ 441,225 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59,430 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 3,229,808 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 3,730,463 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 231,805 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 231,805 ​ ​
Amortization
​ ​ ​ ​ (34,108) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (67,985) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (593,372) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (695,465) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 407,117 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 223,250 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,636,436 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 3,266,803 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 227,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 227,111 ​ ​
Amortization
​ ​ ​ ​ (34,108) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (450,361) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (437,752) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (922,221) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 373,009 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,198,684 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,571,693 ​ ​
 
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
7.   Intangible Assets (continued)
Intangible assets including MIT license and Battelle license, encompassing payments in connection to reimbursement of global patent filing costs and annual maintenance fees. Additionally, intellectual property was generated through the reverse take over (“RTO”) transaction closed during the year ended December 31, 2021, and became ready for use during the year ended December 31, 2022. The remaining useful life of the intangible assets are as follows: MIT license 11 years, Battelle license nil years, and intellectual property 4 years.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, $922,221 of amortization expense was allocated to cost of revenues (December 31, 2023 — $695,465).
(a)   MIT License Agreements
The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Liberty Defense Technologies Inc. (“LDT”), has entered into agreements with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT”) and MIT’s Lincoln Laboratory (“MIT LL”), including an exclusive patent licence agreement between MIT and LDT dated September 10, 2018, as amended from time to time (the “Licence Agreement”), a technology transfer agreement between LDT and MIT LL, effective August 24, 2018 (the “Technology Transfer Agreement”), and a cooperative research and development agreement between LDT and MIT dated as of December 21, 2018 (“CRADA”), such agreements providing LDT with an exclusive licence for patents, design assets and MIT LL technical expertise related to active three-dimensional imaging technology that are the technology behind the HEXWAVE product.
The obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement and the CRADA have now been completed. Liberty may consider extending the CRADA (and therefore changing its scope) if it determines that additional MIT LL technical expertise related to active three-dimensional imaging technology is required. Pursuant to the License Agreement, LDT has been granted the exclusive rights to MIT’s patent in “multistatic sparse array topology for FFT-based field imaging” ​(MIT Case No. l 8409L) (the “Patent”), which is being utilized in the development and application of the HEXWAVE product. The License Agreement is to be in effect until the expiration of the Patent, which is 11 years (December 2035). In granting LDT such patent rights, the Company shall pay MIT, in addition to patent filling costs, an annual fees as follows: 1) $20,000 for 2019 (paid); $50,000 for 2020 (paid); $60,000 for 2021 (paid); $100,000 for 2022 (paid); $nil for 2023, $40,000 for 2024 (payable), $200,000 for 2025, and $350,000 for 2026 and thereafter; and 2) a royalty of 5.7% of all future net sales of the Company.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company accrued royalty payments of $105,993 (December 31, 2023, $nil). The Company shall also be required to achieve certain milestones.
(b)   Battelle Memorial License Agreement
On March 22, 2021, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary DrawDown Detection, Inc. has entered into an agreement (“Battelle License Agreement”) with Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”), which operates the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (“PNNL”), to license the millimeter wave-based, High-Definition Advanced Imaging Technology (HD-AIT) body scanner and shoe scanner technologies. The agreement, as amended from time to time, provides the Company with a three-year exclusive license for certain patents which will convert to a non-exclusive license for the remaining life of the patents. The agreement also provides the Company with non-exclusive license for certain patents for life.
As consideration for the Battelle License Agreement, the Company paid $30,000 upon signing and $30,000 six months after.
 
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
7.   Intangible Assets (continued)
(b)   Battelle Memorial License Agreement (continued)
Under the Battelle License Agreement, the Company shall pay a five percent royalty on net sales and a twenty-five percent royalty on all sublicensing revenues if permitted under the contract guidelines.
The Company is required to pay a minimum royalty amount as follows, unless the agreement is terminated:
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2021 (paid)
​ ​ ​ $ 50,000 ​ ​
Year 2022 (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 50,000 ​ ​
Year 2023 (payable)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000 ​ ​
Year 2024 and each year thereafter (payable)
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​
The Company is obligated to achieve certain milestones in the next fifteen months and reimburse Battelle for ongoing patenting expenses, as well as past patenting expenses in the total amount of $50,000, from which $50,000 has been paid.
As at December 31, 2024, the Company has a balance of $290,566 payable (December 31, 2023, $100,000).
8.   Loans Payable
(a)   Related Party Loans
During the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company received working capital loans from related parties. These loans, unsecured and non-interest bearing, lack specified maturity dates. Repayments will be made as adequate financing becomes available to the Company.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,381,120 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,052,426) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 328,694 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 82,000 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (336,037) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 74,657 ​ ​
(b)   Short Term Loans
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company received a secured business line of credit from American Express, subject to a general security agreement on the Company’s assets, with various draws. The interest rate on the amount withdrawn varied from 7.49% to 25.71% over a six-month term. The monthly payments fluctuated based on the amount withdrawn from the line of credit with amounts ranging from $1,782 to $10,624 per month. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company borrowed $11,900 (2023 — $166,210) from this line of credit. The loan matured on June 25, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company fully repaid this loan.
 
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
8.   Loans Payable (continued)
(b)   Short Term Loans (continued)
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company secured an unsecured business line of credit of $83,036 from BlueVine Capital. The credit facility had a twenty-six-week term, an interest rate of 1.10%, and required weekly payments of $3,906. The loan matured on June 5, 2024, and was fully repaid.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company received a secured business line of credit with Headway Capital, subject to a general security agreement of the Company’s assets, with one draw for a period of seventeen-months with a monthly interest rate of 4.17%. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company borrowed $21,275 (2023 — $83,350) from this line of credit. The loan matures on January 31, 2025. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company fully repaid this loan.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company obtained a secured business loan of $420,000 from Blade Funding with a 32-week term. The loan carries an annual interest rate of 11.50%, requires weekly payments of $13,125. It is scheduled to mature on January 19, 2025. As at December 31, 2024, the balance outstanding was $26,250 (December 31, 2023 — $nil). Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2024, the balance was fully repaid.
On July 2, 2024, the Company received a short-term loan of $250,000 from 1087207 BC Ltd. The loan had a minimum upfront interest payment of $20,000, in which the Company received $230,000, net. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the balance owed was paid in full.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received $350,394 in non-interest-bearing short-term loans. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company fully repaid these loans.
​ ​ ​
Total
​
Balance, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 332,596 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (161,540) ​ ​
Accrued Interest
​ ​ ​ ​ 30,312 ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 201,368 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,053,569 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,260,419) ​ ​
Accrued Interest
​ ​ ​ ​ 31,732 ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 26,250 ​ ​
(c)   CEBA Loan
The Company obtained a CAD$40,000 Canada Emergency Business Account loan (“CEBA”) on May 5, 2020, with a 0% interest rate applicable until January 18, 2024 (the “Term Period”). The loan was used to cover payroll, rent, and utilities in compliance with the loan agreement guidelines. Under the terms of the loan, if 75% of the principal amount was repaid by the end of the Term Period, the remaining 25% would be forgiven.
The Company did not repay the required amount by the end of the Term Period, resulting in the loan being converted to a term facility. As of June 30, 2024, the outstanding balance of $29,269 (December 31, 2023 — $29,445) began accruing interest at an annual rate of 5%.
 
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
8.   Loans Payable (continued)
(c)   CEBA Loan (continued)
As at December 31, 2023, the net present value of the CEBA loan was $29,445, which was recorded as a current liability. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the CEBA loan was fully repaid.
9.   Parabilis Term Loan
On August 22, 2024, the Company secured a $1,800,000 business term loan from Parabilis (PFF, LLC). The loan has a term of 104 weeks with an annual interest rate of 17.99% and is scheduled to mature on August 15, 2026. Repayments are set to commence in March 2025 with monthly payments of $125,299 for eighteen months. See Note 10(a) regarding collateral.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2022 and 2023
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,800,000 ​ ​
Interest and fees
​ ​ ​ ​ 121,687 ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 1,921,687 ​ ​
Current
​ ​ ​ $ 983,476 ​ ​
Non-Current
​ ​ ​ $ 938,211 ​ ​
10.   Factoring Liability
(a)   Parabilis Credit Line
On August 22, 2024, the Company entered into a secured revolving credit line agreement with Parabilis (PFF, LLC) for up to $2,500,000. The borrowing base for the credit line is determined based on the following percentages: 90% of eligible billed receivables, 65% of eligible unbilled receivables, and 30% of eligible delivery orders. The aggregate of eligible billed and unbilled receivables, along with eligible delivery orders, establishes the Company’s borrowing capacity under the credit line.
When invoicing occurs, payments on the invoices are applied directly to the outstanding principal and interest on the credit line. The revolving credit facility has a maturity date of August 31, 2025, with the option for extension at Parabilis’ sole discretion. The facility carries an interest rate of 14.99% per annum, subject to re-evaluation on June 1, 2025, at which point the rate may increase to a maximum of 16.99% per annum.
The Parabilis term loan and credit line are secured by all tangible and intangible personal property of the Company, wherever located, whether currently owned or acquired in the future.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2022 and 2023
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,551,166 ​ ​
Accrued factoring Fee
​ ​ ​ ​ 74,449 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (641,944) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 983,671 ​ ​
 
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
10.   Factoring Liability (continued)
(b)   Bengal Capital Factoring
On June 22, 2023, the Company engaged in a factoring arrangement with Bengal Capital, Inc. (the “Factor”). Per the agreement, the Company submits invoices or purchase orders to the Factor after credit approval, receiving 80% of the gross amount. The Factor assumes ownership of these accounts with full recourse. Furthermore, the Company is subject to a 4% monthly factoring fee based on the face value of the accounts. No collateral is used per the agreement; however, the Company is obligated to pay the balance regardless of receiving payment for advanced orders.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received funds of $nil (2023 — $1,265,132) and incurred factor fees of $289,684 (2023 — $192,185) with repayments of $1,397,031 (2023 — $349,970).
The factoring liability as at December 31, 2024, and 2023 is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,265,132 ​ ​
Accrued factoring Fee
​ ​ ​ ​ 192,185 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (349,970) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 1,107,347 ​ ​
Accrued factoring Fee
​ ​ ​ ​ 289,684 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,397,031) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
For accounting purposes, the factored trade receivable remains recorded in trade receivables, while the financing costs are amortized over the financing period.
11.   Leases
The Company’s lease liabilities as at December 31, 2024, and 2023, are as follows:
​ ​ ​
Right of
use
liability
​
Balance, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ 638,306 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 414,562 ​ ​
Finance costs
​ ​ ​ ​ 81,032 ​ ​
Lease payments
​ ​ ​ ​ (247,189) ​ ​
Foreign exchange movement
​ ​ ​ ​ (126) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 886,585 ​ ​
Finance costs
​ ​ ​ ​ 69,652 ​ ​
Lease payments
​ ​ ​ ​ (247,412) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 708,825 ​ ​
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded a lease expense of $nil (December 31, 2023 — $23,317, respectively) related to short-term leases not meeting the criteria for capitalization under IFRS 16.
 
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
11.   Leases (continued)
Minimum lease payments are as follows:
​ ​ ​
December 31,
2024
​ ​
December 31,
2023
​
Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
One year or less
​ ​ ​ $ 257,461 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 247,412 ​ ​
Two to five years
​ ​ ​ ​ 558,358 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 815,820 ​ ​
Six and thereafter
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Total lease liabilities
​ ​ ​ $ 815,819 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,063,232 ​ ​
Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position
​ ​ ​ $ 708,825 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 886,585 ​ ​
Current
​ ​ ​ $ 203,443 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 247,412 ​ ​
Non-current
​ ​ ​ $ 505,382 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 639,173 ​ ​
The Company’s lease receivable balances as at December 31, 2024, and 2023, are as follows:
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ $ 26,837 ​ ​
Accretion
​ ​ ​ ​ 983 ​ ​
Payments received
​ ​ ​ ​ (20,827) ​ ​
Foreign exchange movement
​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 7,048 ​ ​
Accretion
​ ​ ​ ​ 78 ​ ​
Payments received
​ ​ ​ ​ (6,928) ​ ​
Foreign exchange movement
​ ​ ​ ​ (198) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
As a result of the completion of the RTO in March 2021, the Company’s head office was moved to Boston, MA. Therefore, the previous head office space was subleased until the expiry of the headlease (April 2024). The Company fair valued the lease receivable by present valuing the expected lease receivable payments over the life of the lease. The Company used an interest rate of 5.55%, the interest rate implicit in the lease. As at December 31, 2024, the minimum undiscounted sublease payments receivable is $nil (December 31, 2023 — $7,129).
12.   Share Capital
On November 26, 2024, Liberty completed a share consolidation on a 10 to 1 basis, converting every 10 old common shares into 1 new common share. All common shares and per-share data presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this consolidation unless otherwise noted.
(a)   Common share transactions for the year ended December 31, 2024
i)
On January 12, 2024, the Company closed the initial tranche of a Listed Issuer Financing Exemption (LIFE) private placement of units, raising gross proceeds of $662,554 (CAD$886,000). As of December 31, 2023, the Company had received $224,915 of these proceeds. This tranche involved the issuance of 590,068 units at a price of CAD$1.50 per unit. Each unit consisted of one
​
 
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
12.   Share Capital (continued)
(a)   Common share transactions for the year ended December 31, 2024 (continued)
common share and one purchase warrant, allowing the holder to purchase an additional common share at CAD$2.00 per share within 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $154,596. Additionally, the Company issued 15,171 broker warrants to agents under identical terms and conditions with a fair value of $4,508. Agent commissions totaling $17,110 were paid.
ii)
Subsequently, on February 5, 2024, the Company closed the final tranche of the same non-brokered private placement, raising an additional $112,285 (CAD$150,000). This tranche involved the issuance of 100,000 units under the same terms and conditions as the initial tranche. Each unit consisted of one common share and one purchase warrant, allowing the holder to purchase an additional common share at CAD$2.00 per share within 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $37,428.
​
iii)
On February 26, 2024, the Company closed an investment by Viken Detection Corp. (“Viken”) pursuant to which Viken purchased 909,091 units of the Company at an issue price of CAD$1.50 per unit for total gross proceeds of $1,000,000 (CAD$1,363,636). Each unit comprised one common share and one purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles Viken to purchase one additional common share of the Company at an exercise price of CAD$2.00 for a period of 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $166,667. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to filing and legal expenses in the amount of $27,116 were also paid. These warrants contain blocker language restricting the exercise of the warrants in the event such exercise results in Viken holding more than 9.9% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company.
​
iv)
On March 17, 2024, a total of 199,636 finder warrants expired with an exercise price of CAD$3.30. These broker warrants had a fair value of $312,815 and the reserve value was reclassified to share capital.
​
v)
During the year ended December 31, 2024, a total of 101,841 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of $286,019.
​
vi)
During the year ended December 31, 2024, a total of 60,000 shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 60,000 warrants, resulting in proceeds of $87,367 (CAD$120,000). Residual value in the amount of $15,275 was reversed.
​
vii)
On August 13, 2024, the Company closed the first tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $508,864 (CAD$697,550). The Company issued 465,035 special warrants of the Company at a price of CAD$1.50 per Unit. Each special warrant will automatically convert into one Unit. Each Unit shall consist of one common share and one share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$2.00 within a period of 36 months. These special warrants were converted into one Unit on August 13, 2024. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $203,560. The Company paid the agents 19,051 broker warrants with a fair value of $5,757. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 36 months at an exercise price of CAD$2.00. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to private placement in the amount of $30,995.
​
 
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
12.   Share Capital (continued)
(a)   Common share transactions for the year ended December 31, 2024 (continued)
viii)
On December 18, 2024, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $5,585,812 (CAD$8,000,000). The Company issued 25,000,000 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$0.32 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$0.55 for a period of 24 months and are subject to an accelerated expiry at the Company’s election under certain conditions. The Company paid the agents $274,123 in finders fees and issued 1,251,062 finder warrants with a fair value of $382,873. Each finder’s warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$0.55. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to private placement in the amount of $41,687.
​
ix)
The Company settled a total of $363,336 (CAD$520,947) of indebtedness with a certain creditor by issuing 1,562,500 units valued at $927,332 and follows the same terms as the units issued on December 18, 2024, non-brokered private placement. The Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt totalling $563,996 (included in other expenses (2023 – $nil).
​
(b)
Common share transactions for the year ended December 31, 2023
​
i)
On March 11, 2023, a total of 109,813 finder warrants expired with an exercise price of CAD$4.00. These broker warrants had a fair value at $188,021 and the reserve value was reclassified to share capital.
​
ii)
On April 14, 2023, the Company closed the first tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $1,007,249 (CAD$1,341,212). The Company issued 670,606 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$2.00 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$3.00 within a period of 24 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $100,727. The Company paid the agents 21,525 broker warrants with a fair value of $5,498. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$3.00. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to private placement in the amount of $39,594.
​
iii)
On May 9, 2023, the Company closed the second tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $296,116 (CAD$397,000). The Company issued 198,500 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$2.00 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$3.00 within a period of 24 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $22,712. The Company paid the agents 13,895 broker warrants with a fair valued at $3,816. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$3.00. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to private placement in the amount of $20,803. The Company also issued 4,500 units for gross proceeds of $6,713, which were issued in order to offset invoices due to a vendor.
​
iv)
On June 8, 2023, the Company closed the third and final tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $228,547 (CAD$305,000). The Company issued 152,500 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$2.00 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to
​
 
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
12.   Share Capital (continued)
(b)
Common share transactions for the year ended December 31, 2023 (continued)
​
purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$3.00 within a period of 24 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $57,137. The Company paid the agents 9,275 broker warrants with a fair valued of $1,893. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$3.00. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to filing and legal expenses in the amount of $66,900.
v)
On June 17, 2023, a total of 105,690 broker warrants expired with an exercise price of CAD$5.00. These broker warrants had a fair value of $208,264, and the reverse value was reclassified to share capital.
​
vi)
On October 5, 2023, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $2,588,066 (CAD$3,565,527). The Company issued 1,782,764 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$2.00 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$3.00 for a period of 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $194,105. The Company paid the agents 60,723 broker warrants with a fair value of $37,523. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 36 months at an exercise price of CAD$2.00. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to filing and legal expenses in the amount of $336,600, as well as the Company issued 50,000 shares as corporate finance fee with a fair value of $72,586.
​
vii)
On December 6, 2023, and subsequently amended on December 29, 2023, the Company announced a non-brokered private placement, intending to sell up to 786,667 units at CAD$1.50 per unit, aiming for gross proceeds of CAD$1,180,000. Each unit comprises one common share and one purchase warrant, with each warrant allowing the holder to purchase one share at an exercise price of CAD$2.00 for 36 months. As of December 31, 2023, the Company received proceeds of $224,915 (CAD$305,000) for share subscriptions, net of share issuance costs, ahead of closing the private placement.
​
13.   Equity Reserves
(a)   Share-based compensation
The Company maintains an Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) which is comprised of stock options, restricted share units (“RSUs”) and deferred share units (“DSUs”). The maximum number of common shares reserved for issuance, in the aggregate, under the Incentive Plan is 10% of the aggregate number of common shares issued and outstanding to be granted to directors, officers, employees, and consultants under certain restrictions.
Unless the Board decides, or the grant agreement specifies otherwise, the stock options will vest in two years with quarterly intervals following the date of such grant. The Board shall fix the exercise price of any stock option when such stock option is granted, which shall not be less than the closing price of the common shares on the Exchange on the day prior to the date of grant (the “Market Value”). A stock option shall be exercisable during a period established by the Board, which shall commence on the date of the grant and shall terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant of the award or such shorter period as the Board may determine.
 
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(a)   Share-based compensation (continued)
With respect to RSUs, the specific provisions of the RSU plan, eligibility, vesting period, terms of the RSUs and the number of RSUs granted are to be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the grant.
With respect to PSUs, the specific provisions of the PSU plan, eligibility, vesting period, terms of the PSUs and the number of PSUs granted are to be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the grant.
The continuity of the number of stock options issued and outstanding are as follows:
​ ​ ​
Number of
stock options
​ ​
Weighted
average
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 565,460 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.62 ​ ​
Cancelled
​ ​ ​ ​ (21,000) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.31 ​ ​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 124,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.90 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 668,960 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.94 ​ ​
Cancelled
​ ​ ​ ​ (74,250) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.35 ​ ​
Expired
​ ​ ​ ​ (82,460) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12.42 ​ ​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,715,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 3,227,250 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.29 ​ ​
As at December 31, 2024, the number of stock options outstanding and exercisable were:
​ ​ ​
Outstanding
​ ​
Exercise able
​
Expiry date
​ ​
Number of stock
options
​ ​
Exercise price
​ ​
Remaining
contractual life
(years)
​ ​
Number of stock
options
​
07-Apr-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 118,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118,000 ​ ​
10-Jun-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.44 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​
28-Jul-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 12,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,500 ​ ​
28-Jul-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 9,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 6.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,000 ​ ​
01-Nov-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 46,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.84 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46,500 ​ ​
14-Jan-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.04 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​
26-Apr-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 153,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 153,500 ​ ​
26-May-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​
16-Aug-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 18,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.90 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.62 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,500 ​ ​
21-Nov-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.89 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,000 ​ ​
26-Apr-28
​ ​ ​ ​ 9,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,125 ​ ​
16-Oct-28
​ ​ ​ ​ 108,750 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.90 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.79 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54,375 ​ ​
30-Dec-29
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,715,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 3,227,250 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 455,500 ​ ​
 
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(a)   Share-based compensation (continued)
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized stock-based compensation related to stock options totaling $70,004 (December 31, 2023 — $226,360). Of this amount, $31,475 was recorded as stock-based compensation in the cost of revenue (December 31, 2023 – $nil).
The fair value of the stock options granted were estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:
​ ​ ​
December 31,
2024
​ ​
December 31,
2023
​
Risk-free interest rate
​ ​
3.04%
​ ​
4.16%
​
Expected dividend yield
​ ​
Nil
​ ​
Nil
​
Stock price volatility
​ ​
145.18%
​ ​
80.98%
​
Expected life (in years)
​ ​
5 years
​ ​
5 years
​
Stock price
​ ​
CAD$0.85
​ ​
CAD$1.10
​
(b)   Restricted share units (“RSU”)
Restricted share units granted for the year ended December 31, 2024:
i)
On February 28, 2024, the Company granted 147,500 RSUs to employees of the Company; these RSUs shall be settled with common shares of the Company, have an exercise period that expires on February 28, 2029, and vest at 100% on February 28, 2025.
​
ii)
A total of 132,248 RSUs were canceled.
​
Restricted share units granted for the year ended December 31, 2023:
iii)
On August 19, 2024, the Company granted 30,000 RSUs to a consultant; these RSUs shall be settled with common shares of the Company, have an exercise period that expires on August 19, 2029, and vests as follows: 25% on November 19, 2024, 25% on February 19, 2025, 25% on May 19, 2025, 25% on August 19, 2025.
​
Restricted share units granted for the year ended December 31, 2023:
i)
On September 1, 2023, the Company granted 20,000 RSUs to a consultant of the Company; these RSUs shall be settled with common shares of the Company, are restricted until September 1, 2028, and vest 100% on September 1, 2024.
​
ii)
On October 16, 2023, the Company granted 325,698 RSUs to directors, officers, employees, and consultants of the Company; these RSUs shall be settled with common shares of the Company, are restricted until October 16, 2028, and vest 100% on October 16, 2024.
​
 
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(b)   Restricted share units (“RSU”) (continued)
The following table summarizes the movements in outstanding RSUs:
​ ​ ​
Number of
equity settled
RSUs
​ ​
Grant Price
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 247,216 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.04 ​ ​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 345,698 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.70 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 592,914 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.09 ​ ​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 177,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.22 ​ ​
Cancelled
​ ​ ​ ​ (132,248) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.82 ​ ​
Exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ (101,841) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.79 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 536,325 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.41 ​ ​
A total of 391,950 RSU’s were vested as at December 31, 2024.
The estimated fair value of the equity settled RSUs granted as of December 31, 2024, was $144,355 (December 31, 2023 — $ 435,444) and will be recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the RSUs. The fair value of the equity settled RSUs as at the grant date was determined with reference to the market value of the common shares of the Company at the grant date.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized stock-based compensation related to RSUs in the amount of $277,579 (December 31, 2023 — $385,869).
(c)   Share purchase warrants
The continuity of the number of share purchase warrants outstanding is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Warrants
outstanding
​ ​
Exercise
Price
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2022
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,691,738 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.40 ​ ​
Issued
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,401,235 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.97 ​ ​
Expired
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,791,003) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6.42 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,301,970 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.96 ​ ​
Issued
​ ​ ​ ​ 16,630,724 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.73 ​ ​
Expired
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,797,726) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.81 ​ ​
Exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ (60,000) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.00 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,074,968 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.22 ​ ​
 
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(c)   Share purchase warrants (continued)
The fair value of the compensation warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:
​ ​ ​
December 31,
2024
​ ​
December 31,
2023
​
Risk-free interest rate
​ ​
3.07%
​ ​
3.53%
​
Expected dividend yield
​ ​
Nil
​ ​
Nil
​
Stock price volatility
​ ​
72.95%
​ ​
63.89%
​
Expected life (in years)
​ ​
2.03 years
​ ​
2 years
​
Share price on grant date
​ ​
CAD$0.83
​ ​
CAD$1.80
​
Fair value share purchase warrants
​ ​
CAD$0.43
​ ​
CAD$0.40
​
The outstanding number of share purchase warrants is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Outstanding
​
Expiry date
​ ​
Number of
warrants
​ ​
Exercise price
​ ​
Remaining
contractual life
(years)
​
13-Apr-25
​ ​ ​ ​ 356,828(a) ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.28 ​ ​
09-May-25
​ ​ ​ ​ 115,395 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.35 ​ ​
08-Jun-25
​ ​ ​ ​ 85,525 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.44 ​ ​
05-Oct-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,782,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.76 ​ ​
05-Oct-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 60,723 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.76 ​ ​
18-Dec-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 14,532,312(a) ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.96 ​ ​
12-Jan-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 545,237(a)(b) ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.03 ​ ​
05-Feb-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000(b) ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.10 ​ ​
28-Feb-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 909,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.16 ​ ​
27-Jun-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 19,051 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.49 ​ ​
13-Aug-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 465,033(b) ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.62 ​ ​
27-Oct-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 144,674 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.82 ​ ​
27-Oct-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 958,335 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.82 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,074,968 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(a)
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2024, a total of 5,417,775 warrants were exercised and 7,442,553 warrants expired without being exercised (note 23).
​
(b)
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2024, the exercise price of these warrants was amended to CAD$1.51 (note 23).
​
(d)   Performance Shares
On March 17, 2021, Liberty deposited into escrow, and held in escrow, Operational Performance Shares (“OPS”) and Capital Market Performance Shares (“CMPS”) for certain directors, officers, and consultants of the Company upon the Company achieving certain performance milestones. Once these
 
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(d)   Performance Shares (continued)
milestones were achieved the shares would be released. These performance shares included 200,000 of OPS and 877,300 of CMPS. In order to fair value these performance shares, management estimated the probability that the Company would issue the performance shares.
All CMPS have been issued in previous years upon the completion of all required milestones.
Operational Performance Shares
As at December 31, 2024, and 2023, none of the 200,000 OPS have been issued as neither of the two milestones have been met. The estimated fair value of the OPS is CAD$800,000 which had an estimated vesting period between December 2024 and December 2025. The estimated vesting period has been adjusted to December 2025 and December 2026. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded stock-based compensation in connection to OPS in the amounts of $37,120 (December 31, 2023 — $(11,226)).
14.   Loss Per Share
Basic loss per share amount is calculated by dividing the net loss for the year by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.
​ ​ ​
Year ended December 31,
​
​ ​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
Loss attributable to common shareholders
​ ​ ​ $ (8,845,163) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (9,369,043) ​ ​
Weighted average number of shares
​ ​ ​ ​ 17,160,752 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,816,531 ​ ​
Basic and diluted loss per share
​ ​ ​ $ (0.52) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (0.73) ​ ​
The Company incurred net losses for the year ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, therefore all outstanding stock options share purchase warrants, restricted share units, and performance share units, if any, have been excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share since the effect would be anti-dilutive.
15.   Revenue
Revenue recognized for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, relates to contract revenue from the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) (Note 16), as well as sales of HEXWAVE units. As at December 31, 2024, the Company recorded refund liabilities of $609,264 (included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities) (2023 – $nil).
 
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
15.   Revenue (continued)
Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2024, was $180,000 (December 31, 2023 — $180,000).
​ ​ ​
Year ended December 31,
​
Revenue
​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
Battelle Contract Award
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 32,557 ​ ​
TSA Contract Award HD-AIT
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,265,000 ​ ​
TSA OA Development
​ ​ ​ ​ 795,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 75,000 ​ ​
HD-AIT Phase II A
​ ​ ​ ​ 296,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
HD-AIT Phase II
​ ​ ​ ​ 133,056 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
HEXWAVE units
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,013,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 120,000 ​ ​
Total Revenue
​ ​ ​ $ 2,438,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,492,557 ​ ​
16.   Contract Awards
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized total contract revenue of $1,425,000, recorded in revenue (December 31, 2023 — $1,372,557). Future revenue related to these contracts will be recognized as performance obligations are satisfied. It is estimated that future revenues will be recognized on the same basis according to the following timelines:
​ ​ ​
Year ended December 31,
​
Contract Award Revenue Expected in Future Years
​ ​
2025
​ ​
2026
​
TSA Contract Award HD-AIT
​ ​ ​ $ 457,905 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
TSA OA Development
​ ​ ​ ​ 246,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
HD-AIT Phase II A
​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Total estimated contract revenues
​ ​ ​ $ 854,849 ​ ​ ​ ​ $    — ​ ​
(a)   Battelle HD-AIT Shoe Scanner
On May 12, 2022, the Company received a contract award for $212,697 from Battelle, Pacific Northwest Division’s Contract. The contract award is to work hand in hand with PNNL to develop the High Definition — Advanced Imaging Technology (“HD-AIT”) Retrofit Kits. On July 31, 2023, there was a contract modification decreasing the total allotment from $212,697 to $100,000. With developing the HD-AIT Retrofit Kits, the Battelle Memorial License and patent will be utilized in the HD-AIT technology development. The contract award was completed in fiscal year ended 2023 and has been closed. During the year ended December 31, 2024, as part of the contract award the Company received $nil and had a receivable of $nil (December 31, 2023, $32,558 and had a receivable of $nil, respectively).
(b)   TSA HD-AIT Upgrade
On September 30, 2022, the Company received a contract award of $1,747,905 from the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) for the HD-AIT Wide Band Upgrade Kit. On September 28, 2023, the contract was modified to include an additional milestone, increasing the total contract value to $1,922,905.
The contract award supports the development of millimeter-wave imaging system prototypes to enhance and upgrade the current imaging technology used in passenger security screening applications. The project is scheduled to be completed over twenty-seven months, with invoices issued upon the achievement of specified milestones according to the agreed-upon timeline.
 
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
16.   Contract Awards (continued)
(b)   TSA HD-AIT Upgrade (continued)
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had received $200,000 and recorded a receivable of $nil (December 31, 2023 — $1,265,000 and $nil, respectively). The remaining contract balance as of December 31, 2024, was $457,905 (December 31, 2023 — $657,905).
The Company is required to submit quarterly invoices as follows:
TSA HD-AIT Upgrade
​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 1,265,000 ​ ​
Year 2024 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 5 A (Q1 2024) (payment received)
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​
Year 2025 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 5B (Q1 2025)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000 ​ ​
Milestone 6 (Q2 2025)
​ ​ ​ ​ 357,905 ​ ​
Total Contract Value
​ ​ ​ $ 1,922,905 ​ ​
(c)   TSA Open Architecture
On September 29, 2023, the Company received a contract award for $1,116,944 from TSA for the Open Architecture Development. The contract award is to develop a system-level approach that addresses TSA’s request for implementation of a Checkpoint Open Architecture for On-Person Screening (OPS) systems that enable modularity and enhances security effectiveness. The project will be performed over a period of twenty-one months, and invoices will be issued once the milestones are reached based on the agreed upon timeline. As at December 31, 2024, the Company received $795,000 and had a receivable of $nil (December 31, 2023 — $75,000 and $nil, respectively). The balance remaining on the contract as of December 31, 2024, was $246,944 (December 31, 2023 — $1,041,944). The Company is required to submit quarterly invoices as follows:
TSA Open Architecture
​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 75,000 ​ ​
Year 2024 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 2 (Q1 2024) (payment received)
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​
Milestone 3 (Q2 2024) (payment received)
​ ​ ​ ​ 250,000 ​ ​
Milestone 4 (Q3 2024) (payment received)
​ ​ ​ ​ 170,000 ​ ​
Milestone 5 (Q4 2024) (payment received)
​ ​ ​ ​ 175,000 ​ ​
Year 2025 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 6 (Q1 2025)
​ ​ ​ ​ 175,000 ​ ​
Milestone 7 (Q2 2025)
​ ​ ​ ​ 71,944 ​ ​
Total Contract Value
​ ​ ​ $ 1,116,944 ​ ​
(d)   TSA HD-AIT Phase II
On September 29, 2023, the Company received a contract award of $133,056 from the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) for HD-AIT Phase II. This award is a follow-on option under the existing
 
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
16.   Contract Awards (continued)
(d)   TSA HD-AIT Phase II (continued)
HD-AIT development program, aimed at advancing Phase II to finalize a hardware design that supports future compliance efforts.
The project was scheduled to be completed over three months, with invoices issued upon reaching agreed-upon milestones. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had received the full contract amount of $133,056 and recorded a receivable of $nil (December 31, 2023 – $nil, respectively). The remaining contract balance as of December 31, 2024, was $nil (December 31, 2023 – $133,056), as the agreement was completed on February 20, 2024.
(e)   TSA HD-AIT Phase II A
On September 5, 2024, the Company received a contract award for $446,944 from TSA for the HD-AIT Phase II A option. The contract award is a follow-on option to the current HD-AIT development program to execute phase II to drive to a final hardware design capable of supporting future compliance efforts. The project will be performed over a period of twelve months, and invoices will be issued once the milestones are reached based on the agreed upon timeline. As at December 31, 2024, the Company received $296,944 and had a receivable of $nil (December 31, 2023 – $nil, respectively). The balance remaining on the contract as of December 31, 2024, was $150,000 (December 31, 2023 – $nil).
TSA HD-AIT Phase II A
​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2024 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 1(Q3 2024) (payment received)
​ ​ ​ $ 296,944 ​ ​
Year 2025 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 2(Q2 2025)
​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​
Total Contract Value
​ ​ ​ $ 446,944 ​ ​
As of December 31, 2024, the Company recorded contract costs of $268,952, representing costs incurred for contract milestones not yet achieved (December 31, 2023, $nil). As of December 31, 2024, the Company recorded an impairment of the contract costs of $115,730 (December 31, 2023, $nil).
17.   Collaboration Agreements
Transportation Security Administration’s (“TSA”) On-Person Screening Capability Program
On October 20, 2021, the Company received a $500,000 contract award from the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) as part of the TSA On-Person Screening Capability Program. The award was designated for the demonstration and evaluation of the Company’s HEXWAVE technology and its expanded capabilities for screening aviation workers, aiming to enhance threat detection and throughput performance.
To access funding under this award, Liberty was required to deploy its HEXWAVE technology at specified locations to collect and share data with TSA on identified threats. This data was used to further develop algorithms to improve threat recognition with the desired probability of detection.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received $nil in connection with this award and recorded a receivable of $nil (December 31, 2023 — $272,834 and $nil, respectively). The remaining contract balance as of December 31, 2024, was $nil (December 31, 2023 – $nil), as the agreement was completed on November 30, 2023.
 
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
18.   Related Party Transactions
Compensation of key management personnel:
Key management personnel include persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and controlling the activities of the Company as a whole. The key management personnel of the Company are the members of the Company’s executive management team and Board of Directors. Compensation provided to key management personnel is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Year ended December 31,
​
​ ​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
G&A Salaries
​ ​ ​ $ 620,846 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,033,320 ​ ​
G&A Stock-based compensation
​ ​ ​ ​ 115,805 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 418,318 ​ ​
G&A Consulting fees(1)
​ ​ ​ ​ 96,358 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97,805 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ $ 833,009 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,549,443 ​ ​
​
(1)
Consulting fees were paid or payable to the CFO of the Company.
​
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had a balance payable of $421,319 to key management personnel (December 31, 2023, — $614,547). This payable balance includes accounts payable and accrued liabilities relating to compensation to directors, officers, or their related companies, included in compensation of key management personnel. These related party balances are unsecured, non-interest bearing and have no specific terms of settlement.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company paid Nicole Ridgedale Communications, a related party, $23,340 (December 31, 2023 — $59,583) for consulting services and stock-based compensation. These amounts were recorded under salaries and consulting fees within general and administrative expenses.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had no outstanding balance owed to Nicole Ridgedale Communications (December 31, 2023 — $23,340). This related party balance was unsecured, non-interest-bearing, and had no specific terms of settlement.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received working capital loans in the amount of $82,000 (December 31, 2023 — $1,381,120) from directors, officers, or their related parties, and repaid $336,036. Of the $336,036 repaid, $264,552 was offset through private placement proceeds. As at December 31, 2024, the outstanding balance is $74,658 (note 8) (December 31, 2023 — $328,694).
19.   Financial Instruments
As at December 31, 2024, the Company’s financial instruments comprise cash, accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, loans payable, term loan, lease liabilities and factoring liability. The fair values of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their carrying values due to their short-term maturity or market interest rates.
Fair value of financial instruments:
Financial instruments recorded at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial position are classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
•
Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
​
 
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
19.   Financial Instruments (continued)
•
Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly
​
•
Level 3 — Inputs that are not based on observable market data.
​
The Company’s activities expose it to financial risks of varying degrees of significance, which could affect its ability to achieve its strategic objectives for growth and shareholder returns. The principal financial risks to which the Company is exposed are credit risk, liquidity risk and currency risk. The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company’s risk management framework and reviews the Company’s policies on an ongoing basis.
(a)   Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of an unexpected loss if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, including accounts receivable terms. The Company’s cash is held through large Canadian, international, and foreign national financial institutions. The Company’s receivables primarily consist of GST receivable due from the Canadian government and trade receivables that the Company continues to collect. These trade receivables are primarily with continuing customers and are not subject to significant credit risk. As at December 31, 2024, the Company’s trade receivables totalling $130,000 are from three customers (2023 – $nil). The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of cash and accounts receivables.
(b)   Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company manages liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. To mitigate this risk, the Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to determine the funds required to support its ongoing operations and capital expenditures. The Company ensures that sufficient funds are raised from equity offerings or debt financings to meet its operating requirements, after considering existing cash balances, expected exercise of share purchase warrants, and stock options. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern involves significant judgements and estimates while determining forecasted cashflows and is dependent on the Company’s ability to obtain financing (note 1). As at December 31, 2024, the Company had cash of $1,153,229 (December 31, 2023 — $963) to settle current liabilities of $6,607,387 (December 31, 2023 — $5,956,941.
(c)   Market risk
This risk refers to the potential fluctuations in the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument due to changes in market prices. The Company is exposed to the following significant market risks:
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from changes in market rates of interest that could adversely affect the Company. The Company currently has interest-bearing financial instruments in relation to loans and factoring liability (note 8, 9 and 10). The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is minimal as the interest rates are at a fixed percentage on the loans payable, term loans and factoring liability.
Foreign currency risk
The Company is exposed to currency risk by having balances and transactions in currencies that are different from its functional currency. The Company operates in foreign jurisdictions, which uses the U.S.
 
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
19.   Financial Instruments (continued)
(c)   Market risk (continued)
dollar. The Company does not use derivative instruments to reduce upward, and downward risk associated with foreign currency fluctuations.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
US dollars
​
Financial assets denominated in foreign currencies
​ ​ ​ $ 1,370,259 ​ ​
Financial liabilities denominated in foreign currencies
​ ​ ​ ​ (882,206) ​ ​
Net exposure
​ ​ ​ $ 488,053 ​ ​
A 10% change in the U.S. dollar exchange rate relative to the Canadian dollar would change the Company’s comprehensive loss by $33,948.
Price risk
The Company is exposed to price risk with respect to equity prices. Equity price risk is defined as the potential adverse impact on the Company’s earnings due to movements in individual equity prices or general movements in the level of the stock market.
The Company closely monitors individual equity movements, and the stock market to determine the appropriate course of action to be taken by the Company.
20.   Capital Risk Management
The Company manages common shares, stock options, performance share units, restricted share units, and share purchase warrants as capital. The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to pursue the development of its products and to maintain a flexible capital structure which optimizes the costs of capital at an acceptable risk.
The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may attempt to issue new shares, issue debt, acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash on hand.
In order to facilitate the management of its capital requirements, the Company prepares expenditure budgets that are updated as necessary depending on various factors, including successful capital deployment and general industry conditions.
In order to maximize ongoing development efforts, the Company does not pay out dividends. The Company’s investment policy is to keep its cash treasury on deposit in an interest-bearing chartered bank account. Cash consists of cash on held with banks.
The Company expects its current capital resources will be sufficient to carry its operations, and product development plans for the foreseeable future. Except for the security pledged in certain short term loans and the factoring liability as outlined in Notes 8 and 9 respectively, the Company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.
There has been no change to the Company’s approach to capital management during the year ended December 31, 2024.
 
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
21.   Income Tax
The reconciliation of income tax provision computed at Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rates to the reported income tax provision is:
​ ​ ​
Year ended December 31,
​
​ ​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
Loss for the year
​ ​ ​ $ (8,845,163) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (9,369,043) ​ ​
Statutory tax rate
​ ​ ​ ​ 26.5% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26.5% ​ ​
Expected income tax (recovery)
​ ​ ​ $ (2,344,000) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (2,483,000) ​ ​
Change in statutory, foreign tax, foreign exchange rates and other
​ ​ ​ ​ (120,000) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (505,000) ​ ​
Permanent differences
​ ​ ​ ​ 318,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 403,000 ​ ​
Share issue cost
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (153,000) ​ ​
Adjustment to prior years provision versus statutory tax returns and expiry of
non-capital losses
​ ​ ​ ​ (591,000) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,078,000 ​ ​
Change in unrecognized deductible temporary differences
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,737,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,660,000 ​ ​
Total income tax expense (recovery)
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
The significant components of the Company’s unrecognized deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
​ ​ ​
Year ended December 31,
​
​ ​ ​
2024
​ ​
2023
​
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Property and equipment & Intangible assests
​ ​ ​ $ (54,000) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Non-capital losses
​ ​ ​ ​ 54,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) recognized
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $    — ​ ​
The significant components of the Company’s temporary differences, unused tax credits and unused tax losses that have not been included on the consolidation statement of financial position are as follows:
Temporary Differences
​ ​
2024
​ ​
Expiry Date
Range
​ ​
2023
​ ​
Expiry Date
Range
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
$
​ ​ ​ ​
Property and equipment & Intangible
assests
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,000 ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,000 ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​
Share issue costs
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,511,000 ​ ​ ​
2044 to 2048
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,572,000 ​ ​ ​
2043 to 2047
​
Right-of-Use Assets/Lease liabilty
​ ​ ​ ​ 135,000 ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​ ​ ​ ​ 121,000 ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​
R&D
​ ​ ​ ​ 4,481,000 ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​
Non-capital losses
​ ​ ​ ​ 46,225,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41,795,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Canada
​ ​ ​ ​ 16,205,000 ​ ​ ​
2030 to 2044
​ ​ ​ ​ 14,986,000 ​ ​ ​
2030 to 2043
​
USA
​ ​ ​ ​ 30,021,000 ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​ ​ ​ ​ 26,809,000 ​ ​ ​
No expiry date
​
 
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
22.   Segmented Information
The Company operates through three distinct segments: Corporate, HEXWAVE and Contract. The operating segments of the Company are based on the reports which are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in making strategic resource allocation decisions. The Company considers its CODM to be its CEO, who evaluate the operations of each reportable segment.
The CODM reviews the net income (loss) of each of these segments in allocating resources and evaluating operating performance. The corporate reporting segment covers the Company’s non-allocated, general overhead expenses, such as legal, compliance, accounting, head-office staff, and other such items. This reporting segment is reviewed for cost control and budgetary considerations.
The following tables summarize the Company’s segments for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
​ ​ ​
For the year ended December 31, 2024
​
​ ​ ​
Corporate
​ ​
HEXWAVE
​ ​
Contract
​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,013,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,425,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,438,546 ​ ​
Cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,033,498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,081,971 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,115,469 ​ ​
Net loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ (2,865,188) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,808,452) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,171,523) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,845,163) ​ ​
​ ​ ​
For the year ended December 31, 2023
​
​ ​ ​
Corporate
​ ​
HEXWAVE
​ ​
Contract
​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 120,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,372,557 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,492,557 ​ ​
Cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,546,040 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,163,211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,709,251 ​ ​
Net loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ (2,244,260) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,901,044) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,223,739) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9,369,043) ​ ​
All revenue from contract segment was earned from one customer in the United States (2023 — one customer).
For HEXWAVE sales completed during the year ended December 31, 2024, revenues from external customers attributable to Canada, the United States, Chile and the Netherlands, were $142,032 (2023 – $nil), $701,236 (2023 – $120,000), $119,900 (2023 – $nil), and $50,378 (2023 – $nil) respectively. The determination of revenues by geographic area is based on the location of the customer.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, revenues from five customers each representing 10% or more of HEXWAVETM revenues collectively accounted for approximately 94% of HEXWAVETM revenues. The breakdown of revenues from these major customers are as follows: $470,736, $142,032, $130,000, $119,900 and $100,500. During the year ended December 31, 2023, revenue from one customer made up of 100% of the Hexwave revenue.
Geographic Breakdown
As at December 31, 2024, and 2023, all non-current assets are in the United States.
All revenue from contract segment was earned from one customer in the United States (2023 — one customer).
For the year ended December 31, 2024, revenue from five customers represented 94% of the HEXWAVE revenue (2023 — one customer represented 100%).
 
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023
23.   Subsequent Events
•
The Company received CAD$2,977,851 from the exercise of 5,414,275 share purchase warrants after electing, on December 31, 2024, to exercise its acceleration right for a total of 12,500,000 warrants granted on December 19, 2024, pursuant to a private placement. As a result, the remaining 7,085,725 unexercised warrants expired.
​
•
1,095,099 share purchase warrants with an original exercise price of CAD$2.00 was amended to CAD$1.51. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged (note 13 (c)).
​
•
On March 20, 2025, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $3,479,351 (CAD$5,001,150). The Company issued 3,031,000 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$1.65 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$2.05 for a period of 24 months and is subject to an accelerated expiry at the Company’s election under certain conditions. In connection with the non-brokered private placement, the Company issued 212,170 finder warrants. Each finder’s warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$1.65.
​
•
On April 1, 2025, the Company received CAD$5,285 from the exercise of 3,500 warrants. As a result, a total of 3,500 common shares were issued.
​
•
196,600 common shares have been issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs.
​
•
On April 2, 2025, the Company granted 150,000 stock options to consultants. Each stock option is exercisable for one common share of the Company at an exercise price CAD$0.84 per share. These stock options vest 12.5% after three months from the grant date, and 12.5% every three months thereafter, expiring on April 2, 2030.
​
•
On April 13, 2025, 557,748 warrants expired.
​
•
On April 15, 2025, the Company granted 50,000 stock options to a consultant. Each stock option is exercisable for one common share of the Company at an exercise price CAD$0.59 per share. These stock options vest immediately as of the grant date, expiring on April 15, 2027.
​
 
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.
Amended and Restated Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
Notice to Reader
On January 29, 2025, Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. (the “Issuer”) filed the amended and restated interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, of the Issuer (the “Interim Financial Statements”) in accordance with section 4.4 of the National Instrument 51-102 Continuous Disclosure Obligations.
The Interim Financial Statements have been refiled to incorporate changes following the identification of certain errors. The changes to the Interim Financial Statements are as follows:
1.
Updated the board of director approval from November 28, 2025, to January 28, 2026;
​
2.
Correction of inventory impairment $(62,497) (Note 5);
​
3.
Correction of prepaids overstated $85,283 (Note 4);
​
4.
Correction of revenue and receivables overstated $20,000 (Note 15);
​
5.
Correction of deferred revenue understated $75,041 (Note 15):
​
6.
Correction of cost of revenue and accounts payable and accrued liabilities understated $(85,893);
​
7.
Correction of royalty accrual understated $(150,000) (Note 7).
​
8.
Correction of stock-based compensation overstated $(153,781) (Note 13)
​
9.
Other immaterial changes.
​
Reconciliation of previously reported vs restated balances
​ ​ ​
Previously
reported
($)
​ ​
Adjustments
($)
​ ​
Restated
($)
​
Line item ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total assets
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,921,945 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (167,781) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,754,164 ​ ​
Total liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ 8,273,618 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 310,934 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,584,552 ​ ​
Shareholders’ deficiency
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,351,673) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (478,715) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,830,388) ​ ​
Loss and comprehensive loss for the nine months period ended September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ (10,312,297) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (85,249) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,397,546) ​ ​
January 29, 2026
 
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.
Responsibility For Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated
Financial Statements for the Three and Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2025, and 2024
The accompanying unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of Liberty Defense Holdings, LTD. and all information in this financial report are the responsibility of the Board of Directors and Management. The interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), including International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34 — Interim Financial Reporting and, where appropriate, include management’s best estimates and judgements. Management maintains a system of internal control designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded from loss or unauthorized use, and that financial information is timely and reliable. However, any system of internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed and implemented, has inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. The Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing and approving the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements. The Board of Directors carries out this responsibility principally though its Audit Committee. The Board of Directors appoints the Audit Committee, and all of its members are independent directors. The Audit Committee meets periodically with Management and the auditors to review internal controls, audit results, accounting principles and related matters. The Board of Directors approves the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements on recommendation form the Audit Committee.
​
“William Frain”
​ ​
“Omar Garcia”
​
​
Director, Chief Executive Officer
​ ​
Chief Financial Officer
​
January 29, 2026
 
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Amended and Restated Condensed Interim Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars)
As at:
​ ​
Note
​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
December 31,
2024
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Current assets: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Cash
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 640,907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,153,229 ​ ​
Accounts receivable, prepaids and deposits
​ ​
4
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,189,400 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,664,376 ​ ​
Inventory
​ ​
5
​ ​ ​ ​ 956,560 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 868,314 ​ ​
Contract costs
​ ​
16
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 268,952 ​ ​
Total current assets
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,786,867 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,954,871 ​ ​
Non-current assets: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Property and equipment
​ ​
6
​ ​ ​ ​ 825,025 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 759,937 ​ ​
Intangible assets
​ ​
7
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,142,272 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,571,693 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,967,297 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,331,630 ​ ​
Total assets
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,754,164 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,286,501 ​ ​
Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Current Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,391,772 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,155,890 ​ ​
Loans payable
​ ​
8
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100,907 ​ ​
Parabilis term-loan
​ ​
9
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,642,526 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 983,476 ​ ​
Factoring and credit line liability
​ ​
10
​ ​ ​ ​ 797,975 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 983,671 ​ ​
Deferred revenue
​ ​
15
​ ​ ​ ​ 170,036 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 180,000 ​ ​
Lease liabilities
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ 236,709 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 203,443 ​ ​
Total current liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,239,018 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,607,387 ​ ​
Non-current liabilities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Non-current lease liabilities
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ 345,534 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 505,382 ​ ​
Non-current Parabilis term loan
​ ​
9
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 938,211 ​ ​
Total liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,584,552 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,050,980 ​ ​
Shareholders’ deficiency ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Share capital
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 48,894,901 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,717,157 ​ ​
Equity reserves
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,026,365 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,872,472 ​ ​
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 83,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28,896) ​ ​
Deficit
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (56,835,418) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (46,325,212) ​ ​
Total shareholders’ deficiency
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,830,388) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,479) ​ ​
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficiency
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,754,164 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,286,501 ​ ​
Nature of operations and going concern (note 1)
Subsequent events (note 22)
Approved on behalf of the Board of Directors:
​ “William Frain”
Director
​ ​ “Jason Burinescu”
Director
​
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Amended and Restated Condensed Interim Consolidated
Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
For the three months ended
​ ​
For the nine months ended
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
September 30,
2024
​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
September 30,
2024
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE revenue
​ ​
15
​ ​ ​ ​ 129,049 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 650,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 909,407 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,447,532 ​ ​
Contract revenue
​ ​
16
​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 466,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 854,849 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,250,000 ​ ​
Total revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 279,049 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,116,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,764,256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,697,532 ​ ​
Cost of revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HEXWAVE cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 838,101 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 886,225 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,112,884 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,408,789 ​ ​
Contract cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 394,939 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 979,947 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,493,636 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,796,912 ​ ​
Total cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,233,040 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,866,172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,606,520 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,205,701 ​ ​
Gross loss
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (953,991) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (749,228) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,842,264) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,508,169) ​ ​
Engineering and research and development expenses: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Product development & technology costs
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79,417 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (59,967) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 263,754 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103,429 ​ ​
Salaries and consulting fees
​ ​
18
​ ​ ​ ​ 522,163 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 501,717 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,542,588 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,247,999 ​ ​
Stock-based compensation
​ ​
13 & 18
​ ​ ​ ​ 134 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,816 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,240 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 82,220 ​ ​
Depreciation
​ ​
6
​ ​ ​ ​ 57,300 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58,066 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 189,809 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 208,407 ​ ​
Office, rent & administration, travel, and miscellaneous
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,766 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,466 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,275 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 102,371 ​ ​
General & administration expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Salaries and consulting fees
​ ​
18
​ ​ ​ ​ 273,845 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 494,754 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,287,457 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,375,216 ​ ​
Legal and professional fees
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 80,693 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98,209 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 769,076 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 239,513 ​ ​
Stock-based compensation
​ ​
13 & 18
​ ​ ​ ​ 122,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 137,115 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,099,231 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 296,406 ​ ​
Office, rent & administration, travel, and miscellaneous
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 719,821 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 251,039 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,945,674 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 688,303 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,865,551 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,561,215 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,160,104 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,343,864 ​ ​
Operating loss
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,819,542) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,310,443) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,002,368) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,852,033) ​ ​
Other expense: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Other income, net
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,341) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,671) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Interest expense
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142,966 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121,055 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 483,898 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 566,266 ​ ​
Foreign exchange loss
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,597 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,691 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,611 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,428 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 148,222 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122,746 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 507,838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 577,694 ​ ​
Net loss for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,967,764) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,433,189) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,510,206) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,429,727) ​ ​
Other comprehensive loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or (loss)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Foreign currency translation adjustment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129,790) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (36,045) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112,660 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,547 ​ ​
Total comprehensive loss for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,097,554) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,469,234) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,397,546) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,316,180) ​ ​
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Basic and diluted
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65,675,798 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,463,645 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55,564,003 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,037,061 ​ ​
Loss per share ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Basic and diluted loss per common share
​ ​
14
​ ​ ​ ​ (0.05) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.15) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.19) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.40) ​ ​
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Amended and Restated Condensed Interim Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficiency
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
​ ​ ​
Note
​ ​
Number of
common
shares
​ ​
Share
capital
​ ​
Equity
reserves
​ ​
Share
subscriptions
received in
advance
​ ​
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
​ ​
Accumulated
deficit
​ ​
Total
shareholders’
deficiency
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
#
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Balance as at December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,542,812 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,565,254 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,146,489 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224,915 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (221,071) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37,480,049) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,462) ​ ​
Issue of private placement, net of share issue cost
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,064,190 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,208,482 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (224,915) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,983,567 ​ ​
Residual value allocated to warrants
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (562,250) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 562,250 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Residual value of warrants exercised
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,275 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (15,275) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Restricted share units issued
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 66,341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 246,934 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (246,934) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Warrants exercised for cash
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 60,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87,367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87,367 ​ ​
Stock-based compensation
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 396,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 396,091 ​ ​
Fair value of broker warrants allocated to share capital
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,265) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,265 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Fair value of warrants allocated to
share capital on expiry
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 312,816 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (312,816) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Foreign currency translation adjustment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,547 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,547 ​ ​
Loss for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,429,727) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,429,727) ​ ​
Balance as at September 30, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,733,343 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,863,613 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,540,070 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (107,524) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (43,909,776) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,613,617) ​ ​
Balance as at December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,331,347 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,717,157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,872,472 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28,896) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (46,325,212) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (764,479) ​ ​
Issue of private placement, net of share issue cost
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 23,031,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,120,797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,120,797 ​ ​
Warrants exercised
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,417,775 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,075,555 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,075,555 ​ ​
Residual value allocated to warrants
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (263,584) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 263,584 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Restricted shares units exercised
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 204,100 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 374,067 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (374,067) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Fair value of broker warrants allocated to share capital
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129,091) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 129,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Stock-based compensation
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,135,285 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,135,285 ​ ​
Foreign currency translation adjustment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112,660 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112,660 ​ ​
Loss for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,510,206) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,510,206) ​ ​
Balance as at September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71,984,222 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,894,901 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,026,365 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 83,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (56,835,418) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,830,388) ​ ​
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Amended and Restated Condensed Interim Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
For the nine months ended
​
​ ​ ​
Note
​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
September 30,
2024
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Operating activities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Loss and comprehensive loss for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,510,206) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,429,727) ​ ​
Items not involving cash:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Lease liability interest
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ 32,697 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53,691 ​ ​
Accrued interest
​ ​
9
​ ​ ​ ​ 253,856 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57,075 ​ ​
Depreciation
​ ​
6
​ ​ ​ ​ 197,214 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 321,665 ​ ​
Amortization
​ ​
7
​ ​ ​ ​ 381,711 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 871,023 ​ ​
Loss on disposal of lease
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ (18,514) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,233 ​ ​
Stock-based compensation
​ ​
13
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,135,285 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 396,091 ​ ​
Impairment of inventory
​ ​
5
​ ​ ​ ​ 233,676 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143,488 ​ ​
Factoring fees
​ ​
10
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 289,684 ​ ​
Credit line Parabilis interest and fees
​ ​
10
​ ​ ​ ​ 304,554 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,900 ​ ​
Changes in non-cash working capital
​ ​
17
​ ​ ​ ​ (390,169) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,179,059 ​ ​
Net cash used in operating activities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,379,896) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,072,818) ​ ​
Investing activities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Additions to intangible assets
​ ​
7
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14,089) ​ ​
Additions to property and equipment
​ ​
6
​ ​ ​ ​ (176,498) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (111,117) ​ ​
Net cash used in investing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (176,498) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (125,206) ​ ​
Financing activities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Proceeds from issuance of units, net of share issue costs
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,120,797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,983,567 ​ ​
Proceeds from working capital loans – related parties
​ ​
8
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 82,000 ​ ​
Repayment of working capital loans – related parties
​ ​
8
​ ​ ​ ​ (74,658) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (220,281) ​ ​
Proceeds from working capital loans
​ ​
8
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 653,175 ​ ​
Repayments from working capital loans
​ ​
8
​ ​ ​ ​ (26,250) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (687,570) ​ ​
Proceeds from Parabilis term loan
​ ​
9
​ ​ ​ ​ 650,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,800,000 ​ ​
Repayments on Parabilis term loan
​ ​
9
​ ​ ​ ​ (183,017) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Proceeds from factoring and credit lines
​ ​
10
​ ​ ​ ​ 350,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,551,166 ​ ​
Repayments on factoring and credit lines
​ ​
10
​ ​ ​ ​ (840,250) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,567,031) ​ ​
Repayment of CEBA loan
​ ​
8
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23,073) ​ ​
Proceeds from warrants exercised
​ ​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,075,555 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87,367 ​ ​
Repayment of leases liabilities
​ ​
11
​ ​ ​ ​ (140,765) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (185,081) ​ ​
Net cash provided by financing activities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,931,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,474,239 ​ ​
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112,660 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,338 ​ ​
Change in cash
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (512,322) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 389,553 ​ ​
Cash, beginning of the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,153,229 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 963 ​ ​
Cash, end of the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 640,907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 390,516 ​ ​
During the nine months ended September, 2025 and 2024, the Company paid $nil and $nil in income taxes, and paid $483,898 and $283,497 in interest respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
1.   Nature of operations and going concern
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. (“Liberty” or the “Company”) is a publicly traded company listed on the TSX Venture Exchange (TSXV: SCAN), the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (Frankfurt: L2D), and the OTCQB (OTCQB: LDDFF). The Company was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) on June 8, 2012. On July 27, 2020, Liberty continued its jurisdiction of incorporation from Ontario to British Columbia and is now governed by the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia).
The Company’s registered and records office is located at 1055 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500, Royal Centre, P.O. Box 11117, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6E 4N7, Canada. Its head office is located at 187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110, Wilmington, Massachusetts, 01887, USA.
The Company is engaged in the development and commercialization of advanced security detection technologies. Liberty’s flagship product, HEXWAVE, utilizes millimeter wave technology and advanced 3D imaging to detect concealed threats. In addition to HEXWAVE, the Company has licensed High-Definition Advanced Imaging Technology (HD-AIT) for body and shoe scanning.
Going concern
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared using IFRS Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company incurred in a total loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, of $10,510,206 and had cash outflows from operating activities of $8,379,896. Given the current stage of operations, the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is contingent on its ability to obtain additional financing. While the Company has been successful in arranging financing in the past, the success of such initiatives cannot be assured. These events and conditions indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt upon the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements do not reflect the adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported expenses and condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position classifications that would be necessary were the going concern assumption deemed to be inappropriate. These adjustments could be material.
2.   Basis of presentation
(a)   Statement of compliance
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in conformity with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34, Interim Financial Reporting, using the same accounting policy information as detailed in the Company’s audited annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, and do not include all the information required for full annual financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). It is suggested that these financial statements be read in conjunction with the annual audited consolidated financial statements.
These amended and restated condensed consolidated interim financial statements reflect the correction of certain errors identified subsequent to the authorization for issuance of the previously filed condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, which were approved by the Board of Directors on November 28, 2025. The corrections have been made in accordance with IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors, and the affected interim period balances have been restated accordingly. The corrections did not impact the Company’s
 
F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
2.   Basis of presentation (continued)
(a)   Statement of compliance (continued)
audited annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, nor did they impact the comparative interim balances for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024.
The Board of Directors approved these amended and restated condensed consolidated interim financial statements for issue on January 30, 2026.
(b)   Basis of measurement
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments which are measured at fair value. In addition, these condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting, except for cash flow information.
(c)   Functional and presentation currency
The functional currency of the Company is the Canadian dollar and the functional currencies of its subsidiaries are outlined in Note 2(d), and the presentation currency of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements is the U.S. dollar (“USD”); therefore, references to $ means USD and CAD$ are to Canadian dollars.
(d)   Basis of consolidation
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements include the financial statements of Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd., and the entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries), as follows:
Subsidiary
​ ​
Place of
Incorporation
​ ​
Functional
Currency
​ ​
Beneficial
Interest
​
Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. (“LDT”)
​ ​
United States
​ ​ ​ ​ USD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
LDH GS Amalco Corp.
​ ​
Canada
​ ​ ​ ​ CAD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
DrawDown Detection, Inc. (“DDD”)
​ ​
Canada
​ ​ ​ ​ CAD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
DrawDown Technologies, Inc. (“DDT”)
​ ​
United States
​ ​ ​ ​ CAD ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​
Control exists when the Company has power over an investee, exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the Company’s returns. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
(e)   Critical accounting estimates and judgments
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS, requires management to select accounting policies and make estimates and judgments that may have a significant impact on the condensed consolidated interim financial statements. Estimates are continuously evaluated and are based on management’s experience and expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from these estimates.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
 
F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
2.   Basis of presentation (continued)
(e)   Critical accounting estimates and judgments (continued)
The Company’s critical accounting judgements and estimates were presented in Note 2 of the annual audited consolidated financial statements and have been consistently applied in the preparation of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements. No new estimates and judgements were applied for the period ended September 30, 2025.
3.   Material Accounting Policy Information
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements do not include all note disclosures required by IFRS for annual financial statements and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows have been included. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2025.
4.   Accounts Receivable, Prepaids and Deposits
​ ​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
December 31,
2024
​
Accounts receivables
​ ​ ​ $ 878,063 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 255,148 ​ ​
Prepaids and deposits
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,311,337 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,409,228 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,189,400 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,664,376 ​ ​
5.   Inventory
​ ​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
December 31,
2024
​
Raw materials
​ ​ ​ $ 596,475 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 211,553 ​ ​
Work-in-progress
​ ​ ​ ​ 291,556 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 128,761 ​ ​
Finished Goods
​ ​ ​ ​ 68,529 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Right of return on finished goods
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 528,000 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ $ 956,560 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 868,314 ​ ​
The Company reclassified finished goods and work-in-progress assemblies of $85,803 (December 31, 2024, $nil) to property and equipment related to the engineering prototype HEXWAVE unit. The engineering prototype HEXWAVE unit was disassembled and upgraded to be used for testing and development of enhanced algorithms.
During the period ended September 30, 2025, the Company recognized an impairment expense of $233,676 (September 30, 2024 — $143,488).
During the period ended September 30, 2025, the Company expensed $1,128,318 of inventory to cost of revenue (September 30, 2024, $1,883,015).
During the period September 30, 2025, the Company recorded $47,710 of amortization capitalized to inventory (September 30, 2024, $nil).
 
F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
6.   Property and Equipment
​ ​ ​
Equipment
​ ​
Right of Use
Asset
​ ​
Prototype
​ ​
Construction
in
Process
​ ​
Total
​
Cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 222,954 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,186,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 843,314 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 51,205 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,304,347 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 25,241 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,185 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 68,183 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141,609 ​ ​
Disposals
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (116,933) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (116,933) ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 248,195 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,186,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 774,566 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 119,388 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,329,023 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,803 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 176,499 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 262,302 ​ ​
Disposals
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
At September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ 248,195 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,186,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 860,369 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 295,887 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,591,325 ​ ​
Accumulated Depreciation ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 130,776 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 427,563 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 702,191 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,260,530 ​ ​
Depreciation for disposal
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (87,700) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (87,700) ​ ​
Depreciation for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ 58,788 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 189,499 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 148,028 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 396,315 ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 189,564 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 617,062 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 762,519 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,569,145 ​ ​
Depreciation for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ 19,959 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 150,908 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,347 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 197,214 ​ ​
At September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ 209,523 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 767,970 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 788,866 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,766,359 ​ ​
Foreign Exchange Movement ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​
At September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 59 ​ ​
Net Book Value ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
At December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 58,631 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 569,871 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 12,047 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 119,388 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 759,937 ​ ​
At September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ 38,672 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 418,963 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 71,503 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 295,887 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 825,025 ​ ​
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, equipment depreciation recorded to cost of revenue was $7,404 (December 31, 2024 — $147,336).
7.   Intangible Assets
​ ​ ​
MIT
licenses
​ ​
Battelle
license
​ ​
Intellectual
property
​ ​
Total
​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 407,117 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 223,250 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,636,436 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 3,266,803 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 227,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 227,111 ​ ​
Amortization
​ ​ ​ ​ (34,108) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (450,361) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (437,752) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (922,221) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 373,009 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,198,684 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,571,693 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Amortization
​ ​ ​ ​ (25,581) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (403,840) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (429,421) ​ ​
Balance, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ 347,428 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,794,844 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,142,272 ​ ​
Intangible assets including MIT license and Battelle license, encompassing payments in connection to reimbursement of global patent filing costs and annual maintenance fees. Additionally, intellectual property
 
F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
7.   Intangible Assets (continued)
was generated through the reverse take over (“RTO”) transaction closed during the year ended December 31, 2021, and became ready for use during the year ended December 31, 2022. The remaining useful life of the intangible assets are as follows: MIT license 10.25 years, Battelle license nil years, and intellectual property 3.25 years.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, $381,711 of amortization expense was allocated to cost of revenues (September 30, 2024 — $871,023).
(a)   MIT License Agreements
The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Liberty Defense Technologies Inc. (“LDT”), has entered into agreements with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT”) and MIT’s Lincoln Laboratory (“MIT LL”), including an exclusive patent licence agreement between MIT and LDT dated September 10, 2018, as amended from time to time (the “Licence Agreement”), a technology transfer agreement between LDT and MIT LL, effective August 24, 2018 (the “Technology Transfer Agreement”), and a cooperative research and development agreement between LDT and MIT dated as of December 21, 2018 (“CRADA”), such agreements providing LDT with an exclusive licence for patents, design assets and MIT LL technical expertise related to active three-dimensional imaging technology that are the technology behind the HEXWAVE product.
The obligations under the Technology Transfer Agreement and the CRADA have now been completed. Liberty may consider extending the CRADA (and therefore changing its scope) if it determines that additional MIT LL technical expertise related to active three-dimensional imaging technology is required. Pursuant to the License Agreement, LDT has been granted the exclusive rights to MIT’s patent in “multistatic sparse array topology for FFT-based field imaging” ​(MIT Case No. l 8409L) (the “Patent”), which is being utilized in the development and application of the HEXWAVE product. The License Agreement is to be in effect until the expiration of the Patent, which is 11 years (December 2035). In granting LDT such patent rights, the Company shall pay MIT, in addition to patent filling costs, an annual fees as follows: 1) $20,000 for 2019 (paid); $50,000 for 2020 (paid); $60,000 for 2021 (paid); $100,000 for 2022 (paid); $nil for 2023, $40,000 for 2024 (payable), $200,000 for 2025 (payable), and $350,000 for 2026 and thereafter; and 2) a royalty of 5.7% of all future net sales of the Company.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company accrued royalty payments of $34,042 (December 31, 2024, $105,993). The Company shall also be required to achieve certain milestones.
(b)   Battelle Memorial License Agreement
On March 22, 2021, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary DrawDown Detection, Inc. has entered into an agreement (“Battelle License Agreement”) with Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”), which operates the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (“PNNL”), to license the millimeter wave-based, High-Definition Advanced Imaging Technology (HD-AIT) body scanner and shoe scanner technologies. The agreement, as amended from time to time, provides the Company with a three-year exclusive license for certain patents which will convert to a non-exclusive license for the remaining life of the patents. The agreement also provides the Company with non-exclusive license for certain patents for life.
As consideration for the Battelle License Agreement, the Company paid $30,000 upon signing and $30,000 six months after.
Under the Battelle License Agreement, the Company shall pay a five percent royalty on net sales and a twenty-five percent royalty on all sublicensing revenues if permitted under the contract guidelines.
 
F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
7.   Intangible Assets (continued)
(b)   Battelle Memorial License Agreement (continued)
The Company is required to pay a minimum royalty amount as follows, unless the agreement is terminated:
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2021 (paid)
​ ​ ​ $ 50,000 ​ ​
Year 2022 (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 50,000 ​ ​
Year 2023 (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000 ​ ​
Year 2024 ($55,000 payable)
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​
Year 2025 and each year thereafter (payable)
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​
The Company is obligated to achieve certain milestones in the next fifteen months and reimburse Battelle for ongoing patenting expenses, as well as past patenting expenses in the total amount of $50,000, from which $50,000 has been paid.
As at September 30, 2025, the Company has a balance payable of $205,000 (December 31, 2024, $290,566).
8.   Loans Payable
(a)   Related Party Loans
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received working capital loans from related parties. These loans, unsecured and non-interest bearing, lack specified maturity dates. Repayments will be made as adequate financing becomes available to the Company.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 328,694 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 82,000 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (336,036) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 74,658 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (74,658) ​ ​
Balance, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
(b)   Short Term Loans
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company received a secured business line of credit from American Express, subject to a general security agreement on the Company’s assets, with various draws. The interest rate on the amount withdrawn varied from 7.49% to 25.71% over a six-month term. The monthly payments fluctuated based on the amount withdrawn from the line of credit with amounts ranging from $1,782 to $10,624 per month. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company borrowed $11,900 (2023 — $166,210) from this line of credit. The loan matured on June 25, 2024, and was fully repaid.
 
F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
8.   Loans Payable (continued)
(b)   Short Term Loans (continued)
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company secured an unsecured business line of credit of $83,036 from BlueVine Capital. The credit facility had a twenty-six-week term, an interest rate of 1.10%, and required weekly payments of $3,906. The loan matured on June 5, 2024, and was fully repaid.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company received a secured business line of credit with Headway Capital, subject to a general security agreement of the Company’s assets, with one draw for a period of seventeen-months with a monthly interest rate of 4.17%. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company borrowed $21,275 (2023 — $83,350) from this line of credit. The loan matured on January 31, 2025. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company fully repaid this loan.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company obtained a secured business loan of $420,000 from Blade Funding with a 32-week term. The loan carries an annual interest rate of 11.50%, requires weekly payments of $13,125. It is scheduled to mature on January 19, 2025. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company fully repaid this loan.
On July 2, 2024, the Company received a short-term loan of $250,000 from 1087207 BC Ltd. The loan had a minimum upfront interest payment of $20,000, in which the Company received $230,000, net, and was fully repaid.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received $350,394 in non-interest-bearing short-term loans. As of September 30, 2024, the Company fully repaid these loans.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 201,368 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,053,569 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,260,419) ​ ​
Accrued interest
​ ​ ​ ​ 31,732 ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 26,250 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (26,250) ​ ​
Balance, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
9.   Parabilis Term Loan
On August 22, 2024, the Company secured a $1,800,000 business term loan from PFF, LLC (“Parabilis”). The loan has a term of 104 weeks with an annual interest rate of 17.99% and is scheduled to mature on August 15, 2026. The agreement was amended on March 15, 2025, July 15, 2025, and amended again on August 14, 2025, with additional advancements totaling $650,000 and amending the payment schedule. Repayments of principal are set to commence in October 2025 with interest only payments through September 2025. The remaining contractual repayments are equal to the carrying value of the term loan and are payable in eleven months. See Note 10(a) regarding collateral.
 
F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
9.   Parabilis Term Loan (continued)
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,800,000 ​ ​
Interest and fees
​ ​ ​ ​ 121,687 ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 1,921,687 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 650,000 ​ ​
Interest and fees
​ ​ ​ ​ 253,856 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (183,017) ​ ​
Balance, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ 2,642,526 ​ ​
Current
​ ​ ​ $ 2,642,526 ​ ​
Non-current
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
10.   Factoring and Credit Line Liabilities
(a)   Parabilis Credit Line
On August 22, 2024, the Company entered into a secured revolving credit line agreement with Parabilis for up to $2,500,000. The borrowing base for the credit line is determined based on the following percentages: 90% of eligible billed receivables, 65% of eligible unbilled receivables, and 30% of eligible delivery orders. The aggregate of eligible billed and unbilled receivables, along with eligible delivery orders, establishes the Company’s borrowing capacity under the credit line.
When invoicing occurs, payments on the invoices are applied directly to the outstanding principal and interest on the credit line. The revolving credit facility had a maturity date of August 31, 2025, which was then amended on September 1, 2025, to mature on May 31, 2026, and will automatically renew for one-year periods unless the lender has notified the borrower at least 90 days in advance of the current maturity date will not renew. The facility carries an interest rate of 14.99% per annum, subject to re-evaluation on June 1, 2025. As of September 30, 2025, the interest rate has remained at 14.99% per annum.
The Parabilis term loan and credit line are secured by all tangible and intangible personal property of the Company, wherever located, whether currently owned or acquired in the future.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,551,166 ​ ​
Interest and fees
​ ​ ​ ​ 74,449 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (641,944) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 983,671 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 350,000 ​ ​
Interest and fees
​ ​ ​ ​ 304,554 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (840,250) ​ ​
Balance, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ 797,975 ​ ​
 
F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
10.   Factoring and Credit Line Liabilities (continued)
(b)   Bengal Capital Factoring
On June 22, 2023, the Company engaged in a factoring arrangement with Bengal Capital, Inc. (the “Factor”). Per the agreement, the Company submits invoices or purchase orders to the Factor after credit approval, receiving 80% of the gross amount. The Factor assumes ownership of these accounts with full recourse. Furthermore, the Company is subject to a 4% monthly factoring fee based on the face value of the accounts. No collateral is used per the agreement; however, the Company is obligated to pay the balance regardless of receiving payment for advanced orders.
The factoring liability as at September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Amounts
​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 1,107,347 ​ ​
Accrued factoring Fee
​ ​ ​ ​ 289,684 ​ ​
Repayments
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,397,031) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024 & September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ — ​ ​
For accounting purposes, the factored trade receivable remains recorded in trade receivables, while the financing costs are amortized over the financing period.
11.   Leases
The Company’s lease liabilities as at September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, are as follows:
​ ​ ​
Right of use
liability
​
Balance, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 886,585 ​ ​
Finance costs
​ ​ ​ ​ 69,652 ​ ​
Lease payments
​ ​ ​ ​ (247,412) ​ ​
Balance, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 708,825 ​ ​
Finance costs
​ ​ ​ ​ 32,697 ​ ​
Lease cancelation
​ ​ ​ ​ (18,514) ​ ​
Lease payments
​ ​ ​ ​ (140,765) ​ ​
Balance, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ $ 582,243 ​ ​
Less current portion
​ ​ ​ ​ 236,709 ​ ​
Non-current lease liability
​ ​ ​ $ 345,534 ​ ​
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company was notified of the Atlanta lease being nulled due to the owners selling the building. The lease was canceled but the Company’s right to the building was retained.
 
F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
11.   Leases (continued)
Minimum lease payments are as follows:
​ ​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
December 31,
2024
​
Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
One year or less
​ ​ ​ $ 236,707 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 257,461 ​ ​
Two to five years
​ ​ ​ ​ 419,003 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 558,358 ​ ​
Six and thereafter
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Total lease liabilities
​ ​ ​ $ 655,710 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 815,819 ​ ​
Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position
​ ​ ​ $ 582,243 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 708,825 ​ ​
Current
​ ​ ​ $ 236,709 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 203,443 ​ ​
Non-current
​ ​ ​ $ 345,534 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 505,382 ​ ​
12.   Share Capital
(a)   Common share transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2025
i)
On January 6, 2025, the Company received $2,071,851 (CAD$2,977,851) from the exercise of 5,414,275 share purchase warrants after electing, on December 31, 2024, to exercise its acceleration right for a total of 12,500,000 warrants granted on December 19, 2024, pursuant to a private placement. As a result, the remaining 7,085,725 unexercised warrants expired.
​
ii)
On March 20, 2025, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $3,479,351 (CAD$5,001,150). The Company issued 3,031,000 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$1.65 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$2.05 for a period of 24 months and is subject to an accelerated expiry at the Company’s election under certain conditions. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $263,584. In connection with the non-brokered private placement, the Company issued 212,170 finder warrants. Each finder’s warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$1.65. The broker warrants were allocated a fair value of $84,183 (CAD$121,004). Additionally, the Company paid commissions and legal expenses of $420,423 (CAD$600,650).
​
iii)
On April 1, 2025, the Company received $3,704 (CAD$5,285) from the exercise of 3,500 warrants. As a result, a total of 3,500 common shares were issued.
​
iv)
On July 29, 2025, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $3,199,767 (CAD$4,400,000). The Company issued 20,000,000 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$0.22 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$0.35 for a period of 12 months and is subject to an accelerated expiry at the Company’s election under certain conditions. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $nil. Additionally, the Company issued 719,973 broker warrants with a fair value of $44,908 (CAD$61,753). The Company paid commissions and legal expenses of $138,087(CAD$189,781).
​
 
F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
12.   Share Capital (continued)
(a)   Common share transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (continued)
v)
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, a total of 204,100 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of $374,067.
​
(b)   Common share transactions for the year ended December 31, 2024
i)
On January 12, 2024, the Company closed the initial tranche of a Listed Issuer Financing Exemption (LIFE) private placement of units, raising gross proceeds of $662,554 (CAD$886,000). As of December 31, 2023, the Company had received $224,915 of these proceeds. This tranche involved the issuance of 590,068 units at a price of CAD$1.50 per unit. Each unit consisted of one common share and one purchase warrant, allowing the holder to purchase an additional common share at CAD$2.00 per share within 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $154,596. Additionally, the Company issued 15,171 broker warrants to agents under identical terms and conditions with a fair value of $4,508. Agent commissions totaling $17,110 were paid.
​
ii)
Subsequently, on February 5, 2024, the Company closed the final tranche of the same non-brokered private placement, raising an additional $112,285 (CAD$150,000). This tranche involved the issuance of 100,000 units under the same terms and conditions as the initial tranche. Each unit consisted of one common share and one purchase warrant, allowing the holder to purchase an additional common share at CAD$2.00 per share within 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $37,428.
​
iii)
On February 26, 2024, the Company closed an investment by Viken Detection Corp. (“Viken”) pursuant to which Viken purchased 909,091 units of the Company at an issue price of CAD$1.50 per unit for total gross proceeds of $1,000,000 (CAD$1,363,636). Each unit comprised one common share and one purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles Viken to purchase one additional common share of the Company at an exercise price of CAD$2.00 for a period of 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $166,667. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to filing and legal expenses in the amount of $27,116 were also paid. These warrants contain blocker language restricting the exercise of the warrants in the event such exercise results in Viken holding more than 9.9% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company.
​
iv)
On March 17, 2024, a total of 199,636 finder warrants expired with an exercise price of CAD$3.30. These broker warrants had a fair value of $312,815 and the reserve value was reclassified to share capital.
​
v)
During the year ended December 31, 2024, a total of 101,841 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of $286,019.
​
vi)
During the year ended December 31, 2024, a total of 60,000 shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 60,000 warrants, resulting in proceeds of $87,367 (CAD$120,000). Residual value in the amount of $15,275 was reversed.
​
vii)
On August 13, 2024, the Company closed the first tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $508,864 (CAD$697,550). The Company issued 465,035 special warrants of the Company at a price of CAD$1.50 per Unit. Each special warrant will automatically convert into one Unit. Each Unit shall consist of one common share and one share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a
​
 
F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
12.   Share Capital (continued)
(b)   Common share transactions for the year ended December 31, 2024 (continued)
price of CAD$2.00 within a period of 36 months. These special warrants were converted into one Unit on August 13, 2024. The warrants were allocated a residual value of $203,560. The Company paid the agents 19,051 broker warrants with a fair value of $5,757. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 36 months at an exercise price of CAD$2.00. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to private placement in the amount of $30,995.
viii)
On December 18, 2024, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $5,585,812 (CAD$8,000,000). The Company issued 25,000,000 units (each a “Unit”) of the Company at a price of CAD$0.32 per Unit. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$0.55 for a period of 24 months and are subject to an accelerated expiry at the Company’s election under certain conditions. The Company paid the agents $274,123 in finders fees and issued 1,251,062 finder warrants with a fair value of $382,873. Each finder’s warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$0.55. Additionally, the Company also incurred cash costs in connection to private placement in the amount of $41,687.
​
ix)
The Company settled a total of $363,336 (CAD$520,947) of indebtedness with a certain creditor by issuing 1,562,500 units valued at $927,332 and follows the same terms as the units issued on December 18, 2024, non-brokered private placement. The Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt totalling $563,996 (included in other expenses (2023 — $nil).
​
13.   Equity Reserves
(a)   Share-based compensation
The Company maintains an Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) which is comprised of stock options, restricted share units (“RSUs”) and deferred share units (“DSUs”). The maximum number of common shares reserved for issuance, in the aggregate, under the Incentive Plan is 10% of the aggregate number of common shares issued and outstanding to be granted to directors, officers, employees, and consultants under certain restrictions.
Unless the Board decides, or the grant agreement specifies otherwise, the stock options will vest in two years with quarterly intervals following the date of such grant. The Board shall fix the exercise price of any stock option when such stock option is granted, which shall not be less than the closing price of the common shares on the Exchange on the day prior to the date of grant (the “Market Value”). A stock option shall be exercisable during a period established by the Board, which shall commence on the date of the grant and shall terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant of the award or such shorter period as the Board may determine.
With respect to RSUs, the specific provisions of the RSU plan, eligibility, vesting period, terms of the RSUs and the number of RSUs granted are to be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the grant.
With respect to PSUs, the specific provisions of the PSU plan, eligibility, vesting period, terms of the PSUs and the number of PSUs granted are to be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the grant.
 
F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(a)   Share-based compensation (continued)
The continuity of the number of stock options issued and outstanding are as follows:
​ ​ ​
Number of stock
options
​ ​
Weighted
average exercise
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 668,960 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.94 ​ ​
Cancelled
​ ​ ​ ​ (74,250) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.35 ​ ​
Expired
​ ​ ​ ​ (82,460) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12.42 ​ ​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,715,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.80 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 3,227,250 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.29 ​ ​
Cancelled
​ ​ ​ ​ (469,750) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.54 ​ ​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,450,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.30 ​ ​
Outstanding, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,207,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.79 ​ ​
As at September 30, 2025, the number of stock options outstanding and exercisable were:
​ ​ ​
Outstanding
​ ​
Exercisable
​
Expiry date
​ ​
Number of stock
options
​ ​
Exercise price
​ ​
Remaining
contractual life
(years)
​ ​
Number of stock
options
​
7-Apr-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 83,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.52 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 83,000 ​ ​
28-Jul-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 12,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.82 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,500 ​ ​
28-Jul-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 6.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.82 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,000 ​ ​
1-Nov-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 42,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.09 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,500 ​ ​
14-Jan-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​
15-Apr-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 50,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.59 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.54 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,000 ​ ​
26-Apr-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 128,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 128,500 ​ ​
2-Jul-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 250,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.24 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
21-Nov-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 6,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,000 ​ ​
26-Apr-28
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,000 ​ ​
16-Oct-28
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.90 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.05 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000 ​ ​
30-Dec-29
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,365,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.25 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,018,125 ​ ​
2-Apr-30
​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.84 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,750 ​ ​
30-Sep-30
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,000,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,207,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,479,375 ​ ​
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company recognized stock-based compensation related to stock options totaling $1,032,541 (September 30, 2024 — $62,442). Of this amount, $20,814 was recorded as stock-based compensation in the cost of revenue (September 30, 2024 — $17,465).
 
F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(a)   Share-based compensation (continued)
The fair value of the stock options granted were estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:
​ ​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
December 31,
2024
​
Risk-free interest rate
​ ​
2.50%
​ ​
3.04%
​
Expected dividend yield
​ ​
Nil
​ ​
Nil
​
Stock price volatility
​ ​
155.64%
​ ​
145.18%
​
Expected life (in years)
​ ​
4.6 years
​ ​
5 years
​
Stock price
​ ​
CAD$0.30
​ ​
CAD$0.80
​
(b)   Restricted share units (“RSU”)
Restricted share units granted for the nine months ended September 30, 2025:
i)
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, a total of 204,100 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs.
​
The estimated fair value of the equity settled RSUs granted as of September 30, 2025, was $6,915 (September 30, 2024 — $159,963) and will be recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the RSUs. The fair value of the equity settled RSUs as at the grant date was determined with reference to the market value of the common shares of the Company at the grant date.
Restricted share units granted for the year ended December 31, 2024:
i)
On February 28, 2024, the Company granted 147,500 RSUs to employees of the Company; these RSUs shall be settled with common shares of the Company, have an exercise period that expires on February 28, 2029, and vest at 100% on February 28, 2025.
​
ii)
A total 132,248 RSUs were cancelled.
​
The following table summarizes the movements in outstanding RSUs:
​ ​ ​
Number of
equity settled
RSUs
​ ​
Grant Price
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 592,914 ​ ​ ​
CAD$3.09
​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 177,500 ​ ​ ​
1.22
​
Cancelled
​ ​ ​ ​ (132,248) ​ ​ ​
2.82
​
Exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ (101,841) ​ ​ ​
      3.79
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 536,325 ​ ​ ​
CAD$2.41
​
Granted
​ ​ ​ ​ 50,000 ​ ​ ​
0.27
​
Exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ (204,100) ​ ​ ​
      2.64
​
Outstanding, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 382,225 ​ ​ ​
CAD$2.00
​
 
F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(b)   Restricted share units (“RSU”) (continued)
​ ​ ​
Outstanding
​ ​
Exercisable
​
Expiry date
​ ​
Number of
restricted share
units
​ ​
Grant Price
​ ​
Remaining
contractual life
(years)
​ ​
Number of
restricted share
units
​
7-Apr-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 25,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.52 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,000 ​ ​
10-Jun-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,875 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.69 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,875 ​ ​
15-Jan-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 15,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.70 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,000 ​ ​
26-Apr-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,000 ​ ​
16-Oct-28
​ ​ ​ ​ 133,850 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.70 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.05 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 133,850 ​ ​
28-Feb-29
​ ​ ​ ​ 127,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.30 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.42 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 127,500 ​ ​
1-Jan-29
​ ​ ​ ​ 50,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.26 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 382,225 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 332,225 ​ ​
A total of 332,225 RSU’s were vested as at September 30, 2025.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company recognized stock-based compensation related to RSUs in the amount of $25,017 (September 30, 2024 — $234,278).
(c)   Share purchase warrants
The continuity of the number of share purchase warrants outstanding is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Warrants
outstanding
​ ​
Exercise
Price
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,301,970 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.96 ​ ​
Issued
​ ​ ​ ​ 16,630,724 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.73 ​ ​
Expired
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,797,726) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.81 ​ ​
Exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ (60,000) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.00 ​ ​
Outstanding, December 31, 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,074,968 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.22 ​ ​
Issued
​ ​ ​ ​ 22,447,643 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.48 ​ ​
Expired
​ ​ ​ ​ (7,643,473) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.73 ​ ​
Exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ (5,417,775) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.55 ​ ​
Outstanding, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 29,461,363 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.87 ​ ​
 
F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(c)   Share purchase warrants (continued)
The fair value of the compensation warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:
​ ​ ​
September 30,
2025
​ ​
December 31,
2024
​
Risk-free interest rate
​ ​
2.90%
​ ​
3.52%
​
Expected dividend yield
​ ​
Nil
​ ​
Nil
​
Stock price volatility
​ ​
89.00%
​ ​
69.78%
​
Expected life (in years)
​ ​
1.23 years
​ ​
3 years
​
Share price on grant date
​ ​
CAD$0.50
​ ​
CAD$0.86
​
Fair value share purchase warrants
​ ​
CAD$0.20
​ ​
CAD$0.43
​
The outstanding number of share purchase warrants is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Outstanding
​
Expiry date
​ ​
Number of
warrants
​ ​
Exercise price
​ ​
Remaining
contractual life
(years)
​
28-Jul-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,719,973 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.35 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.82 ​ ​
5-Oct-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,782,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 3.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.01 ​ ​
5-Oct-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 60,723 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.01 ​ ​
18-Dec-26
​ ​ ​ ​ 2,032,312 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 0.55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.22 ​ ​
12-Jan-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 526,566 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.28 ​ ​
12-Jan-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 15,171 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.28 ​ ​
5-Feb-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.35 ​ ​
28-Feb-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 909,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.41 ​ ​
27-Jun-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 19,051 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.74 ​ ​
13-Aug-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 465,033 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.87 ​ ​
20-Mar-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 1,515,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.05 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.47 ​ ​
20-Mar-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 212,170 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 1.65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.47 ​ ​
27-Oct-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 144,674 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 2.75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.07 ​ ​
27-Oct-27
​ ​ ​ ​ 958,335 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 5.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.07 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,461,363 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, a total of 1,095,099 share purchase warrants with an original exercise price of CAD$2.00 were repriced to CAD$1.51. All other terms and conditions remained unchanged.
(d)   Performance Shares
On March 17, 2021, Liberty deposited into escrow, and held in escrow, Operational Performance Shares (“OPS”) and Capital Market Performance Shares (“CMPS”) for certain directors, officers, and consultants of the Company upon the Company achieving certain performance milestones. Once these
 
F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
13.   Equity Reserves (continued)
(d)   Performance Shares (continued)
milestones were achieved the shares would be released. These performance shares included 200,000 of OPS and 877,300 of CMPS. In order to fair value these performance shares, management estimated the probability that the Company would issue the performance shares.
All CMPS have been issued in previous years upon the completion of all required milestones.
Operational Performance Shares
As at September 30, 2025, none of the 200,000 OPS have been issued as neither of the two milestones have been met. The estimated fair value of the OPS is CAD$800,000 which had an estimated vesting period between December 2024 and December 2025. The estimated vesting period has been adjusted to December 2025 and December 2026. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company recorded stock-based compensation in connection to OPS in the amounts of $77,727 (September 30, 2024 — $99,371).
​ ​ ​
Number of
equity settled
​ ​
Weighted
average price
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023 and 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.00 ​ ​
Released from escrow
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Outstanding, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ CAD$ 4.00 ​ ​
14.   Loss Per Share
Basic loss per share amount is calculated by dividing the net loss for the year by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.
​ ​ ​
Three months
ended September,
​ ​
Nine months
ended September 30,
​
​ ​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​
Loss attributable to common shareholders
​ ​ ​ $ (2,967,764) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (2,433,189) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (10,510,206) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (6,429,727) ​ ​
Weighted average number of shares
​ ​ ​ ​ 65,675,798 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,463,645 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55,564,003 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,037,061 ​ ​
Basic and diluted loss per share
​ ​ ​ $ (0.05) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (0.15) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (0.19) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (0.40) ​ ​
The Company incurred net losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024, therefore all outstanding stock options share purchase warrants, restricted share units, and performance share units, if any, have been excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share since the effect would be anti-dilutive.
15.   Revenue
Revenue recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024, relates to contract revenue from the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) (Note 16), as well as sales of HEXWAVE units.
 
F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
15.   Revenue (continued)
Deferred revenue as of September 30, 2025, was $170,036 (December 31, 2024 — $180,000).
Deferred Revenue
​ ​
Amounts
​
Outstanding, December 31, 2023 & 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 180,000 ​ ​
Additions
​ ​ ​ ​ 124,995 ​ ​
Refunds
​ ​ ​ ​ (120,000) ​ ​
Recognized revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ (14,959) ​ ​
Outstanding, September 30, 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ 170,036 ​ ​
Revenue
​ ​
Three months
ended September 30,
​ ​
Nine months
ended September 30,
​
​
2025
​ ​
2024
​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​
TSA Contract Award HD-AIT
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 457,905 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​
TSA OA Development
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 170,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 246,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 620,000 ​ ​
HD-AIT Phase II
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 133,056 ​ ​
HD-AIT Phase III
​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 296,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 296,944 ​ ​
HEXWAVE units
​ ​ ​ ​ 129,049 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 650,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 861,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,446,032 ​ ​
HEXWAVE Software & Warranty
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,500 ​ ​
Total Revenue
​ ​ ​ $ 279,049 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,116,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,764,256 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 2,697,532 ​ ​
16.   Contract Awards
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company recognized total contract revenue of $854,297, recorded in revenue (nine months ended September 30, 2024 — $1,250,000). Future revenue related to these contracts will be recognized as performance obligations are satisfied. It is estimated that future revenues will be recognized on the same basis according to the following timelines:
Contract Award Revenue Expected in Future Years
​ ​
Year ended December 31,
​
​
2025
​ ​
2026
​
HD-AIT Phase II B
​ ​ ​ ​ 357,759 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Total estimated contract revenues
​ ​ ​ $ 357,759 ​ ​ ​ ​ $    — ​ ​
(a)   TSA HD-AIT Upgrade
On September 30, 2022, the Company received a contract award of $1,747,905 from the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) for the HD-AIT Wide Band Upgrade Kit. On September 28, 2023, the contract was modified to include an additional milestone, increasing the total contract value to $1,922,905. The contract award supports the development of millimeter-wave imaging system prototypes to enhance and upgrade the current imaging technology used in passenger security screening applications.
During the period ended September 30, 2025, the Company received $457,905 and recorded a receivable of $nil (nine months ended September 30, 2024 — $200,000 and $nil, respectively). The remaining contract balance as of September 30, 2025, was $nil (December 31, 2024 — $457,905).
 
F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
16.   Contract Awards (continued)
(a)   TSA HD-AIT Upgrade (continued)
The Company is required to submit quarterly invoices as follows:
TSA HD-AIT Upgrade
​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 1,265,000 ​ ​
Year 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 200,000 ​ ​
Year 2025
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Milestone 5B (Q1 2025) (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100,000 ​ ​
Milestone 6 (Q2 2025) (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 357,905 ​ ​
Total Contract Value
​ ​ ​ $ 1,922,905 ​ ​
(b)   TSA Open Architecture
On September 29, 2023, the Company received a contract award for $1,116,944 from TSA for the Open Architecture Development. The contract award is to develop a system-level approach that addresses TSA’s request for implementation of a Checkpoint Open Architecture for On-Person Screening (OPS) systems that enable modularity and enhances security effectiveness. The project will be performed over a period of twenty-one months, and invoices will be issued once the milestones are reached based on the agreed upon timeline. During the period ended September 30, 2025, the Company received $246,944 and had a receivable of $nil (three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 — $620,000 and $nil, respectively). The balance remaining on the contract as of September 30, 2025, was $nil (December 31, 2024 — $246,944).
TSA Open Architecture
​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2023
​ ​ ​ $ 75,000 ​ ​
Year 2024
​ ​ ​ ​ 795,000 ​ ​
Year 2025 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 6 (Q1 2025) (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 175,000 ​ ​
Milestone 7 (Q2 2025) (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 71,944 ​ ​
Total Contract Value
​ ​ ​ $ 1,116,944 ​ ​
(c)   TSA HD-AIT Phase II
On September 29, 2023, the Company received a contract award of $133,056 from the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) for HD-AIT Phase II. This award is a follow-on option under the existing HD-AIT development program, aimed at advancing Phase II to finalize a hardware design that supports future compliance efforts. The project was scheduled to be completed over three months, with invoices issued upon reaching agreed-upon milestones. During the period ended September 30, 2025, the Company had received the full contract amount of $133,056 and recorded a receivable of $nil (three months ended September 30, 2024 — $133,056, respectively). The remaining contract balance as of September 30, 2025, was $nil (December 31, 2024 — $nil), as the agreement was completed on February 20, 2024.
(d)   TSA HD-AIT Phase II A
On September 5, 2024, the Company received a contract award for $446,944 from TSA for the HD-AIT Phase II A option. The contract award is a follow-on option to the current HD-AIT development
 
F-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
16.   Contract Awards (continued)
(d)   TSA HD-AIT Phase II A (continued)
program to execute phase II to drive to a final hardware design capable of supporting future compliance efforts. The project will be performed over a period of twelve months, and invoices will be issued once the milestones are reached based on the agreed upon timeline. During the period ended September 30, 2025, the Company received $150,000 and had a receivable of $nil (three months ended September 30, 2024 — $nil, and $296,944 respectively). The balance remaining on the contract as of September 30, 2025, was $nil (December 31, 2024 — $150,000).
TSA HD-AIT Phase II A
​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2024
​ ​ ​ $ 296,944 ​ ​
Year 2025 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 2 (Q3 2025) (paid)
​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​
Total Contract Value
​ ​ ​ $ 446,944 ​ ​
(e)   TSA HD-AIT Phase II B
On September 29, 2025, the Company received a contract award for $357,759 from TSA for the HD-AIT Phase II B option. The contract award is a follow-on option to the current HD-AIT development program to execute phase II to drive to a final hardware design capable of supporting future compliance efforts. The project will be performed over a period of three months, and invoices will be issued once the milestones are reached based on the agreed upon timeline. As at September 30, 2025, the Company received $nil and had a receivable of $nil (three months ended September 30, 2024 — $nil, and $nil respectively). The balance remaining on the contract as of September 30, 2025, was $357,759 (December 31, 2024 — $nil).
TSA HD-AIT Phase II B
​ ​
Amounts
​
Year 2026 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Milestone 3 (Q1 2025)
​ ​ ​ $ 100,000 ​ ​
Milestone 4 (Q1 2025)
​ ​ ​ $ 175,000 ​ ​
Milestone 5 (Q1 2025)
​ ​ ​ ​ 82,759 ​ ​
Total Contract Value
​ ​ ​ $ 357,759 ​ ​
As of September 30, 2025, the Company recorded contract costs of $nil, representing costs incurred for contract milestones not yet achieved (December 31, 2024, $268,952). As of September 30, 2025, the Company recorded an impairment of the contract costs of $nil (December 31, 2024, $115,730).
17.   Supplemental Disclosure with Respect to Cash Flows
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024, the Company paid $nil in income taxes in both periods, and paid interest of $483,898 and $283,497, respectively.
 
F-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
17.   Supplemental Disclosure with Respect to Cash Flows (continued)
​ ​ ​
Nine months ended September 30,
​
​ ​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​
Changes in non-cash working capital ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Amounts receivable and prepaids
​ ​ ​ $ (525,024) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ (217,729) ​ ​
Inventory
​ ​ ​ ​ (360,015) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 964,272 ​ ​
Contract cost
​ ​ ​ ​ 268,952 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ 235,882 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (703,454) ​ ​
Deferred revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ (9,964) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,135,970 ​ ​
Net changes in non-working capital
​ ​ ​ $ (390,169) ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,179,059 ​ ​
Supplemental cash flow information ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Fair value of compensation brokers warrants
​ ​ ​ $ 129,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 10,265 ​ ​
Residual value allocated to warrants
​ ​ ​ ​ 263,584 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 426,663 ​ ​
Fair value of warrants allocated to share capital on expiry
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (312,816) ​ ​
Transfer of reserves on exercise of RSUs
​ ​ ​ ​ 374,067 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 246,518 ​ ​
Stock based compensation recorded in cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ 20,814 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Reclassification from reserves upon warrant exercised
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87,367 ​ ​
Transfer from inventory to PP&E
​ ​ ​ ​ 85,803 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Intangibles capitalized to inventory
​ ​ ​ ​ 47,710 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
18.   Related Party Transactions
Compensation of key management personnel:
Key management personnel include persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and controlling the activities of the Company as a whole. The key management personnel of the Company are the members of the Company’s executive management team and Board of Directors. Compensation provided to key management personnel is as follows:
​ ​ ​
Three months ended September 30,
​ ​
Nine months ended September 30,
​
​ ​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​ ​
2025
​ ​
2024
​
G&A Salaries
​ ​ ​ $ 385,401 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 171,686 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,061,266 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 485,108 ​ ​
G&A Stock-based compensation
​ ​ ​ ​ 166,095 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77,548 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 693,419 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136,004 ​ ​
G&A Consulting fees(1)
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,192 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 72,788 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ $ 551,496 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 273,426 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 1,754,685 ​ ​ ​ ​ $ 693,901 ​ ​
​
(1)
Consulting fees were paid or payable to the CFO of the Company.
​
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had a balance payable of $197,021 to key management personnel (December 31, 2024, — $421,319). This payable balance includes accounts payable and accrued liabilities relating to compensation to directors, officers, or their related companies, included in compensation of key management personnel. These related party balances are unsecured, non-interest bearing and have no specific terms of settlement.
 
F-74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
18.   Related Party Transactions (continued)
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company received working capital loans in the amount of $nil (December 31, 2024 — $82,000) from directors, officers, or their related parties, and repaid $74,658. As at September 30, 2025, the outstanding balance is $nil (Note 8(a)) (December 31, 2024 — $74,658).
19.   Financial Instruments
As at September 30, 2025, the Company’s financial instruments comprise cash, accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, loans payable, term loan, lease liabilities and factoring liability. The fair values of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their carrying values due to their short-term maturity or market interest rates.
Fair value of financial instruments:
Financial instruments recorded at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial position are classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
•
Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
​
•
Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly
​
•
Level 3 — Inputs that are not based on observable market data.
​
The Company’s activities expose it to financial risks of varying degrees of significance, which could affect its ability to achieve its strategic objectives for growth and shareholder returns. The principal financial risks to which the Company is exposed are credit risk, liquidity risk and currency risk. The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company’s risk management framework and reviews the Company’s policies on an ongoing basis.
(a)   Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of an unexpected loss if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, including accounts receivable terms. The Company’s cash is held through large Canadian, international, and foreign national financial institutions. The Company’s receivables primarily consist of GST receivable due from the Canadian government and trade receivables that the Company continues to collect. These trade receivables are primarily with continuing customers and are not subject to significant credit risk. As at September 30, 2025, the Company’s trade receivables totalling $773,263 are from four customers (December 31, 2024 — $130,000). The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of cash and accounts receivables.
(b)   Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company manages liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. To mitigate this risk, the Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to determine the funds required to support its ongoing operations and capital expenditures. The Company ensures that sufficient funds are raised from equity offerings or debt financings to meet its operating requirements, after considering existing cash balances, expected exercise of share purchase warrants, and stock options. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern involves significant judgements and estimates while determining forecasted cashflows and is dependent on the Company’s ability to obtain financing (Note 1). As at September 30, 2025,
 
F-75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
19.   Financial Instruments (continued)
(b)   Liquidity risk (continued)
the Company had cash of $640,907 (December 31, 2024 — $1,153,229) to settle current liabilities of $8,239,018 (December 31, 2024 — $6,607,387).
(c)   Market risk
This risk refers to the potential fluctuations in the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument due to changes in market prices. The Company is exposed to the following significant market risks:
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from changes in market rates of interest that could adversely affect the Company. The Company currently has interest-bearing financial instruments in relation to loans and factoring liability (Note 8, 9 and 10). The
Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is minimal as the interest rates are at a fixed percentage on the loans payable, term loans and factoring and credit line liability.
Foreign currency risk
The Company is exposed to currency risk by having balances and transactions in currencies that are different from its functional currency. The Company operates in foreign jurisdictions, which uses the U.S. dollar. The Company does not use derivative instruments to reduce upward, and downward risk associated with foreign currency fluctuations.
​ ​ ​
Amounts
CAD dollars
​
Financial assets denominated in foreign currencies
​ ​ ​ $ 182,454 ​ ​
Financial liabilities denominated in foreign currencies
​ ​ ​ ​ (643,290) ​ ​
Net exposure
​ ​ ​ $ (460,836) ​ ​
A 10% change in the U.S. dollar exchange rate relative to the Canadian dollar would change the Company’s comprehensive loss by $(33,687).
Price risk
The Company is exposed to price risk with respect to equity prices. Equity price risk is defined as the potential adverse impact on the Company’s earnings due to movements in individual equity prices or general movements in the level of the stock market.
The Company closely monitors individual equity movements, and the stock market to determine the appropriate course of action to be taken by the Company.
20.   Capital Risk Management
The Company manages common shares, stock options, performance share units, restricted share units, and share purchase warrants as capital. The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to pursue the development of its products and to maintain a flexible capital structure which optimizes the costs of capital at an acceptable risk.
 
F-76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
20.   Capital Risk Management (continued)
The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may attempt to issue new shares, issue debt, acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash on hand.
In order to facilitate the management of its capital requirements, the Company prepares expenditure budgets that are updated as necessary depending on various factors, including successful capital deployment and general industry conditions.
In order to maximize ongoing development efforts, the Company does not pay out dividends. The Company’s investment policy is to keep its cash treasury on deposit in an interest-bearing chartered bank account. Cash consists of cash on held with banks.
The Company expects its current capital resources will be sufficient to carry its operations, and product development plans for the foreseeable future. Except for the security pledged in certain term loans and credit lines as outlined in Notes 10(a) respectively, the Company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.
There has been no change to the Company’s approach to capital management during the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
21.   Segmented Information
The Company operates through three distinct segments: Corporate, HEXWAVE and Contract. The operating segments of the Company are based on the reports which are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in making strategic resource allocation decisions. The Company considers its CODM to be its CEO, who evaluate the operations of each reportable segment.
The CODM reviews the net income (loss) of each of these segments in allocating resources and evaluating operating performance. The corporate reporting segment covers the Company’s non-allocated, general overhead expenses, such as legal, compliance, accounting, head-office staff, and other such items. This reporting segment is reviewed for cost control and budgetary considerations.
The following tables summarize the Company’s segments for the nine and three months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024:
​ ​ ​
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025
​
​ ​ ​
Corporate
​ ​
HEXWAVE
​ ​
Contract
​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 909,407 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 854,849 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,764,256 ​ ​
Cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,112,884 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,493,636 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,606,520 ​ ​
Net loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ (4,338,868) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,021,690) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,149,648) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,510,206) ​ ​
​ ​ ​
For the three months ended September 30, 2025
​
​ ​ ​
Corporate
​ ​
HEXWAVE
​ ​
Contract
​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 129,049 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 150,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 279,049 ​ ​
Cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 838,101 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 394,939 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,233,040 ​ ​
Net loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ (937,181) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,161,222) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (869,361) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,967,764) ​ ​
 
F-77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
21.   Segmented Information (continued)
​ ​ ​
For the nine months ended September 30, 2024
​
​ ​ ​
Corporate
​ ​
HEXWAVE
​ ​
Contract
​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,447,532 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,250,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,697,532 ​ ​
Cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,408,789 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,796,912 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,205,701 ​ ​
Net loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ (1,696,754) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,987,849) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,745,124) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,429,727) ​ ​
​ ​ ​
For the three months ended September 30, 2024
​
​ ​ ​
Corporate
​ ​
HEXWAVE
​ ​
Contract
​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​ ​
$
​
Revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 650,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 466,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,116,944 ​ ​
Cost of revenue
​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 886,225 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 979,947 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,866,172 ​ ​
Net loss for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ (488,065) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (816,952) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,128,172) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,433,189) ​ ​
Geographic Breakdown
As at September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, all non-current assets are in the United States.
All revenue from contract segment was earned from one customer in the United States (2024 — one customer).
For the period ended September 30, 2025, revenues from the HEXWAVE segment attributable to the Company’s country of domicile, Canada, were approximately $nil, (September 30, 2024, $142,032). Revenues attributable to customers in the United States totaled approximately $909,407 (2024 — $1,305,000). Revenues from all other foreign countries in aggregate totaled $nil (2024 — $nil). The determination of revenues by geographic area is based on the location of the customer.
For the period ended September 30, 2025, the Company reported HEXWAVE revenues from major customers over 10% of its total HEXWAVE revenues as follows: $390,000 (2024 — $65,000), $238,000 (2024 — $nil), $109,959 (2024 — $nil), $108,500 (2024 — $nil), $nil (2024 — $1,080,000) and $nil (2024 — $142,032).
22.   Subsequent Events
•
Subsequent to September 30, 2025, an aggregate of 5,414,551 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 5,414,551 warrants, for gross proceeds of CAD$1,895,093. In addition, on December 8, 2025, the Company issued 10,000 common shares pursuant to the vesting and settlement of 10,000 RSUs.
​
•
On December 31, 2025, the Company closed the first tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of CAD$1,747,168, through the issuance of 7,941,671 units at a price of CAD$0.22 per unit. Each unit comprised one common share and one common share purchase warrant, with each warrant entitling the holder to acquire one additional common share at an exercise price of CAD$0.30 per share, exercisable from March 2, 2026, to December 31, 2027. The Company issued an aggregate of 356,162 broker warrants to agents under terms and conditions substantially identical to those of the unit warrant.
​
Subsequently, on January 15, 2026, the Company closed the second and final tranche of the same non-brokered private placement for additional gross proceeds of CAD$867,506, through the issuance of
 
F-78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
Notes to the Amended and Restated Condensed
Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Unaudited — Expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated and per share amounts)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024
22.   Subsequent Events (continued)
3,943,207 units at a price of CAD$0.22 per unit. Each unit comprised one common share and one common share purchase warrant, with each warrant entitling the holder to acquire one additional common share at an exercise price of CAD$0.30 per share, exercisable from March 17, 2026, to January 15, 2028.
In connection with the private placement, the Company issued an aggregate of 227,024 broker warrants to agents under terms and conditions substantially identical to those of the unit warrant.
•
On December 12, 2025, the Company granted 321,702 RSUs to a consultant. The RSUs vest in full on December 12, 2026, and expire on December 12, 2029, if not settled prior to that date.
​
•
A total of 220,000 stock options were cancelled.
​
 
F-79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
​
​
             Common Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_libertydef-4clr.jpg]
LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.
​
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
​
Benchmark, a StoneX Company
           , 2026
Through and including            , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
​
​

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 6.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Division 5 of Part 5 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) provides that a corporation may (a) indemnify an eligible party against all eligible penalties to which the eligible party is or may be liable and (b) after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses (not including judgments, penalties, fines or amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding) actually and reasonably incurred by an eligible party in respect of that proceeding.
An “eligible party” means an individual who (a) is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) is or was a director or officer of another corporation (i) at a time when the other corporation is or was an affiliate of the corporation, or (ii) at the request of the corporation, or (c) at the request of the corporation, is or was, or holds or held a position equivalent to that of, a director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity.
An “eligible proceeding” means a proceeding in which an eligible party or any of the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer of, or holding or having held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the corporation or an associated corporation (a) is or may be joined as a party, or (b) is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding.
A corporation must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the eligible party in respect of that proceeding if the eligible party (a) has not been reimbursed for those expenses, and (b) is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the outcome of the proceeding or is substantially successful on the merits in the outcome of the proceeding.
A corporation may pay, as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an eligible party in respect of that proceeding, provided the corporation first receives from the eligible party a written undertaking that, if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses is prohibited, the eligible party will repay the amounts advanced.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, a corporation must not indemnify an eligible party or pay the expenses of an eligible party if any of the following circumstances apply:
•
if the indemnity or payment is made under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the agreement to indemnify or pay expenses was made, the corporation was prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its memorandum or articles;
​
•
if the indemnity or payment is made otherwise than under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the indemnity or payment is made, the corporation is prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its memorandum or articles;
​
•
if, in relation to the subject matter of the eligible proceeding, the eligible party did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation or the associated corporation, as the case may be;
​
•
in the case of an eligible proceeding other than a civil proceeding, if the eligible party did not have reasonable grounds for believing that the eligible party’s conduct in respect of which the proceeding was brought was lawful.
​
If an eligible proceeding is brought against an eligible party by or on behalf of the corporation or by or on behalf of an associated corporation, the corporation must not (a) indemnify the eligible party in respect of the proceeding or (b) pay the expenses of the eligible party in respect of the proceeding.
A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of an eligible party or the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of the eligible party against any liability that may be incurred by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer of, or holding or having held a
 
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the corporation or an associated corporation. We maintain insurance policies relating to certain liabilities that our directors and officers may incur in such capacities.
Our Articles provide that, subject to the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), the Company must indemnify directors, former directors or alternate directors of the Company and his or her heirs and legal personal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director and alternate director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on this term.
The failure of a director, alternate director or officer of the Company to comply with the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) or our Articles does not invalidate any indemnity to which he or she is entitled to under the Articles.
The Articles also provide that the Company may indemnify any person, subject to any restrictions in the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia).
Our Articles defines the following terms: (1) an “eligible penalty” means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an “eligible proceeding”; (2) an “eligible party” means a director, former director or alternate director of the Company; (3) an “eligible proceeding” means a legal proceeding or investigative action (whether current, threatened, pending or completed), in which an eligible party or any of the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or alternate director of the Company (a) is or may be joined as a party, or (b) is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding; and (4) “expenses” has the meaning set out in the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia).
Our Articles provide that the Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person (or his or her heirs or legal personal representatives) who is or was a director, alternative director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or held or holds such position or a position equivalent to the foregoing (each, an “insured party”) with respect to (i) the Company; (ii) a corporation at a time when the corporation was an affiliate of the Company; (iii) at the request of the Company, served in such capacity with respect to a corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity, against any liability that may be incurred by him or her acting in such capacity.
We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our officers and directors pursuant to which they will be indemnified by us, subject to certain limitations, for any liabilities incurred by them in connection with their role as officers or directors of the Company.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 7.   Recent sales of unregistered securities.
The following information relates to all securities issued or sold by us within the past three years and not registered under the Securities Act. The issuances of securities described below were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions, Regulation D under the Securities Act, Rule 701 under the Securities Act and/or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering.
•
On April 14, 2023, the Company closed the first tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of US$1,007,249 (C$1,341,212). The Company issued 670,606 units of the Company at a price of C$2.00 per unit. Each unit comprised one common share and one-half share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of C$3.00 within a period of 24 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of
​
 
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
US$100,725. The Company paid the agents 21,525 broker warrants with a fair value of US$5,498. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of C$3.00. Additionally, the Company incurred cash costs in connection with the private placement in the amount of US$39,594. All securities issued under the private placement are subject to a hold period expiring four months and one day after the closing date of the private placement.
•
On May 9, 2023, the Company closed the second tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of US$296,116 (C$397,000). The Company issued 198,500 units at a price of C$2.00 per unit. Each unit comprised one common share and one-half share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of C$3.00 within a period of 24 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of US$22,712. The Company paid the agents 13,895 broker warrants with a fair value of US$3,816. Each broker warrant is exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of C$3.00. Additionally, the Company incurred cash costs in connection with the private placement in the amount of US$20,803. The Company also issued 4,500 units for gross proceeds of US$6,713, which were issued to offset invoices due to a vendor. All securities issued under the private placement are subject to a hold period expiring four months and one day after the closing date of the private placement.
​
•
On June 8, 2023, the Company closed the third and final tranche of a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of US$228,547 (C$305,000). The Company issued 152,500 units at a price of C$2.00 per unit. Each unit comprised one common share and one-half share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of C$3.00 within a period of 24 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of US$57,137. The Company paid the agents 9,275 broker warrants with a fair value of US$1,893. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of C$3.00. Additionally, the Company incurred cash costs in connection with filing and legal expenses in the amount of US$66,900. All securities issued under the private placement are subject to a hold period expiring four months and one day after the closing date.
​
•
On October 5, 2023, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of US$2,588,066 (C$3,565,527). The Company issued 1,782,764 units at a price of C$2.00 per unit. Each unit comprised one common share and one common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of C$3.00 for a period of 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of US$194,105. The Company paid the agents 60,723 broker warrants with a fair value of US$37,523. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 36 months at an exercise price of C$2.00. Additionally, the Company incurred cash costs in connection with filing and legal expenses in the amount of US$336,600 and issued 50,000 shares as a corporate finance fee with a fair value of US$72,586. All securities issued under the private placement are subject to a hold period expiring four months and one day after the closing date.
​
​
•
On December 6, 2023, and subsequently amended on December 29, 2023, the Company announced a non-brokered private placement of up to 786,667 units at C$1.50 per unit for gross proceeds of up to C$1,180,000. Each unit consisted of one common share and one purchase warrant, exercisable at C$2.00 per share for a period of 36 months. The private placement closed in two tranches. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had received US$224,915 (C$305,000) in subscription proceeds, net of share issuance costs, in advance of closing. On January 15, 2024, the Company closed the initial tranche under the Listed Issuer Financing Exemption (LIFE), issuing 590,068 units at C$1.50 per unit for gross proceeds of US$662,554 (C$886,000), which included the US$224,915 received as of December 31, 2023. The warrants issued in this tranche were allocated a residual value of US$154,596. In connection with the offering, the Company issued 15,171 broker warrants under the same terms, with a fair value of US$4,508, and paid agent commissions of US$17,110. All securities issued are subject to a hold period of four months and one day from the closing date. On February 5, 2024, the Company closed the final tranche of the private placement, issuing 100,000 units at C$1.50 per unit for gross proceeds of US$112,285 (C$150,000) under the same terms and conditions. The warrants issued in the final tranche were allocated a residual value of US$37,428.
​
 
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
On February 26, 2024, the Company closed an investment by Viken, pursuant to which Viken purchased 909,091 units at an issue price of C$1.50 per unit for total gross proceeds of US$1,000,000 (C$1,363,636). Each unit comprised one common share and one purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles Viken to purchase one additional common share at an exercise price of C$2.00 for a period of 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of US$166,667. Additionally, the Company incurred cash costs in connection with filing and legal expenses in the amount of US$27,116. These warrants contain blocker language restricting the exercise of the warrants if such exercise results in Viken holding more than 9.9% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company.
​
•
On March 22, 2024, a total of 5,000 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of US$8,371 (C$11,363).
​
•
On April 29, 2024, a total of 3,650 shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 3,650 warrants, resulting in proceeds of US$5,346 (C$7,300).
​
•
On May 1, 2024, a total of 1,250 shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 1,250 warrants, resulting in proceeds of US$1,815 (C$2,500).
​
•
On May 7, 2024, a total of 7,100 shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 7,100 warrants, resulting in proceeds of US$10,377 (C$14,200).
​
•
On May 8, 2024, a total of 48,000 shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 48,000 warrants, resulting in proceeds of US$69,829 (C$96,000).
​
•
On May 23, 2024, a total of 11,341 shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 11,341 RSUs with a fair value of US$36,090 (C$49,331).
​
•
On August 13, 2024, the Company closed the first tranche of a special warrant financing for gross proceeds of US$508,864 (C$697,550). The Company issued 465,035 special warrants at a price of C$1.50 per unit. Each special warrant will automatically convert into one unit, consisting of one common share and one share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share at a price of C$2.00 within a period of 36 months. The warrants were allocated a residual value of US$203,560. The Company paid the agents 19,051 broker warrants with a fair value of US$5,757. Each broker warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 36 months at an exercise price of C$2.00. Additionally, the Company incurred cash costs in connection with the private placement in the amount of US$30,995.
​
•
On September 25, 2024, a total of 50,000 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of US$33,490 (C$45,000).
​
•
On October 16, 2024, a total of 10,000 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of US$12,331 (C$17,000).
​
•
On November 19, 2024, a total of 7,500 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of US$4,897 (C$6,750).
​
•
On November 29, 2024, a total of 18,000 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of RSUs with a fair value of US$21,856 (C$30,600).
​
•
On December 10, 2024, the Company settled a total of $363,336 (C$520,947) of indebtedness with a certain creditor by issuing 1,562,500 units valued at $927,332 that follow the same terms as the units issued on December 18, 2024, non-brokered private placement.
​
•
On December 18, 2024, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement of 25,000,000 units at a price of C$0.32 per unit for gross proceeds of C$8,000,000. Each Unit comprised of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$0.55 for a period of 24 months and are subject to an accelerated expiry at the Company’s election under certain conditions. The Company also issued 1,251,062 finder warrants which are exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$0.55.
​
•
On January 13, 2025, the Company received C$2,977,851 from the exercise of 5,414,275 warrants after electing, on December 31, 2024, to exercise its acceleration right for all 12,500,000 warrants granted on December 19, 2024, pursuant to a private placement.
​
 
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
On January 23, 2025, a total of 98,500 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 98,500 RSUs with a fair value of C$131,005.
​
•
On February 18, 2025, a total of 7,500 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 7,500 RSUs with a fair value of C$6,375.
​
•
On February 21, 2025, a total of 8,100 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 8,100 RSUs with a fair value of C$16,119.
​
•
On March 3, 2025, a total of 75,000 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 75,000 RSUs with a fair value of C$117,000.
​
•
On March 20, 2025, the Company closed an overnight marketed public offering of 3,031,000 units at a price of C$1.65 per unit for gross proceeds of C$5,001,150. Each unit is comprised of one common share and one-half common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CAD$2.05 for a period of 24 months and is subject to an accelerated expiry at the Company’s election under certain conditions. In connection with the non-brokered private placement, the Company issued 212,170 finder warrants. Each finder’s warrant will be exercisable to purchase one common share for a period of 24 months at an exercise price of CAD$1.65.
​
•
On April 1, 2025, the Company received C$5,285 from the exercise of 3,500 warrants. As a result, a total of 3,500 common shares were issued.
​
•
On April 2, 2025, the Company granted 150,000 stock options to consultants. Each stock option is exercisable for one common share of the Company at an exercise price of C$0.84 per share. These stock options vest 12.5% after three months from the grant date, and 12.5% every three months thereafter, expiring on April 2, 2030.
​
•
On April 15, 2025, the Company granted 50,000 stock options to a consultant. Each stock option is exercisable for one common share of the Company at an exercise price of C$0.59 per share. These stock options vest immediately as of the grant date and expire on April 15, 2027.
​
•
On May 20, 2025, a total of 7,500 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 7,500 RSUs with a fair value of C$6,375.
​
•
On July 2, 2025, the Company granted 250,000 stock options to Jason Burinescu. Each Option is exercisable for one common share of the Company at an exercise price of C$0.24 per share. These stock options vest 1/4 on October 2, 2025, 1/4 on January 2, 2026, 1/4 on April 2, 2026, 1/4 on July 2, 2026, expiring on July 2, 2027.
​
•
On July 29, 2025, the Company closed the non-brokered private placement of 20,000,000 units at the price of C$0.22 per unit for gross proceeds of C$4,400,000. Each Unit will consist of one common share in the capital of the Company and one Common Share purchase warrant. Each warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Common Share of the Company from September 27, 2025 until July 28, 2026 at the exercise price of C$0.35. Additionally, the Company issued 719,973 broker warrants with the same terms and conditions.
​
•
On August 7, 2025, the Company issued 50,000 restricted share units to consultants, which will vest on January 1, 2026 and will expire on January 1, 2029.
​
•
On August 19, 2025, a total of 7,500 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 7,500 RSUs with a fair value of C$6,375.
​
•
On September 9, 2025, the Company granted 2,000,000 stock options to directors and officers, investor relations service providers, employees, and consultants. Each Option entitles the holder to acquire one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $0.265 per share, vests in four equal installments of 25% on December 9, 2025, March 9, 2026, June 9, 2026, and September 9, 2026, and will expire on September 9, 2030.
​
•
From October 7, 2025 to November 4, 2025 the Company received C$1,685,093 from the exercise of 5,414,551 warrants. As a result, a total of 5,414,551 common shares were issued.
​
 
II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
On December 8, 2025, a total of 10,000 common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of 10,000 RSUs.
​
•
On December 12, 2025, the Company issued 321,702 restricted share units to consultants, which will vest on December 12, 2026 and will expire on December 12, 2029.
​
•
On December 31, 2025, the Company closed the non-brokered private placement of 7,941,671 units at the price of C$0.22 per unit for gross proceeds of C$1,747,168. Each Unit will consist of one common share in the capital of the Company and one Common Share purchase warrant. Each warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Common Share of the Company from March 2, 2026 until December 31, 2027 at the exercise price of C$0.30. Additionally, the Company issued 356,162 broker warrants with the same terms and conditions.
​
•
On January 15, 2026, the Company closed the non-brokered private placement of 3,943,207 units at the price of C$0.22 per unit for gross proceeds of C$867,506. Each Unit will consist of one common share in the capital of the Company and one Common Share purchase warrant. Each warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one Common Share of the Company from March 17, 2026 until January 15, 2028 at the exercise price of C$0.30. Additionally, the Company issued 227,024 broker warrants with the same terms and conditions.
​
Item 8.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:
​
Exhibit 
No.
​ ​
Description
​
​ 1.1* ​ ​ Form of Underwriting Agreement ​
​ 3.1 ​ ​ ​
​ 5.1* ​ ​ Opinion of McMillan LLP ​
​ 10.1 ​ ​ ​
​ 10.2* ​ ​ Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated September 10, 2018, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.3* ​ ​ First Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated March 4, 2019, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.4* ​ ​ Second Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated March 28, 2019, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.5* ​ ​ Third Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated September 20, 2019, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.6* ​ ​ Fourth Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated March 12, 2020, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.7* ​ ​ Fifth Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated August 1, 2022, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.8* ​ ​ Sixth Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated April 1, 2023, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.9* ​ ​ Seventh Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated June 1, 2024, by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. and Massachusetts Institute of Technology ​
​ 10.10# ​ ​ ​
​ 10.11# ​ ​ ​
​ 10.12** ​ ​ ​
​ 10.13** ​ ​ ​
 
II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Exhibit 
No.
​ ​
Description
​
​
10.14**
​ ​ ​
​
10.15**
​ ​ ​
​
10.16**
​ ​ ​
​ 10.17 ​ ​ ​
​ 10.18* ​ ​ License Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2021, between DrawDown Technologies Inc. and Battelle Memorial Institute ​
​ 10.19+ ​ ​ ​
​ 10.20+ ​ ​ ​
​ 10.21+ ​ ​ ​
​ 10.22* ​ ​ Form of Indemnification Agreement ​
​ 21.1 ​ ​ ​
​ 23.1 ​ ​ ​
​ 23.2* ​ ​ Consent of McMillan LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) ​
​ 24.1** ​ ​ ​
​ 99.1* ​ ​ Consent of       , to be named as a director ​
​ 107** ​ ​ ​
​
*
To be filed by amendment.
​
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
​
​
**
Previously filed.
​
​
#
Certain information has been redacted from this exhibit pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K on the basis that the Company customarily and actually treats that information as private or confidential and the omitted information is not material. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish an unredacted copy of the exhibit to the Commission upon request.
​
Item 9.   Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a
​
 
II-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(a)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);
​
(b)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
​
(c)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
​
(d)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
​
(2)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
​
(3)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
​
 
II-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Wilmington, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 19th day of February, 2026.
​ ​ ​ ​ LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD. ​
​ ​ ​ ​
By:
/s/ William Frain
​
​
Name: William Frain
Title: Chief Executive Officer
​
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
​
SIGNATURE
​ ​
TITLE
​ ​
DATE
​
​
/s/ William Frain
​
William Frain
​ ​ Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
​ ​
February 19, 2026
​
​
*
​
Omar Garcia Abrego
​ ​ Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)
​ ​
February 19, 2026
​
​
*
​
Jason Burinescu
​ ​ Executive Chairman ​ ​
February 19, 2026
​
​
*
​
Linda Jacksta
​ ​ Director ​ ​
February 19, 2026
​
​
*
​
Arjun Grewal
​ ​ Director ​ ​
February 19, 2026
​
​
​
*By:
/s/ William Frain
​
​
William Frain
Attorney-in-Fact
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
 
II-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd., has signed this registration statement February 19, 2026.
Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.
​
/s/ William Frain
​
​ ​ ​ ​
​ Name: ​ ​ William Frain ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Title: ​ ​
Chief Executive Officer
​ ​
 
II-10

 

Exhibit 3.1 

 

  Mailing Address: Location:
PO Box 9431 Stn Prov Govt 2nd Floor - 940 Blanshard Street
Victoria BC V8W 9V3 Victoria BC
www.corporateonline.gov.bc.ca 1 877 526-1526

 

 

Notice of Articles

 

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

CERTIFIED COPY
Of a Document filed with the Province of
British Columbia Registrar of Companies

T.K. SPARKS

 

This Notice of Articles was issued by the Registrar on: March 24, 2025 02:09 PM Pacific Time
 
Incorporation Number: C1258947
   
Recognition Date and Time: Continued into British Columbia on July 27, 2020 01:02 PM Pacific Time

 

NOTICE OF ARTICLES

 

Name of Company:

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.

 

REGISTERED OFFICE INFORMATION  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
1055 WEST GEORGIA STREET 1055 WEST GEORGIA STREET
1500 ROYAL CENTRE 1500 ROYAL CENTRE
PO BOX 11117 PO BOX 11117
VANCOUVER BC V6E 4N7 VANCOUVER BC V6E 4N7
CANADA CANADA

 

RECORDS OFFICE INFORMATION  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
1055 WEST GEORGIA STREET 1055 WEST GEORGIA STREET
1500 ROYAL CENTRE 1500 ROYAL CENTRE
PO BOX 11117 PO BOX 11117
VANCOUVER BC V6E 4N7 VANCOUVER BC V6E 4N7
CANADA CANADA

 

Page: 1 of 2

 

 

DIRECTOR INFORMATION  
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Grewal, Arjun  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
   
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Jacksta, Linda Lee  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
   
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Burinescu, Jason  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
   
   
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name:  
Frain, William J. (formerly Frain, William)  
   
Mailing Address: Delivery Address:
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

AUTHORIZED SHARE STRUCTURE

 

 

  1.     No MaximumCommon SharesWithout Par Value
     
    Without Special Rights or
    Restrictions attached

 

Page: 2 of 2

 

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.

(the "Company")

 

Incorporation Number: C1258947

 

ARTICLES  
1. INTERPRETATION 5
  1.1 Definitions 5
  1.2 Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable 6
       
2. SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES 6
  2.1 Authorized Share Structure 6
  2.2 Form of Share Certificate 6
  2.3 Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgment 6
  2.4 Delivery by Mail 7
  2.5 Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement 7
  2.6 Replacement of Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate or Acknowledgment 7
  2.7 Splitting Share Certificates 7
  2.8 Certificate Fee 7
  2.9 Recognition of Trusts 8
       
3. ISSUE OF SHARES 8
  3.1 Directors Authorized 8
  3.2 Commissions and Discounts 8
  3.3 Brokerage 8
  3.4 Conditions of Issue 8
  3.5 Share Purchase Warrants and Rights 9
       
4. SHARE REGISTERS. 9
  4.1 Central Securities Register. 9
  4.2 Closing Register 9
       
5. SHARE TRANSFERS 9
  5.1 Registering Transfers 9
  5.2 Form of Instrument of Transfer 9
  5.3 Transferor Remains Shareholder 10
  5.4 Signing of Instrument of Transfer 10
  5.5 Enquiry as to Title Not Required 10
  5.6 Transfer Fee 10
       
6. TRANSMISSION OF SHARES 10
  6.1 Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death 10
  6.2 Rights of Legal Personal Representative 11

 

 

- 2 -

 

7. PURCHASE OF SHARES 11
  7.1 Company Authorized to Purchase Shares 11
  7.2 Purchase When Insolvent 11
  7.3 Sale and Voting of Purchased Shares 11
       
8. BORROWING POWERS 11
     
9. ALTERATIONS 12
  9.1 Alteration of Authorized Share Structure 12
  9.2 Special Rights and Restrictions 12
  9.3 Change of Name 13
  9.4 Other Alterations 13
       
10. MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 13
  10.1 Annual General Meetings 13
  10.2 Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting 13
  10.3 Calling of Meetings of Shareholders 13
  10.4 Notice for Meetings of Shareholders 13
  10.5 Record Date for Notice 14
  10.6 Record Date for Voting 14
  10.7 Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice 14
  10.8 Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders 14
  10.9 Location of Annual General Meeting 15
       
11. PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 15
  11.1 Special Business 15
  11.2 Special Majority 15
  11.3 Quorum 15
  11.4 One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum 16
  11.5 Other Persons May Attend 16
  11.6 Requirement of Quorum 16
  11.7 Lack of Quorum 16
  11.8 Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting 16
  11.9 Chair 16
  11.10 Selection of Alternate Chair 17
  11.11 Adjournments 17
  11.12 Notice of Adjourned Meeting 17
  11.13 Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll 17
  11.14 Declaration of Result 17
  11.15 Motion Need Not be Seconded 17
  11.16 Casting Vote 18
  11.17 Meeting by Telephone or Other Communications Medium 18
       
12. VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS 18
  12.1 Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares 18
  12.2 Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity 18
  12.3 Votes by Joint Holders 18

 

 

- 3 -

 

  12.4 Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders 19
  12.5 Representative of a Corporate Shareholder 19
  12.6 Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to All Companies 19
  12.7 Appointment of Proxy Holders 20
  12.8 Alternate Proxy Holders 20
  12.9 Deposit of Proxy 20
  12.10 Validity of Proxy Vote 20
  12.11 Form of Proxy 21
  12.12 Revocation of Proxy 21
  12.13 Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed 21
  12.14 Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote 22
       
13. DIRECTORS 22
  13.1 First Directors; Number of Directors 22
  13.2 Change in Number of Directors 22
  13.3 Directors' Acts Valid Despite Vacancy 23
  13.4 Remuneration of Directors 23
  13.5 Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors 23
  13.6 Special Remuneration for Directors 23
  13.7 Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director 23
       
14. ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS 23
  14.1 Election at Annual General Meeting 23
  14.2 Consent to be a Director 24
  14.3 Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors 24
  14.4 Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled 24
  14.5 Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies 25
  14.6 Remaining Directors Power to Act 25
  14.7 Shareholders May Fill Vacancies 25
  14.8 Additional Directors 25
  14.9 Ceasing to be a Director 25
  14.10 Removal of Director by Shareholders 26
  14.11 Removal of Director by Directors 26
       
15. ALTERNATE DIRECTORS 26
  15.1 Appointment of Alternate Director 26
  15.2 Notice of Meetings 26
  15.3 Alternate for More Than One Director Attending Meetings 26
  15.4 Consent Resolutions 27
  15.5 Alternate Director Not an Agent 27
  15.6 Revocation of Appointment of Alternate Director 27
  15.7 Ceasing to be an Alternate Director 27
  15.8 Remuneration and Expenses of Alternate Director 27
       
16. POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS 28
  16.1 Powers of Management 28
  16.2 Appointment of Attorney of Company 28

 

 

- 4 -

 

  16.3 Remuneration of the auditor 28
       
17. DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS 28
  17.1 Obligation to Account for Profits 28
  17.2 Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest 28
  17.3 Interested Director Counted in Quorum 29
  17.4 Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property 29
  17.5 Director Holding Other Office in the Company 29
  17.6 No Disqualification 29
  17.7 Professional Services by Director or Officer 29
  17.8 Director or Officer in Other Corporations 29
       
18. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS 30
  18.1 Meetings of Directors 30
  18.2 Voting at Meetings 30
  18.3 Chair of Meetings 30
  18.4 Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium 30
  18.5 Calling of Meeting 31
  18.6 Notice of Meetings 31
  18.7 When Notice Not Required 31
  18.8 Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice 31
  18.9 Waiver of Notice of Meetings 31
  18.10 Quorum 31
  18.11 Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective 32
  18.12 Consent Resolutions in Writing 32
       
19. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES 32
  19.1 Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee 32
  19.2 Appointment and Powers of Other Committees 33
  19.3 Obligations of Committees 33
  19.4 Powers of Board 33
  19.5 Committee Meetings 34
       
20. OFFICERS 34
  20.1 Directors May Appoint Officers 34
  20.2 Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers 34
  20.3 Qualifications 34
  20.4 Remuneration and Terms of Appointment 35
       
21. INDEMNIFICATION 35
  21.1 Definitions 35
  21.2 Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors 35
  21.3 Indemnification of Other Persons 35
  21.4 Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act 36
  21.5 Company May Purchase Insurance 36

 

 

- 5 -

 

22. DIVIDENDS 36
  22.1 Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights 36
  22.2 Declaration of Dividends 36
  22.3 No Notice Required 36
  22.4 Record Date 36
  22.5 Manner of Paying Dividend 37
  22.6 Settlement of Difficulties 37
  22.7 When Dividend Payable 37
  22.8 Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares 37
  22.9 Receipt by Joint Shareholders 37
  22.10 Dividend Bears No Interest 37
  22.11 Fractional Dividends 37
  22.12 Payment of Dividends 37
  22.13 Capitalization of Surplus 38
       
23. DOCUMENTS, RECORDS AND REPORTS 38
  23.1 Recording of Financial Affairs 38
  23.2 Inspection of Accounting Records 38
       
24. NOTICES 38
  24.1 Method of Giving Notice 38
  24.2 Deemed Receipt of Mailing 39
  24.3 Certificate of Sending 39
  24.4 Notice to Joint Shareholders 39
  24.5 Notice to Trustees 39
       
25. SEAL AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS 40
  25.1 Who May Attest Seal 40
  25.2 Sealing Copies 40
  25.3 Mechanical Reproduction of Seal 40
  25.4 Execution of Documents Generally 40
       
26. PROHIBITIONS 41
  26.1 Definitions 41
  26.2 Application 41
  26.3 Consent Required for Transfer of Shares or Designated Securities 41

 

 

- 6 -

 

1.   INTERPRETATION
     
1.1   Definitions

 

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)"board of directors", "directors" and "board" mean the directors or sole director of the Company for the time being;

 

(2)"Business Corporations Act" means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) as amended from time to time and includes all regulations as amended from time to time made pursuant to that Act;

 

(3)"legal personal representative" means the personal or other legal representative of the shareholder;

 

(4)"registered address" of a shareholder means the shareholder's address as recorded in the central securities register;

 

(5)"seal" means the seal of the Company, if any.

 

1.2Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable

 

The definitions in the Business Corporations Act and the definitions and rules of construction in the Interpretation Act, with the necessary changes, so far as applicable, and unless the context requires otherwise, apply to these Articles as if they were an enactment. If there is a conflict between a definition in the Business Corporations Act and a definition or rule in the Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition in the Business Corporations Act will prevail in relation to the use of the term in these Articles. If there is a conflict between these Articles and the Business Corporations Act, the Business Corporations Act will prevail.

 

2.  SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

2.1  Authorized Share Structure

 

The authorized share structure of the Company consists of shares of the class or classes and series, if any, described in the Notice of Articles of the Company.

 

2.2  Form of Share Certificate

 

Each share certificate issued by the Company must comply with, and be signed as required by, the Business Corporations Act. The directors may, by resolution, provide that; (a) the shares of any or all of the classes and series of the Company's shares must be uncertificated shares; or (b) any specified shares must be uncertificated shares. Within reasonable time after the issue or transfer of a share that is an uncertificated share, the Company must send to the shareholder a written notice in accordance with the Business Corporations Act.

 

2.3  Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgment

 

Unless the shares of which the shareholder is the registered owner are uncertificated shares, each shareholder is entitled, on request and at the shareholder's option, to receive, without charge, (a) one share certificate representing the shares of each class or series of shares registered in the shareholder's name or (b) a non-transferable written acknowledgment of the shareholder's right to obtain such a share certificate, provided that in respect of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate and delivery of a share certificate for a share to one of several joint shareholders or to one of the shareholders' duly authorized agents will be sufficient delivery to all.

  

 

- 7 -

 

2.4  Delivery by Mail

 

Any share certificate or non-transferable written acknowledgment of a shareholder's right to obtain a share certificate may be sent to the shareholder by mail at the shareholder's registered address and neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is liable for any loss to the shareholder because the share certificate or acknowledgement is lost in the mail or stolen.

 

2.5  Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement

 

If the directors are satisfied that a share certificate or a non-transferable written acknowledgment of the shareholder's right to obtain a share certificate is worn out or defaced, they must, on production to them of the share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be, and on such other terms, if any, as they think fit:

 

(1)order the share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be, to be cancelled; and

 

(2)issue a replacement share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be.

 

2.6  Replacement of Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate or Acknowledgment

 

If a share certificate or a non-transferable written acknowledgment of a shareholder's right to obtain a share certificate is lost, stolen or destroyed, a replacement share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be, must be issued to the person entitled to that share certificate or acknowledgment, as the case may be, if the directors receive:

 

(1)proof satisfactory to them that the share certificate or acknowledgment is lost, stolen or destroyed; and

 

(2)any indemnity the directors consider adequate.

 

2.7  Splitting Share Certificates

 

If a shareholder surrenders a share certificate to the Company with a written request that the Company issue in the shareholder's name two or more share certificates, each representing a specified number of shares and in the aggregate representing the same number of shares as the share certificate so surrendered, the Company must cancel the surrendered share certificate and issue replacement share certificates in accordance with that request.

 

2.8Certificate Fee

 

There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the issue of any share certificate under Articles 2.5, 2.6 or 2.7, the amount, if any and which must not exceed the amount prescribed under the Business Corporations Act, determined by the directors.

 

 

- 8 -

 

2.9  Recognition of Trusts

 

Except as required by law or statute or these Articles, no person will be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or fraction of a share or (except as by law or statute or these Articles provided or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the shareholder.

 

3.  ISSUE OF SHARES

 

3.1  Directors Authorized

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the rights of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the Company may issue, allot, sell or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares, and issued shares held by the Company, at the times, to the persons, including directors, in the manner, on the terms and conditions and for the issue prices (including any premium at which shares with par value may be issued) that the directors may determine. The issue price for a share with par value must be equal to or greater than the par value of the share.

 

3.2  Commissions and Discounts

 

The Company may at any time pay a reasonable commission or allow a reasonable discount to any person in consideration of that person purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Company from the Company or any other person or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for shares of the Company.

 

3.3  Brokerage

 

The Company may pay such brokerage fee or other consideration as may be lawful for or in connection with the sale or placement of its securities.

 

3.4  Conditions of Issue

 

Except as provided for by the Business Corporations Act, no share may be issued until it is fully paid. A share is fully paid when:

 

(1)consideration is provided to the Company for the issue of the share by one or more of the following:

 

(a)past services performed for the Company;

 

(b)property;

 

(c)money; and

 

(2)the value of the consideration received by the Company equals or exceeds the issue price set for the share under Article 3.1.

 

 

- 9 -

 

3.5  Share Purchase Warrants and Rights

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may issue share purchase warrants, options and rights upon such terms and conditions as the directors determine, which share purchase warrants, options and rights may be issued alone or in conjunction with debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares or any other securities issued or created by the Company from time to time.

 

4.  SHARE REGISTERS

 

4.1  Central Securities Register

 

As required by and subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must maintain in British Columbia a central securities register. The directors may, subject to the Business Corporations Act, appoint an agent to maintain the central securities register. The directors may also appoint one or more agents, including the agent which keeps the central securities register, as transfer agent for its shares or any class or series of its shares, as the case may be, and the same or another agent as registrar for its shares or such class or series of its shares, as the case may be. The directors may terminate such appointment of any agent at any time and may appoint another agent in its place.

 

4.2  Closing Register

 

The Company must not at any time close its central securities register.

 

5.  SHARE TRANSFERS

 

5.1  Registering Transfers

 

A transfer of a share of the Company must not be registered unless:

 

(1)a duly signed instrument of transfer in respect of the share has been received by the Company;

 

(2)if a share certificate has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that share certificate has been surrendered to the Company; and

 

(3)if a non-transferable written acknowledgment of the shareholder's right to obtain a share certificate has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that acknowledgment has been surrendered to the Company.

 

5.2  Form of Instrument of Transfer

 

The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the back of the Company's share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the directors from time to time.

 

 

- 10 -

 

5.3  Transferor Remains Shareholder

 

Except to the extent that the Business Corporations Act otherwise provides, the transferor of shares is deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in a securities register of the Company in respect of the transfer.

 

5.4  Signing of Instrument of Transfer

 

If a shareholder, or his or her duly authorized attorney, signs an instrument of transfer in respect of shares registered in the name of the shareholder, the signed instrument of transfer constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer or specified in any other manner, or, if no number is specified, all the shares represented by the share certificates or set out in the written acknowledgments deposited with the instrument of transfer:

 

(1)in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or

 

(2)if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered.

 

5.5  Enquiry as to Title Not Required

 

Neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is bound to inquire into the title of the person named in the instrument of transfer as transferee or, if no person is named as transferee in the instrument of transfer, of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered or is liable for any claim related to registering the transfer by the shareholder or by any intermediate owner or holder of the shares, of any interest in the shares, of any share certificate representing such shares or of any written acknowledgment of a right to obtain a share certificate for such shares.

 

5.6  Transfer Fee

 

There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the registration of any transfer, the amount, if any, determined by the directors.

 

6.  TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

6.1  Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death

 

In case of the death of a shareholder, the legal personal representative, or if the shareholder was a joint holder, the surviving joint holder, will be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the shareholder's interest in the shares. Before recognizing a person as a legal personal representative, the directors may require proof of appointment by a court of competent jurisdiction, a grant of letters probate, letters of administration or such other evidence or documents as the directors consider appropriate.

 

 

- 11 -

 

6.2  Rights of Legal Personal Representative

 

The legal personal representative has the same rights, privileges and obligations that attach to the shares held by the shareholder, including the right to transfer the shares in accordance with these Articles, provided the documents required by the Business Corporations Act and the directors have been deposited with the Company.

 

7.  PURCHASE OF SHARES

 

7.1  Company Authorized to Purchase Shares

 

Subject to Article 7.2, the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may, if authorized by the directors, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares at the price and upon the terms specified in such resolution.

 

7.2  Purchase When Insolvent

 

The Company must not make a payment or provide any other consideration to purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that:

 

(1)the Company is insolvent; or

 

(2)making the payment or providing the consideration would render the Company insolvent.

 

7.3  Sale and Voting of Purchased Shares

 

If the Company retains a share redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by it, the Company may sell, gift or otherwise dispose of the share, but, while such share is held by the Company, it:

 

(1)is not entitled to vote the share at a meeting of its shareholders;

 

(2)must not pay a dividend in respect of the share; and

 

(3)must not make any other distribution in respect of the share.

 

8.  BORROWING POWERS

 

The Company, if authorized by the directors, may:

 

(1)borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that they consider appropriate;

 

(2)issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as they consider appropriate;

 

(3)guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and

 

 

- 12 -

 

(4)mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of the Company.

 

9.  ALTERATIONS

 

9.1  Alteration of Authorized Share Structure

 

Subject to Article 9.2 and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may by resolution of the directors:

 

(1)create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares;

 

(2)increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established;

 

(3)subdivide or consolidate all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares;

 

(4)if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value:

 

(a)decrease the par value of those shares; or

 

(b)if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of those shares;

 

(5)change all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares without par value or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value;

 

(6)alter the identifying name of any of its shares; or

 

(7)otherwise alter its shares or authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the Business Corporations Act.

 

9.2  Special Rights and Restrictions

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may by special resolution:

 

(1)create special rights or restrictions for, and attach those special rights or restrictions to, the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; or

 

(2)vary or delete any special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued.

 

 

- 13 -

 

9.3  Change of Name

 

The Company may by consent resolution of the directors or by special resolution authorize an alteration of its Notice of Articles in order to change its name or adopt or change any translation of that name.

 

9.4  Other Alterations

 

If the Business Corporations Act does not specify the type of resolution and these Articles do not specify another type of resolution, the Company may by special resolution alter these Articles.

 

10.  MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

10.1  Annual General Meetings

 

Unless an annual general meeting is deferred or waived in accordance with the Business Corporations Act, the Company must hold its first annual general meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual reference date at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.

 

10.2  Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting

 

If all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting consent by a unanimous resolution under the Business Corporations Act to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. The shareholders must, in any unanimous resolution passed under this Article 10.2, select as the Company's annual reference date a date that would be appropriate for the holding of the applicable annual general meeting.

 

10.3  Calling of Meetings of Shareholders

 

The directors may, whenever they think fit, call a meeting of shareholders.

 

10.4  Notice for Meetings of Shareholders

 

The Company must send notice of the date, time and location of any meeting of shareholders, in the manner provided in these Articles, or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by ordinary resolution (whether previous notice of the resolution has been given or not), to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of the Company, unless these Articles otherwise provide, at least the following number of days before the meeting:

 

(1)if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

 

(2)otherwise, 10 days.

 

 

- 14 -

 

10.5  Record Date for Notice

 

The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is held by fewer than:

 

(1)if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

 

(2)otherwise, 10 days.

 

If no record date is set, the record date is 5:00 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

 

10.6  Record Date for Voting

 

The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5:00 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

 

10.7  Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice

 

The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting to, or the non- receipt of any notice by, any of the persons entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. Any person entitled to notice of a meeting of shareholders may, in writing or otherwise, waive or reduce the period of notice of such meeting.

 

10.8  Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders

 

If a meeting of shareholders is to consider special business within the meaning of Article 11.1, the notice of meeting must:

 

(1)state the general nature of the special business; and

 

(2)if the special business includes considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders:

 

(a)at the Company's records office, or at such other reasonably accessible location in British Columbia as is specified in the notice; and

 

(b)during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the holding of the meeting.

 

 

- 15 -

 

10.9  Location of Annual General Meeting

 

The Company may by resolution of the directors choose a location outside of British Columbia for the purpose of the meeting.

 

11.  PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

11.1  Special Business

 

At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business:

 

(1)at a meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general meeting, all business is special business except business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting;

 

(2)at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following:

 

(a)business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting;

 

(b)consideration of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting;

 

(c)consideration of any reports of the directors or auditor;

 

(d)the setting or changing of the number of directors;

 

(e)the election or appointment of directors;

 

(f)the appointment of an auditor;

 

(g)business arising out of a report of the directors not requiring the passing of a special resolution or an exceptional resolution;

 

(h)any other business which, under these Articles or the Business Corporations Act, may be transacted at a meeting of shareholders without prior notice of the business being given to the shareholders.

 

11.2  Special Majority

 

The majority of votes required for the Company to pass a special resolution at a meeting of shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution.

 

11.3  Quorum

 

Subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting whether in person or by proxy who hold, in the aggregate, at least 5% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

 

- 16 -

 

11.4  One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum

 

If there is only one shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(1)the quorum is one person who is, or who represents by proxy, that shareholder, and

 

(2)that shareholder, present in person or by proxy, may constitute the meeting.

 

11.5  Other Persons May Attend

 

The directors, the president (if any), the secretary (if any), the assistant secretary (if any), any lawyer for the Company, the auditor of the Company and any other persons invited by the directors are entitled to attend any meeting of shareholders, but if any of those persons does attend a meeting of shareholders, that person is not to be counted in the quorum and is not entitled to vote at the meeting unless that person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

11.6  Requirement of Quorum

 

No business, other than the election of a chair of the meeting and the adjournment of the meeting, may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum of shareholders entitled to vote is present at the commencement of the meeting, but such quorum need not be present throughout the meeting.

 

11.7  Lack of Quorum

 

If, within one- half hour from the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present:

 

(1)in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, the meeting is dissolved, and

 

(2)in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place.

 

11.8  Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting

 

If, at the meeting to which the meeting referred to in Article 11.7(2) was adjourned, a quorum is not present within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of the meeting, the person or persons present and being, or representing by proxy, one or more shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting constitute a quorum.

 

11.9  Chair

 

The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders:

 

(1)the chair of the board, if any; or

 

(2)if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any.

 

 

- 17 -

 

11.10  Selection of Alternate Chair

 

If, at any meeting of shareholders, there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting, the directors present must choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting or if all of the directors present decline to take the chair or fail to so choose or if no director is present, the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person or by proxy may choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting.

 

11.11  Adjournments

 

The chair of a meeting of shareholders may, and if so directed by the meeting must, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

11.12  Notice of Adjourned Meeting

 

It is not necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting of shareholders except that, when a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as in the case of the original meeting.

 

11.13  Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, every motion put to a vote at a meeting of shareholders will be decided on a show of hands unless a poll, before or on the declaration of the result of the vote by show of hands, is directed by the chair or demanded by at least one shareholder entitled to vote who is present in person or by proxy.

 

11.14  Declaration of Result

 

The chair of a meeting of shareholders must declare to the meeting the decision on every question in accordance with the result of the show of hands or the poll, as the case may be, and that decision must be entered in the minutes of the meeting. A declaration of the chair that a resolution is carried by the necessary majority or is defeated is, unless a poll is directed by the chair or demanded under Article 11.13, conclusive evidence without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

11.15  Motion Need Not be Seconded

 

No motion proposed at a meeting of shareholders need be seconded unless the chair of the meeting rules otherwise, and the chair of any meeting of shareholders is entitled to propose or second a motion.

 

 

- 18 -

 

11.16  Casting Vote

 

In case of an equality of votes, the chair of a meeting of shareholders does not, either on a show of hands or on a poll, have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chair may be entitled as a shareholder.

 

11.17  Meeting by Telephone or Other Communications Medium

 

A shareholder or proxy holder may participate in a meeting of the shareholders in person or by telephone if all shareholders or proxy holders participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other. A shareholder or proxy holder may participate in a meeting of the shareholders by a communications medium other than telephone if all shareholders or proxy holders participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other and if all shareholders or proxy holders who wish to participate in the meeting agree to such participation. A shareholder or proxy holder who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 11.17 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.

 

12.  VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

12.1  Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares

 

Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to the restrictions imposed on joint shareholders under Article 12.3:

 

(1)on a vote by show of hands, every person present who is a shareholder or proxy holder and entitled to vote on the matter has one vote; and

 

(2)on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote on the matter has one vote in respect of each share entitled to be voted on the matter and held by that shareholder and may exercise that vote either in person or by proxy.

 

12.2Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity

 

A person who is not a shareholder may vote at a meeting of shareholders, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and may appoint a proxy holder to act at the meeting, if, before doing so, the person satisfies the chair of the meeting, or the directors, that the person is a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy for a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

12.3  Votes by Joint Holders

 

If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share:

 

(1)any one of the joint shareholders may vote at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, in respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or

 

 

- 19 -

 

(2)if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, and more than one of them votes in respect of that share, then only the vote of the joint shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share will be counted.

 

12.4  Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders

 

Two or more legal personal representatives of a shareholder in whose sole name any share is registered are, for the purposes of Article 12.3, deemed to be joint shareholders.

 

12.5  Representative of a Corporate Shareholder

 

If a corporation, that is not a subsidiary of the Company, is a shareholder, that corporation may appoint a person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and:

 

(1)for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must:

 

(a)be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice for the receipt of proxies, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

(b)be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting;

 

(2)if a representative is appointed under this Article 12.5:

 

(a)the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights on behalf of the corporation that the representative represents as that corporation could exercise if it were a shareholder who is an individual, including, without limitation, the right to appoint a proxy holder; and

 

(b)the representative, if present at the meeting, is to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting.

 

Evidence of the appointment of any such representative may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.

 

12.6  Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to All Companies

 

If and for so long as the Company is a public company or a pre- existing reporting company which has the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions as part of its Articles or to which the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions apply, Articles 12.7 to 12.14 apply only insofar as they are not inconsistent with any securities legislation in any province or territory of Canada or in the federal jurisdiction of the United States or in any states of the United States that is applicable to the Company and insofar as they are not inconsistent with the regulations and rules made and promulgated under that legislation and all administrative policy statements, blanket orders and rulings, notices and other administrative directions issued by securities commission or similar authorities appointed under that legislation.

 

 

- 20 -

 

12.7  Appointment of Proxy Holders

 

Every shareholder of the Company, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Company may, by proxy, appoint one or more (but not more than five) proxy holders to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the powers conferred by the proxy.

 

12.8  Alternate Proxy Holders

 

A shareholder may appoint one or more alternate proxy holders who need not be shareholders to act in the place of an absent proxy holder.

 

12.9  Deposit of Proxy

 

A proxy for a meeting of shareholders must:

 

(1)be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

(2)unless the notice provides otherwise, be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting.

 

A proxy may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.

 

12.10  Validity of Proxy Vote

 

A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid notwithstanding the death or incapacity of the shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received:

 

(1)at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

(2)by the chair of the meeting, before the vote is taken.

 

 

- 21 -

 

12.11  Form of Proxy

 

A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other form approved by the directors or the chair of the meeting:

 

[name of company]

 

(the "Company")

  

The undersigned, being a shareholder of the Company, hereby appoints [name] or, failing that person, [name], as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on [month, day, year] and at any adjournment of that meeting.

 

Number of shares in respect of which this proxy is given (if no number is specified, then this proxy is given in respect of all shares registered in the name of the shareholder): ________________________________

   
  Signed [month, day, year]
   
   
  [Signature of shareholder]
   
   
  [Name of shareholder - printed]

 

12.12  Revocation of Proxy

 

Subject to Article 12.13, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is:

 

(1)received at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

(2)provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting.

 

12.13  Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed

 

An instrument referred to in Article 12.12 must be signed as follows:

 

(1)if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be signed by the shareholder or his or her legal personal representative or trustee in bankruptcy;

 

(2)if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Article 12.5.

 

 

- 22 -

 

12.14  Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote

 

The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of the authority to vote.

 

13.  DIRECTORS

 

13.1  First Directors; Number of Directors

 

The first directors are the persons designated as directors of the Company in the Notice of Articles that applies to the Company when it is recognized under the Business Corporations Act. The number of directors, excluding additional directors appointed under Article 14.8, is set at:

 

(1)subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the number of directors that is equal to the number of the Company's first directors;

 

(2)if the Company is a public company, the greater of three and the most recently set of:

 

(a)the number of directors set by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given); and

 

(b)the number of directors set under Article 14.4;

 

(3)if the Company is not a public company, the most recently set of:

 

(a)the number of directors set by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given); and

 

(b)the number of directors set under Article 14.4.

 

13.2  Change in Number of Directors

 

If the number of directors is set under Articles 13.1(2)(a) or 13.1(3)(a):

 

(1)the shareholders may elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number;

 

(2)if the shareholders do not elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number contemporaneously with the setting of that number, then the directors may appoint, or the shareholders may elect or appoint, directors to fill those vacancies.

 

 

- 23 -

 

13.3  Directors' Acts Valid Despite Vacancy

 

An act or proceeding of the directors is not invalid merely because fewer than the number of directors set or otherwise required under these Articles is in office.

 

13.4  Remuneration of Directors

 

The directors are entitled to the remuneration for acting as directors, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine. If the directors so decide, the remuneration of the directors, if any, will be determined by the shareholders. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any officer or employee of the Company as such, who is also a director.

 

13.5  Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors

 

The Company must reimburse each director for the reasonable expenses that he or she may incur in and about the business of the Company.

 

13.6  Special Remuneration for Directors

 

If any director performs any professional or other services for the Company that in the opinion of the directors are outside the ordinary duties of a director, or if any director is otherwise specially occupied in or about the Company's business, he or she may be paid remuneration fixed by the directors, or, at the option of that director, fixed by ordinary resolution, and such remuneration may be either in addition to, or in substitution for, any other remuneration that he or she may be entitled to receive.

 

13.7  Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director

 

Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any director who has held any salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his or her spouse or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

14.  ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

14.1  Election at Annual General Meeting

 

At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2:

 

(1)the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors must elect, or in the unanimous resolution appoint, a board of directors consisting of the number of directors for the time being set under these Articles; and

 

 

- 24 -

 

(2)all the directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors under paragraph (1), but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment.

 

14.2  Consent to be a Director

 

No election, appointment or designation of an individual as a director is valid unless:

 

(1)that individual consents to be a director in the manner provided for in the Business Corporations Act;

 

(2)that individual is elected or appointed at a meeting at which the individual is present and the individual does not refuse, at the meeting, to be a director; or

 

(3)with respect to first directors, the designation is otherwise valid under the Business Corporations Act.

 

14.3  Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors

 

If:

 

(1)the Company fails to hold an annual general meeting, and all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting fail to pass the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, on or before the date by which the annual general meeting is required to be held under the Business Corporations Act; or

 

(2)the shareholders fail, at the annual general meeting or in the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, to elect or appoint any directors;

 

then each director then in office continues to hold office until the earlier of:

 

(3)the date on which his or her successor is elected or appointed; and

 

(4)the date on which he or she otherwise ceases to hold office under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles.

 

14.4  Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled

 

If, at any meeting of shareholders at which there should be an election of directors, the places of any of the retiring directors are not filled by that election, those retiring directors who are not re-elected and who are asked by the newly elected directors to continue in office will, if willing to do so, continue in office to complete the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles until further new directors are elected at a meeting of shareholders convened for that purpose. If any such election or continuance of directors does not result in the election or continuance of the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles, the number of directors of the Company is deemed to be set at the number of directors actually elected or continued in office.

 

 

- 25 -

 

14.5  Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies

 

Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the directors.

 

14.6  Remaining Directors Power to Act

 

The directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the board of directors but, if the Company has fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the directors may only act for the purposes of appointing directors up to that number, summoning a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of filling any vacancies on the board of directors, or, subject to the Business Corporations Act, for any other purpose.

 

14.7  Shareholders May Fill Vacancies

 

If the Company has no directors or fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the shareholders may elect or appoint directors to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.

 

14.8  Additional Directors

 

Notwithstanding Articles 13.1 and 13.2, between annual general meetings or unanimous resolutions contemplated by Article 10.2, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors appointed under this Article 14.8 must not at any time exceed:

 

(1)one-third of the number of first directors, if, at the time of the appointments, one or more of the first directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or

 

(2)in any other case, one-third of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as directors other than under this Article 14.8.

 

Any director so appointed ceases to hold office immediately before the next election or appointment of directors under Article 14.1(1), but is eligible for re-election or re-appointment.

 

14.9  Ceasing to be a Director

 

A director ceases to be a director when:

 

(1)the term of office of the director expires;

 

(2)the director dies;

 

(3)the director resigns as a director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company; or

 

(4)the director is removed from office pursuant to Articles 14.10 or 14.11.

 

 

- 26 -

 

14.10  Removal of Director by Shareholders

 

The Company may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office by special resolution. In that event, the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill the resulting vacancy. If the shareholders do not elect or appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy contemporaneously with the removal, then the directors may appoint or the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill that vacancy.

 

14.11  Removal of Director by Directors

 

The directors may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office if the director is convicted of an indictable offence, or if the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director of a company and does not promptly resign, and the directors may appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy.

 

15.  ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

15.1  Appointment of Alternate Director

 

Any director (an "appointor") may by notice in writing received by the Company appoint any person (an "appointee") who is qualified to act as a director to be his or her alternate to act in his or her place at meetings of the directors or committees of the directors at which the appointor is not present unless (in the case of an appointee who is not a director) the directors have reasonably disapproved the appointment of such person as an alternate director and have given notice to that effect to his or her appointor within a reasonable time after the notice of appointment is received by the Company.

 

15.2  Notice of Meetings

 

Every alternate director so appointed is entitled to notice of meetings of the directors and of committees of the directors of which his or her appointor is a member and to attend and vote as a director at any such meetings at which his or her appointor is not present.

 

15.3  Alternate for More Than One Director Attending Meetings

 

A person may be appointed as an alternate director by more than one director, and an alternate director:

 

(1)will be counted in determining the quorum for a meeting of directors once for each of his or her appointors and, in the case of an appointee who is also a director, once more in that capacity;

 

(2)has a separate vote at a meeting of directors for each of his or her appointors and, in the case of an appointee who is also a director, an additional vote in that capacity;

 

(3)will be counted in determining the quorum for a meeting of a committee of directors once for each of his or her appointors who is a member of that committee and, in the case of an appointee who is also a member of that committee as a director, once more in that capacity;

 

 

- 27 -

 

(4)has a separate vote at a meeting of a committee of directors for each of his or her appointors who is a member of that committee and, in the case of an appointee who is also a member of that committee as a director, an additional vote in that capacity.

 

15.4  Consent Resolutions

 

Every alternate director, if authorized by the notice appointing him or her, may sign in place of his or her appointor any resolutions to be consented to in writing.

 

15.5  Alternate Director Not an Agent

 

Every alternate director is deemed not to be the agent of his or her appointor.

 

15.6  Revocation of Appointment of Alternate Director

 

An appointor may at any time, by notice in writing received by the Company, revoke the appointment of an alternate director appointed by him or her.

 

15.7  Ceasing to be an Alternate Director

 

The appointment of an alternate director ceases when:

 

(1)his or her appointor ceases to be a director and is not promptly re-elected or re-appointed;

 

(2)the alternate director dies;

 

(3)the alternate director resigns as an alternate director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company;

 

(4)the alternate director ceases to be qualified to act as a director; or

 

(5)his or her appointor revokes the appointment of the alternate director.

 

15.8  Remuneration and Expenses of Alternate Director

 

The Company may reimburse an alternate director for the reasonable expenses that would be properly reimbursed if he or she were a director, and the alternate director is entitled to receive from the Company such proportion, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to the appointor as the appointor may from time to time direct.

 

 

- 28 -

 

16.  POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

16.1  Powers of Management

 

The directors must, subject to the Business Corporations Act and these Articles, manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Company and have the authority to exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Business Corporations Act or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the shareholders of the Company.

 

16.2  Appointment of Attorney of Company

 

The directors may from time to time, by power of attorney or other instrument, under seal if so required by law, appoint any person to be the attorney of the Company for such purposes, and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these Articles and excepting the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors, to remove a director, to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors, to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors and to declare dividends) and for such period, and with such remuneration and subject to such conditions as the directors may think fit. Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorney as the directors think fit. Any such attorney may be authorized by the directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in him or her.

 

16.3  Remuneration of the auditor

 

The directors may set the remuneration of the auditor without the prior approval of the shareholders.

 

17.   DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS

 

17.1   Obligation to Account for Profits

 

A director or senior officer who holds a disclosable interest (as that term is used in the Business Corporations Act) in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is liable to account to the Company for any profit that accrues to the director or senior officer under or as a result of the contract or transaction only if and to the extent provided in the Business Corporations Act.

 

17.2  Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest

 

A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors' resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution.

 

 

- 29 -

 

17.3  Interested Director Counted in Quorum

 

A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter and who is present at the meeting of directors at which the contract or transaction is considered for approval may be counted in the quorum at the meeting whether or not the director votes on any or all of the resolutions considered at the meeting.

 

17.4  Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property

 

A director or senior officer who holds any office or possesses any property, right or interest that could result, directly or indirectly, in the creation of a duty or interest that materially conflicts with that individual's duty or interest as a director or senior officer, must disclose the nature and extent of the conflict as required by the Business Corporations Act.

 

17.5  Director Holding Other Office in the Company

 

A director may hold any office or place of profit with the Company, other than the office of auditor of the Company, in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or otherwise) that the directors may determine.

 

17.6  No Disqualification

 

No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, and no contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which a director is in any way interested is liable to be voided for that reason.

 

17.7  Professional Services by Director or Officer

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, a director or officer, or any person in which a director or officer has an interest, may act in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or such person is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if that director or officer were not a director or officer.

 

17.8  Director or Officer in Other Corporations

 

A director or officer may be or become a director, officer or employee of, or otherwise interested in, any person in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to the Business Corporations Act, the director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other person.

 

 

- 30 -

 

18.  PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

18.1  Meetings of Directors

 

The directors may meet together for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and meetings of the directors held at regular intervals may be held at the place, at the time and on the notice, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine.

 

18.2  Voting at Meetings

 

Questions arising at any meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.

 

18.3  Chair of Meetings

 

The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of directors:

 

(1)the chair of the board, if any;

 

(2)in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director; or

 

(3)any other director chosen by the directors if:

 

(a)neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting;

 

(b)neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting; or

 

(c)the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting.

 

18.4  Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium

 

A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors in person or by telephone if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other. A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors by a communications medium other than telephone if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other and if all directors who wish to participate in the meeting agree to such participation. A director who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this

 

Article 18.4 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.

 

 

- 31 -

 

18.5  Calling of Meetings

 

A director may, and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company, if any, on the request of a director must, call a meeting of the directors at any time.

 

18.6  Notice of Meetings

 

Other than for meetings held at regular intervals as determined by the directors pursuant to Article 18.1, reasonable notice of each meeting of the directors, specifying the place, day and time of that meeting must be given to each of the directors and the alternate directors by any method set out in Article 24.1 or orally or by telephone.

 

18.7  When Notice Not Required

 

It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a director or an alternate director if:

 

(1)the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was elected or appointed, or is the meeting of the directors at which that director is appointed; or

 

(2)the director or alternate director, as the case may be, has waived notice of the meeting.

 

18.8  Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice

 

The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of directors to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any director or alternate director, does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

 

18.9  Waiver of Notice of Meetings

 

Any director or alternate director may send to the Company a document signed by him or her waiving notice of any past, present or future meeting or meetings of the directors and may at any time withdraw that waiver with respect to meetings held after that withdrawal. After sending a waiver with respect to all future meetings and until that waiver is withdrawn, no notice of any meeting of the directors need be given to that director and, unless the director otherwise requires by notice in writing to the Company, to his or her alternate director, and all meetings of the directors so held are deemed not to be improperly called or constituted by reason of notice not having been given to such director or alternate director.

 

18.10  Quorum

 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be set by the directors and, if not so set, is deemed to be set at two directors or, if the number of directors is set at one, is deemed to be set at one director, and that director may constitute a meeting.

 

 

- 32 -

 

18.11  Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, an act of a director or officer is not invalid merely because of an irregularity in the election or appointment or a defect in the qualification of that director or officer.

 

18.12  Consent Resolutions in Writing

 

A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors may be passed without a meeting:

 

(1)in all cases, if each of the directors entitled to vote on the resolution consents to it in writing; or

 

(2)in the case of a resolution to approve a contract or transaction in respect of which a director has disclosed that he or she has or may have a disclosable interest, if each of the other directors who are entitled to vote on the resolution consents to it in writing.

 

A consent in writing under this Article may be by signed document, fax, email or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages. A consent in writing may be in two or more counterparts which together are deemed to constitute one consent in writing. A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors passed in accordance with this Article 18.12 is effective on the date stated in the consent in writing or on the latest date stated on any counterpart and is deemed to be a proceeding at a meeting of directors or of the committee of the directors and to be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors that satisfies all the requirements of the Business Corporations Act and all the requirements of these Articles relating to meetings of the directors or of a committee of the directors.

 

19.  EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

 

19.1  Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee

 

The directors may, by resolution, appoint an executive committee consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate, and this committee has, during the intervals between meetings of the board of directors, all of the directors' powers, except:

 

(1)the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors;

 

(2)the power to remove a director;

 

(3)the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and

 

(4)such other powers, if any, as may be set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors' resolution.

 

 

- 33 -

 

19.2  Appointment and Powers of Other Committees

 

The directors may, by resolution:

 

(1)appoint one or more committees (other than the executive committee) consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate;

 

(2)delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph (1) any of the directors' powers, except:

 

(a)the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors;

 

(b)the power to remove a director;

 

(c)the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and

 

(d)the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors; and

 

(3)make any delegation referred to in paragraph (2) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors' resolution.

 

19.3  Obligations of Committees

 

Any committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, must:

 

(1)conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors; and

 

(2)report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers at such times as the directors may require.

 

19.4  Powers of Board

 

The directors may, at any time, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2:

 

(1)revoke or alter the authority given to the committee, or override a decision made by the committee, except as to acts done before such revocation, alteration or overriding;

 

(2)terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, the committee; and

 

(3)fill vacancies in the committee.

 

 

- 34 -

 

19.5  Committee Meetings

 

Subject to Article 19.3(1) and unless the directors otherwise provide in the resolution appointing the committee or in any subsequent resolution, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2:

 

(1)the committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper;

 

(2)the committee may elect a chair of its meetings but, if no chair of a meeting is elected, or if at a meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their members to chair the meeting;

 

(3)a majority of the members of the committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and

 

(4)questions arising at any meeting of the committee are determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.

 

20.  OFFICERS

 

20.1  Directors May Appoint Officers

 

The directors may, from time to time, appoint such officers, if any, as the directors determine and the directors may, at any time, terminate any such appointment.

 

20.2  Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers

 

The directors may, for each officer:

 

(1)determine the functions and duties of the officer;

 

(2)entrust to and confer on the officer any of the powers exercisable by the directors on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as the directors think fit; and

 

(3)revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer.

 

20.3  Qualifications

 

No officer may be appointed unless that officer is qualified in accordance with the Business Corporations Act . One person may hold more than one position as an officer of the Company. Any person appointed as the chair of the board or as a managing director must be a director. Any other officer need not be a director.

 

 

- 35 -

 

20.4  Remuneration and Terms of Appointment

 

All appointments of officers are to be made on the terms and conditions and at the remuneration (whether by way of salary, fee, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) that the directors thinks fit and are subject to termination at the pleasure of the directors, and an officer may in addition to such remuneration be entitled to receive, after he or she ceases to hold such office or leaves the employment of the Company, a pension or gratuity.

 

21.  INDEMNIFICATION

 

21.1  Definitions

 

In this Article 21:

 

(1)"eligible penalty" means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding;

 

(2)"eligible proceeding" means a legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, pending or completed, in which a director, former director or alternate director of the Company (an "eligible party") or any of the heirs and legal personal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or alternate director of the Company:

 

(a)is or may be joined as a party; or

 

(b)is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding;

 

(3)"expenses" has the meaning set out in the Business Corporations Act.

 

21.2  Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must indemnify a director, former director or alternate director of the Company and his or her heirs and legal personal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director and alternate director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity contained in this Article 21.2.

 

21.3  Indemnification of Other Persons

 

Subject to any restrictions in the Business Corporations Act, the Company may indemnify any person.

 

 

- 36 -

 

21.4  Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act

 

The failure of a director, alternate director or officer of the Company to comply with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles does not invalidate any indemnity to which he or she is entitled under this Part.

 

21.5  Company May Purchase Insurance

 

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person (or his or her heirs or legal personal representatives) who:

 

(1)is or was a director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent of the Company;

 

(2)is or was a director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the Company;

 

(3)at the request of the Company, is or was a director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity;

 

(4)at the request of the Company, holds or held a position equivalent to that of a director, alternate director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity;

 

against any liability incurred by him or her as such director, alternate director, officer, employee or agent or person who holds or held such equivalent position.

 

22.  DIVIDENDS

 

22.1  Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights

 

The provisions of this Article 22 are subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights as to dividends.

 

22.2  Declaration of Dividends

 

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the directors may from time to time declare and authorize payment of such dividends as they may deem advisable.

 

22.3  No Notice Required

 

The directors need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Article 22.2.

 

22.4  Record Date

 

The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend. The record date must not precede the date on which the dividend is to be paid by more than two months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5:00 p.m. on the date on which the directors pass the resolution declaring the dividend.

 

 

- 37 -

 

22.5  Manner of Paying Dividend

 

A resolution declaring a dividend may direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets or of fully paid shares or of bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, or in any one or more of those ways.

 

22.6  Settlement of Difficulties

 

If any difficulty arises in regard to a distribution under Article 22.5, the directors may settle the difficulty as they deem advisable, and, in particular, may:

 

(1)set the value for distribution of specific assets;

 

(2)determine that cash payments in substitution for all or any part of the specific assets to which any shareholders are entitled may be made to any shareholders on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties; and

 

(3)vest any such specific assets in trustees for the persons entitled to the dividend.

 

22.7  When Dividend Payable

 

Any dividend may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the directors.

 

22.8  Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares

 

All dividends on shares of any class or series of shares must be declared and paid according to the number of such shares held.

 

22.9  Receipt by Joint Shareholders

 

If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share.

 

22.10  Dividend Bears No Interest

 

No dividend bears interest against the Company.

 

22.11  Fractional Dividends

 

If a dividend to which a shareholder is entitled includes a fraction of the smallest monetary unit of the currency of the dividend, that fraction may be disregarded in making payment of the dividend and that payment represents full payment of the dividend.

 

22.12  Payment of Dividends

 

Any dividend or other distribution payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque, made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, and mailed to the address of the shareholder, or in the case of joint shareholders, to the address of the joint shareholder who is first named on the central securities register, or to the person and to the address the shareholder or joint shareholders may direct in writing. The mailing of such cheque will, to the extent of the sum represented by the cheque (plus the amount of the tax required by law to be deducted), discharge all liability for the dividend unless such cheque is not paid on presentation or the amount of tax so deducted is not paid to the appropriate taxing authority.

 

 

- 38 -

 

22.13  Capitalization of Surplus

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors may from time to time capitalize any surplus of the Company and may from time to time issue, as fully paid, shares or any bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as a dividend representing the surplus or any part of the surplus.

 

23.  DOCUMENTS, RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

23.1  Recording of Financial Affairs

 

The directors must cause adequate accounting records to be kept to record properly the financial affairs and condition of the Company and to comply with the Business Corporations Act.

 

23.2  Inspection of Accounting Records

 

Unless the directors determine otherwise, or unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, no shareholder of the Company is entitled to inspect or obtain a copy of any accounting records of the Company.

 

24.  NOTICES

 

24.1  Method of Giving Notice

 

Unless the Business Corporations Act or these Articles provides otherwise, a notice, statement, report or other record required or permitted by the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be sent by or to a person may be sent by any one of the following methods:

 

(1)mail addressed to the person at the applicable address for that person as follows:

 

(a)for a record mailed to a shareholder, the shareholder's registered address;

 

(b)for a record mailed to a director or officer, the prescribed address for mailing shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the mailing address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(c)in any other case, the mailing address of the intended recipient;

 

(2)delivery at the applicable address for that person as follows, addressed to the person:

 

(a)for a record delivered to a shareholder, the shareholder's registered address;

 

 

- 39 -

 

(b)for a record delivered to a director or officer, the prescribed address for delivery shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the delivery address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(c)in any other case, the delivery address of the intended recipient;

 

(3)sending the record by fax to the fax number provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(4)sending the record by email to the email address provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

 

(5)physical delivery to the intended recipient.

 

24.2  Deemed Receipt of Mailing

 

A record that is mailed to a person by ordinary mail to the applicable address for that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was mailed on the day, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted, following the date of mailing.

 

24.3  Certificate of Sending

 

A certificate signed by the secretary, if any, or other officer of the Company or of any other corporation acting in that behalf for the Company stating that a notice, statement, report or other record was addressed as required by Article 24.1, prepaid and mailed or otherwise sent as permitted by Article 24.1 is conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

24.4  Notice to Joint Shareholders

 

A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint shareholders of a share by providing the notice to the joint shareholder first named in the central securities register in respect of the share.

 

24.5  Notice to Trustees

 

A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder by:

 

(1)mailing the record, addressed to them:

 

(a)by name, by the title of the legal personal representative of the deceased or incapacitated shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description; and

 

(b)at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled; or

 

 

- 40 -

 

(2)if an address referred to in paragraph (1)(b) has not been supplied to the Company, by giving the notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred.

 

25.  SEAL AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

25.1  Who May Attest Seal

 

Except as provided in Articles 25.2 and 25.3, the Company's seal, if any, must not be impressed on any record except when that impression is attested by the signatures of:

 

(1)any two directors;

 

(2)any officer, together with any director;

 

(3)if the Company only has one director, that director; or

 

(4)any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by the directors.

 

25.2  Sealing Copies

 

For the purpose of certifying under seal a certificate of incumbency of the directors or officers of the Company or a true copy of any resolution or other document, despite Article 25.1, the impression of the seal may be attested by the signature of any director or officer.

 

25.3  Mechanical Reproduction of Seal

 

The directors may authorize the seal to be impressed by third parties on share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as they may determine appropriate from time to time. To enable the seal to be impressed on any share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, whether in definitive or interim form, on which facsimiles of any of the signatures of the directors or officers of the Company are, in accordance with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles, printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced, there may be delivered to the person employed to engrave, lithograph or print such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities one or more unmounted dies reproducing the seal and the chair of the board or any senior officer together with the secretary, treasurer, secretary-treasurer, an assistant secretary, an assistant treasurer or an assistant secretary-treasurer may in writing authorize such person to cause the seal to be impressed on such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities by the use of such dies. Share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities to which the seal has been so impressed are for all purposes deemed to be under and to bear the seal impressed on them.

 

 

- 41 -

 

25.4  Execution of Documents Generally

 

The directors may from time to time by resolution appoint any one or more persons, officers or directors for the purpose of executing any instrument, document or agreement in the name of and on behalf of the Company for which the seal need not be affixed, and if no such person, officer or director is appointed, then any one officer or director of the Company may execute such instrument, document or agreement.

 

26.  PROHIBITIONS

 

26.1  Definitions

 

In this Article 26:

 

(1)"designated security" means:

 

(a)a voting security of the Company;

 

(b)a security of the Company that is not a debt security and that carries a residual right to participate in the earnings of the Company or, on the liquidation or winding up of the Company, in its assets; or

 

(c)a security of the Company convertible, directly or indirectly, into a security described in paragraph (a) or (b);

 

(2)"security" has the meaning assigned in the Securities Act (British Columbia);

 

(3)"voting security" means a security of the Company that:

 

(a)is not a debt security, and

 

(b)carries a voting right either under all circumstances or under some circumstances that have occurred and are continuing.

 

26.2  Application

 

Article 26.3 does not apply to the Company if and for so long as it is a public company or a pre-existing reporting company which has the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions as part of its Articles or to which the Statutory Reporting Company Provisions apply.

 

26.3  Consent Required for Transfer of Shares or Designated Securities

 

No share or designated security may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without the consent of the directors and the directors are not required to give any reason for refusing to consent to any such sale, transfer or other disposition.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

- 42 -

   
  FULL NAME AND SIGNATURE OF DIRECTOR
   
  (signed) /s/ Aman Bhardwaj
  AMAN BHARDWAJ

 

DATEDJuly 27, 2020  

 

 

 

 

DUPLICATE

 

Number: C1258947

 

CERTIFICATE

 

OF

 

CONTINUATION

  

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

I Hereby Certify that LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD., which was duly registered as an extraprovincial company under the laws of British Columbia with certificate number A0109374, has continued into British Columbia from the Jurisdiction of ONTARIO, under the Business Corporations Act, with the name LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD. on July 27, 2020 at 01:02 PM Pacific Time.

 

  Issued under my hand at Victoria, British Columbia
On July 27, 2020
 
 
CAROL PREST
Registrar of Companies
Province of British Columbia
Canada

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.

 

OMNIBUS LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Dated for Reference November 6, 2025

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1 Definitions 1  
Section 1.1 Definitions 1  
Article 2 Purpose and Administration of the Plan; Granting Of Awards 6  
Section 2.1 Purpose of the Plan 6  
Section 2.2 Implementation and Administration of the Plan 6  
Section 2.3 Eligible Participants 7  
Section 2.4 Shares Subject to the Plan 7  
Section 2.5 Granting of Awards 9  
Article 3 Options 9  
Section 3.1 Nature of Options 9  
Section 3.2 Option Awards 9  
Section 3.3 Option Price 10  
Section 3.4 Option Term 10  
Section 3.5 Exercise of Options 11  
Section 3.6 Method of Exercise and Payment of Purchase Price 11  
Section 3.7 Cashless Exercise 12  
Section 3.8 Option Grant Agreements 12  
Article 4 Deferred Share Units 13  
Section 4.1 Nature of DSUs 13  
Section 4.2 DSU Awards 13  
Section 4.3 Redemption of DSUs 13  
Section 4.4 Termination of Unvested DSU Awards 15  
Section 4.5 DSU Grant Agreements 15  
Section 4.6 Award of Dividend Equivalents 15  
Article 5 Restricted Share Units 16  
Section 5.1 Nature of RSUs 16  
Section 5.2 RSU Awards 16  
Section 5.3 Restriction Period 16  
Section 5.4 Performance Criteria and Performance Period 17  
Section 5.5 RSU Vesting Determination Date 17  
Section 5.6 Settlement of RSUs 17  
Section 5.7 Determination of Amounts 18  
Section 5.8 RSU Grant Agreements 19  

 

 

 

Article 6 General Conditions 19  
Section 6.1 General Conditions Applicable to Awards 19  
Section 6.2 General Conditions Applicable to Awards 20  
Section 6.3 Unfunded Plan 21  
Article 7 Adjustments and Amendments 21  
Section 7.1 Adjustment to Shares Subject to Outstanding Awards 21  
Section 7.2 Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan 23  
Section 7.3 Change in Control 25  
Article 8 Miscellaneous 26  
Section 8.1 Use of an Administrative Agent and Trustee 26  
Section 8.2 Tax Withholding 26  
Section 8.3 Reorganization of the Corporation 27  
Section 8.4 Governing Laws 27  
Section 8.5 Severability 27  
Section 8.6 Effective Date of the Plan 27  

 

Appendix “A” Form Of Option Grant Agreement

Schedule A Election to Exercise Stock Options

Appendix “B” Form of DSU Grant Agreement

Appendix “C” Form Of RSU Grant Agreement

 

- ii -

 

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.

OMNIBUS LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. (the “Corporation”) hereby establishes an omnibus long-term incentive plan for certain qualified directors, officers, Employees, Consultants and service providers providing ongoing services to the Corporation and its Affiliates (as defined herein) that can have an impact on the Corporation’s long-term results.

 

This Plan supersedes, replaces and is in substitution for the Company’s prior Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan dated for reference March 27, 2019, as amended October 25, 2022 and October 26, 2023. Any securities issued under this Long-Term Incentive Plan that are outstanding as of the date hereof are covered by this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 Definitions.

 

Where used herein or in any amendments hereto or in any communication required or permitted to be given hereunder, the following terms shall have the following meanings, respectively, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Account” means an account maintained for each Participant on the books of the Corporation which will be credited with Awards in accordance with the terms of this Plan;

 

Affiliates” means a company that is a Subsidiary or a parent of the Corporation, or that is controlled by the same entity as the Corporation

 

“Associate”, where used to indicate a relationship with a Participant, means (i) any partner of that Participant, and (ii) the spouse of that Participant and that Participant’s children, as well as that Participant’s relatives and that Participant’s spouse’s relatives, if they share that Participant’s residence;

 

“Awards” means Options, RSUs and DSUs granted to a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

 

“Black-Out Period” means a period of time when, pursuant to any policies of the Corporation, any securities of the Corporation may not be traded by certain Persons designated by the Corporation;

 

“Board” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(1) hereof;

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday, when Canadian chartered banks are generally open for business in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, for the transaction of banking business;

 

 

 

“Cash Equivalent” means the amount of money equal to the Market Value multiplied by the number of vested RSUs or DSUs in the Participant’s Account, net of any applicable taxes in accordance with Section 8.2, on the RSU Settlement Date or the date the Corporation receives, or is deemed to receive, the DSU Redemption Notice, as applicable;

 

“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any Person or group of Persons acting jointly or in concert, within the meaning of National Instrument 62-104 - Takeover Bids and Issuer Bids (or any successor instrument thereto), of a beneficial interest in voting or equity securities of the Corporation, together with all voting or equity securities of the Corporation at the time held beneficially, directly or indirectly by such person or persons acting jointly or in concert, equal to more than 50% of the votes associated with the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation; (ii) a merger, consolidation, plan of arrangement or reorganization of the Corporation that results in the beneficial, direct or indirect transfer of more than 50% of the total voting power of the resulting entity’s outstanding securities to a person, or group of persons acting jointly and in concert, who are different from the person(s) that have, beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power prior to such transaction; (iii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, or (iv) the Corporation’s shareholders approving any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;

 

“Code of Conduct” means any code of conduct adopted by the Corporation, as modified from time to time;

 

“Committee” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(1) hereof;

 

“Consultant” has the meaning given to the term in Policy 4.4 of the TSXV Policies, as same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

“Corporation” means Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd., a corporation existing under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended from time to time;

 

“Disinterested Shareholder Approval” means the approval of a majority of shareholders of the Corporation voting on a resolution at a duly called and held meeting of such shareholders, excluding votes of Insiders to whom Options or Awards may be granted under the Plan;

 

“Dividend Equivalent” means a cash equivalent in value to a dividend paid on a Share credited to a Participant’s Account;

 

“DSU” means a deferred share unit, which is a bookkeeping entry equivalent in value to a Share credited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with Article 4 hereof;

 

“DSU Awards” means DSUs granted to a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

 

“DSU Grant Agreement” means a written letter agreement between the Corporation and a Participant evidencing the grant of DSUs and the terms and conditions thereof, substantially in the form of Appendix “B” hereto;

 

 - 2 - 

 

 

“DSU Redemption Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.3(1) hereof;

 

“Eligible Director” means a member of the Board who, at the time of execution of a Grant Agreement, and at all times thereafter while they continue to serve as a member of the Board, are not officers, senior executives or other Employees of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, consultants or service providers providing ongoing services to the Corporation and its Affiliates;

 

“Eligible Participants” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.3(1) hereof;

 

“Employee” means:

 

(a)an individual who is considered an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiary under the Income Tax Act (Canada) (and for whom income tax, employment insurance and CPP deductions must be made at source);

 

(b)an individual who works full-time for the Corporation or its subsidiary providing services normally provided by an employee and who is subject to the same control and direction by the Corporation over the details and methods of work as an employee of the Corporation, but for whom income tax deductions are not made at source;

 

(c)an individual who works for the Corporation or its subsidiary on a continuing and regular basis for a minimum amount of time per week (the number of hours should be disclosed in the submission) providing services normally provided by an employee and who is subject to the same control and direction by the Corporation over the details and methods of work as an employee of the Corporation, but for whom income tax deductions are not made at source; or

 

(d)any employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate. Directors who are not otherwise employed by the Corporation or an Affiliate shall not be considered Employees under this Plan;

 

“Employment Agreement” means, with respect to any Participant, any written employment agreement between the Corporation or an Affiliate and such Participant;

 

“Exchange” the principal stock exchange on which the Shares are listed, including the TSXV or the TSX;

 

“Exchange Hold Period” has the meaning given to the term in Policy 1.1 of the TSXV Policies, as same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

“Exercise Notice” means a notice in writing signed by a Participant and stating the Participant’s intention to exercise a particular Award, if applicable;

 

“Exercise Price” means the amount payable per Share on the exercise of an Option, as determined in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

 - 3 - 

 

 

“Grant Agreement” means an agreement evidencing the grant to a Participant of an Award, including an Option Grant Agreement, a DSU Grant Agreement, an RSU Grant Agreement or an Employment Agreement;

 

“Insider” has the meaning given to the term in Policy 1.1 of the TSXV Policies, as same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

“Investor Relations Activities” has the meaning given to the term in Policy 1.1 of the TSXV Policies, as same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

“Investor Relations Individual” means a Person who provides Investor Relations Activities to the Corporation or a shareholder of the Corporation;

 

“Market Value” means, at any date when the market value of Shares of the Corporation is to be determined, the closing price of the Shares on the Trading Day prior to the date of grant on the principal stock exchange on which the Shares are listed, or if the Shares of the Corporation are not listed on any stock exchange, the value as is determined solely by the Board, acting reasonably and in good faith;

 

“Option” means an option granted by the Corporation to a Participant entitling such Participant to acquire a designated number of Shares from treasury at the Option Price, subject to the provisions hereof;

 

“Option Grant Agreement” means a written letter agreement between the Corporation and a Participant evidencing the grant of Options and the terms and conditions thereof, substantially in the form set out in Appendix “A” hereto;

 

“Option Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.3 hereof;

 

“Option Term” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

“Outstanding Issue” means the number of Shares that are outstanding as at a specified time, on a non-diluted basis;

 

“Participant’s Account” means an account maintained for each Participant’s participation in DSUs and/or RSUs under the Plan;

 

“Participants” means Eligible Participants that are granted Awards under the Plan;

 

“Performance Criteria” means criteria established by the Board which, without limitation, may include criteria based on the Participant’s personal performance and/or the financial performance of the Corporation and/or of its Affiliates, and that may be used to determine the vesting of the Awards, when applicable;

 

“Performance Period” means the period determined by the Board pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof;

 

 - 4 - 

 

 

“Person” means an individual, corporation, company, cooperative, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, entity with juridical personality or governmental authority or body, and pronouns which refer to a Person shall have a similarly extended meaning;

 

“Plan” means this Omnibus Long-term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated from time to time;

 

“Restriction Period” means the period determined by the Board pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof;

 

“RSU” means a right awarded to a Participant to receive a payment in the form of Shares as provided in Article 4 hereof and subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan;

 

“RSU Awards” means RSUs granted to a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

 

“RSU Grant Agreement” means a written letter agreement between the Corporation and a Participant evidencing a grant of RSUs and the terms and conditions thereof, such RSU Grant Agreement to be substantially in the form of Appendix “C” hereto;

 

“RSU Settlement Date” has the meaning determined in Section 5.6(1)(a);

 

“RSU Settlement Notice” means a notice by a Participant to the Corporation electing the desired form of settlement of vested RSUs.

 

“RSU Vesting Determination Date” has the meaning described thereto in Section 5.5 hereof;

 

“Share Compensation Arrangement” means a stock option, stock option plan, employee stock purchase plan, long-term incentive plan or any other compensation or incentive mechanism involving the issuance or potential issuance of Shares to one or more full-time employees, directors, officers, Insiders, service providers or Consultants of the Corporation or a Subsidiary including a Share purchase from treasury by a full-time employee, director, officer, Insider, service provider or Consultant which is financially assisted by the Corporation or a Subsidiary by way of a loan, guarantee or otherwise;

 

“Shares” means the common shares in the capital of the Corporation;

 

“Subsidiary” means a corporation, company, partnership or other body corporate that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation;

 

“Successor Corporation” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1(3) hereof;

 

“Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and its regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time;

 

“Termination Date” means the date on which a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant;

 

“Trading Day” means any day on which the TSXV or TSX is open for trading;

 

“TSX” means the Toronto Stock Exchange;

 

“TSXV” means the TSX Venture Exchange; and

 

 - 5 - 

 

 

“TSXV Policies” refers to policies contained within the TSX Venture Exchange Corporate Finance Manual.

 

“VWAP” means the volume-weighted average trading price of the Shares on the Exchange calculated by dividing the total value by the total volume of the Shares traded for the five trading days immediately preceding the exercise of the subject Option, provided that the Exchange may exclude internal crosses and certain other special terms trades from the calculation.

 

ARTICLE 2

PURPOSE AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN; GRANTING OF AWARDS

 

Section 2.1 Purpose of the Plan.

 

(1)The purpose of the Plan is to permit the Corporation to grant Awards to Eligible Participants, subject to certain conditions as hereinafter set forth, for the following purposes:

 

(a)to increase the interest in the Corporation’s welfare of those Eligible Participants, who share responsibility for the management, growth and protection of the business of the Corporation or a Subsidiary;

 

(b)to provide an incentive to such Eligible Participants to continue their services for the Corporation or a Subsidiary and to encourage such Eligible Participants whose skills, performance and loyalty to the objectives and interests of the Corporation or a Subsidiary are necessary or essential to its success, image, reputation or activities;

 

(c)to reward the Participants for their performance of services while working for the Corporation or a Subsidiary; and

 

(d)to provide a means through which the Corporation or a Subsidiary may attract and retain able Persons to enter its employment or into contractual arrangements.

 

Section 2.2 Implementation and Administration of the Plan.

 

(1)The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Board or, if the Board by resolution so decides, by a committee appointed by the Board (the “Committee”) and consisting of not less than three (3) members of the Board. If a Committee is appointed for this purpose, all references to the term “Board” will be deemed to be references to the Committee.

 

(2)The Board may, from time to time, as it may deem expedient, adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations for carrying out the provisions and purposes of the Plan, subject to any applicable rules of the Exchange. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make such determinations under, and such interpretations of, and take such steps and actions in connection with, the proper administration of the Plan as it may deem necessary or advisable. The interpretation, construction and application of the Plan and any provisions hereof made by the Board shall be final and binding on all Eligible Participants.

 

 - 6 - 

 

 

(3)No member of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith in the administration, interpretation, construction or application of the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

 

(4)Any determination approved by a majority of the Board shall be deemed to be a determination of that matter by the Board.

 

Section 2.3 Eligible Participants.

 

(1)The Persons who shall be eligible to receive Awards (“Eligible Participants”) shall be the directors, officers, senior executives and other Employees of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, Consultants and service providers providing ongoing services to the Corporation and its Affiliates, who the Board may determine from time to time, in its sole discretion, to hold contributory positions in the Corporation or a Subsidiary. In determining Awards to be granted under the Plan, the Board shall give due consideration to the value of each Eligible Participant’s present and potential future contribution to the Corporation’s success. For greater certainty, a Person whose employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary has ceased for any reason, or who has given notice or been given notice of such cessation, whether such cessation was initiated by such Employee, service provider, the Corporation or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall cease to be eligible to receive Awards hereunder as of the date on which such Person provides notice to the Corporation or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, in writing or verbally, of such cessation, or on the Termination Date for any cessation of a Participant’s employment initiated by the Corporation.

 

(2)For Eligible Participants who are Employees, Consultants or Eligible Directors of the Corporation, the Corporation and the Participant are responsible for ensuring and confirming that the Participant is a bona fide Employee, Consultant or Eligible Director, as the case may be.

 

(3)Participation in the Plan shall be entirely voluntary and any decision not to participate shall not affect an Eligible Participant’s relationship or employment with the Corporation.

 

(4)Notwithstanding any express or implied term of this Plan to the contrary, the granting of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall in no way be construed as a guarantee of employment or appointment by the Corporation to the Participant.

 

Section 2.4 Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

Subject to adjustment pursuant to provisions of Article 7 hereof, and as may be approved by the Exchange and the shareholders of the Corporation from time to time:

 

(1)The total number of Shares reserved and available for the grant and issuance of Options shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Issue, or such other number as may be approved by the TSXV and the shareholders of the Corporation from time to time.

 

(2)The maximum number of Shares issued, at any time, under this Plan and all other proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangements, shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Issue from time to time. For greater certainty, the number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to DSUs, RSUs and Options shall not, in aggregate, exceed ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Issue from time to time.

 

 - 7 - 

 

 

(3)The maximum number of Shares issued to Eligible Participants who are Insiders, at any point in time, under this Plan and all other proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangements, shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Issue from time to time, pursuant to section 4.11(b) of TSXV Policy 4.4.

 

(4)The maximum number of Shares granted, pursuant to all proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangements, in any twelve (12) month period, to Eligible Participants who are Insiders, shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Issue from time to time, pursuant to section 4.11(c) of TSXV Policy 4.4.

 

(5)The maximum number of Shares issued to any one Person (and companies wholly owned by that Person) within any one (1) year period shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the Outstanding Issue, calculated on the date an Option is granted to the Person.

 

(6)The maximum number of Shares issued to any one Consultant, within any one (1) year period, under this Plan and all other proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangements, shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the Outstanding Issue calculated as at the date any Security Based Compensation is granted or issued to any Insider.

 

(7)The maximum number of Shares issued, in aggregate, to all Investor Relations Individuals, within any twelve (12) month period, under this Plan and any other proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangements, shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the Outstanding Issue from time to time, calculated at the date an Option is granted to such Investor Relations Individuals.

 

(8)Investor Relations Individuals are eligible pursuant to this Plan to receive only Awards of Options. Investor Relations Individuals are not eligible to receive DSUs, RSUs or any Award other than Options, pursuant to this Plan.

 

(9)Any Award granted pursuant to the Plan and any other Share Compensation Arrangements, prior to a Participant becoming an Insider, shall be included for the purposes of the limits set out in Section 2.4(2) and Section 2.4(5).

 

(10)The maximum number of Awards, excluding Options, issued to any one Eligible Participant shall not exceed: (i) 1% of the Outstanding Issue at the date such Award is granted; and (ii) 2% of the Outstanding Issue within the most recent twelve (12) month period.

 

(11)Shares in respect of which an Award is granted under the Plan, but not exercised prior to the termination of such Award or not vested or settled prior to the termination of such Award due to the expiration, termination, cancellation or lapse of such Award, shall be available for Awards to be granted thereafter pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

 - 8 - 

 

 

Section 2.5 Granting of Awards.

 

(1)Any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time counsel to the Corporation shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Award, if applicable, upon any securities exchange or under any law or regulation of any jurisdiction, or the consent or approval of any securities exchange or any governmental or regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant or exercise of such Award or the issuance or purchase of Shares thereunder, if applicable, such Award may not be accepted or exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Corporation to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

 

(2)Any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to the requirement that the Corporation has the right to place any restriction or legend on any securities issued pursuant to this Plan including, but in no way limited to, placing a legend to the effect that the securities have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold in the United States unless registration or an exemption from registration is available.

 

ARTICLE 3

OPTIONS

 

Section 3.1 Nature of Options.

 

An Option is an option granted by the Corporation to a Participant entitling such Participant to acquire a designated number of Shares from treasury at the Option Price, subject to the provisions hereof.

 

Section 3.2 Option Awards.

 

(1)Subject to the provisions set forth in this Plan and any shareholder or regulatory approval which may be required, the Board shall, from time to time by resolution, in its sole discretion, (i) designate the Eligible Participants who may receive Options under the Plan, (ii) fix the number of Options, if any, to be granted to each Eligible Participant and the date or dates on which such Options shall be granted, and (iii) determine the price per Share to be payable upon the exercise of each such Option (the “Option Price”) and the relevant vesting provisions (including Performance Criteria, if applicable) and Option Term for such Eligible Participants, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan, in any Option Grant Agreement and any applicable rules of the Exchange.

 

(2)The Board shall also, from time to time by resolution, in its sole discretion,

 

(i)designate the Investor Relations Individuals who may receive Options under the Plan,

 

(ii)fix the number of Options, if any, to be granted to each Investor Relations Individual and the date or dates on which such Options shall be granted,

 

 - 9 - 

 

 

(iii)determine the Option Price and the Option Term for such Investor Relations Individuals,

 

(iv)determine relevant vesting provisions (including Performance Criteria, if applicable) for such Investor Relations Individuals, provided vesting of the Options will occur in stages over a period of not less than twelve (12) months with a maximum of 25% of the Options vesting in any three (3) month period, provided that there can be no acceleration of the vesting requirements applicable to Options granted to Investor Relations Individuals; and

 

  the whole being subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan, in any Option Grant Agreement and any applicable rules of the Exchange.
   
(4)Each Option granted shall be subject to vesting terms as set forth in the Option Grant Agreement or as otherwise specified by the Board.

 

Section 3.3 Option Price.

 

The Option Price for Shares that are the subject of any Option shall be fixed by the Board when such Option is granted, but shall not be less than the Market Value of such Shares at the time of the grant. Where the Exercise Price of an Option is at a discount to the Market Value, all Options and any Shares issued under such Options exercised prior to the expiry of the Exchange Hold Period shall be legended with the Exchange Hold Period commencing on the date the Options were granted.

 

Section 3.4 Option Term.

 

(1)The Board shall determine, at the time of granting the particular Option, the period during which the Option is exercisable, commencing on the date such Option is granted to the Participant and ending as specified in this Plan, or in the Option Grant Agreement, but in no event shall an Option expire on a date which is later than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted (“Option Term”). Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all unexercised Options shall be cancelled at the expiry of such Options.

 

(2)Should the expiration date for an Option fall within a Black-Out Period or within nine (9) Business Days following the expiration of a Black-Out Period, such expiration date shall be automatically extended without any further act or formality to that date which is the tenth (10th) Business Day after the end of the Black-Out Period, such tenth (10th) Business Day to be considered the expiration date for such Option for all purposes under the Plan. Notwithstanding Section 7.2 hereof, the ten (10) Business Day period referred to in this Section 3.4 may not be extended by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant receives Shares in satisfaction of an Award during a Black-Out Period, the Corporation shall advise such Participant of the same in writing and such Participant shall not be entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of such Shares until such Black-Out Period has expired.

 

 - 10 - 

 

 

Section 3.5 Exercise of Options.

 

(1)Subject to the provisions of this Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to exercise an Option granted to such Participant at any time prior to the expiry of the Option Term, subject to vesting limitations which may be imposed by the Board at the time such Option is granted.

 

(2)Prior to its expiration or earlier termination in accordance with the Plan, each Option shall be exercisable as to all or such part or parts of the optioned Shares and at such time or times and/or pursuant to the achievement of such Performance Criteria (if applicable) and/or other vesting conditions as the Board at the time of granting the particular Option, may determine in its sole discretion. For greater certainty, no Option shall be exercised by a Participant during a Black-Out Period.

 

Section 3.6 Method of Exercise and Payment of Purchase Price.

 

(1)Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the alternative exercise procedures set out herein, an Option granted under the Plan may be exercisable (from time to time as provided in Section 3.5 hereof) by the Participant (or by the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) by delivering a fully completed Exercise Notice to the Corporation at its registered office to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer & Corporate Secretary of the Corporation (or the individual that the Chief Financial Officer & Corporate Secretary of the Corporation may from time to time designate), together with a bank draft, certified cheque or other form of payment acceptable to the Corporation in an amount equal to the aggregate Option Price of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Options.

 

(2)Where Shares are to be issued to the Participant pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.6, as soon as practicable following the receipt of the Exercise Notice and, if Options are exercised in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6(1), the required bank draft, certified cheque or other acceptable form of payment, the Corporation shall duly issue such Shares to the Participant as fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(3)Upon the exercise of an Option pursuant to Section 3.6(1), the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise but no later than ten (10) Business Days following such exercise, forthwith cause the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares to either:

 

(a)deliver to the Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) a certificate in the name of the Participant representing in the aggregate such number of Shares as the Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall have then paid for and as are specified in such Exercise Notice; or

 

(b)in the case of Shares issued in uncertificated form, cause the issuance of the aggregate number of Shares the Participant (or the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall have then paid for and as are specified in such Exercise Notice to be evidenced by a book position on the register of the shareholders of the Corporation to be maintained by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares.

 

 - 11 - 

 

 

Section 3.7 Cashless Exercise

 

(1)Subject to the provisions of this Plan (including, without limitation Section 8.2) and, upon prior approval of the Board, once an Option has vested and become exercisable, an Optionee may elect to exercise such Option by either:

 

(a)       excluding Options held by any Investor Relations Service Individual, a “net exercise” procedure in which the Corporation issues to the Optionee, Shares equal to the number determined by dividing (i) the product of the number of Options being exercised multiplied by the difference between the VWAP of the underlying Shares and the Exercise Price of the subject Options by (ii) the VWAP of the underlying Shares; or

 

(b)      a broker assisted “cashless exercise” in which the Corporation delivers a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker engaged for such purposes by the Corporation to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Options and to deliver promptly to the Corporation an amount equal to the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding obligations a determined by the Corporation against delivery of the Shares to settle the applicable trade.

 

An Option may be exercised pursuant to this Section 3.7 from time to time by delivery to the Corporation, at its head office or such other place as may be specified by the Corporation of (i) written notice of exercise specifying that the Optionee has elected to effect such a cashless exercise of such Option, the method of cashless exercise, and the number of Options to be exercised and (ii) the payment of an amount for any tax withholding or remittance obligations of the Optionee or the Corporation arising under applicable law and verified by the Corporation to its satisfaction (or by entering into some other arrangement acceptable to the Corporation in its discretion, if any). The Participant shall comply with Section 8.2 of this Plan with regard to any applicable required withholding obligations and with such other procedures and policies as the Corporation may prescribe or determine to be necessary or advisable from time to time including prior written consent of the Board in connection with such exercise.

 

(2)In the event of a net exercise pursuant to Section 3.7(1)(a) or a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 3.7(1)(b), the number of Options exercised, surrendered or converted, and not the number of Shares actually issued by the Corporation, must be included in calculating the limits set forth in Section 2.4 of this Plan.

 

Section 3.8 Option Grant Agreements.

 

Options shall be evidenced by an Option Grant Agreement or included in an Employment Agreement or other services agreement, in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board may from time to time determine, provided that the substance of Article 3 and Article 6 hereof be included therein. The Option Grant Agreement shall contain such terms that may be considered necessary in order that the Option will comply with any provisions respecting options in the income tax or other laws in force in any country or jurisdiction of which the Participant may from time to time be a resident or citizen or the rules of any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Corporation.

 

 - 12 - 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

DEFERRED SHARE UNITS

 

Section 4.1 Nature of DSUs.

 

A DSU is an Award attributable to a Participant’s duties of an office, directorship or employment and that, upon settlement, entitles the recipient Participant to receive such number of Shares as determined by the Board, or to receive the Cash Equivalent or a combination thereof, as the case may be, and is payable after the Termination Date for the Participant.

 

Section 4.2 DSU Awards.

 

(1)The Board shall, from time to time by resolution, in its sole discretion, (i) designate the Eligible Participants (who, for purposes of the grant of DSUs, shall not include Consultants) who may receive DSU Awards under the Plan, (ii) fix the number of DSU Awards to be granted to each Eligible Participant and the date or dates on which such DSU Awards shall be granted, and (iii) determine the relevant conditions and vesting provisions for such DSU Awards, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan and in any DSU Grant Agreement.

 

(2)Each DSU shall be subject to vesting terms as set forth in the DSU Grant Agreement or as otherwise specified by the Board, and, pursuant to TSXV Policy 4.4, s. 4.6, in all instances DSUs will not vest until a minimum of one year following award of the DSUs has passed.

 

(3)Subject to vesting and other conditions and provisions set forth herein and in the DSU Grant Agreement, each DSU awarded shall entitle the Participant to one (1) Share, or the Cash Equivalent, or a combination thereof.

 

(4)The DSUs are structured so as to be considered to be a plan described in section 7 of the Tax Act or any successor to such provision.

 

Section 4.3 Redemption of DSUs.

 

(1)Each Participant shall be entitled to redeem his or her DSUs, during the period commencing on the Business Day immediately following the Termination Date and ending on December 15 of the second calendar year following the Termination Date, or a shorter redemption period set out in the relevant DSU Grant Agreement, provided such shorter redemption period is a minimum of one year following the date of grant of the DSUs, pursuant to TSXV Policy 4.4, s. 4.6, and such one-year vesting period is stated in the DSU Redemption Notice. A Participant may redeem his or her DSUs by providing a written notice of settlement to the Corporation setting out the number of DSUs to be settled and the particulars regarding the registration of the Shares issuable upon settlement (the “DSU Redemption Notice”). Pursuant to TSXV Policy 4.4, s. 4.6, acceleration of vesting is permitted if a Participant ceases to be eligible as a Participant in connection with a change of control, take-over bid, reverse-take-over or other similar transaction.

 

 - 13 - 

 

 

(2)In the event of the death of a Participant, the DSU Redemption Notice shall be filed by the administrator or liquidator of the estate of the Participant. Pursuant to TSXV Policy 4.4, s. 4.6, acceleration of the vesting date is permitted in the case of the death of a Participant, and the required minimum of one year vesting period prior to the date of redemption is waived, and such must be stated in the DSU Redemption Notice.

 

(3)If a DSU Redemption Notice is not received by the Corporation on or before December 15 of the second calendar year following the Termination Date, the Participant shall be deemed to have delivered a DSU Redemption Notice on that December 15 and the Corporation shall redeem all of the Participant’s DSUs in exchange for Shares to be delivered to the Participant, administrator or liquidator of the estate of the Eligible Director, as applicable.

 

(4)For the purposes of determining the number of Shares from treasury to be issued and delivered to an Eligible Director upon redemption of DSUs pursuant to Section 4.3, such calculation will be made on the date the Corporation receives, or is deemed to receive, the DSU Redemption Notice and be the whole number of Shares equal to the whole number of DSUs, having vested within one year from the date of grant, then recorded in the Eligible Director’s Account which the Eligible Director requests or is deemed to request to redeem pursuant to the DSU Redemption Notice. Shares issued from treasury will be issued in consideration for the past services of the Eligible Director to the Corporation and the entitlement of the Eligible Director under this Plan shall be satisfied in full by such issuance of Shares. Provided, however, that if, upon receipt by the Corporation of a DSU Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, the Corporation does not have a sufficient number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under this Plan, the Corporation will make payment of a cash amount to a Participant for a value equal to the number of DSUs multiplied by the Market Value, subject to any applicable deductions and withholdings, in lieu of issuing Shares.

 

(5)For purposes of determining the Cash Equivalent of DSUs to be made pursuant to Section 4.3, such calculation will be made on the date the Corporation receives, or is deemed to receive, the DSU Redemption Notice and will be based on the Market Value on that date multiplied by the number of vested DSUs in the Participant’s Account to settle in cash.

 

(6)Subject to Section 4.3(6), settlement of DSUs shall take place as soon as commercially and reasonably possible following receipt or deemed receipt of the DSU Redemption Notice through delivery of a share certificate to the Participant or the entry of the Participant’s name on the share register for the Shares, or in the case of settlement of DSUs for their Cash Equivalent, delivery of a cheque to the Participant representing the Cash Equivalent.

 

(7)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event that (i) a DSU Redemption Notice is received during a Black-Out Period or other trading restriction imposed by the Corporation; or (ii) the Participant has not delivered a DSU Redemption Notice and the 90th day following the Termination Date falls during a Black-Out Period or other trading restriction imposed by the Corporation, then settlement of the applicable DSUs shall be automatically extended to the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date that such Black-Out Period or other trading restriction is lifted, terminated or removed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant receives Shares in satisfaction of an Award during a Black-Out Period, the Corporation shall advise such Participant of the same in writing and such Participant shall not be entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of such Shares until such Black-Out Period has expired.

 

 - 14 - 

 

 

Section 4.4 Termination of Unvested DSU Awards.

 

If, as of the date the Corporation receives, or is deemed to receive, the DSU Redemption Notice, a vesting condition applicable to a DSU Award has not been satisfied or, at the discretion of the Board, waived, then such DSU Award, or portion thereof to which the vesting condition applies, shall terminate.

 

Section 4.5 DSU Grant Agreements.

 

DSUs shall be evidenced by a DSU Grant Agreement in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board may from time to time determine. The DSU Grant Agreement shall contain such terms that may be considered necessary, including the date of vesting of the DSU a minimum of one year from the date of award, in order that the DSU will comply with any provisions respecting deferred share units in the income tax or other laws in force in any country or jurisdiction of which the Participant may from time to time be a resident or citizen or the rules of any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Corporation.

 

Section 4.6 Award of Dividend Equivalents.

 

Dividend Equivalents may, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, be awarded in respect of unvested DSUs in a Participant’s Account on the same basis as cash dividends declared and paid on Shares as if the Participant was a shareholder of record of Shares on the relevant record date. Dividend Equivalents, if any, will be credited to the Participant’s Account in additional DSUs, the number of which shall be equal to a fraction where (a) the numerator is the product of (i) the number of DSUs in such Participant’s Account on the date that dividends are paid multiplied by (ii) the dividend paid per Share, and (b) the denominator is the Market Value of one Share calculated on the date that dividends are paid. Any additional DSUs credited to a Participant’s Account as a Dividend Equivalent pursuant to this Section 4.6 shall be subject to the same terms and conditions, including vesting conditions, as the underlying DSU Award.

 

Provided, however, that if, upon receipt by the Corporation of a DSU Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, the Corporation does not have a sufficient number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under this Plan, the Corporation will make payment of a cash amount to a Participant for a value equal to the number of DSUs multiplied by the Market Value, subject to any applicable deductions and withholdings, in lieu of issuing Shares.

 

 - 15 - 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

 

Section 5.1 Nature of RSUs.

 

An RSU is an Award entitling the recipient to acquire Shares, at such purchase price (which may be zero) as determined by the Board, subject to such restrictions, vesting and conditions as the Board may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.

 

Section 5.2 RSU Awards.

 

(1)The Board shall, from time to time by resolution, in its sole discretion, (i) designate the Eligible Participants who may receive RSUs under the Plan, (ii) fix the number of RSUs, if any, to be granted to each Eligible Participant and the date or dates on which such RSUs shall be granted, (iii) determine the relevant conditions and vesting provisions (including the applicable Performance Period and Performance Criteria, if any) and the Restriction Period of such RSUs, (provided, however, that no such Restriction Period shall exceed the three (3) years referenced in Section 5.4), and (iv) any other terms and conditions applicable to the granted RSUs, which need not be identical and which, without limitation, may include non-competition provisions, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan and in any RSU Grant Agreement.

 

(2)Each RSU shall be subject to vesting terms as set forth in the RSU Grant Agreement or as otherwise specified by the Board, and, pursuant to TSXV Policy 4.4, s. 4.6, in all instances RSUs will not vest until a minimum of one year following award of the RSUs has passed.

 

(3)The RSUs are structured so as to be considered to be a plan described in section 7 of the Tax Act or any successor to such provision.

 

(4)Subject to the vesting and other conditions and provisions set forth herein and in the RSU Grant Agreement, the Board shall determine whether each RSU awarded to a Participant shall entitle the Participant: (i) to receive one Share issued from treasury; (ii) to receive the Cash Equivalent of one (1) Share; or (iii) to elect to receive either One Share from treasury, the Cash Equivalent of one (1) Share or a combination of cash and Shares.

 

(5)RSUs shall be settled by the Participant at any time beginning on the first Business Day following their RSU Vesting Determination Date but no later than the RSU Settlement Date (as such terms are defined in Section 5.5 and 5.6, respectively).

 

Section 5.3 Restriction Period.

 

The applicable restriction period in respect of a particular RSU Award shall be determined by the Board but in all cases shall end no later than December 31 of the calendar year, which is three (3) years after the calendar year in which the Award is granted (“Restriction Period”). For example, the Restriction Period for a grant made in June 2023 shall end no later than December 31, 2026. Subject to the Board’s determination, any vested RSUs with respect to a Restriction Period will be paid to Participants in accordance with Article 5 no later than the end of the Restriction Period. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all unvested RSUs shall be cancelled on the RSU Vesting Determination Date and, in any event, no later than the last day of the Restriction Period, but no earlier than one year from the date of the award of the RSUs to be settled.

 

 - 16 - 

 

 

Section 5.4 Performance Criteria and Performance Period.

 

(1)For each award of RSUs, the Board shall establish the period in which any Performance Criteria and other vesting conditions must be met in order for a Participant to be entitled to receive Shares in exchange for all or a portion of the RSUs held by such Participant (the “Performance Period”), provided that such Performance Period may not expire after the end of the Restriction Period, being a minimum of one year from the date of award of the RSUs, and ending no longer than three (3) years after the calendar year in which the Award was granted. For example, a Performance Period determined by the Board to be for a period of three (3) financial years will start on the first day of the financial year in which the award is granted and will end on the last day of the second financial year after the year in which the grant was made. In such a case, for a grant made on January 4, 2023, the Performance Period will start on January 4, 2024 and will end on December 31, 2026.

 

(2)For each award of RSUs, the Board shall establish any Performance Criteria and other vesting conditions which must be met during the Performance Period in order for a Participant to be entitled to receive Shares in exchange for his or her RSUs.

 

Section 5.5 RSU Vesting Determination Date.

 

The vesting determination date means the date on which the Board determines if the Performance Criteria and/or other vesting conditions with respect to a RSU have been met (the “RSU Vesting Determination Date”), and as a result, establishes the number of RSUs that become vested, if any. For greater certainty, the RSU Vesting Determination Date must fall after the end of the Performance Period, if any, but no later than the last day of the Restriction Period. Unless otherwise specified in the RSU Grant Agreements, one-third (1/3) of RSUs awarded pursuant to an RSU Grant Agreement shall vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Provided that no RSUs may vest prior to one year from the date of award of such RSU. Acceleration of vesting is permitted in connection with the death of a Participant; or in connection with a change of control, take-over bid, reverse-take-over or other similar transaction.

 

Section 5.6 Settlement of RSUs.

 

(1)Except as otherwise provided in the RSU Grant Agreement, in the event that the vesting conditions, the Performance Criteria and Performance Period, if applicable, of an RSU are satisfied:

 

(a)all of the vested RSUs covered by a particular grant may, subject to Section 5.6(5), be settled at any time beginning on the first Business Day following their RSU Vesting Determination Date but no later than the date that is five (5) years from their RSU Vesting Determination Date (the “RSU Settlement Date”); and

 

 - 17 - 

 

 

(b)a Participant is entitled to deliver to the Corporation, on or before the RSU Settlement Date, an RSU Settlement Notice in respect of any or all vested RSUs held by such Participant.

 

(2)Subject to Section 5.6(5), settlement of RSUs shall take place promptly following the RSU Settlement Date and take the form set out in the RSU Settlement Notice through:

 

(a)in the case of settlement of RSUs for their Cash Equivalent, delivery of a cheque to the Participant representing the Cash Equivalent;

 

(b)in the case of settlement of RSUs for Shares, delivery of a share certificate to the Participant or the entry of the Participant’s name on the share register for the Shares; or

 

(c)in the case of settlement of the RSUs for a combination of Shares and the Cash Equivalent, a combination of (a) and (b) above.

 

(3)If an RSU Settlement Notice is not received by the Corporation on or before the RSU Settlement Date, settlement shall take the form of Shares issued from treasury as set out in Section 5.7(2).

 

(4)If, upon receipt by the Corporation of a RSU Settlement Notice pursuant to Section 5.6 hereof, the Corporation does not have a sufficient number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under this Plan, the Corporation will make payment of a cash amount to a Participant for a value equal to the number of RSUs multiplied by the Market Value, subject to any applicable deductions and withholdings, in lieu of issuing Shares.

 

(5)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event that a RSU Settlement Date falls during a Black-Out Period or other trading restriction imposed by the Corporation and the Participant has not delivered a RSU Settlement Notice, then such RSU Settlement Date shall be automatically extended to the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date that such Black-Out Period or other trading restriction is lifted, terminated or removed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant receives Shares in satisfaction of an Award during a Black-Out Period, the Corporation shall advise such Participant of the same in writing and such Participant shall not be entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of such Shares until such Black-Out Period has expired.

 

Section 5.7 Determination of Amounts.

 

(1)Cash Equivalent of RSUs. For purposes of determining the Cash Equivalent of RSUs to be made pursuant to Section 5.6, such calculation will be made on the RSU Settlement Date and shall equal the Market Value on the RSU Settlement Date multiplied by the number of vested RSUs in the Participant’s Account which the Participant desires to settle in cash pursuant to the RSU Settlement Notice.

 

(2)Payment in Shares; Issuance of Shares from Treasury. For the purposes of determining the number of Shares from treasury to be issued and delivered to a Participant upon settlement of RSUs pursuant to Section 5.6, such calculation will be made on the RSU Settlement Date and be the whole number of Shares equal to the whole number of vested RSUs then recorded in the Participant’s Account which the Participant desires to settle pursuant to the RSU Settlement Notice. Shares issued from treasury will be issued in consideration for the past services of the Participant to the Corporation and the entitlement of the Participant under this Plan shall be satisfied in full by such issuance of Shares.

 

 - 18 - 

 

 

Section 5.8 RSU Grant Agreements.

 

RSUs shall be evidenced by an RSU Grant Agreement or included in an Employment Agreement or other services agreement, in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board may from time to time determine, provided that the substance of Article 4 and Article 6 hereof be included therein. The RSU Grant Agreement shall contain such terms that may be considered necessary in order that the RSU will comply with any provisions respecting restricted share units in the income tax or other laws in force in any country or jurisdiction of which the Participant may from time to time be a resident or citizen or the rules of any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the corporation.

 

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

Section 6.1 General Conditions Applicable to Awards.

 

(1)Each Award, as applicable, shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)Employment – The granting of an Award to a Participant shall not impose upon the Corporation or a Subsidiary any obligation to retain the Participant in its employ in any capacity. For greater certainty, the granting of Awards to a Participant shall not impose any obligation on the Corporation to grant any awards in the future nor shall it entitle the Participant to receive future grants.

 

(b)Rights as a Shareholder – Neither the Participant nor such Participant’s personal representatives or legatees shall have any rights whatsoever as shareholder in respect of any Shares covered by such Participant’s Awards until the date of issuance of a share certificate to such Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) or the entry of such person’s name on the share register for the Shares. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such share certificate is issued or entry of such person’s name on the share register for the Shares.

 

(c)Conformity to Plan – In the event that an Award is granted or a Grant Agreement is executed which does not conform in all particulars with the provisions of the Plan, or purports to grant Awards on terms different from those set out in the Plan, the Award or the grant of such Award shall not be in any way void or invalidated, but the Award so granted will be adjusted to become, in all respects, in conformity with the Plan.

 

 - 19 - 

 

 

(d)Non-Assignable and Non-Transferable – All Awards are exercisable only by the Participant to whom they were awarded and will not be assignable or transferable. Awards may be exercised only by:

 

(i)the Participant to whom the Awards were granted;

 

(ii)upon the Participant’s death, the legal representative of the Participant’s estate; or

 

(iii)upon the Participant’s incapacity, the legal representative having authority to deal with the property of the Participant,

 

provided that any such legal representative in (ii) or (iii) shall first deliver evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of legal representation and the right to exercise an Award.

 

Section 6.2 General Conditions Applicable to Awards.

 

(1)Each Award shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)Termination for Cause. Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant for “cause”, all unexercised vested and unvested Awards granted to such Participant shall terminate on the effective date of the termination as specified in the notice of termination. For the purposes of the Plan, the determination by the Corporation that the Participant was discharged for cause shall be binding on the Participant. “Cause” shall include, among other things, gross misconduct, theft, fraud, breach of confidentiality or breach of the Corporation’s Code of Conduct and any reason determined by the Corporation to be cause for termination.

 

(b)Retirement. In the case of a Participant’s retirement, any unvested Awards held by the Participant as at the Termination Date will continue to vest in accordance with their vesting schedules, and all vested Awards held by the Participant at the Termination Date may be exercised until the earlier of the expiry date of the Awards or six (6) months following the Termination Date, provided that if the Participant is determined to have breached any post-employment restrictive covenants in favour of the Corporation, then any Awards held by the Participant, whether vested or unvested, will immediately expire and the Participant shall pay to the Corporation any “in-the-money” amounts realized upon exercise of Awards following the Termination Date.

 

(c)Resignation. In the case of a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant due to such Participant’s resignation, subject to any later expiration dates determined by the Board, all Awards shall expire on the earlier of ninety (90) days after the effective date of such resignation, or the expiry date of the Award, to the extent such Awards were vested and exercisable by the Participant on the effective date of such resignation and all unexercised unvested Awards granted to such Participant shall terminate on the effective date of such resignation.

 

(d)Termination or Cessation. In the case of a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant for any reason (other than for “cause”, resignation or death), the number of Awards that may vest is subject to proration over the applicable vesting or performance period and shall expire on the earlier of ninety (90) days after the effective date of the Termination Date, or the expiry date of the Awards. For greater certainty, the proration calculation referred to above shall be net of previously vested Awards.

 

 - 20 - 

 

 

(e)Death. If a Participant dies while in his or her capacity as an Eligible Participant, all unvested Awards will immediately vest and all Awards will expire one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the death of such Participant.

 

(f)Change in Control. If a participant is terminated without “cause” or resigns for good reason during the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control, or after the Corporation has signed a written agreement to effect a change in control but before the change in control is completed, then any unvested Awards will immediately vest and may be exercised within thirty (30) calendar days of such date. In the case of an Investor Relations Individual, where the Corporation has signed a written agreement to effect a change in control and before the change in control is completed, any unvested Awards may, subject to prior acceptance by the Exchange, vest immediately and be exercised within thirty (30) calendar days of such Exchange approval.

 

Section 6.3 Unfunded Plan.

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, this Plan shall be unfunded. To the extent any Participant or his or her estate holds any rights by virtue of a grant of Awards under this Plan, such rights (unless otherwise determined by the Board) shall be no greater than the rights of an unsecured creditor of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any determinations made shall be such that the Plan continuously meets the requirements of paragraph 6801(d) of the Income Tax Regulations, adopted under the Tax Act or any successor provision thereto.

 

ARTICLE 7

ADJUSTMENTS AND AMENDMENTS

 

Section 7.1 Adjustment to Shares Subject to Outstanding Awards.

 

(1)In the event of any subdivision of the Shares into a greater number of Shares at any time after the grant of an Award to a Participant and prior to the expiration of the term of such Award, the Corporation shall deliver to such Participant, at the time of any subsequent exercise or vesting of such Award in accordance with the terms hereof, in lieu of the number of Shares to which such Participant was theretofore entitled upon such exercise or vesting of such Award, but for the same aggregate consideration payable therefor, such number of Shares as such Participant would have held as a result of such subdivision if, on the record date thereof, the Participant had been the registered holder of the number of Shares to which such Participant was theretofore entitled upon such exercise or vesting of such Award.

 

(2)In the event of any consolidation of Shares into a lesser number of Shares at any time after the grant of an Award to any Participant and prior to the expiration of the term of such Award, the Corporation shall deliver to such Participant at the time of any subsequent exercise or vesting of such Award in accordance with the terms hereof, in lieu of the number of Shares to which such Participant was theretofore entitled upon such exercise or vesting of such Award, but for the same aggregate consideration payable therefor, such number of Shares as such Participant would have held as a result of such consideration if, on the record date thereof, the Participant had been the registered holder of the number of Shares to which such Participant was theretofore entitled upon such exercise or vesting of such Award.

 

 - 21 - 

 

 

(3)If, at any time after the grant of an Award to any Participant, and prior to the expiration of the term of such Award, the Shares shall be reclassified, reorganized or otherwise changed, otherwise than as specified in Section 7.1(1) or Section 7.1(2) hereof or, subject to the provisions of Section 7.1(3)  hereof, the Corporation shall consolidate, merge, reorganize or amalgamate with or into another corporation (the corporation resulting or continuing from such consolidation, merger, reorganization, amalgamation, plan of arrangement, spin-off, dividend payment or recapitalization, being herein called the “Successor Corporation”), the Participant shall be entitled to receive, upon the subsequent exercise or vesting of Award, in accordance with the terms hereof and shall accept in lieu of the number of Shares then subscribed for but for the same aggregate consideration payable therefor, the aggregate number of shares of the appropriate class or other securities of the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) or other consideration from the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) that such Participant would have been entitled to receive as a result of such reclassification, reorganization or other change of shares or, subject to the provisions of Section 7.2(3) hereof, as a result of such consolidation, merger, reorganization, amalgamation, plan of arrangement, spin-off, dividend payment or recapitalization, if on the record date of such reclassification, reorganization or other change of shares or the effective date of such consolidation, merger reorganization, amalgamation, plan of arrangement, spin-off, dividend payment or recapitalization, as the case may be, such Participant had been the registered holder of the number of Shares to which such Participant was immediately theretofore entitled upon such exercise or vesting of such Award. Provided that all adjustments made to the aggregate number of shares of the appropriate class or other securities of the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) or other consideration from the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) that such Participant would have been entitled to receive as a result of such reclassification, reorganization or other change of shares or, subject to the provisions of Section 7.2(3) hereof, as a result of such consolidation, merger, reorganization, amalgamation, plan of arrangement, spin-off, dividend payment or recapitalization, shall be subject to Exchange approval.

 

(4)If, at any time after the grant of an Award to any Participant and prior to the expiration of the term of such Award, the Corporation shall make a distribution to all holders of Shares or other securities in the capital of the Corporation, or cash, evidences of indebtedness or other assets of the Corporation (excluding an ordinary course dividend in cash or shares, but including, for greater certainty, shares or equity interests in a subsidiary or business unit of the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries or cash proceeds of the disposition of such a subsidiary or business unit), or should the Corporation effect any transaction or change having a similar effect, then the price or the number of Shares to which the Participant is entitled upon exercise or vesting of Award shall be adjusted to take into account such distribution, transaction or change. The Board shall determine the appropriate adjustments to be made in such circumstances in order to maintain the Participants’ economic rights in respect of their Awards in connection with such distribution, transaction or change.

 

 - 22 - 

 

 

Section 7.2 Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan.

 

(1)The Board may amend the Plan or any Award at any time subject to Shareholder approval as a condition to Exchange acceptance of the amendment. For greater certainty, without limitation, amendments to any of the following provisions of this Plan will be subject to Shareholder approval, in particular amendments:

 

(a)to persons eligible to be granted or issued security based compensation under this Plan;

 

(b)to the maximum number or percentage, as the case may be, of Listed Shares that may be issuable upon exercise of Options or conversion of DSUs or RSUs under this Plan;

 

(c)to the limits under this Plan on the amount of Options, DSUs or RSUs that may be granted or issued to any one person or any category of persons (such as, for example, Insiders);

 

(d)to the method for determining the Exercise Price of Stock Options;

 

(e)to the maximum term of any Award granted under this Plan;

 

(f)to the expiry and termination provisions applicable to any Award granted under this Plan, including the addition of a blackout period;

 

(g)to include the addition of a Net Exercise provision; and

 

(h)to any method or formula for calculating prices, values or amounts under this Plan that may result in a benefit to a Participant, including but not limited to the formula for calculating the appreciation of a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

Provided that shareholder approval shall not be required for the following amendments and the Board may make any changes which may include but are not limited to amendments of a general “housekeeping” or clerical nature that:

 

(i)correct typographical errors; and

 

(ii)clarify existing provisions of this Plan, that do not have the effect of altering the scope, nature and intent of such provisions.

 

 - 23 - 

 

 

(2)Notwithstanding Section 7.2(1), the Board shall be required to obtain Disinterested Shareholder Approval to make the following amendments:

 

(a)any change to the maximum number of Shares issuable from treasury under the Plan, except such increase by operation of Section 2.4 and in the event of an adjustment pursuant to Article 7;

 

(b)any amendment which reduces the Exercise Price of any Award, as applicable, after such Awards have been granted or any cancellation of an Award and the substitution of that Award by a new Award with a reduced price, except in the case of an adjustment pursuant to Article 7;

 

(c)any amendment which reduces the Exercise Price or extends the term of any Option held by a Participant who is an Insider of the Corporation at the time of the proposed amendment;

 

(d)any amendment which extends the expiry date of any Award or the Restriction Period of any RSU beyond the original expiry date, except in case of an extension due to a Black-Out Period;

 

(e)any amendment which would permit a change to the pool of Eligible Participants, including a change which would have the potential of broadening or increasing participation by Insiders;

 

(f)any amendment which increases the maximum number of Shares that may be (i) issuable to Insiders and Associates of such Insiders at any time; or (ii) issued to Insiders and Associates of such Insiders under the Plan and any other proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangement in a one-year period, except in case of an adjustment pursuant to Article 7; or

 

(g)any amendment to the amendment provisions of the Plan, provided that Shares held

 

directly or indirectly by Insiders benefiting from the amendments in Section 7.2(2)(b) and Section 7.2(2)(d) shall be excluded when obtaining such shareholder approval.

 

(3)The Board may, by resolution, but subject to applicable regulatory approvals, decide that any of the provisions hereof concerning the effect of termination of the Participant’s employment shall not apply for any reason acceptable to the Board.

 

(4)The Board may, subject to regulatory approval, discontinue the Plan at any time without the consent of the Participants, provided that such discontinuance shall not materially and adversely affect any Awards previously granted to a Participant under the Plan.

 

(5)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, at all times when the Corporation is listed on the TSXV:

 

(a)the Corporation shall be required to obtain prior TSXV acceptance of any amendment to this Plan; and

 

 - 24 - 

 

 

(b)the Corporation shall be required to obtain Disinterested Shareholder Approval in compliance with the applicable policies of the TSXV for this Plan if the Plan, together with all of the Corporation’s previously established and outstanding equity compensation plans or grants, could permit at any time: (1) the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under Awards granted to Insiders (as a group) at any point in time exceeding 10% of the Outstanding Issue; and (2) the grant to Insiders (as a group), within a 12 month period, of an aggregate number of Awards exceeding 10% of the issued Shares, calculated at the date an Award is granted to any Insider.

 

Section 7.3 Change in Control

 

(1)Notwithstanding anything else in this Plan or any Grant Agreement, the Board has the right to provide for the conversion or exchange of any outstanding Awards into or for options, rights, units or other securities of substantially equivalent (or greater) value in any entity participating in or resulting from a Change in Control.

 

(2)Upon the Corporation entering into an agreement relating to a transaction which, if completed, would result in a Change in Control, or otherwise becoming aware of a pending Change in Control, the Corporation shall give written notice of the proposed Change in Control to the Participants, together with a description of the effect of such Change in Control on outstanding Awards, not less than seven (7) days prior to the closing of the transaction resulting in the Change in Control.

 

(3)The Board may, in its sole discretion, change the Performance Criteria or accelerate the vesting and/or the expiry date of any or all outstanding Awards to provide that, notwithstanding the Performance Criteria and/or vesting provisions of such Awards or any Grant Agreement, such designated outstanding Awards shall be fully performed and/or vested and conditionally exercisable upon (or prior to) the completion of the Change in Control, provided that the Board shall not, in any case, authorize the exercise of Awards pursuant to this Section 7.3(3) beyond the expiry date of the Awards. If the Board elects to change the Performance Criteria or accelerate the vesting and/or the expiry date of the Awards, then if any of such Awards are not exercised within seven (7) days after the Participants are given the notice contemplated in Section 7.3(2) (or such later expiry date as the Board may prescribe), such unexercised Awards shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, terminate and expire following the completion of the proposed Change in Control. If, for any reason, the Change in Control does not occur within the contemplated time period, the satisfaction of the Performance Criteria, the acceleration of the vesting and the expiry date of the Awards shall be retracted and vesting shall instead revert to the manner provided in the Grant Agreement.

 

(4)To the extent that the Change in Control would also result in a capital reorganization, arrangement, amalgamation or reclassification of the share capital of the Corporation and the Board does not change the Performance Criteria or accelerate the vesting and/or the expiry date of Awards pursuant to Section 7.3(3), the Corporation shall make adequate provisions to ensure that, upon completion of the proposed Change in Control, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards and/or the Option Price per share of Options shall be appropriately adjusted (including by substituting the Awards for awards to acquire securities in any successor entity to the Corporation) in such manner as the Board considers equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Participants. The Board may make changes to the terms of the Awards or the Plan to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with any rules, regulations or policies of any stock exchange on which any securities of the Corporation may be listed, provided that the value of previously granted Awards and the rights of Participants are not materially adversely affected by any such changes.

 

 - 25 - 

 

 

(5)Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, in the event of a potential Change in Control, the Board shall have the power, in its sole discretion, to modify the terms of this Plan and/or the Awards (including, for greater certainty, to cause the vesting of all unvested Awards) to assist the Participants to tender into a take-over bid or other transaction leading to a Change in Control. For greater certainty, in the event of a takeover bid or other transaction leading to a Change in Control, the Board shall have the power, in its sole discretion, to permit Participants to conditionally exercise their Awards, such conditional exercise to be conditional upon the take-up by such offeror of the Shares or other securities tendered to such take-over bid in accordance with the terms of such take-over bid (or the effectiveness of such other transaction leading to a Change in Control). If, however, the potential Change in Control referred to in this Section 7.3(5) is not completed within the time specified therein (as the same may be extended), then notwithstanding this Section 7.3(5) or the definition of “Change in Control”: (i) any conditional exercise of vested Awards shall be deemed to be null, void and of no effect, and such conditionally exercised Awards shall for all purposes be deemed not to have been exercised, (ii) Shares which were issued pursuant to the exercise of awards which vested pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall be returned by the Participant to the Corporation and reinstated as authorized but unissued Shares, and (iii) the original terms applicable to Awards which vested pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall be reinstated.

 

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1 Use of an Administrative Agent and Trustee.

 

The Board may in its sole discretion appoint from time to time one or more entities to act as administrative agent to administer the Awards granted under the Plan and to act as trustee to hold and administer the assets that may be held in respect of Awards granted under the Plan, the whole in accordance with the terms and conditions determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The Corporation and the administrative agent will maintain records showing the number of Awards granted to each Participant under the Plan.

 

Section 8.2 Tax Withholding.

 

(1)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, all distributions, delivery of Shares or payments to a Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) under the Plan shall be made net of applicable source deductions. If the event giving rise to the withholding obligation involves an issuance or delivery of Shares, then, the withholding obligation may be satisfied by (a) having the Participant elect to have the appropriate number of such Shares sold by the Corporation, the Corporation’s transfer agent and registrar or any trustee appointed by the Corporation pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof, on behalf of and as agent for the Participant as soon as permissible and practicable, with the proceeds of such sale being delivered to the Corporation, which will in turn remit such amounts to the appropriate governmental authorities, or (b) any other mechanism as may be required or appropriate to conform with local tax and other rules.

 

 - 26 - 

 

 

(2)Notwithstanding the first paragraph of this Section 8.2, the applicable tax withholdings may be waived where the Participant directs in writing that a payment be made directly to the Participant’s registered retirement savings plan in circumstances to which regulation 100(3) of the regulations of the Tax Act apply.

 

Section 8.3 Reorganization of the Corporation.

 

The existence of any Awards shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Corporation or its shareholders to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Corporation’s capital structure or its business, or any amalgamation, combination, merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or to create or issue any bonds, debentures, shares or other securities of the Corporation or the rights and conditions attaching thereto or to affect the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar nature or otherwise.

 

Section 8.4 Governing Laws.

 

The Plan and all matters to which reference is made herein shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

Section 8.5 Severability.

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision and any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be severed from the Plan.

 

Section 8.6 Effective Date of the Plan.

 

The Plan was approved by the Board and shall take effect on December 12, 2025.

 

 - 27 - 

 

 

APPENDIX “A”

FORM OF OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.

 

OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Option Grant Agreement (the “Option Grant Agreement”) is entered into between Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. (the “Corporation”), and the optionee named below (the “Optionee”) pursuant to and on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Corporation’s omnibus long-term incentive plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Option Grant Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

The terms of the option (the “Option”), in addition to those terms set forth in the Plan, are as follows:

 

1.Optionee. The Optionee is · and the address of the Optionee is currently •.

 

2.Number of Shares. The Optionee may purchase up to • Shares of the Corporation (the “Option Shares”) pursuant to this Option, as and to the extent that the Option vests and becomes exercisable as set forth in section 6 of this Option Grant Agreement.

 

3.Option Price. The exercise price is Cdn $ · per Option Share (the “Option Price”).

 

4.Date Option Granted. The Option was granted on •.

 

5.Term of Option. The Option terminates on · (the “Expiry Date”).

 

6.Vesting. The Option to purchase Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable as follows: ·.

 

7.Exercise of Options. In order to exercise the Option, the Optionee shall notify the Corporation in the form annexed hereto as Schedule A, whereupon the Corporation shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Optionee to receive a certificate representing the relevant number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares in the Corporation.

 

8.Transfer of Option. The Option is not transferable or assignable except in accordance with the Plan.

 

9.Inconsistency. This Option Grant Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and, in the event of any inconsistency or contradiction between the terms of this Option Grant Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

10.Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Option Grant Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Option Grant Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Option Grant Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

 A-1  

 

 

11.Entire Agreement. This Option Grant Agreement and the Plan embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

12.Successors and Assigns. This Option Grant Agreement shall bind and enure to the benefit of the Optionee and the Corporation and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

13.Time of the Essence. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement and of every part hereof.

 

14.Governing Law. This Agreement and the Option shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

15.Counterparts. This Option Grant Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[Remainder of this page left intentionally blank; Signature page follows]

 

 A-2  

 

 

By signing this Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been provided a copy of and has read and understands the Plan and agrees to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Grant Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereof have executed this Option Grant Agreement as of the ______ day of ________________, 20__.

 

  LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.
   
  By:                      
    Name:
    Title:

 

 A-3  

 

 

SCHEDULE A

ELECTION TO EXERCISE STOCK OPTIONS

 

TO:             LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD. (the “Corporation”)

 

DATE:         ____________________, ___________

 

The undersigned Optionee hereby elects to exercise Options granted by the Corporation to the undersigned pursuant to an Option Grant Agreement dated , 20___ under the Corporation’s omnibus long-term incentive plan (the “Plan”), for the number Shares set forth below. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

 

Number of Shares to be Acquired:      
       
Option Price (per Share): $    
       
Aggregate Purchase Price: $    
       
Amount enclosed that is payable on      
account of any source deductions relating      
to this Option exercise (contact the      
Corporation for details of such amount): $  

 

   ¨  Or check here if alternative arrangements have been made with the Corporation;

 

The undersigned hereby tenders a certified cheque, bank draft or other form of payment confirmed as acceptable by the Corporation for such aggregate purchase price, and, if applicable, all source deductions, and directs such Shares to be registered in the name of

 

 

 

[Remainder of this page left intentionally blank; Signature page follows]

 

 A-1  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereof have executed this Option Grant Agreement as of the ______ day of              , 20__.

 

 
 [Insert Optionee’s Name]

 

 A-2  

 

 

APPENDIX “B”

FORM OF DSU GRANT AGREEMENT

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.

 

DEFERRED SHARE UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

 

Name:               [name of DSU Participant]

 

Award Date:   [insert date]

 

Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. (the “Corporation”) has adopted the omnibus long term incentive plan (the “Plan”). Your award is governed in all respects by the terms of the Plan, and the provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference. For greater certainty, the provisions set out in Article 4 and Article 6 of the Plan applicable to DSUs shall be deemed to form part of this DSU Grant Agreement mutatis mutandis. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this DSU Grant Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. If there is a conflict between the terms of this DSU Grant Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

Your Award                                                                      The Corporation hereby grants to you · DSUs.

 

  On behalf of the Corporation:  
     
  LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.  
     
     
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 B-1  

 

 

APPENDIX “C”

FORM OF RSU GRANT AGREEMENT

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.

 

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

 

This restricted share unit agreement (“RSU Grant Agreement”) is entered into between Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd. (the “Corporation”) and the Participant named below (the “Recipient”) of the restricted share units (“RSUs”) pursuant to the Corporation’s omnibus long-term incentive plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this RSU Grant Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

The terms of the RSUs, in addition to those terms set forth in the Plan, are as follows:

 

1.Recipient. The Recipient is ^ and the address of the Recipient is currently ^.

 

2.Grant of RSUs. The Recipient is hereby granted ^ RSUs.

 

3.Settlement. The RSUs shall be settled as follows: (Select one of the following three options):

 

  (a)  ¨ One Share issued from treasury per RSU.
       
  (b)  ¨ Cash Equivalent of one Share per RSU.
       
  (c)  ¨ Either (a), (b), or a combination thereof, at the election of the Recipient.

 

Restriction Period. In accordance with Section 5.3 of the Plan, the restriction period in respect of the RSUs granted hereunder, as determined by the Board, shall commence on ^ and terminate on ·.

 

4.Performance Criteria. ·.

 

5.Performance Period. ·.

 

6.Vesting. The RSUs will vest as follows:

 

·

 

7.Transfer of RSUs. The RSUs granted hereunder are not-transferable or assignable except in accordance with the Plan.

 

8.Inconsistency. This RSU Grant Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and, in the event of any inconsistency or contradiction between the terms of this RSU Grant Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

 C-1  

 

 

9.Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this RSU Grant Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this RSU Grant Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this RSU Grant Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

10.Entire Agreement. This RSU Grant Agreement and the Plan embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and pre-empt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

11.Successors and Assigns. This RSU Grant Agreement shall bind and enure to the benefit of the Recipient and the Corporation and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

12.Time of the Essence. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement and of every part hereof.

 

13.Governing Law. This RSU Grant Agreement and the RSUs shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

14.Counterparts. This RSU Grant Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank; Signature page follows]

 

 C-2  

 

 

By signing this RSU Grant Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that he or she has been provided with, has read and understands the Plan and this RSU Grant Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereof have executed this RSU Grant Agreement as of the______day of ___________________, 20__.

 

  LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, LTD.
   
  By:                      
    Name:
    Title:

 

 C-3  

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K because the omitted information is not material and is the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential. The redaction of such information is indicated by [***].

 

LL Program Number 200191

 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

And

 

Liberty Defense

 

TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is made and entered into this 24 day of August, 2018, (the “Effective Date”) by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, a Massachusetts corporation, with a principal place of business at 300 Bear Hill Rd, Waltham MA 02451-1096 (hereinafter referred to as “LICENSEE”) and the MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY LINCOLN LABORATORY, a Federally Funded Research and Development Center having its principal office at 244 Wood St., Lexington, MA 02421, U.S.A. (hereinafter referred to as “M.I.T.”), and relates to the transfer of existing technology in conjunction with a patent option agreement granted by M.I.T. to LICENSEE on the 16th day of April, 2018 for the Intellectual Property Rights to M.I.T. Case No. [***], “Multistatic Sparse Array Topology for FFT-Based Field Imaging”, by Jeffrey S. Herd, James David Krieger, Denise T. Maurias-Galejs, William Moulder and Huy T, Nguyen.

 

WHEREAS, MIT LL and LICENSEE recognize that the efficacious development of the licensed Intellectual Property Rights granted requires the INVENTOR to provide technical assistance to the LICENSEE to facilitate the transfer of existing optioned or licensed technology; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement defines the terms and conditions under which MIT LL shall provide technical assistance to LICENSEE relating to said MIT Case (hereinafter referred to as the “TRANSFER PROGRAM”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.FIELD AND SCOPE OF THE TRANSFER PROGRAM:

 

The field of the TRANSFER PROGRAM is defined by the Work Statement herein. The TRANSFER PROGRAM may include site visits to LICENSEE’s facilities and consultation by telephone. MIT LL agrees to use reasonable efforts to make available to the LICENSEE technical assistance by the INVENTOR.

 

STATEMENT OF WORK:

 

The MIT Lincoln Laboratory INVENTOR will, at the request of LICENSEE, perform some or all of the following tasks.

 

 

 

 

i.Create test setup for efficient image collection in band(s) as requested and informed by LICENSEE.

 

ii.Collect and provide image data of items of interest, including:

 

a.Mockup metallic and non-metallic threats

 

b.Items placed in all body areas (neck to feet, left and right side, front and back) in accordance with IRB protocols.

 

c.Items concealed in with a variety of materials (e.g., thick clothing, coats, luggage, bags, back packs, reflective materials)

 

d.Mockup contraband and items (e.g. drugs). It is understood that testing would be subject to availability of suitable simulants—and that no testing of material typically prohibited in the Lab would take place.

 

iii.Assessment of obtained images utilizing existing Laboratory object recognition techniques as requested and informed by LICENSEE.

 

iv.Provide input on preliminary commercial design of the Imaging Technology Demonstrator system, including answering questions on technical feasibility and cost efficiency.

 

2.DURATION:

 

The TRANSFER PROGRAM shall begin on the Effective Date and terminate one (1) year later unless sooner terminated at will by LICENSEE notifying MIT LL in writing thirty (30) days before it wishes to terminate the TRANSFER PROGRAM. MIT LL may terminate the TRANSFER PROGRAM if circumstances beyond MIT LL’s control shall preclude continuation. The TRANSFER PROGRAM may be extended, for up to an additional six month duration, by mutual written consent. The scheduling of days shall be by mutual agreement between LICENSEE and the INVENTOR with the schedule designed to minimize impact on other Lincoln Laboratory commitments. The total number of days shall be within the limits for each INVENTOR listed below.

 

INVENTOR  MAXIMUM SCHEDULED TIME
William Moulder  Up to 52 days
Michelle Lloyd  Up to 52 days
Pierre-Francois Wolfe  Up to 52 days
Adam John Chapman  Up to 52 days
Jeff Herd  Up to 52 days
Marianne Deangelus  Up to 52 days

 

3.REIMBURSEMENT: Not Applicable — Licensee agrees to advance fund MIT LL.

 

2

 

 

4.PAYMENT:

 

Payments shall be made in three installments of $[***] which will be in advance of any work completed and will be done in accordance with the following schedule:

 

1.            Initial payment August 31st

2.            2nd payment September 28th

3.            3rd payment October 31st.

 

5.TANGIBLE PROPERTY: [Not applicable]

 

6.DELIVERY OF INFORMATION:

 

During the TRANSFER PROGRAM, the INVENTOR shall provide LICENSEE with computer code, mechanical drawings, data and other information necessary to successfully transfer the licensed technology that he/she shall develop under the TRANSFER PROGRAM, subject to United States Government limitations on classified information and export control.

 

7.PUBLICATIONS AND COPYRIGHTS:

 

(a)MIT LL shall be free to publish the results of research under the TRANSFER PROGRAM, provided such results do not include LICENSEE confidential information. MIT LL shall provide LICENSEE with a copy of the manuscript(s) prior to submission for publication in order to allow LICENSEE to identify potentially patentable material and request that a patent application be filed. LICENSEE may request publishing be delayed for a period not to exceed Thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the manuscript(s).

 

(b)Title to and the light to determine the disposition of any copyrights or copyrightable material first produced or composed in the performance of the TRANSFER PROGRAM shall remain with MIT LL. Copyrighted works developed using government property shall be subject to a nonexclusive, irrevocable, paid-up, worldwide license granted to the U.S. Government to use, duplicate or disclose the copyrighted work, in whole or in part and in any manner, for Government purposes only and to have or permit others to do so for Government purposes only.

 

8.INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND TANGIBLE RESEARCH PROPERTY:

 

(a)Title to any Invention Made solely by employee(s) of MIT LL under the TRANSFER PROGRAM shall remain with M.I.T. which shall have the sole right to determine the disposition of any Inventions or other rights resulting therefrom, including the right to determine whether a patent application shall be filed. Title to any Invention Made solely by employee(s) of LICENSEE shall remain with LICENSEE. Inventions Made jointly by employees of M.I.T. and LICENSEE shall be jointly owned by M.I.T. and LICENSEE, without accounting to the other. “Made” when used in conjunction with any Invention means the conception or first actual reduction to practice of such Invention. “Invention” means any invention or discovery (including software-related invention) which is or may be patentable or otherwise protected under Title 35 of the United States Code or any novel variety of plant which is or may be protectable under the Plant Variety Protection Act (7 U.S.C. 7321 et seq.).

 

3

 

 

(b)The U.S. Government shall have the following rights to any Invention Made by INVENTORS or Made utilizing government property: The U.S. Government shall have a non-exclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice the Invention or have the Invention practiced throughout the world by or on behalf of the Government for research or other Government purposes.

 

(c)In the event that M.I.T. shall decline to file a patent application, LICENSEE may file in the United States or elsewhere, in the name of M.I.T., and shall be entitled to add the new Invention to the existing License Agreement, no later than six (6) months after such filing date.

 

9.NON-USE OF NAMES:

 

Neither party shall use the names or trademarks of the other, nor any adaptation thereof, nor the names of any of employees of the other, in any advertising, promotional or sales literature without prior written consent obtained from the other party, or said employee, in each case, except that LICENSEE may state, if applicable, that it is licensed by M.I.T. under the Intellectual Property Rights. LICENSEE shall not use the name or trademarks of the United States Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in any advertising, promotional or sales literature without the prior written consent obtained from DHS.

 

10.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY:

 

LICENSEE AGREES THAT ALL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE TRANSFER PROGRAM IS MADE WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Neither M.I.T. nor any INVENTOR shall have any liability whatsoever to LICENSEE or any third party in regard to the TRANSFER PROGRAM, including, but not limited to, technical assistance, and know- how, and LICENSEE shall indemnify M.I.T. for any and all liability of any kind which M.I.T. may incur in regard thereto.

 

11.NOTICES:

 

Any payment, notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement shall be sufficiently made or given on the date of mailing if sent to such party by certified first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to it at its address below or as it shall designate by written notice given to the other party:

 

If to MIT:

 

[***]

 

If to MIT LL:

 

[***]

 

4

 

 

In the case of LICENSEE:

 

[***]

 

12.Nondisclosure Agreement:

 

The terms of nondisclosure are referenced in Attachment A and are incorporated into this Agreement.

 

Agreed to for:

 

MIT LINCOLN LABORATORY   LIBERTY DEFENSE
     
By: /s/ David Pronchick   By: /s/ Aman Bhardwaj
Name: David Pronchick   Name: Aman Bhardwaj
Title: Assistant Department Head   Title: President
Date: 8/28/2018   Date: 8/24/2018

 

5

 

 

Attachment A

 

1.             CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. “Confidential Information” shall be that confidential and proprietary information disclosed by one Party (“Disclosing Parry”) to the other (“Receiving Party”) pursuant to this Agreement that (i) prior to disclosure, is marked with a legend indicating its confidential status; or (ii) is disclosed orally or verbally, if the Disclosing Party identifies such information as confidential at the time of disclosure and. whin 30 days of such disclosure, delivers to the Receiving Party’s primary contact for receipt of Confidential information a notice summarizing the confidential information disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event is information Confidential Information if it (a) was in the Receiving Party’s possession before receipt from the Disclosing Patty; (b) is or becomes a matter of public knowledge through no fault of the Receiving Party; (c) is received by the Receiving Party, without restriction as to further disclosure, from a third party having an apparent bona fide right to disclose the information to the Receiving Party; or (d) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information For purposes of this section, MIT students and fellows are not third parties vis a vis MIT

 

2.             LIMITATIONS ON USE. The Receiving Party shall use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to evaluate the potential licensing relationship between the Parties. Disclosure by the Disclosing Party of its Confidential Information does not otherwise grant to the Receiving Party any right or license to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

 

3.             CARE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Receiving Party shall exert reasonable efforts to maintain the Disclosing Party’s Confidential information in confidence, except that the Receiving Party may disclose or permit. disclosure of any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to its directors (in the case of MIT, members), officers, employees, consultants, advisors and, in the case of MIT, students, who need to know such Confidential Information to fulfill the Purpose and who have been advised of and have agreed to maintain the confidential nature of the Confidential Information.

 

4.             REQUIRED DISCLOSURES. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a Receiving Party from disclosing Confidential information pursuant to an order of a court or other governmental authority of competent jurisdiction, as long as the Receiving Party promptly notifies the Disclosing Party of its intention to disclose and provides reasonable cooperation to the Disclosing Party in any efforts to contest or limit the scope of such order or subpoena.

 

5.             NO WARRANTY. All Confidential Information is provided “as is.” Neither party makes any warranties, expressed or implied, regarding its Confidential Information’s accuracy, completeness, suitability or performance.

 

6.             TERM OF AGREEMENT. A Receiving Party’s obligations with respect to use and non-disclosure of the Disclosing Patty’s Confidential Information shall survive for a period of three years following receipt of the information.

 

7.             RETURN OR DESTRUCTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Following termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Petty than, al the direction of the Disclosing Parry, either destroy or return to the Disclosing Party all documents, materials, and other tangible manifestations of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information an shall destroy any electronic or digital manifestations of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, except that the Receiving Party may retain one copy of the Confidential Information solely for the purpose of monitoring its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K because the omitted information is not material and is the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential. The redaction of such information is indicated by [***].

 

Program Number 200201

 

COOPERATIVE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (“CRADA”), dated as of 12/21/18, is entered into by and between Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation located at 300 Bear Hill Road, Waltham, MA 02451 (hereinafter referred to as “CRADA PARTNER”) and Massachusetts Institute of Technology Lincoln Laboratory (hereinafter referred to as “LABORATORY”), located at 244 Wood Street, Lexington, Massachusetts, a Department of Defense (DoD), Federally Funded Research and Development Center (FFRDC) operated and managed by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (hereinafter “MIT”) and performing research under contract between the United States Air Force and MIT.

 

Whereas, the Stevenson-Wydler Technology Innovation Act of 1980, title 15, Chapter 63, United States Code, among other technology transfer improvements, provides each federal agency with the authority to permit the Director of a contractor-operated federal laboratory to enter into CRADAs with nonfederal entities;

 

Whereas, the Congress, in enacting the Federal Technology Transfer Act of 1986, title 15, Chapter 63, United States Code, has found that Federal laboratories’ developments should be made accessible to private industry and to state and local governments, and that bringing technology and industrial innovation to the marketplace is central to the economic, environmental, and social well-being of the people of the United States;

 

Whereas, LABORATORY has performed pre-competitive research and development with respect to public safety and weapons detection (known hereafter as “the Technology”) and desires to make such Technology available to the public use and benefit, resulting in part in the patent application known as MIT Case No. [***];

 

Whereas MIT and CRADA Partner have entered a Patent Option Agreement dated as of April 12, 2018 and an Exclusive Patent License Agreement dated as of September 10, 2018 (the “License Agreement”) respecting the Technology;

 

Whereas, LABORATORY possesses certain advanced scientific skills, facilities, personnel, special equipment, information, computer software and know how pertaining to the Technology;

 

Whereas, LABORATORY wishes to encourage and facilitate the transitioning of federally funded technology developments into the private sector for public commercial use;

 

Whereas, CRADA PARTNER is interested in the further development of the Technology resident at the LABORATORY for transfer to the public and desires to provide resources and funding exclusively for the further development of the Technology; and

 

 

 

 

Whereas, LABORATORY views its cooperation with CRADA PARTNER to develop and transfer the Technology to be in the furtherance of the public interest.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree to the following:

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this CRADA, the following terms shall have the following meanings and such meanings should be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined:

 

1.1            The term “invention” means any invention or discovery (including software-related invention) which is or may be patentable or otherwise protected under Title 35 of the United States Code or any novel variety of plant which is or may be protectable under the Plant Variety Protection Act (7 U.S.C. 7321 et seq.).

 

1.2            The term “made” in relation to any invention means the conception or first actual reduction to practice of such invention.

 

1.3            The term “net royalties or other income” means amounts received from any transaction less sales, use and or value added taxes (VAT) actually paid, import and/or export duties actually paid, transportation or shipping cost prepaid or allowed, amounts allowed or credited due to returns, outside sales commissions, if any, discounts allowed and taken, transportation insurance, if any, and reasonable out of pocket costs actually incurred in the original prosecution of a patent application or in registering a copyright. Such costs are limited to costs directly related to the transaction.

 

1.4            The term “effective date” means the date the last signature is affixed to this CRADA.

 

1.5            The term “proprietary information” means information which, at the time of disclosure, is designated in writing as “confidential” to the owning party and embodies trade secrets or is confidential technical, business, or financial information, provided that such information:

 

i)is not generally known, or is not available from other sources without obligation concerning its confidentiality;

 

ii)has not been made available by the owners to others without obligation concerning its confidentiality;

 

iii)is not already available to the public without obligation concerning its confidentiality; or

 

iv)can lawfully be withheld from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 et seq., as provided at 15 U.S.C. 3710a(c)(7)(A) & (B). This exemption for PROPRIETARY INFORMATION developed jointly by the parties or solely by M.I.T. shall expire not later than five years from the date of development of such PROPRIETARY INFORMATION; or

 

v)does not include information which is independently created by the receiving party as shown by its written records.

 

2

 

 

1.6            The term “created” in relation to any copyrightable software work means when the work is fixed in any tangible medium of expression for the first time, as provided for in 17 U.S.C. 101.

 

1.7            The term “Reviewing Official” means the authorized representative of the Department of the Air Force who is a signatory of this CRADA.

 

1.8            The term “LABORATORY Property” shall mean property belonging to MIT or property belonging to the U.S. Government located at LABORATORY, for which LABORATORY has property management responsibility.

 

1.9            “GOVERNMENT’ means the Government of the United States of America.

 

ARTICLE 2. COOPERATIVE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM

 

2.1            Scope of Work. The cooperative research and development program performed under this CRADA shall be performed in accordance with the Scope of Work (SOW) attached hereto as Appendix A. The utilization of LABORATORY’s personnel, resources, facilities, equipment, skills, know-how, computer software and information (but not funds) will be consistent with its own policies, missions and requirements. Any modifications of the SOW shall be by mutual agreement between the parties and shall be incorporated herein by a formally executed written amendment to this CRADA.

 

2.2            Review of Work. Conferences shall be held between Will Moulder of the LABORATORY and Aman Bhardwaj of CRADA PARTNER (“Principal Investigators”) on a semi-annual basis for the purpose of reviewing the progress of work defined in the SOW of paragraph 2.1; or more frequently when appropriate.

 

2.3            Property. CRADA PARTNER may inspect LABORATORY Property approved for use in the CRADA Program. Such property may be repaired or modified at CRADA PARTNER’s expense only after obtaining the written approval of the LABORATORY. Any repair or modification of the property shall not affect the title of the LABORATORY Property. Unless the LABORATORY hereafter otherwise agrees, CRADA PARTNER shall, at no expense to the LABORATORY, return all LABORATORY Property after termination or expiration of this CRADA in the condition in which it was received, normal wear and tear excepted. The LABORATORY reserves the right to audit the use of LABORATORY Property made available to CRADA PARTNER.

 

2.4            Shipping. When shipping materials, equipment or other items of property to LABORATORY for use in the performance of this program, the CRADA partner shall clearly identify, on both the shipping documents and the outside of the shipping container, the following information:

 

(a)CRADA program name;

 

(b)Program number; and

 

(c)Lincoln Laboratory staff/point of contact name.

 

3

 

 

2.5            Program Equipment. At the completion of the CRADA program, title to equipment, hardware, and other items of facility purchased with CRADA funds will vest in the U.S. Government, unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3. REPORTS

 

Monthly, informal letter-type written progress reports shall be prepared by the LABORATORY’s Principal Investigator. A final report shall be jointly written within sixty (60) days after the completion of the CRADA Program. The format for these reports will be coordinated between the Principal Investigators set forth in Article 2.2.

 

ARTICLE 4. TERM

 

4.1            Term. The term of this CRADA is for a period of 24 months, commencing on the effective date of this CRADA and terminating on the last day of the 24th month. This period may be extended as mutually agreed to by the parties in writing.

 

4.2            Start Work. The Laboratory will not commence work on the program until the initial funding increment as set forth in Article 5, paragraph 5.1, has been received by the Laboratory.

 

ARTICLE 5. FINANCIAL OBLIGATION

 

5.1            Payments. CRADA PARTNER will fund the CRADA in the amount of $[***] with payments to be made as follows:

 

Due Date Amount
Prior to Commencing Phase 1 $[***]
Prior to Commencing Phase 2 $[***]
Prior to Commencing Phase 3 $[***]
Prior to Commencing Phase 4 $[***]

 

All such payments shall be made payable to [***] and shall be used for performance of this CRADA. Funding provided will be utilized solely for the performance of the CRADA Statement of Work tasks. Payments should be made to the following address:

 

[***]

 

5.2            Best Efforts. In performing this CRADA, LABORATORY shall use best efforts to perform to the scope of work set forth in the SOW within the limitations of the funds provided by CRADA PARTNER. Under no circumstances shall LABORATORY be required to perform services beyond the amount of funds provided by CRADA PARTNER.

 

4

 

 

5.3            Payments from copyrights shall be payable by CRADA PARTNER to MIT in accordance with the provisions of Article 10.

 

5.4            Royalty or other income from patents shall be payable in accordance with any patent license under Article 8 unless the patent is included in the License Agreement, in which case the License Agreement shall control and no additional royalties shall be payable hereunder.

 

5.5            Notwithstanding any other provision or term of this Agreement, the LABORATORY will return surplus CRADA program funds to the addressee listed in Paragraph 19.1 within a reasonable period of time after the end of the program.

 

ARTICLE 6. PUBLICITY, USE OF NAME, AND ENDORSEMENTS

 

6.1            CRADA PARTNER shall not use the name of LABORATORY or MIT on any product or service which is directly or indirectly related to either this CRADA or any patent license or assignment agreement which implements this CRADA without the prior approval of LABORATORY or the MIT, as appropriate. CRADA PARTNER shall not use the name or trademarks of the United States Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in any advertising, promotional or sales literature without the prior written consent obtained from DHS.

 

6.2            By entering into this CRADA, LABORATORY and MIT do not directly or indirectly endorse any product or service provided, or to be provided, by CRADA PARTNER, its successors, assignees, or licensees. CRADA PARTNER shall not in any way imply that this CRADA is an endorsement of any such product or service.

 

ARTICLE 7. PUBLICATION

 

LABORATORY and CRADA PARTNER agree to confer and consult with each other prior to publication or other public disclosure of the results of work under this CRADA to ensure that no proprietary information belonging to CRADA PARTNER or potentially patentable material is released. Furthermore, prior to submitting a manuscript for publication or before any other public disclosure, each party will offer the other party ample opportunity to review such proposed publication or disclosure, to submit objections, and to file applications for letters patent in a timely manner provided that such review period shall not exceed ninety (90) days unless otherwise mutually agreed.

 

ARTICLE 8. PATENTS

 

The provisions of this Article 8 shall apply only with respect to inventions and patents that are not subject to the License Agreement.

 

8.1            Rights in Inventions Made Solely by CRADA PARTNER Personnel. CRADA PARTNER shall retain title to any invention made pursuant to this CRADA solely by CRADA PARTNER personnel. With respect to any such invention, CRADA PARTNER agrees that LABORATORY shall have a right to use such invention for research and purposes related to its performance under this CRADA, and, further, if such invention is made solely by CRADA PARTNER employees utilizing LABORATORY facilities, then the U.S. Government shall have a non-exclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice the invention or have the invention practiced throughout the world by or on behalf of the Government for research or other Government purposes. CRADA PARTNER shall provide LABORATORY with a duly executed instrument confirmatory of such license. CRADA PARTNER shall notify LABORATORY of its intent to file patent applications on inventions which are the subject of this paragraph.

 

5

 

 

8.2            Rights to Inventions Made Jointly by CRADA PARTNER and LABORATORY Personnel. CRADA PARTNER and MIT shall co-own any inventions under this CRADA made jointly by CRADA PARTNER and LABORATORY personnel. With respect to any such joint inventions, CRADA PARTNER shall have the option to obtain from MIT, if a patent application is filed under 8.5, an exclusive license in the joint invention at a reasonable royalty rate to be negotiated in good faith between CRADA PARTNER and MIT CRADA PARTNER shall indicate its intention to exercise its option to obtain an exclusive license for such an invention by giving written notice to MIT of its intent to enter into such a license agreement within nine (9) months after disclosure or identification of the invention pursuant to paragraph 8.4. The specific royalty rate and other terms and conditions of the license agreement shall be negotiated promptly after notice is given. This license is subject to the granting to the U.S. Government of a royalty-free right to practice and have practiced the licensed invention for governmental purposes on behalf of the U.S. Government and on behalf of any foreign government or international organization pursuant to any existing or future treaty or agreement with the United States.

 

8.3            Rights to Inventions Made Solely by LABORATORY Employees. MIT may retain title to any invention made solely by LABORATORY employees pursuant to this CRADA. With respect to any such invention, MIT grants CRADA PARTNER an option to obtain an exclusive or nonexclusive license on terms and conditions comparable with the provisions of paragraph 8.2.

 

8.4            Invention Disclosures. LABORATORY and CRADA PARTNER shall disclose to one another, in writing, each invention made pursuant to this CRADA within three (3) months after its existence becomes known. The parties will exercise reasonable diligence to identify any and all such inventions. CRADA PARTNER and LABORATORY will jointly cooperate to identify any and all joint inventions made as a consequence of this CRADA.

 

8.5            Filing of Patent Applications. CRADA PARTNER shall prepare, file, and prosecute (“file”) a patent application in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office for any invention made pursuant to this CRADA for which it gives notice, pursuant to paragraph 8.1. MIT, in its sole discretion, shall file patent applications in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on any invention made solely by LABORATORY personnel under paragraph 8.3. In the event MIT declines to file, CRADA PARTNER shall have the opportunity to file at its expense, in the name of MIT. The parties shall mutually agree on which party shall file on inventions made jointly or owned jointly under paragraph 8.2. In any event, the party not filing will fully cooperate with the other, including executing all necessary documents and obtaining the cooperation of its employees in executing such documents, in the preparation and filing of any patent application based upon an invention made as a consequence of this CRADA. Both parties shall exercise all reasonable efforts to file a patent application or allow the other to file a patent application before any time bar prescribed by Title 35 of the United States Code.

 

8.6            Patent Expenses and Copies. Unless otherwise agreed, all the expenses attendant to the filing of any patent application shall be borne by the party filing the patent application. Any post-filing and post-patent fees shall also be borne by that party unless otherwise agreed between the parties. Each party shall provide the other party with a copy of each patent application it files on inventions made as a consequence of this CRADA, along with the power to inspect and make copies of all documents retained in the official patent application files of CRADA PARTNER and LABORATORY.

 

6

 

 

ARTICLE 9. COPYRIGHTS

 

9.1            CRADA PARTNER and MIT each shall own the copyright to their own copyrightable works, including software, developed under this CRADA. Copyrightable works which are co-authored by employees of CRADA PARTNER and employees of the LABORATORY shall be jointly owned by CRADA PARTNER and MIT without an obligation to account. The parties shall mark any such works with an appropriate copyright notice as prescribed under Title 17, United States Code. Copyrighted works solely owned by MIT may be used and distributed by CRADA PARTNER subject to the provisions of Article 10. Copyrighted works owned solely by CRADA PARTNER may be used internally by the LABORATORY solely for purposes of performance under this CRADA and if developed using the LABORATORY Property shall be subject to a non-exclusive, irrevocable, paid-up, worldwide license granted to the U.S. Government to use, duplicate or disclose the copyrighted work, in whole or in part and in any manner, for Government purposes only and to have or permit others to do so for Government purposes only. Government purposes include competitive reprocurement, but do not include the right to have or permit others to use the copyrighted works for commercial purposes. CRADA PARTNER will clearly mark all copyrighted work subject to a Government purpose license with the words “Government Purpose License.”

 

9.2            Each party shall deliver to the other, one copy of each software document or other work developed in whole or in part by each party under this CRADA, subject to the terms and conditions of Articles 9 and 10 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 10. COPYRIGHT ROYALTIES

 

10.1          CRADA PARTNER shall pay to MIT a percentage as reasonably negotiated between the parties, of any net royalties or other income received by CRADA PARTNER or its affiliates from the licensing, assignment, sale, lease, and/or rental (hereinafter called “disposition”) of any copyrighted work created under this CRADA which is solely authored by LABORATORY employees and owned by MIT, except where such disposition is made to the U.S. Government or one of its agencies and except for the licensing, assignment, sale, lease and/or rental of copyrighted works, including computer software, that are distributed in conjunction with Licensed Products, as defined in the License Agreement. Payments by CRADA PARTNER to MIT shall be made payable to MIT and submitted not later than sixty (60) days after the calendar year ending December 31st in which CRADA PARTNER receives the royalties or other income. CRADA PARTNER’s obligation to pay royalties shall survive the termination of this CRADA.

 

10.2          Concurrently with each payment of royalties, as required in paragraph 10.1 of this CRADA, or at such other time as payments are due, CRADA PARTNER shall submit a written report setting forth for the period for which the payment is made, the amount and a description of the copyrighted works upon which a royalty is payable as provided at paragraph 10.1, the net royalties and other income received therefrom by CRADA PARTNER and the amount of royalties due thereon. If no royalties are due LABORATORY for any report period, the report shall so state.

 

7

 

 

10.2.1            CRADA PARTNER agrees to keep records showing the sales or other disposition of the copyrighted works upon which royalties are due under the provisions of paragraph 10.1 in sufficient detail to enable the royalties payable hereunder by CRADA PARTNER to he determined.

 

10.2.2            CRADA PARTNER further agrees to permit its books and records to be examined from time to time during its ordinary business hours and not more often than once a year to the extent necessary to verify the reports provided for in Article 10. Such examination will be made at the expense of MIT by any auditor from a certified public accounting firm appointed by MIT. In the event the royalty report(s) of CRADA PARTNER shall be found to be more than ten percent (10%) below the findings of the auditor, CRADA PARTNER shall reimburse MIT for the cost of the audit.

 

ARTICLE 11. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 

Subject to Articles 8 and 9, any proprietary information developed by CRADA PARTNER under this CRADA shall be owned by CRADA PARTNER. However, CRADA PARTNER agrees to grant the LABORATORY, to the extent necessary for LABORATORY performance under this CRADA, a right to use, duplicate and disclose such proprietary information in confidence, provided the LABORATORY agrees that it shall use reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of all appropriately marked proprietary information, unless otherwise required by law.

 

ARTICLE 12. EXTENSION, TERMINATION, AND DISPUTES

 

12.1          This CRADA shall expire as specified in Article 4 unless the parties hereto agree in writing to extend it further or unless the CRADA is terminated by either CRADA PARTNER or LABORATORY upon delivery of written notice at least ninety (90) days prior to such termination.

 

12.2          CRADA PARTNER agrees that (a) it may not submit a proposal as either a prime contractor or a subcontractor which identifies that LABORATORY will contribute to the performance of any resulting contract; and (b) it may not use LABORATORY’S services in the performance of any contract. The technology conveyed under this CRADA, consistent with the other provisions of this CRADA, is available for use by the CRADA PARTNER in the performance of any contract. If either party should become aware that continued performance under this CRADA would cause violation of these stipulations, it shall give the other party notice of such violation. Either party may terminate this CRADA in accordance with the procedures hereunder provided if such violation is not cured within thirty (30) days of notice.

 

12.3          Should this CRADA be terminated as provided above, then the LABORATORY will deduct the following amounts from the payments made by CRADA PARTNER pursuant to Article 5 hereof: (a) all direct and indirect costs for the project incurred up to the effective date stated in the termination notice; (b) all direct and indirect costs incurred in restoring LABORATORY property to its pre-CRADA condition as discussed in Article 2.3; and (c) all other non-cancelable commitments. Any funds in excess of these amounts will be promptly returned to CRADA PARTNER.

 

8

 

 

12.4          All disputes arising out of, or related to, this CRADA shall be resolved in accordance with this Article. Any dispute arising out of or related to this CRADA, which is not disposed of by agreement of the parties shall be decided by the Reviewing Official, who shall reduce any decision to writing within sixty (60) days and mail or otherwise furnish a copy of the decision to the parties.

 

12.5          The decision of the Reviewing Official shall be final and conclusive unless, within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of such copy, CRADA PARTNER mails or otherwise furnishes to the Reviewing Official a written appeal addressed to the Secretary of the Air Force. The decision of the Secretary, or the Secretary’s duly authorized representative, on the appeal shall be final and conclusive as to the administrative remedy. In connection with any appeal under this Article, CRADA PARTNER shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence in support of its appeal.

 

12.6          Pending the resolution of any dispute under this Article, work under the CRADA will continue as elsewhere provided herein.

 

12.7          Termination of this CRADA for any reason shall not affect the rights and obligations of the parties accruing prior to the effective date of termination. No termination of this CRADA, however effectuated, shall release the parties hereto from their rights, duties and obligations under Articles 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16 and 18.9.

 

ARTICLE 13. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

 

CRADA PARTNER and the LABORATORY are independent contractors and are not agents of each other, joint venturers, partners, or joint parties to a formal business organization of any kind. Neither party is authorized or empowered to act on behalf of the other with regard to any contract, warranty, or representation as to any matter, and neither party will be bound by the acts or conduct of the other. Each party will maintain sole and exclusive control over its own personnel and operations.

 

ARTICLE 14. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

14.1            Representations and Warranties of LABORATORY. LABORATORY hereby represents and warrants to CRADA PARTNER as follows:

 

14.1.1            Mission. The performance of the activities specified by this CRADA are consistent with the mission of LABORATORY.

 

14.1.2            Authority. All prior reviews and approvals required by regulations or law have been obtained by LABORATORY prior to the execution of the CRADA. The LABORATORY official executing this CRADA has the requisite authority to do so.

 

14.1.3            Statutory Compliance. LABORATORY, prior to entering into this CRADA, has (I) given special consideration to entering into CRADAs with small business firms and consortia involving small business firms; (2) has given preference to business units located in the United States which agree that products embodying inventions made under the Cooperative Research and Development Agreement or produced through the use of such inventions will be manufactured substantially in the United States, and; (3) in the event this CRADA is made with an industrial organization or other person subject to the control of a foreign company or government, taken into consideration whether such foreign government permits United States agencies, organizations, or other persons to enter into Cooperative Research and Development Agreements and licensing agreements with such foreign country.

 

9

 

 

14.1.4            Statement of Ownership. MIT has full right, title and interest (by assignment) to all inventions made solely by LABORATORY employees under this Agreement.

 

14.2            Representations and Warranties of CRADA PARTNER. CRADA PARTNER hereby represents and warrants to LABORATORY, as follows:

 

14.2.1            Corporate Organization. CRADA PARTNER, as of the date hereof, is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

14.2.2            Statement of Ownership. (a) CRADA PARTNER is a foreign owned company or a subsidiary of a foreign owned entity, and (b) CRADA PARTNER has full right, title and interest (by assignment from its employees) to all inventions made by its employees in the performance of this CRADA.

 

14.2.3            Power and Authority. CRADA PARTNER has the requisite power and authority to enter into this CRADA and to perform according to the terms thereof.

 

14.2.4            Due Authorization. The Board of Directors and stockholders of CRADA PARTNER have taken all actions required to be taken by law, CRADA PARTNER’s Certificate or Articles of Incorporation, its bylaws or otherwise, to authorize the execution and delivery of this CRADA.

 

14.2.5            No Violation. The execution and delivery of this CRADA do not contravene any material provisions of, or constitute a material default under any material agreement binding on CRADA PARTNER or any valid order of any court, or any regulatory agency or other body having authority to which CRADA PARTNER is subject.

 

ARTICLE 15. DISPOSAL OF TOXIC OR OTHER WASTE

 

CRADA PARTNER shall be responsible for the removal from LABORATORY property of any and all toxic or other material used, provided, or generated in the course of performing this CRADA. CRADA PARTNER shall obtain at its own expense all necessary permits and licenses as required by local, state, and federal law and shall conduct such removal in a lawful and environmentally responsible manner.

 

10

 

 

ARTICLE 16. LIABILITY

 

16.1          Property. The LABORATORY will not bear any responsibility for any property of CRADA PARTNER consumed, damaged or destroyed in performance of this CRADA. CRADA PARTNER agrees that it will release the U.S. Government from any like responsibility.

 

16.2          CRADA PARTNER’s Employees. CRADA PARTNER agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the U.S. Government and the LABORATORY for any loss, claims, damage, or liability of any kind involving an employee of CRADA PARTNER arising in connection with this CRADA, except to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises solely from the negligence of LABORATORY or its employees. CRADA PARTNER shall be solely responsible for the payment of all claims for the loss of property, personal injury, or death, or otherwise arising out of any negligent act or omission of its employees in connection with the performance of work under this CRADA.

 

16.3          No Warranty. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED IN ARTICLE 14, LABORATORY MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY AS TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING THE CONDITIONS OF THE RESEARCH OR ANY INVENTION OR PRODUCT, WHETHER TANGIBLE OR INTANGIBLE, MADE, OR DEVELOPED UNDER THIS CRADA, OR THE OWNERSHIP, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE RESEARCH OR ANY INVENTION OR PRODUCT; OR THE VALIDITY OF PATENT RIGHTS CLAIMS, ISSUED OR PENDING. NOTHING IN THIS CRADA SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS A REPRESENTATION MADE OR WARRANTY GIVEN BY LABORATORY THAT THE PRACTICE OF ANY LICENSED PATENT OR COPYRIGHTED WORK SHALL NOT INFRINGE THE PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR COMPENSATORY, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

 

16.4          Indemnification. CRADA PARTNER holds the U.S. Government and the LABORATORY harmless and will indemnify them both for all liabilities, demands, damages, expenses, and losses arising out of the use by CRADA PARTNER, or any party acting on its behalf or under its authorization, of LABORATORY’s research and technical developments or out of any use, sale, or other disposition by CRADA PARTNER, or others acting on its behalf or with its authorization, of products made by the use of LABORATORY’s technical developments, except to the extent such liabilities, demands, damages, expenses or losses arise from the fault or negligence of the LABORATORY, the Government or their employees. This provision shall survive termination of this CRADA.

 

ARTICLE 17. FORCE MAJEURE

 

Neither party shall be liable for any unforeseeable event beyond its reasonable control not caused by the fault or negligence of such party, which causes such party to be unable to perform its obligations under this CRADA (and which it has been unable to overcome by the exercise of due diligence), including, but not limited to, floods, drought, earthquake, storm, fire, pestilence, lightning, and other natural catastrophes, epidemic, war, riot, civic disturbances or disobedience, strikes, labor disputes, or failure, threat of failure, or sabotage, or any order or injunction made by a court or public agency. In the event of the occurrence of such a force majeure event, the party unable to perform shall promptly notify the other party. It shall further use its best efforts to resume performance as quickly as possible and shall suspend performance only for such period of time as is necessary as a result of the force majeure.

 

11

 

 

ARTICLE 18. MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1          No Benefits. No member of, or delegate to, the United States Congress or resident commissioner shall be admitted to any share or part of this CRADA or to any benefit that may arise therefrom; but this provision shall not be construed to extend to this CRADA if made with a corporation for its general benefit.

 

18.2          Governing Law. The construction, validity, performance, and effect of this CRADA for all purposes shall be governed by the laws and regulations of the United States and applicable Commonwealth of Massachusetts laws that do not conflict with these Federal laws and regulations.

 

18.3          Entire Agreement. This CRADA constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior understanding or written or oral agreement relative to said matter. The parties acknowledge and agree, however, that this CRADA does not supersede the Patent Option Agreement, License Agreement and Technology Transfer Agreement previously entered into by the parties, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

18.4          Headings. Titles and headings of the Sections and Subsections of this CRADA are for the convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this CRADA and shall in no way affect the interpretation thereof.

 

18.5          Waivers. None of the provisions of this CRADA shall be considered waived by any party hereto unless such waiver is given in writing to all other parties. The failure of any party to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms and conditions hereof, or failure or delay to exercise any rights provided herein or by law, shall not be deemed a waiver of any rights of any party hereto.

 

18.6          Severability. The illegality or invalidity of any provisions of this CRADA shall not impair, affect, or invalidate the other provisions of this CRADA.

 

18.7          Amendments. If either party desires a modification in this CRADA, the parties shall, upon reasonable notice of the proposed modification by the party desiring the change, confer in good faith to determine the desirability of such modification. Such modification shall not be effective until a written amendment is signed by all the parties hereto by their representatives duly authorized to execute such amendment.

 

18.8          Assignment. Neither this CRADA nor any rights or obligations of any party hereunder shall be assigned or otherwise transferred by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld by MIT in case of a merger, sale or other disposition of the business of the CRADA PARTNER to which the technology developed hereunder and licensed under the License Agreement relate.

 

12

 

 

18.9          Export Controls. Information and/or products developed pursuant to this CRADA may contain information for which export is restricted by the Arms Control Act (22 USC 2571 et seq.) or the Export Administration Act (50 USC 2401 et seq.). Nothing in this CRADA shall be construed to permit any disclosure in violation of those restrictions.

 

ARTICLE 19. NOTICES

 

19.1          Notices and communications hereunder shall be deemed made if given by registered or certified envelope, postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to receive such notice or communication at the address given below, or such other address as may hereafter be designated by notice in writing. Payments are to be made to the addressee identified in Paragraph 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

19.2          Formal notices under this Agreement shall be addressed as follows:

 

LABORATORY: [***]
COLLABORATION PARTNER: [***]

 

19.3          Correspondence relating to technical matters should be addressed as follows:

 

LABORATORY: [***]
COLLABORATION PARTNER: [***]

 

ARTICLE 20. SIGNATURES

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this CRADA to be executed in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives as follows:

 

For CRADA PARTNER: NAME: /s/ Aman Bhardwaj
  Aman Bhardwaj
   
  TITLE: President
     
  DATE: 12/11/2018
     
FOR LABORATORY: NAME: /s/ Marc Bernstein
  Marc Bernstein
   
  TITLE: Associate Director
     
  DATE: 12/17/2018

 

13

 

 

     
FOR MIT NAME: /s/ Michael P Corcoran
  Michael P Corcoran
   
  TITLE: Assistant Director, Grant & Contract Administration
     
  DATE:  
     
GOVERNMENT REVIEWING OFFICIAL:
  NAME: /s/ Eric D. Evans
  Eric D. Evans
   
  TITLE: Director, MIT Lincoln Laboratory
     
  DATE: 12/17/2018

 

14

 

 

APPENDIX A

Joint Statement of Work

 

[***]

 

15

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

FACTORING AGREEMENT

 

THIS FACTORING AGREEMENT is entered and made effective as of June 22, 2023 by and between BENGAL CAPITAL INC., a British Columbia company, of 830 West Pender Street, 3rd Floor, Vancouver, BC V6C 1J8 (the “Factor”) and LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS LTD., an Ontario company, of 1055 West Georgia Street, 1500 Royal Centre, Vancouver, BC V6E 4N7 and LIBERTY DEFENSE TECHNOLOGIES INC., a Massachusetts company, of 187 Ballardvale Street, Suite 110, Wilmington, MA 01887 (collectively, the “Client”).

 

Section 1. Definitions. In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 “Account Debtor” has the meaning set forth in the UCC and shall include any person liable on an Account, including without limitation, any guarantor of the Account and any issuer of a letter of credit or banker’s acceptance.

 

1.2 “Accounts” means, collectively, all accounts receivable arising from sales of inventory or rendition of services by Client, including those under any trade names, through any divisions and through any selling agent of Client, but excluding sales to affiliates of Client, sales on consignment, guaranteed sales, bill and hold or cash on delivery transactions.

 

1.3 “Calculation Date” means, for each Account, one month after the day that Factor pays Client the Purchase Price.

 

1.4 “Client Account Balance” means the aggregate of unpaid amounts owed by Client to Factor under this Agreement adjusted for any credits owed by Factor to Client.

 

1.5 “Collections” means all good funds received by Factor from or on behalf of an Account Debtor with respect to Accounts.

 

1.6 “Customer Claim” means any dispute, claim, offset, defence, deduction, rejection, recoupment, counterclaim or contra account, other than returns and allowances permitted under this Agreement, with respect to any Account.

 

1.7 “Obligations” means all advances, financial accommodations, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing, arising, due or payable by Client to Factor of any kind or nature, present or future, arising under or in connection with this Agreement or under any other document, instrument or agreement, whether or not evidenced by any note, guarantee or other instrument, whether arising on account or by overdraft, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment) absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, due or to become due, now owing or hereafter arising, and however acquired; including, without limitation, all fees, expenses, professional fees and attorneys’ fees and any other sums chargeable to Client hereunder or otherwise.

 

1.8 “Purchase Price” means, for each Account, an amount equal to eighty per cent (80%) of the gross amount of the respective invoice or purchase order.

 

1.9 “Reconciliation Period” means each calendar month during the term of this Agreement.

 

1.10 “Schedule of Accounts” means a written document prepared by Client in a form acceptable to Factor in which Client accurately identifies Accounts (including, with respect to each Account, amount owed by Account Debtor, name and address of Account Debtor, invoice number and date) which Factor is purchasing under the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

- 2 -

 

1.11“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of Massachusetts, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Section 2. Approval and Purchase of Accounts.

 

2.1 Offer to Sell Accounts. During the term of this Agreement and provided no Event of Default or event that with notice or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default exists, Client sells and assigns to Factor, as absolute owner, all Accounts for the Purchase Price.

 

2.2 Credit Approval. Client must submit requests for credit approval to Factor for all orders that will lead to Accounts in the manner prescribed by Factor. Factor shall send to Client, by email, a credit decision report indicating its decision, in its sole discretion, to approve, decline or hold credit approval for each order. The credit decision report constitutes the official record of Factor’s credit decisions. If any change in the amount, terms, shipping date or delivery date for any shipment of goods or rendition of services relating to an Account, Client must submit a change of terms request to Factor, and Factor shall have the option to retain the Account or to withdraw the credit approval for such Account.

 

2.3 Effectiveness of Sale of Accounts. Upon Factor’s payment of the Purchase Price to Client, Client sells, assigns and transfers to Factor as absolute owner all of Client’s right, title and interest in and to each Account and all monies due or which may become due on or with respect to such Account. Factor shall have, with respect to any goods related to the Accounts, all rights and remedies of an unpaid seller under the UCC and other applicable law, including the rights of replevin, claim and delivery, reclamation and stoppage in transit.

 

2.4 Invoices; Notification to Account Debtor. Factor shall have no liability to Client or to any person, firm or entity for declining, withholding or withdrawing credit approval with respect to any Account. All information regarding the credit standing of an Account Debtor communicated by Factor to Client is confidential, and Client agrees not to disclose such information to such Account Debtor or any third party. Factor shall have no obligation to perform in any respect any contract relating to any Account.

 

2.5 Nonliability of Factor; Confidentiality. Factor shall have no liability to Client or to any person, firm or entity for declining, withholding or withdrawing credit approval with respect to any Account. All information regarding the credit standing of an Account Debtor communicated by Factor to Client is confidential, and Client agrees not to disclose such information to such Account Debtor or any third party. Factor shall have no obligation to perform in any respect any contract relating to any Account.

 

2.6 Full Recourse. Factor’s acquisition of Accounts from the Client shall be with full recourse against the Client. Factor may, at its option, charge back to Client (or Client shall pay) all amounts owing on Accounts, which are not paid within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of purchase by Factor.

 

 

- 3 -

 

Section 3. Factoring Fee, Payments, Collections, Trust Account.

 

3.1 Factoring Fee. Client shall pay to Factor a factoring fee equal to four per cent (4%) per month of the face amount of the Accounts (“Factoring Fee”). The Factoring Fee will be reduced pro rata if the Account is paid before the next Calculation Date.

 

3.2 Accounting. Client shall, immediately upon the sale of Accounts to Factor, make proper entries on its books and records of the sale to Factor. Factor shall prepare and email to Client, following each Reconciliation Period, an accounting of the transactions for that Reconciliation Period, including the amount of the Purchase Price for all Accounts, Factoring Fees and any other adjustments. The accounting shall be deemed correct and conclusive unless Client makes written objection to Factor within thirty (30) days after Factor emails such accounting to Client.

 

3.3 Payment to Client. Provided that no Event of Default exists and no event or condition that with notice, lapse of time or otherwise would constitute an Event of Default exists, Factor shall pay to Client from the Trust Account, or by wire transfer or such other means as agreed upon by the parties, the amount, if any, which Factor owes to Client at the end of the Reconciliation Period according to the accounting prepared by Factor. In the event that the calculation in this Section results in an amount owing from Client to Factor, Client shall make such payment to Factor immediately upon demand by Factor.

 

3.4 Collections.

 

(a) All Collections shall go directly to Factor, and Factor shall apply the Purchase Price with respect to such Collections to the Client Account Balance. Factor may endorse the name of Client on any check, draft, instrument or document received in connection with the Accounts. If Client receives a payment on an Account, Client shall hold such payment in trust for Factor and immediately turn over such payment to Factor on demand.

 

(b) Factor has the right to: (i) bring suit or otherwise enforce collection in the name of Client; (ii) modify the terms of payment; (iii) settle, compromise or release, in whole or in part, any amounts owing, and (iv) issue credits in the name of Factor or Client. Client waives any and all claims based on suretyship. As owner and assignee of the Accounts and all proceeds thereof, upon written notice by Factor to Client, Client shall, at Client’s expense, comply with Factor’s instructions with respect to any and all returned, rejected, reclaimed or repossessed inventory which shall be in compliance with Factor’s rights under this Agreement.

 

3.5 Trust Account. Client will open a bank account at a Canadian chartered bank acceptable to Factor where all payments in respect of Accounts will be paid, which account will be operated by Client, and Factor will have online viewing rights (the “Trust Account”). All funds in the Trust Account shall be the property of Factor, and will be held in trust by Client for Factor. Client will follow all instructions by Factor regarding the Trust Account, including payment of Obligations.

 

 

- 4 -

 

Section 4. Claims and Charge Backs.

 

(a) Client shall notify Factor within three (3) business days of any matter affecting the value, enforceability or collectability of any Account and of all Customer Claims. Factor and Client agree to cooperate in adjustment of Customer Claims.

 

(b) Factor may at any time charge back to the Client Account Balance the amount of: (i) any Account which is not paid in full when due, or which is not paid within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of purchase by Factor; (ii) any Account which is not paid in full when due because of an act of God, civil strife, or war; (iii) any Account for which there is a breach of any representation or warranty. A charge back does not constitute a reassignment of an Account.

 

(c) Factor may at any time charge to the Client Account Balance the amount of: (i) all remittance expenses (including incoming wire charges, currency conversion fees and stop payment fees); and (ii) expenses, collection agency fees and attorneys’ fees incurred by Factor in collecting or attempting to collect any Obligation.

 

Section 5. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Client.

 

5.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants with Respect to Accounts. Client represents, warrants and covenants with respect to each Account set forth on a Schedule of Accounts that:

 

(a) it is based upon a bona fide sale and delivery of inventory or rendition of services made by Client in the ordinary course of business, and any and all obligations required of Client have been fulfilled as of the date of the Schedule of Accounts;

 

(b) it represents undisputed indebtedness, not subject to any setoffs, offsets or counterclaims, genuine or otherwise;

 

(c) it does not represent a sale to any of Client’s subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, agents, stockholders or employees;

 

(d) the amount of such Account is correctly stated in the Schedule of Accounts, and it is not subject to any deduction or discount other than as stated on the invoice;

 

(e) Client is the lawful owner of such Account and has the right to sell and assign such it in accordance with its terms; and

 

(f) each Account Debtor has accepted the goods or services and owes and is obligated to pay the full amount stated in the invoice according to its terms.

 

5.2 Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Client further represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

(a) Client’s legal name, form of organization, place of business and place where all of Client’s records concerning the Accounts are kept are as set forth at the beginning of this Agreement. Client agrees to provide Factor with thirty (30) days advance written notice of any change in name, organization, place of business or record keeping and agrees to execute any additional documentation needed due to such change in order to provide Factor with the interests granted to it under this Agreement;

 

 

- 5 -

 

(b) Client is solvent, and has not, as of the time of submitting a Schedule of Accounts to Factor, filed a voluntary petition for relief or had filed against it an involuntary petition of bankruptcy;

 

(c) to the best of Client’s knowledge, there are no outstanding judgments against Client, its officers, directors or affiliates or any of Client’s property, and there are no actions, charges, claims, demands, suits, proceedings or governmental investigations now pending or threatened against Client or Client’s property;

 

(d) to the best of Client’s knowledge, Client is not in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order or other requirement of any government or any instrumentality or agency thereof;

 

(e) Client will not assign, transfer or sell, or grant or permit any lien or security interest in, any Account or Collateral to or in favour of any third party without the written consent of Factor;

 

(f) If Client owns, holds or has any interest in, any copyrights (whether registered or unregistered), patents or trademarks and any licenses of any of the foregoing, such interest has been disclosed to Factor, and Client shall immediately notify Factor if Client hereafter obtains any interest in any additional copyrights, patents, trademarks or licenses that are significant in value or are material to the conduct of its business; and

 

(g) Client will notify Factor promptly of any change in control of the ownership of Client, of any significant lawsuits or proceedings filed or threatened against Client, or any other change in the accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties.

 

Section 6. Power of Attorney. Client appoints Factor as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact and authorizes Factor (acting through any of its employees, attorneys or agents) at any time whether or not there has been an Event of Default, with or without notice to Client, to do any of the following in Client’s name or otherwise:

 

(a) sell, assign, transfer, pledge, compromise or discharge the whole or any part of the Accounts;

 

(b) demand, collect, receive, sue and give releases to any Account Debtor for the monies due or which may become due upon or with respect to the Accounts and to compromise, prosecute or defend any action, claim, case or proceeding relating to the Accounts, including the filing of a claim or the voting of such claim in any bankruptcy case;

 

(c) prepare, file and sign any notice, claim, assignment, demand, draft or notice of or satisfaction of lien or mechanics’ lien or similar document with respect to Accounts;

 

(d) notify all Account Debtors with respect to the Accounts to pay Factor directly;

 

(e) receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Client for the purpose of collecting the Accounts;

 

(f) endorse Client’s name on any checks or other forms of payment on the Accounts;

 

 

- 6 -

 

(g) execute any and all instruments and documents and file financing statements, if applicable, to protect or perfect Factor’s interests in the Accounts or Collateral; and

 

(h) do all acts and things necessary or expedient, in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

 

Any and all sums paid and any and all costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Factor with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations and shall be payable on demand. In no event shall Factor’s rights under the foregoing power of attorney or any of Factor’s other rights under this Agreement be deemed to indicate that Factor is in control of the business management or properties of Client.

 

Section 7. Collateral Security. As collateral security for the prompt payment and performance to Factor of all of the Obligations, Client hereby grants to Factor a continuing security interest in all of the following property (the “Collateral”) whether now owned by Client or hereafter arising acquired by Client or arising in Client’s favour:

 

(a) all accounts, receivables, contract rights, chattel paper, instruments, documents, investment property, letters of credit, bankers acceptances, drafts, checks, cash, securities, and general intangibles (including without limitation all claims, causes of action, deposit accounts, guaranties, rights in and claims under insurance policies (including rights to premium refunds), rights to tax refunds, copyrights, patents, trademarks, rights in and under license agreements, and all other intellectual property);

 

(b) all inventory, including Client’s rights to any returned or rejected goods, with respect to which Factor shall have all the rights of any unpaid seller, including the rights of replevin, claim and delivery, reclamation, and stoppage in transit;

 

(c) all monies, refunds and other amounts due Client, including without limitation amounts due Client under this Agreement (including Factor’s right of offset and recoupment);

 

(d) all equipment, machinery, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, tools, supplies and motor vehicles;

 

(e) all accessions to, substitutions for, and replacements of, all of the foregoing;

 

(f) all books and records pertaining to all of the foregoing; and

 

(g) all proceeds of the forgoing, whether due to voluntary or involuntary disposition, including insurance proceeds. Client is not authorized to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey any Collateral without Factor’s prior written consent, except for the sale of finished inventory in Client’s ordinary course of business. Client agrees that Factor may file financing statements and that Client will sign other instruments and documents requested by Factor to evidence, perfect or protect the interests of Client in the Collateral. Client agrees to deliver to Factor the originals of all instruments, chattel paper and documents evidencing or related to Accounts or Collateral.

 

 

- 7 -

 

Section 8. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

(a) Client fails to make a payment on any of the Obligations when due;

 

(b) Client fails to make any remittance required by this Agreement;

 

(c) Client commits any breach of any of the terms, representations, warranties, covenants or conditions of this Agreement;

 

(d) Client becomes insolvent or unable to meet Client’s debts as they mature;

 

(e) any voluntary or involuntary case of bankruptcy is commenced by or against Client, or any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or appointment of a receiver or custodian is made for any of Client’s assets;

 

(f) Client fails to pay when due any material obligations or liabilities owing by Client to any person other than Factor;

 

(g) any involuntary lien, garnishment, attachment or the like is issued against or attaches to the Accounts or Collateral.

 

Section 9. Remedies. Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, which has not been cured in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or with the approval of Factor or waived by writing signed by Factor, upon Factor’s demand (or in the event of a bankruptcy default, immediately without notice or demand from Factor), Factor may do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) cease buying Accounts or extending any financial accommodations to Client under this Agreement;

 

(b) accelerate and declare all or any part of the Obligations to be immediately due and payable upon demand; or with respect to any voluntary or involuntary case of bankruptcy is commenced by or against Client, or any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or appointment of a receiver or custodian is made for any of Client’s assets, the Obligations shall be automatically, and without notice or demand, immediately due and payable in full;

 

(c) charge Client under the terms provided in Section 4. of this Agreement.

 

(d) exercise all rights and remedies under this Agreement and under applicable law, including rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to any or all of the Collateral, all power of attorney rights set forth in Section 6. of this Agreement with respect to any or all of the Collateral, and the right to collect, dispose of, sell, lease, use and realize upon any or all of the Accounts and any or all of the Collateral in any commercially reasonable manner (and if notice of intended disposition of any such Accounts or Collateral is required by law, it is agreed that five (5) days’ notice constitutes commercially reasonable notice).

 

All remedies under this Agreement will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy Factor may have hereunder or under the UCC or otherwise.

 

Section 10. Term and Termination.

 

This Agreement will remain in full force and effect until thirty (30) days after either Client or Factor provides written notice to the other of its election to terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated immediately, without prior notice to Client, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any termination of this Agreement shall not affect Factor’s security interest in the Collateral and Factor’s ownership of the Accounts, and this Agreement shall continue to be effective, and Factor’s rights and remedies hereunder shall survive such termination, until all transactions entered hereunder have been completed and the Obligations have been satisfied in full.

 

 

- 8 -

 

Section 11. Miscellaneous.

 

11.1 Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions hereunder shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of British Columbia. All terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the UCC

 

11.2 Notices. Any notice given pursuant to this Agreement will be in writing and will be given by email (with delivery confirmation), personal service or registered mail addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

 

Factor:

 

address: 830 West Pender Street, 3rd Floor, Vancouver, BC V6C 1J8 email: [***]

 

Client:

 

address: 1055 West Georgia Street, 1500 Royal Centre, PO Box Vancouver, BC V6E 4N7 email: [***]

 

11.3 Modifications; Waivers. This Agreement and such other written agreements and documentation executed in connection herewith constitute the entire agreement between Factor and Client, which supersedes any prior agreements or understandings between Factor and Client. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be waived, altered, modified or amended except by a writing signed by both Factor and Client. The failure or delay in exercising any right hereunder will not constitute a waiver thereof or bar exercising rights under this Agreement at any time.

 

11.4 Severability. If any provision, clause or condition of this Agreement is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to such extent, but such defect shall not affect any other provision, clause or condition, and the remainder of this Agreement shall be effective as though such defective provision, clause or condition had not been a part hereof.

 

11.5 Fees and Expenses. Factor will pay to Client immediately upon demand all fees, costs and expenses (including fees of attorneys and professionals and their costs and expenses) that Factor incurs or may from time to time impose in connection with any of the following: (i) preparing, negotiating, administering and enforcing this Agreement or any other agreement executed in connection herewith, (ii) any litigation or dispute (whether instituted by Factor, Client or any other person) in any way relating to the Accounts, the Collateral, this Agreement or any other agreement executed in connection herewith, (iii) enforcing any rights against Client or any guarantor, or any Account Debtor, (iv) protecting or enforcing its interest in the Accounts or the Collateral, (v) collecting the Accounts and the Obligations, and (vi) the representation of the Factor in connection with any bankruptcy case or insolvency proceeding involving Client, any Account, the Collateral, any Account Debtor, or any guarantor. Client shall indemnify and hold Factor harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, costs, expenses and liabilities of any nature whatsoever arising in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

 

- 9 -

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the date at the beginning of this Agreement.

   
Factor:  
   
BENGAL CAPITAL INC.  
   
By: /s/ Sam Hirji  
Name and Title: Sam Hirji, President  
   
Client:  
   
LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS LTD.  
 
By: /s/ William Frain  
Name and Title: William Frain CEO  
and      
   
LIBERTY DEFENSE TECHNOLOGIES INC.  
 
By: /s/ William Frain  
Name and Title: William Frain CEO  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made on this 7th day of December, 2018 by and between DrawDown Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), William J. Frain, an individual (“Executive”) and, solely for purposes of Sections 4, 5, 6 and any relevant defined terms, Drawdown Detection Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“Parent”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company desire to set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company by entering into this Agreement, and Parent and Executive desire to set forth certain terms and conditions regarding Executive’s service as a director of Parent and receipt of equity interests in Parent; and

 

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and Executive are entering into an Employee Confidential Information, Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “Employee Confidential Information Agreement”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)           “Affiliate” shall mean any Person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or under common control with the Company. For the purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person or the power to elect one or more directors, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “affiliated,” “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

(b)           “Annual Base Salary” shall mean Executive’s rate of regular base annual compensation prior to any reduction under (i) a salary reduction agreement pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code or (ii) any plan or arrangement deferring any base salary.

 

(c)           “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. The Board may delegate its authority to a committee of the Board (a “Committee”), including, without limitation, a compensation committee. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, the term “Board” shall include any Committee (or sub-committee) to which the Board’s authority has been delegated.

 

 

 

 

(d)           “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) Executive engaged in gross negligence or material misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties or willfully failed or refused to perform any duties under this Agreement or reasonably requested in the course of Executive’s employment (e.g., Board directives); (ii) Executive engaged in one or more acts of fraud, dishonesty or other improper conduct that caused, or is reasonably likely to cause, harm to the Company or its Affiliates, including its or their business or reputation; (iii) Executive materially violated any of the Company’s lawful policies or procedures or any laws, regulations or rules that are material to the Company’s business; (iv) Executive materially breached this Agreement, the Employee Confidential Information Agreement or any other agreement between Executive and the Company or its Affiliates; (v) Executive committed, was indicted on charges related to, convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to (A) a felony or (B) a crime involving dishonesty that causes, or is reasonable likely to cause, harm to the Company or its Affiliates, including its or their business or reputation; (vi) Executive breached Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (vii) the commencement of any Proceeding against Executive (whether by the Prior Employer or otherwise) relating to any Prior Agreement; or (viii) the commencement of any Proceeding against the Company or any of its Affiliates (whether by the Prior Employer or otherwise) relating to any Prior Agreement; provided, however, that a termination shall not be a termination for Cause with respect to any event or circumstance described in clauses (iii) or (iv) that the Board reasonably determines is susceptible of cure unless (A) Executive has been given written notice of the event or circumstance and at least ten (10) business days to cure and (B) the event or circumstance remains uncured at the end of such ten (10) business day period; provided further, however, that any termination for Cause shall be in writing and specify in reasonable detail the nature of and facts supporting such Cause determination no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following the Company’s actual knowledge of such Cause condition, and including in such notice the provision or provisions of this Agreement on which the Cause determination is based.

 

(e)           “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and, as applicable, Treasury Regulations or other rules promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)            “Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform or expected inability to perform the essential duties of Executive’s position for ninety (90) consecutive calendar days or one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in any twelve (12) month period by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment, consistent with the requirements of applicable state and federal law. In the event of any dispute regarding the existence of a Disability, the matter will be resolved by the determination of a physician qualified to practice medicine in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (a “Physician”), who is mutually agreeable to both parties, and whose determination shall be final and binding. If the parties cannot agree on a Physician, each party shall select one Physician and those two Physicians shall select a third Physician to make the Disability determination, which shall be final and binding.

 

(g)           “Good Reason” shall mean a termination of employment by Executive on account of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in the character or scope of Executive’s duties, Annual Base Salary, responsibilities, or authority; (ii) a reassignment of Executive without his prior written consent to a geographic location in excess of thirty (30) miles from the Office Space; (iii) the failure of Parent to take all action necessary to effectuate and make legally binding the equity grants set forth on Exhibit B within sixty (60) days of the Start Date, as defined below, in accordance with applicable law; or (iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between Executive and the Company; provided, however, that for an event to constitute an event of Good Reason, Executive must (A) provide the Company with written notice of Executive’s intent to terminate employment and a description of the event Executive believes constitutes Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the initial existence of the event and (B) the Company shall have thirty (30) days after Executive provides the notice described above to cure the event that constitutes Good Reason (the “Cure Period”). Executive will have thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, after which Good Reason will no longer exist with respect to the event to which such cure period applied.

 

- 2 -

 

 

(h)           “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), professional corporation, general or limited partnership, professional limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, or other entity.

 

(i)            “Prior Agreement” shall mean any agreement (whether or not in writing) between Executive and the Prior Employer.

 

(j)            “Prior Employer” shall mean and include L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc. and any of its Affiliates.

 

(k)           “Proceeding” means any action, suit, claim, demand, complaint, charge, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, application, audit, examination, investigation or enquiry, whether formal or informal, commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other governmental entity or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

 

(l)            “Separation from Service” shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, without giving effect to any optional elections thereunder.

 

2.             Term of Employment. The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on January 7, 2019 (the “Start Date”) and shall continue for an initial term of two years from the Start Date (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term shall be extended automatically for a one-year period and thereafter for consecutive one-year periods (with each such extension, the “Extended Term”), unless and until either Party terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 5 below. The period of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, whether during the Initial Term or any Extended Term, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Term.”

 

3.             Duties; Scope of Employment; Compensation and Benefits.

 

(a)           Position, Reporting and Duties. The Company shall employ Executive in the position of Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Board. Executive’s principal place of business shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion from time to time, and shall initially be Executive’s residence in South Hamilton, Massachusetts (the “Office Space”); provided, however, that Executive acknowledges that Executive may be required to travel from time to time in the performance of his duties under this Agreement. During the Term, Executive will devote Executive’s full-time working time to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, shall faithfully serve the Company and its Affiliates, shall in all respects conform to and comply with the lawful directions and instructions given to Executive by the Board, and the terms of this Agreement, and shall use Executive’s best efforts to promote and serve the interests of the Company and its Affiliates. Executive agrees not to, directly or indirectly, render services to any other person or organization without the written consent of the Board or otherwise engage in activities that interfere with Executive’s faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder; provided, however, that Executive may engage in civic, religious or charitable activities without remuneration if doing so is not inconsistent with, or adverse to, Executive’s employment hereunder.

 

- 3 -

 

 

(b)           Compliance with Company Policies and Regulations. Executive shall at all times comply with the Company’s policies and regulations as from time to time in effect.

 

(c)           Annual Base Salary. Executive’s Annual Base Salary shall initially be US$250,000 per year from the Start Date through the end of calendar year 2019, and for calendar year 2020 shall be US$275,000. The Board shall review this amount annually in January of each year beginning with January 2021 and may, in its sole discretion, adjust it upward with such adjustments effective as of such date as the Board shall determine. Executive’s Annual Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practice for its executive officers.

 

(d)           Annual Bonus.

 

(i)            For calendar year 2019 and each subsequent calendar year during the Term, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus based upon the achievement of annual performance goals established by the Company in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the maximum bonus potential for calendar year 2019 shall be $100,000 and shall be payable based on the goals and other terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

(ii)           The annual bonus, if any, will be paid within seventy (70) days after the end of the applicable calendar year, except that the annual bonus for 2019 shall be payable as set forth on Exhibit A.

 

(iii)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to receive an annual bonus for any year, nor shall such a bonus otherwise be earned for such year, unless Executive shall remain employed by the Company through December 31 of such year.

 

(e)            Benefit Plans. During the Term, and so long as the Company maintains a health insurance plan, Executive will be able to participate in such plan on the same terms and conditions as similarly situated employees, and the Company will cover 100% of the cost of individual coverage and 50% of the additional cost for family coverage. So long as the Company does not maintain a health insurance plan, the Company will cover in the same proportions as above the cost for Executive to maintain coverage under the Prior Employer’s health insurance plan pursuant to COBRA, or if COBRA coverage is not (or becomes no longer) available, such other plan as the Company and the Executive may reasonably agree upon which shall be payable pro-rata in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company. Such COBRA payment or health insurance benefit shall be treated as non-taxable to the fullest extent permitted under the Code or any similar foreign law. Executive and Executive’s dependents, if applicable, shall also be entitled to participate in the incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs (including, without limitation, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and dismemberment, and travel accident insurance plans and programs), if any, sponsored by the Company or its Affiliates on the same terms and conditions generally applicable to executives of the Company, subject in each such case to the applicable terms of each such plan and provided further that Executive’s participation in each such plan may be limited to the extent the Company reasonably determines necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences.

 

- 4 -

 

 

(f)            Vacation. Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation as described in this Section 3(f), in addition to any Company-designated holidays, subject to the Company’s reasonable need for Executive to work on such days. The scheduling of Executive’s vacation may not interfere with the Company’s normal business operations and must be consistent with the Company’s policies. Executive shall accrue thirteen and one-third (13 1/3) hours of vacation per month, totaling one hundred sixty (160) hours or twenty (20) days per full calendar year. The Company strongly encourages Executive to use all vacation within nine months of when it is accrued. Executive shall cease accruing vacation once accrued and unused vacation equals one hundred sixty (160) hours in the aggregate, and shall not accrue additional vacation until the amount of accrued and unused vacation is less than one hundred sixty (160) hours.

 

(g)           Fringe Benefits and Perquisites. Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits and perquisites available to similarly situated executives of the Company in accordance with the plans, practices, programs, and policies of the Company from time to time.

 

(h)           Expenses. Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all necessary and reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment, upon presentation of written documentation in accordance with the applicable policy of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

(i)            Indemnification. As an officer of the Company, Executive shall be entitled to indemnification to the extent provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws. If the directors and officers liability insurance policy of Parent described below does not cover claims arising out of Executive’s service as an officer of the Company, then the Company will also use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a directors and officers liability insurance policy under which Executive will be covered to the same extent as the other Company officers.

 

4.             Parent Matters.

 

(a)           Equity Compensation Grants. Parent shall grant Executive the restricted stock grants and options to purchase shares of its capital stock described on Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(b)           Service as a Director. Executive shall have the right and obligation to serve as a member of Parent’s board of directors during the Term. Parent shall cause Executive to be elected to its board of directors upon or promptly after the Start Date, and Executive shall resign therefrom simultaneously with the termination of his employment with the Company for any reason. Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for his service on Parent’s board of directors, but shall be entitled to reimbursement of expenses incurred in attending board meetings to the same extent as other directors of Parent.

 

- 5 -

 

 

(c)           Indemnification. As a director of Parent, Executive shall be entitled to indemnification to the extent provided in Parent’s articles of incorporation and bylaws. Parent will also use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a directors and officers liability insurance policy under which Executive will be covered to the same extent as the other members of Parent’s board of directors.

 

5.             Termination. Executive shall have the right to resign his employment, and the Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment, in each case at any time during the Term and for any reason or no reason. Nonetheless, if Executive’s employment terminates on account of any of the events listed in (a) through (c) below, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)           Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.

 

(i)            Upon the Company’s termination of Executive without Cause or Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive:

 

(A)            Annual Base Salary earned but unpaid as of the date of Executive’s termination or resignation;

 

(B)             any business expenses incurred but not reimbursed under Section 3(h) as of the date of Executive’s termination or resignation; and

 

(C)             any amounts or benefits under any Company compensation, incentive, or benefit plans earned or vested but not paid as of the date of Executive’s termination (according to the payment provisions of such plans).

 

(ii)           Provided Executive signs, and does not revoke, a severance agreement and release of all claims against the Company, its Affiliates and related Persons in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and such severance agreement and release has become effective and irrevocable in its entirety by the 60th day following Executive’s termination or resignation date, then, in addition to the amounts set forth in Section 5(a)(i), Executive will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the sum of (A) any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of the termination or resignation date, plus (B) the Annual Base Salary, at the rate in effect on the termination or resignation date, for the period beginning on the termination or resignation date and ending on the earlier of the last day of the Term or the first anniversary of the termination or resignation date. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Executive be entitled to receive more than one year of Annual Base Salary pursuant to this Section 5(a)(ii). Such amount shall be paid in one lump sum within 60 days following such termination of employment or resignation.

 

(iii)          Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if Executive violates the provisions of the Employee Confidential Information Agreement after Executive’s termination of employment or resignation, the Company shall have no obligation to make the payment set forth in Section 5(a)(ii).

 

(b)           Termination by the Company for Cause or on Account of Disability; Resignation by Executive without Good Reason. If Executive resigns from employment for any reason other than Good Reason or if the Company terminates Executive for Cause or on account of Disability, no further payments shall be due under this Agreement, except that Executive shall be entitled to the amounts set forth in Section 5(a)(i).

 

- 6 -

 

 

(c)           Death. If Executive dies while employed by the Company, Executive’s estate shall receive any amounts set forth in Section 5(a)(i).

 

(d)           Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be interpreted and operated in manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code to the fullest extent possible. In accordance with the foregoing, ambiguous terms such “termination of employment” shall, to the extent necessary, to comply with Section 409A of the Code be given a meaning consistent with Section 409A (e.g., “termination of employment” shall mean “Separation from Service”). To the extent it produces a greater net after-tax economic benefit to Executive, any provision of this Agreement that would result in the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code shall be unenforceable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent applicable and necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, if Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A) on the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, then any payments or benefits that otherwise would be payable under this Agreement within the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “409A Suspension Period”), shall instead be paid in a lump sum within fourteen (14) days after the end of the sixth month and one day period following Executive’s Separation from Service, but only to the extent that such payments or benefits provide for the “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b), after application of the exemptions provided in Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(ii)-(v) or any other provision thereof. Each payment under this Agreement shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-2(b)(2). After the 409A Suspension Period, Executive will receive any remaining payments and benefits due pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with its terms (as if there had not been any suspension beforehand).

 

All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (A) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (C) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (D) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

If any amounts payable hereunder are subject to Section 409A of the Code and the payment of such amounts is contingent on the execution of a release of claims or other act within the control of Executive and any release of claims consideration period or other period in which Executive must act straddles two taxable years in a way that Executive can control the taxable year in which such payments commence, such payments shall commence in the second taxable year to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

- 7 -

 

 

(e)           Termination Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Executive’s termination or resignation date shall mean with respect to any purported termination of Executive’s employment, (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or without Cause by the Company, the date specified in the Company’s notice of termination, (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company as a result of a Disability, the date the Company terminates Executive’s employment, and (iv) if Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason or otherwise voluntarily terminates his employment, the date specified in Executive’s notice of termination; provided, that the Company may accelerate the termination date in its sole discretion without liability.

 

6.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Legal Fees. The Company and Executive will each be responsible for their own legal fees and expenses directly relating to the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Assignment. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable or transferable by Executive without the prior written consent of the Company and Parent. Each of the Company and Parent may assign this Agreement or all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement at any time (without Executive’s consent) to any Affiliate or to any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business and/or assets, and following such assignment, all references to the Company or Parent, as applicable, and their respective Affiliates shall be deemed to refer to such assignee and the Company or Parent, as applicable, and their respective Affiliates (other than such assignee) shall thereafter have no obligation under this Agreement.

 

(c)           Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding on and enforceable by the Company, Parent and their respective Affiliates (including any assignee) and Executive and his personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees.

 

(d)           Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when sent via facsimile (with confirmation of successful transmission), delivered or mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the respective numbers or addresses set forth on the signature page hereto, or to such other number or address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

 

(e)           Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification, or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and an authorized Company officer other than Executive and, in the case of any amendment to Section 4, an authorized officer of Parent. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

- 8 -

 

 

(f)            Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Employee Confidential Information Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto in reference to any employment of Executive by the Company and in reference to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and all prior agreements, promises, representations and understandings relative thereto are superseded hereby and thereby. To the extent that this Agreement conflicts with any of the Company’s or Parent’s policies, procedures, rules or regulations, this Agreement shall supersede the other policies, procedures, rules or regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any subsequent documents and agreements entered into by the parties hereto to effectuate the Equity Grants set forth on Exhibit B hereto shall, once entered into by the parties, be controlling with respect to such Equity Grants.

 

(g)           Applicable Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to the principles of conflicts or choice of laws thereof and both parties irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Middlesex County Superior Court and federal court sitting in Boston, Massachusetts having subject matter jurisdiction.

 

(h)           Captions. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

 

(i)            Withholding. Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which Executive has agreed.

 

(j)            Survivorship. The rights of the Company and Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Term. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company’s obligations under Sections 5 and 6 shall survive any termination of the Term.

 

(k)           Mutual Intent. All parties participated in the drafting of the Agreement, and the language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by Executive, Parent and the Company to express their mutual intent. The parties agree that if any language, section, clause, phrase or word used in the Agreement is determined to be ambiguous, no presumption shall arise against or in favor of either party, and that no rule of strict construction shall be applied against either party with respect to such ambiguity.

 

(l)            Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating or affecting the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent that a restrictive covenant contained herein may, at any time, be more restrictive than permitted under the laws of any jurisdiction where this Agreement may be subject to review and interpretation, the terms of such restrictive covenant shall be those allowed by law and the covenant shall be deemed to have been revised accordingly. Each and every term of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

- 9 -

 

 

(m)          Counterparts; Delivery. This Agreement may be executed in one or several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

THE “COMPANY”  “EXECUTIVE”

 

DRAWDOWN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

By: /s/ Daryl Rebeck   /s/ William J. Frain
  Daryl Rebeck, President   William J. Frain

 

THE “PARENT”

 

DRAWDOWN DETECTION, INC.

 

By: /s/ Jay Adelaar    
  Jay Adelaar, Director    

 

- 10 -

 

 

Exhibit A

 

2019 Annual Bonus

 

The maximum annual bonus that can be earned for 2019 is $100,000, calculated as follows:

 

1.If all of the Q1 and Q2 Goals (as defined below) are achieved on or before June 15, 2019 then a bonus of $50,000 shall be earned, and shall be payable in the Company’s next regular payroll after June 30, 2019.

 

2.If all of the Q3 and Q4 Goals (as defined below) are achieved on or before December 15, 2019 then a bonus of $50,000 shall be earned, and shall be payable in the Company’s next regular payroll after December 15, 2019.

 

For purposes hereof, the “Q1 and Q2 Goals” and the “Q3 and Q4 Goals” shall be technical and business goals for 2019 determined as follows: During the 60-day period following Executive’s commencement of employment Executive and the Company shall in good faith discuss and attempt to agree on such goals in writing. If Executive and the Company are unable to agree on such goals by the end of such period, then the Company shall have the right to determine such goals in good faith in its sole discretion, which shall become binding on the parties upon the Company’s delivery of written notice thereof to Executive.

 

Any bonus amounts shall be paid through the Company’s regular payroll and net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which Executive has agreed.

 

All determinations of the achievement of the Q1 and Q2 Goals and the Q3 and Q4 Goals shall be made by the Company in its reasonable good faith discretion.

 

- 11 -

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Equity Grants

 

·A restricted stock grant pursuant to which Executive shall purchase 1,000,000 of Parent’s common shares in Parent’s management share issuance round, at a purchase price of CDN 0.001 per share, and pursuant to and subject to all other terms and conditions of such round, including any shareholder agreements entered into in connection with such round. Such shares shall vest as follows: (i) 100,000 shares shall vest on the Start Date, and (ii) 150,000 shares shall vest on the last day of each 6-month period thereafter for so long as Executive remains employed until fully vested, with vesting to accelerate in full immediately before the IPO (as defined below) or upon a sale of Parent provided Executive remains employed through such date. The restricted stock grant herein shall be structured as restricted property in accordance with Section 83 of the Code (and exempt from Section 409A of the Code) to defer taxation on such shares until vested or until such time as Executive, in his sole discretion, shall make an “83(b) election” (‘83(b) Election”) to include any unvested shares in Executive’s income in accordance with Section 83(b) of the Code. For avoidance of any doubt, the restricted stock grant described above shall explicitly permit Executive to make an 83(b) Election in his sole discretion.

 

·Option (“Option”) to acquire 1,000,000 of Parent’s common shares pursuant to such equity incentive plan as Parent may reasonably establish, as such plan may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which shall be granted immediately before Parent’s initial public offering of common shares to the public (if any) (the “IPO”), and shall be fully vested and have a share exercise price equal to the fair market value (“FMV”) of a common share on the date of grant as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that if the IPO has not occurred on or before December 31, 2019, then such option shall be granted on or promptly after December 31, 2019, but no later than January 31, 2020, with an exercise price equal to FMV of a common share on the date of grant, and vesting in equal monthly installments over the 36 months following the date of grant. In either such case, such option shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and other customary terms and conditions (including without limitation such terms and conditions as the board of directors of Parent may determine to be reasonably necessary or advisable to comply with applicable laws and regulations, and financial industry practices, related to public offerings of securities). For avoidance of any doubt, Parent and Company shall take all such reasonable actions as are necessary to structure the option(s) described herein to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. If for any reason, granting the Option in manner exempt from Section 409A of the Code is not possible, Parent, Company and Executive shall work together in good faith to make the Option comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

·Such additional stock options under the Plan, if any, as may be awarded pursuant to an executive equity compensation program to be implemented by Parent in its sole discretion.

 

- 12 -

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Via Electronic Mail

 

Mr. Omar Garcia Abrego
[***]

 

THIS AGREEMENT is between Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd (the “Company”) and Omar Garcia Abrego (the “Executive”) effective January 1, 2025 (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS the Company wishes to employ the Executive and the Executive wishes to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.DEFINITIONS

 

1.1“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, and includes any Person in like relation to an Affiliate. A Person shall be deemed to control a Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the term “controlled” shall have a similar meaning.

 

1.2“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

1.3“Date of Termination” means the date of termination specified in the applicable section of Article 6.

 

1.4“ESA” means the British Columbia Employment Standards Act, R.S.B.C. 1996, c. 113, as amended or replaced from time to time, together with such other mandatory employment/labour standards legislation as may be applicable to the Employee’s employment with the Corporation.

 

1.5“Just Cause” means any conduct by the Employee which would constitute just cause for dismissal as recognized by common law.

 

1.6“Parties” mean, together, the Company and the Executive, each of which are individually a “Party”.

 

1.7“Person” includes an individual, firm, corporation, company, partnership, trust, joint venture, association or other entity.

 

2.EMPLOYMENT, TERM, POSITION AND DUTIES

 

2.1Employment. The Company hereby employs the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts employment upon the terms and conditions as set out in this Agreement.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

2

 

2.2Position. The Executive will serve as the Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary (“CFO”).

 

2.3Term. This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue until such time as it is terminated in accordance with Article 6 of this Agreement.

 

2.4Duties. The Executive will perform such duties as are regularly and customarily performed by a CFO of a publicly traded technology company, and in such other related senior capacity as the Company may reasonably require, consistent with the Executive’s position (collectively, the “Duties”). It is expected that the Executive’s Duties will require travel from time to time. As the Executive is being employed in an executive capacity, the Executive may have to work outside of regular office hours from time to time. The Executive’s Base Salary reflects his or her responsibilities in this regard and consequently, he will not be entitled to extra pay for overtime.

 

2.5Reporting. The Executive will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and the Board or to their designated representatives.

 

2.6Executive’s Commitment. During the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive will:

 

(a)diligently, honestly and faithfully serve the Company and use their best efforts to promote and advance the interests of the Company;

 

(b)perform their Duties in accordance with applicable laws and in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures as established and updated by the Company from time to time; and

 

(c)not be engaged, employed or associated with any other business venture without the written consent of the Company’s CEO.

 

2.7Fiduciary Obligations. The Executive acknowledges that, as CFO, the Executive is a fiduciary of the Company, occupies a position of trust and confidence, and will develop and acquire wide experience and knowledge on all aspects of the Company’s business. The Executive agrees to serve the Company in a manner which is consistent with the fiduciary duties owed to the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive will observe the highest standards of loyalty, good faith, and avoidance of conflicts of duty and self-interest, and will not unfairly compete or solicit employees, consultants, suppliers, customers, etc., of the Company during and after his employment.

 

2.8Executive’s Covenant. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he/she is free to enter this Agreement and that he/she is not subject to any obligation or restriction (statutory, contractual, or at common law) which would prevent or interfere with the performance of all of his obligations hereunder. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and his employment with the Company are conditional on the Executive having and maintaining the lawful right to work for the Company in Canada. The Company may, in its sole discretion, permit the Executive to begin performing the Duties of the CFO prior to the satisfaction of the conditions outlined in this Section. Should the Company exercise its discretion under this Section, the Parties agree that this shall not constitute a waiver of any condition not yet satisfied at that time. Should the Executive subsequently fail to satisfy this condition, the Executive's employment shall be deemed to be immediately terminated for Just Cause in accordance with the terms set out herein at Section 6.2.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

3

 

3.COMPENSATION & BENEFITS

 

3.1Base Salary. The Company will pay the Executive a base salary as follows

 

·From January 1, 2025, to May 31, 2025, the Executive will receive a base salary of CAD$240,000 per annum, less statutory withholdings and deductions, pro-rated for this period.

 

·Effective June 1, 2025, the Executive’s base salary will be CAD$310,000 per annum, less statutory withholdings and deductions (the “Base Salary”).

 

The Base Salary will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule and practices. Base Salary will be regularly reviewed, and the results of such review communicated in writing to the Executive, in accordance with Company policy and procedures, or at a minimum frequency of annually, and the Company may determine to increase the Executive’s Base Salary based on such review but may not decrease the Executive’s Base Salary without the consent of the Executive. The Executives annual compensation will be subject to the review and approval of the Company’s Board of Directors on an annual basis.

 

3.2Incentive Compensation. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s equity compensation plans, bonus plan or other plans as they may be implemented from time to time, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plan or plans (each and collectively, the “Bonus Plan”). The Executive’s target bonus (“Bonus”) will be set at 30% of Base Salary and will also be reviewed in conjunction with Base Salary as described in Section 3.1.

 

In addition to the Bonus, the Executive will be entitled to:

 

·A one-time bonus of CAD$30,000, payable upon the successful completion of the Company's uplisting to the National Association of Security Dealers Automated Quotations (“NASDAQ”).

 

·An additional performance-based bonus of up to CAD$20,000, subject to the achievement of goals and objectives to be mutually agreed upon for performance in 2025.

 

The Bonus will be performance based, and the performance goals and the extent to which those goals have been achieved for the purposes of calculating the amount of actual payment will be determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee. The Executive agrees that any changes to the Company’s bonus plan or plans will not affect or change any other part of this Agreement.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

4

 

3.3Statutory Deductions. The Base Salary and other compensation, including without limitation any performance or other bonuses, will, where relevant, be subject to deductions required by applicable Canadian or provincial law.

 

3.4Stock Options. The Company may, from time to time at the discretion of the Board, grant the Executive stock options in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s “Stock Option Plan” and the terms of the applicable option commitment letter, option agreement, or similar granting instrument. The purpose of granting such stock options is to assist the Company in compensating, attracting, retaining and motivating the officers, directors and employees of the Company and to closely align the personal interest of such persons to the interest of the shareholders. Any stock options granted are subject to the rules of the applicable stock exchange(s) as well as all applicable securities laws.

 

3.5Vacation. The Executive will be entitled to five weeks paid vacation each calendar year (prorated for partial years of employment) to be taken at such time or times as the Executive may select and as the Board may reasonably approve having regard to the business affairs and operations of the Company. Vacation must be taken in the year in which it is earned, unless express prior consent is obtained from the Board. The Executive will not be paid for unused vacation, except to the minimum extent required by applicable employment standards legislation, including upon the termination of employment.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

5

 

3.6Employee Health Benefits. The Executive will be entitled to all benefits normally provided to all employees of the Company, as they may exist from time to time, subject to the terms of the applicable plans (“Employee Benefits”). Employee Benefits are provided in accordance with the formal plan documents or policies and any issues with respect to entitlement or payment of benefits under any of the Employee Benefits will be governed by the terms of such documents or policies establishing the benefits in issue. The Company reserves the unilateral right to revise the terms of the Employee Benefits or to eliminate any Employee Benefits altogether.

 

3.7Other Benefits. During the Term of this Agreement the Company will:

 

  i. Membership Dues: pay or reimburse the Executive for his annual membership dues with the professional association(s) where the Executive is a member of in order to maintain his/her professional designation(s) in connection therewith and the Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is currently in good standing with such professional association.

 

3.8Changes and Conditions. The Company reserves the right to change, amend, revise and/or rescind all or part of its Stock Option and Bonus Plans in its sole and unfettered discretion, and any such changes will not be deemed a breach or termination of this Agreement. Bonus payments are not earned or owing until the payout date. To be eligible to receive Bonus payments, the Executive must be actively employed by the Company on the date that Bonus payments are paid out. For this purpose, the Executive's active employment is deemed to cease on the Date of Termination as defined herein, subject only to the requirements of the ESA. For the sake of clarity, at no time will the Executive receive less than his Statutory Entitlements.

 

3.9Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of his Duties and responsibilities hereunder, which expenses will be verified in writing at least monthly by the Executive. The Executive agrees to abide by all guidelines for business travel and expenses, as established by the Company from time to time.

 

3.10Professional Development. The Company, from time to time, and at its sole discretion, reimburse the Executive for reasonable professional development costs. In order to be eligible for such reimbursement, the Executive must obtain authorization from the Company’s CEO before incurring any costs and provide the Company with satisfactory documentation supporting the expenses.

 

4.CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND DEVELOPMENTS

 

4.1Confidential Information and Developments.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

6

 

(a)The Executive hereby acknowledges that as an employee of the Company, they will acquire information, whether or not originated by the Executive, about certain matters which are confidential or proprietary to the Company, including but are not limited to the Company’s resource properties, opportunities or targets; exploration results, opportunities or targets; and budgets, forecasts, analyses, financial results, costs, margins, and other business information, including information about or belonging to the Company’s subsidiaries, Affiliates and related entities and which is confidential or proprietary to such companies or individuals (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). For further clarity, Confidential Information also includes, but is not limited to, the following types of confidential information and other proprietary information of a similar nature (whether or not reduced to writing or designated or marked as confidential):

 

(i)information related to any work or projects the Company owns, is invested in, or participates in some fashion,

 

(ii)intellectual property held by the Company, held jointly with other companies or intellectual property owned by other companies,

 

(iii)business ideas, strategies, techniques, processes, know-how, trade and business secrets, and data,

 

(iv)lists of names and addresses of present and prospective resource opportunities or targets, and terms of verbal and written contracts between the Company and third parties,

 

(v)marketing and business plans and forecasts,

 

(vi)personnel and financial information, and

 

(vii)confidential information belonging to third parties which the Company has an obligation to hold in confidence

 

(b)Confidential Information does not include:

 

(i)information publicly known without breach of this Agreement or similar agreements,

 

(ii)information that is or becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, or the companies or individuals referred to in section 4.1(a) unless such source is prohibited from disclosing the information by a contractual, fiduciary or other legal obligation, or

 

(iii)information that was made known to the Executive on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to the Executive in the course of any services contract or employment with the Company.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

7

 

(c)“Developments” mean all discoveries, inventions, designs, works of authorship, algorithms, drawings, compilations of information and analyses, know-how, methods, processes, techniques, specifications and source code listings, improvements and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable) and legally recognized proprietary rights (including, but not limited to, patents, copyrights, trademarks, topographies, know-how and trade secrets), and all records and copies of records relating to the foregoing, that:

 

(i)result or derive from the Executive’s employment or from the Executive’s knowledge or use of Confidential Information;

 

(ii)are conceived or made by the Executive (individually or in collaboration with others) during and in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company;

 

(iii)result from or derive from the use or application of the resources (including without limitation, equipment, supplies, premises) of the Company or its Affiliates; or

 

(iv)relate to the business operations of the Company or to actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development by the Company or its Affiliates.

 

4.2At all times during and subsequent to the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive understands and agrees that he may not disclose Confidential Information to any person (other than as necessary in carrying the Executive’s Duties while employed by the Company), without first obtaining the Company’s consent, which, given the Executive’s senior position and fiduciary obligations, will be evidenced where reasonably necessary by the Board. The Executive also agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent inadvertent disclosure of any Confidential Information, whether by him or otherwise.

 

4.3Within 48 hours of the termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all property of or belonging to the Company including without limitation all Confidential Information that is embodied in any form, whether in hard copy or on electronic media, and that is within the Executive’s possession or control.

 

4.4Nothing in this Agreement will preclude the Executive from disclosing Confidential Information if such disclosure is required to be made by any applicable law or regulation or by an order of a competent judicial, legislative or regulatory body or authority, provided that such disclosure is made only to the extent of such requirement. If the Executive is required to make such disclosure then, subject to applicable laws, the Executive will, to the extent permitted under applicable law:

 

(a)as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event before the disclosure is made, notify the Company of the requirement to make such disclosure (and the extent of the requirement) so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or take any other action it deems necessary to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; and

 

(b)take all reasonable steps (after consultation with the Company and at the Company’ request and expense) to preserve the confidential nature of the Confidential Information.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

8

 

4.5Ownership of Developments and Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)all Developments will be the exclusive property of the Company and the Company will have sole discretion to deal with Developments.

 

(b)If the Executive has any rights to the Developments that cannot be assigned to the Company (including moral rights or droit moral), then the Executive hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the enforcement of such rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind with respect thereto in favour of the Company. The Executive agrees, at the Company’s request and expense, to consent to and join in any action by the Company to enforce such rights, and agrees that he shall not exercise those rights against any third parties without the express written consent of the Company. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the above waiver of rights may be invoked by any person authorized by the Company to use and/or modify the Developments.

 

(c)The Executive agrees to disclose all Developments, and that no intellectual property rights in the Developments are or will be retained by the Executive. For greater certainty, all work done by the Executive during the term of employment for the Company or its Affiliates is the sole property of the Company or its Affiliates, as the case may be, as the first author for copyright purposes and in respect of which all copyright will vest in the Company or the relevant Affiliate, as the case may be.

 

(d)In consideration of the benefits to be received by the Executive under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers and agrees in the future to sell, assign and transfer all right, title and interest in and to the Developments and intellectual property rights therein including, without limitation, all patents, copyright and copyright registration, industrial design registration, trademarks and trademark registration, other registrations, analogous grants of rights, and any goodwill associated therewith in Canada and worldwide to the Company and the Executive will hold all the benefits of the rights, title and interest mentioned above in trust for the Company prior to the assignment to the Company.

 

(e)The Executive will at the Company’s request and expense, do all further things that may be reasonably necessary or desirable in order to give full effect to the foregoing. If the Executive’s cooperation is required in order for the Company to obtain or enforce legal protection of the Developments following the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive agrees to provide that cooperation both during or after the termination of this Agreement (so long as the Company pays to the Executive reasonable compensation for his time if after the termination of this Agreement).

 

5.RESTRICTIONS DURING AND AFTER EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1Non-Solicitation. While the Executive is employed by the Company and for a period of 12 months immediately following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive covenants and agrees not to directly or indirectly:

 

(a)solicit, induce or influence, or attempt to solicit, induce or influence, any consultant, supplier, licensor, licensee, contractor, agent or strategic partner, or other person who provided services or products to the Company or Executive in the course of the Executive’s work for the Company within the 12 month period preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment, to terminate or modify any written or oral agreement, arrangement or course of dealing with the Company, or

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

9

 

(b)solicit, induce or influence, or attempt to solicit, induce or influence, any employee or independent contractor of the Company who was employed by or working for the Company at the time of the Executive’s termination, to terminate their employment or contract with the Company.

 

6.TERMINATION

 

6.1Resignation. The Employee may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time by providing the Company with two (2) months’ written notice (the “Resignation Notice”) of the Employee’s intention to resign. The Company may, in writing, waive the Resignation Notice in whole or in part, in which case the Employee’s resignation becomes effective on the day elected by the Company. For the purpose of this section, the “Date of Termination” is the date identified by the Employee in his Resignation Notice, or the date elected by the Company, whichever is applicable. If the Company waives the Employee’s Resignation Notice, the Company will pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary for the balance of such two (2) month notice period set out in the Resignation Notice. If the Executive resigns pursuant to this section, the Executive will not be entitled to any payment in respect of severance, nor will he be entitled to any pay with respect to any bonus, other than what he has already earned pursuant to the terms of such bonuses.

 

6.2Company’s Right to Terminate for Cause. This Agreement and the Employee’s employment may be terminated by the Company at any time for Just Cause without notice of termination or pay in lieu thereof. The “Date of Termination” for a Just Cause termination is the date the termination is communicated to the Employee. All benefits and other entitlements, including Employee Benefits and the Employee’s participation in the Bonus Plan and any other incentive plans in place by the Company terminate immediately on the Date of Termination.

 

6.3Termination Without Cause: The Company may terminate this Agreement without Just Cause at any time, in accordance with the following:

 

(a)all outstanding unvested equity awards granted to the Executive shall become fully vested and the Executive will be provided with a period of not less than 90 days to exercise all outstanding equity awards;

 

(b)participation in all benefit plans provided by the Company immediately prior to the termination will continue for a period of twelve (12) months, subject to the terms of the plans and eligibility;

 

(c)the Company will pay the Executive any accrued but unused vacation entitlement owing up to the termination date and any other amounts and entitlements strictly owed under the ESA (if applicable); and

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

10

 

(d)the Company shall provide the Executive with pay in lieu of notice of termination as follows:

 

(i)The Company will pay the Executive the aggregate of:

 

·Six (6) months of the Executive’s compensation in effect as of the date of termination, plus any bonus that the Executive would have earned during the applicable notice period.

 

·Effective January 1, 2026, the payment will increase to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s compensation in effect as of the date of termination, plus any bonus that the Executive would have earned during the applicable notice period.

 

(e)Payment from the Company to the Executive pursuant to section 6.3(d) of all amounts in excess of the Executive’s minimum entitlements to notice under the ESA are subject to the Executive executing a full and final release of all claims arising from or related to the Executive’s employment with the Company or this Agreement, including its termination, save any claims that cannot be released by operation of statute, and Executive’s prior compliance with his obligations in Article 4.

 

6.4Fair and Reasonable Provisions. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of section 6.3 constitute fair and reasonable provisions for the consequences for such termination, and that by providing the amounts referred to in section 6.3, the Company will be released from any and all compensation and severance obligations owing or which may be owed to the Executive arising out of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or termination of employment.

 

6.5Resignation as Officer. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Company, effective on the Date of Termination, the Executive agrees to resign from any offices and directorships for the Company and its Affiliates and subsidiaries that the Executive may have assumed as part of his Duties.

 

6.6Survival of Termination Provisions. The termination arrangements set out in this Article 6 will remain in full force and effect regardless of any changes to the terms and conditions of the Employee’s employment including, without limitation, any changes agreed to among the Parties, promotions, and reassignments, or increases in remuneration, Duties, responsibilities and/or job title.

 

7.CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

7.1Termination of Executive upon Change of Control: Subject to Section 7.2, if within one (1) year immediately following a Change of Control this Agreement is (i) terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 6.3 or (ii) terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, then the Company will pay the Executive a lump sum termination payment equal to the amount that the Executive would have received under Section 6.3. The amounts provided under this provision are in substitution of, and not in addition to the entitlements under Section 6.3.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

11

 

7.2Exceptions. Section 7.1 shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

(a)Where the Change in Control involves an entity or Person affiliated with the Executive by way of ownership or to which the Executive provides any services;

 

(b)Where the Change of Control involves the sale of securities or assets of the Company with which the Executive is or becomes involved as a purchaser in any manner, whether directly or indirectly (by way of participation in a corporation or partnership that is a purchaser or by provision of debt, equity or purchase-leaseback financing) or as a director or officer;

 

(c)Where the Change of Control arises from an increase in the shareholding of any current insiders of the Company or any of their affiliates, other than a transaction which would result in such insiders or their affiliates acquiring all the shares of the Company; or

 

(d)Where the Change of Control involves a Person and the Executive is or has in the last 12 months been an insider or member of the executive management team of that Person.

 

7.3Definitions.

 

As used in this Article 7, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Change of Control” means a transaction or series of transactions whereby directly or indirectly:

 

(a)any Person or combination of Persons obtains a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company; for the purposes of this Agreement, a Person or combination of Persons holding shares or other securities in excess of the number which, directly or following conversion thereof, would entitle the holders thereof to cast 51% or more of the votes attaching to all shares of the Company which may be cast to elect directors of the Company, shall be deemed to be in a position to affect materially the control of the Company; or

 

(b)the Company shall: (A) consolidate or merge with or into, (B) amalgamate with, or (C) enter into a statutory arrangement with, any other Person (other than an Affiliate of the Company) and, in connection therewith, all or part of the outstanding voting shares shall be changed in any way, reclassified or converted into, exchanged or otherwise acquired for shares or other securities of the Company or any other Person or for cash or any other property; or

 

(c)any other Person (other than an Affiliate of the Company) shall: (A) consolidate or merge with or into, (B) amalgamate with, or (C) enter into a statutory arrangement with, the Company, and, in connection therewith, all or part of the outstanding voting shares shall be changed in any way, reclassified or converted into, exchanged or otherwise acquired for shares or other securities of the Company or any other Person or for cash or any other property; and

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

12

 

“Good Reason” means;

 

(a)a material change (other than a change that is clearly and exclusively consistent with a promotion) in the Executive’s position, Duties, responsibilities, title or office in effect immediately prior to any Change of Control;

 

(b)a failure by the Company to increase the Executive’s fees or other form of compensation in a manner consistent (both as to frequency and as to percentage increase) with increases granted generally to the Company’s other executives;

 

(c)a decrease in the Executive’s compensation or a material decrease in the Executive’s benefits, vacation or other compensation; or

 

(d)any action or event that would constitute a constructive dismissal of an employee at common law.

 

8.GENERAL

 

8.1Interpretation and ESA Failsafe. It is the intention of the Parties to comply with the ESA. Accordingly, this Agreements shall: (i) not be interpreted as in any way waiving or contracting out of the ESA; and (ii) be interpreted to achieve compliance with the ESA. It is understood and agreed that all provisions of this agreement are subject to all applicable minimum requirements under the ESA. In the event that the ESA provides for superior entitlements upon termination of employment or otherwise (“Statutory Entitlements”) than provided for under this agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive with the Statutory Entitlements in substitution for the rights under this agreement.

 

8.2Obligations Continue. The Executive’s obligations under section 2.7 and Articles 4 and 5 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

8.3Amendment or Waiver. No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and an authorized signatory of the Company. No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision contained in this Agreement, will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time.

 

8.4Assignment. The Company may assign all or part of Parties’ obligations under this Agreement to any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including without limitation the Executive’s Duties which relate to Campo Morado and the Company’s obligation to compensate the Executive in relation thereto.

 

8.5Compliance with Policies and Laws. The Executive agrees to abide by all the Company’s policies and procedures, including without limitation the Company’s code of conduct. The Executive also agrees to abide by all laws applicable to the Company, in each jurisdiction where it does business, including without limitation any applicable securities laws and regulations.

 

8.6Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable thereto. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably attorns to the jurisdiction of the British Columbia Courts with respect to any disputes arising out of this Agreement.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

13

 

8.7Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be properly given if delivered addressed as follows:

 

(a)if to the Company, Liberty Defense Holdings, 187 Ballardvale St, Suite 110, Wilmington, MA, 01887. USA, and

 

(b)if to the Executive, at [***].

 

Any notice so given will be conclusively deemed to have been given or made on the day of delivery, if delivered, or if emailed, upon the date shown on the sending email account.

 

8.8Severability. If any provision contained herein is determined to be void or unenforceable for any reason, in whole or in part, it will not be deemed to affect or impair the validity of any other provision contained herein and the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permissible by law.

 

8.9Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between the parties concerning the employment and termination of employment of the Executive, supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, discussions, negotiations and undertakings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect thereto.

 

8.10Currency. Unless otherwise specified herein all references to dollar or dollars are references to Canadian dollars.

 

8.11Further Assurances. The Executive agrees to do, execute and deliver all such further acts, documents and things may be required for the purposes of giving effect to this Agreement.

 

8.12Invalidity. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision hereof, will not in any way affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof.

 

8.13Headings. The headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and will not in any way affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

8.14Counterparts/PDF Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several parts in the same form and such parts as so executed will together constitute one original document, and such parts, if more than one, will be read together and construed as if all the signing parties had executed one copy of this Agreement.

 

9.DIRECTORS & OFFICERS COVERAGE

 

9.1The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Executive with directors and officers liability insurance coverage, in such amounts as industry norms would dictate for the size of the Company.

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

14

 

10.INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1  Indemnification by the Company: The Company will indemnify and save harmless the Employee, its heirs and personal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses made by third parties including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy any claim or judgment, actually and reasonably incurred by it, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment in a civil, criminal, or administrative action or proceeding to the extent such claim or judgment relates to services which the Employee was providing in good faith to the Company under this Agreement, except where such amount paid is a result of an action in which gross negligence of the Employee is confirmed.

 

10.2  Indemnification by the Employee: The Employee will indemnify and save harmless the Company from and against any and all liability, damages, demands, claims, actions, proceedings, suits, judgments, and expenses (including lawyers’ fees on a solicitor and client basis) that may be brought against or suffered by the Company as a result of or arising out of: (i) any action or omission by the Employee in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement; (ii) the negligence or wilful misconduct of the Employee; or (iii) the failure by the Employee to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS

 

11.1  This Agreement supersedes, terminates and cancels any and all previous agreements, representations, or warranties, written or oral, between the parties hereto relating to the engagement of the Executive by the Company.

 

12.GOVERNING LAW

 

12.1  This Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of Canada and the parties irrevocably attorn to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of British Columbia, Canada for the resolution of any disputes arising out of or in respect to this Agreement.

 

INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND, the parties hereunto have signed this Agreement as on the date first indicated above.

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS LTD   EXECUTIVE
     
/s/ Bill Frain   /s/ Omar Garcia Abrego
Bill Frain   Omar Garcia Abrego

 

Omar Garcia Abrego Employment Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into and made effective this 1st day of June 2021.

 

BETWEEN:

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS LTD., having as a registered and records office address at suite 1055 West Georgia Street, 1500 Royal Centre, P.O. Box 11117. Vancouver, British Columbia, V6E 4N7, Canada (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the "Company"), including Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc. a Massachusetts Corporation

 

AND:

 

 OF THE FIRST PART

 

Daryl Rebeck, of address at [***]

 

(hereinafter referred to as the "Employee")

 

 OF THE SECOND PART

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.                    In order to achieve its corporate and business objectives, the Company desires to retain an experienced and knowledgeable employee to perform the duties and responsibilities set out in the job description attached hereto as Schedule "A"; and

 

B.                    This Agreement confirms the terms and conditions of the Employee's continued employment by the Company set out in the summary attached hereto as Schedule "B" and will constitute the Employee's employment agreement in place of all previous oral or written arrangements.

 

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that in consideration and mutual covenants herein contained the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.COMPENSATION TO THE EMPLOYEE

 

1.01In consideration for the services to be provided by the Employee, the Company agrees to pay the Employee the following:

 

(a)annual remuneration payable to the Employee as stated in Schedule "B", is payable semi-monthly on the 15th day and last business day of each month commencing on the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(b)a family health coverage plan that covers health, dental and vision to be paid monthly (see schedule B)

 

(c)the Employee shall be entitled to cash bonuses equivalent to a percentage, as stated in Schedule "B", of any equity raised for the Company during financing activities payable to the Employee within thirty (30) days of the closing of each financing;

 

(d)the Employee shall be entitled to such stock options and RSU's as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and the regulatory bodies.

 

1.02Upon submission of appropriate documentation in accordance with its policies in effect from time to time, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Employee for all reasonable business expenses which the Employee actually, necessarily and properly incurs in the performance of his/her normal employment duties under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, expenses related to travel, accommodation and communication in performing his/her employment duties.

 

1.03In the event of termination of this contract, the Employee shall be deemed to have earned the monthly advance paid by the Company for the month in which the termination occurred, and the Company agrees to immediately advance against invoice any outstanding funds owed to the Employee for expenses legitimately incurred by the Employee on behalf of the Company under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

2.01                 The Company represents and warrants as follows, effective as of the date hereof and at all times throughout the duration of this Agreement:

 

(a)the Company is duly organized and validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and has the full corporate power to conduct its business and to enter into and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b)this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and constitutes the valid, binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(c)all information provided and to be provided to the Employee by the Company is and will be complete and accurate in all material respect and does not and will not omit to state any material fact necessary so that the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, are not or will not be misleading;

 

2

 

 

(d)there are no actions, proceedings, suits or investigations pending or threatened against or involving the Company or any of its affiliates, including with limitation actions, proceedings, suits or investigations by the Executive Director of the British Columbia Securities Commission, or any other Canadian, provincial, state, self-regulatory organization, or other securities authority, relating in any way to the offering, sale, issuance or trading of any securities of the Company or any affiliate.

 

3.RESPONSIBILITY OF THE EMPLOYEE

 

3.01                 The Employee's sole responsibility hereunder shall be to use his/her best efforts to perform the duties and responsibilities set forth in Schedule "A" hereto, to the extent consistent with applicable law.

 

4.TERM & TERMINATION

 

4.01                 This Agreement will become effective as of the Start Date stated in Schedule "B" and shall continue for an indefinite period of time.

 

4.02                 Either party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement if the other party shall be in material default of any obligation, representation or warranty hereunder or for just cause. The effective date of termination under this Section shall be referred to herein as the Termination Date.

 

4.03                 In circumstances where 4.02 does not apply, upon payment by the Company to the Employee of a termination fee equivalent to the greater of six (6) months' Base Salary plus benefits for six (6) months, or in the event that such termination occurs within six (6) months after a Change of Control, a termination fee equivalent to six (6) months' Base Salary plus benefits for six (6) months.

 

5.VACATION

 

5.01                 The Employee shall be entitled to the annual paid vacation each year as stated in Schedule "B" during the term of this. The time for such vacation to be determined by mutual agreement between the Company and the Employee

 

6.SEVERABILITY

 

6.01                 The Company and the Employee hereby expressly agrees that it is not the intention of either party to violate any public policy, statutory or common law, and that if any sentence, paragraph, clause, or combination of the same is in violation of the law of any jurisdiction where applicable, such sentence, paragraph, clause or combination of the same alone shall be void in the jurisdiction where it is unlawful, and the remainder of such paragraph and this Agreement shall remain binding upon the parties hereto. The parties further acknowledge that it is their intention that the provisions of this Agreement be binding only to the extent that they may be lawful under existing applicable laws, and in the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be overly broad or enforceable, the valid provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3

 

 

7.CONTINUING REPRESENTATION

 

7.01                 Even though the Termination Date has occurred during a month, the compensation payable pursuant to Section 1 hereof for the whole month shall be deemed earned and all outstanding expenses shall be payable by the Company upon presentation of an invoice or expense account requisition for said expenses from the Employee.

 

8.DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

8.01                 During the term of this Agreement, the Employee will have access to confidential information consisting of the following categories of information (collectively, the "Trade Secrets"):

 

(a)financial information, such as the Company's earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volumes of purchasers or sales or other financial data, whether relating to the Company generally, or to particular products, services, geographic areas or time periods;

 

(b)supply and service information, such as goods and services, supplier's names or addresses, terms of supply or service contracts, or of particular transactions, or related information about potential suppliers, to the extent that such information is not generally known to the public, and to the extent that the combination of suppliers or use of a particular supplier, though generally known or available, yields advantages to the Company, the details of which are not generally known;

 

(c)marketing information, such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company, sales forecasts or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions;

 

(d)in regards to resource companies, exploration information, such as details about ongoing or proposed exploration programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company pertaining to any existing or proposed exploration programs, the forecasts and results of any exploration programs or information about impending transactions;

 

4

 

 

(e)personnel information, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hiring, resignations, disciplinary actions, termination or reasons thereof, training methods, performance, or other employee's information, including employee's personal or medical histories;

 

(f)customer information, such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customers, customers' proposed agreements between customers and the Company, status of customers' accounts or credit, or related information about prospective customers; and/or

 

(g)current shareholders lists, investors, contracts such as registered representatives/stockbrokers or potential investors, and officers and directors of the Company or any affiliated companies.

 

8.02                The Company and the Employee shall consider his/her relationship as one of mutual trust and confidence with respect to the Trade Secrets. Therefore, during and after the term of this Agreement, the Employee agrees to:

 

(a)except as subject to clause 8.03 of this Agreement, hold all such information in confidence and not to divulge, communicate or transmit it to others, or make any unauthorized copy or use of such information in any capacity either personal or business unrelated to that of the Company;

 

(b)use the Trade Secrets only in the furtherance of proper Company related reasons for which such information is disclosed or discovered;

 

(c)take all necessary reasonable action that the Company deems necessary or appropriate to not allow unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company's Trade Secrets, and to protect the Company's interest in the Trade Secrets.

 

8.03                 The provisions set forth in this Article 8, DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, do not apply to:

 

(a)information that has become public through disclosure of and by the Company;

 

(b)information that by means other than the Employee's deliberate or inadvertent disclosure becomes well known or easily ascertainable to the public or to companies that compete directly with the Company;

 

(c)disclosure compelled by judicial or administrative proceedings;

 

(d)the use of names of current or other shareholders, investors, contacts such as registered representatives/stockbrokers or potential investors, and officers and directors of the Company or any affiliated companies.

 

5

 

 

9.EXCLUSIVITY

 

9.01                 The Company acknowledges that the covenants set forth in this Agreement will not in any way preclude the Employee from engaging in a lawful profession, trade or business of any kind or from becoming gainfully employed or retained, and furthermore, that during the term of this Agreement, the Company agrees that the Employee is not bound exclusively to the Company, and may provide similar services to other public or private companies (the "Other Clients") of the Employee's choice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is a material condition of the Employee's continued employment by the Company under this Agreement, for the Employee to keep the Company apprised at all times of any Other Clients to which he/she provides the same or similar services. The Employee acknowledges that the Company may terminate his/her employment hereunder for just cause, in the event the Company is not satisfied with the type, nature, reputation of or the Employee's arrangement with any Other Clients.

 

10.ADVERTISING RIGHTS

 

10.01               The Company agrees upon consummation of this Agreement that the Employee may, at his/her expense, advertise his/her role in representing the Company.

 

11.INDEMNITY

 

11.01               The Employee shall indemnify the Company and save it harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or in connection with the Employee's activities and non-activities hereunder.

 

12.MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.01               This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Province of British Columbia. The parties hereto irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of British Columbia and hereby agree that any disputes or claims arising hereunder may be brought before, and adjudicated by, the Provincial Court for British Columbia, all objections to venue in such court being irrevocably waived hereby.

 

12.02               Any reference herein to an "affiliate" of a person or company shall include any majority owned subsidiary of such person or company, or any other person or company who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, in each case directly or indirectly, such person or company.

 

12.03               If any provisions hereof shall be determined to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof nonetheless remain in full force and effect.

 

6

 

 

12.04               This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified, nor may any provisions hereof by waived, except in writing, duly executed by each party potentially adversely affected by any modification, and by each party waiving any rights hereunder.

 

12.05               This Agreement is a contract for personal services and may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Employee.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMMON SEAL OF LIBERTY DEFENSE) 
HOLDINGS INC. was hereunto affixed in the) 
 ) 
/s/ William Frain  ) 
 ) 
 ) 
   ) 
 ) 
   ) 
 ) 

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by Daryl 
Rebeck in the presence of:) 
 ) 
/s/ Daryl Rebeck  ) 
   ) 
 ) 
   ) 
   ) 

 

7

 

 

Schedule A

 

EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN SUMMARY

 

A key responsibility of the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, in addition to his responsibilities as a senior member of the executive management team of the Corporation, is to provide leadership to the Board to enhance Board effectiveness. The Board has ultimate accountability for supervision of the management of the Company. Critical to meeting this accountability is the relationship between the Board, management, shareholders and other stakeholders. The Executive Chairman, as the presiding member, must oversee that these relationships are effective, efficient and further the best interests of the Corporation.

 

The Executive Chairman reports to the Board.

 

Responsibilities

 

Strategic Initiatives

 

1.Working with the Board and the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") to develop the strategy for the Company's future growth.

 

2.Working with the CEO to identify opportunities for value-enhancing strategic initiatives including acquisitions, joint ventures, and strategically important relationships, as well as the disposition from time to time of non-core assets, and communicating regularly with the CEO regarding the pursuit of such strategic initiatives.

 

3.Developing and maintaining the Company's relationships with future strategic partners whose capital, influence and knowledge could add significantly to the Company's value and its share price.

 

4.Working with members of Liberty Defense's Advisory Board and the Company's CEO to expand and deepen Liberty's relationships with consultants, partners, clients, brokerage firms, brokers and other senior officials and stakeholders

 

5.Working with the CEO on critical issues related to Liberty Defenses's long term success

 

6.Director, scheduling Board meetings and setting the agenda for Board meetings.

 

8

 

 

Leadership

 

7.Ensuring that Board functions are effectively carried out and, where functions have been delegated to Board Committees, that the results are reported to the Board.

 

8.Ensuring that the interests of various stakeholders are considered by the Board.

 

9.Taking all reasonable steps to ensure that Board decisions are implemented.

 

Relationship with Management

 

10.Acting as principal liaison between the directors and the CEO and taking all reasonable steps to ensure that the expectations of the Board towards management are clearly expressed, understood and respected.

 

11.Working with the CEO to ensure the Company's operations are conducted in a best-in-class manner and that the Company has strong, productive relationships with shareholders, analysts and other stakeholders.

 

12.Working with the CEO to ensure management strategies, plans and performance are appropriately represented to the Board.

 

13.Conducting an annual performance evaluation of the CEO with input from the Lead Director.

 

9

 

 

SCHEDULE "B"

 

LIBERTY DEFENSE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

SUMMARY OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Date: June 1, 2021 Name: Daryl Rebeck

 

Employment Commencement Date: June 1, 2021 Employment Agreement Start Date: June 1, 2021

 

Gross Annual Salary (before applicable taxes and other deductions): $240,000 Annual Vacation: 20 business days

 

Accrued Vacation Time Earned as of June 1, 2021: Nil

 

Annual Health Plan: $1,015.45 monthly to Canada Life policy number [***]

 

Bonus(es): 1% of all capital raised

 

Acknowledged and agreed this 4th day of June, 2021
  
 /s/ Daryl Rebeck

 

10

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Liberty Defense Holdings, Ltd.

 

Subsidiary  Jurisdiction
DrawDown Detection, Inc.  British Columbia, Canada
DrawDown Technologies, Inc.  Delaware, United States
LDH GS Amalco Corp.  Ontario, Canada
Liberty Defense Technologies, Inc.  Massachusetts, United States

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated June 17, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Liberty Defense Holdings Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, which are part of this Registration Statement

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in this Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ DAVIDSON & COMPANY LLP

 

Vancouver, Canada Chartered Professional Accountants

 

February 19, 2026